UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
 
   
þ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20082009
OR
   
o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission File Number: 000-51999
 
FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
   
Federally chartered corporation42-6000149

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 42-6000149
(I.R.S. employer identification number)
   
Skywalk Level

801 Walnut Street, Suite 200
50309

Des Moines, IA
(Zip code)

(Address of principal executive offices)
 50309
(Zip code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:(515) 281-1000
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Class B Stock, par value $100
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. o Yesþ No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. o Yesþ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. þ Yeso No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).o Yeso No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (s 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment of this Form 10-K.oþ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
       
Large accelerated filero Accelerated filero Non-accelerated filerþ Smaller reporting companyo
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).o Yesþ No
Registrant’s stock is not publicly traded and is only issued to members of the registrant. Such stock is issued and redeemed at par value, $100 per share, subject to certain regulatory and statutory limits. At June 30, 2008,2009, the aggregate par value of the stock held by members of the registrant was approximately $3,016,150,000.$2,923,406,000. At February 28, 2009, 28,645,7892010, 23,883,944 shares of stock were outstanding.
 
 

 

 


 

Table of Contents
     
    
     
  23 
     
  2928 
     
  3637 
     
  3637 
     
  3637 
     
  37 
     
    
     
  38 
     
  39 
     
  41 
     
  124127 
     
  124127 
     
  134137 
     
  134137 
     
  135138 
     
    
     
  135139 
     
  143150 
     
  163177 
     
  165179 
     
  168182 
     
    
     
  169183 
     
  171185 
     
 Exhibit 3.210.5
 Exhibit 10.1
Exhibit 10.2
Exhibit 10.310.7
 Exhibit 12.1
 Exhibit 31.1
 Exhibit 31.2
 Exhibit 32.1
 Exhibit 32.2

 

 


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statementsStatements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K, including statements describing objectives, projections, estimates, projections, statements relating toor future predictions in our business plans, objectives and expected operating results, and the assumptions upon which those statements are based, areoperations, may be forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements generally aremay be identified by the words “believes,” “projects,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “strategy,” “plan,” “may,” “will,” use of forward-looking terminology, such asbelieves, projects, expects, anticipates, estimates, intends, strategy, plan, may,and similar expressions. Forward-lookingwillor their negatives or other variations on these terms. By their nature, forward-looking statements are based on current expectationsinvolve risk or uncertainty, and assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties which may cause actual results tocould differ materially from those expressed contemplated, or implied by the forward-looking statements or could affect the extent to which a certain plan,particular objective, projection, estimate, or prediction is realized. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:
Economic and market conditions;
Demand for our advances;
Timing and volume of market activity;
The volume of eligible mortgage loans originated and sold to us by participating members through the Mortgage Partnership Finance (MPF) program (Mortgage Partnership Finance and MPF are registered trademarks of the FHLBank of Chicago);
Volatility of market prices, rates, and indices that could affect the value of financial instruments or our ability to liquidate collateral expediently in the event of a default by an obligor;
Political events, including legislative, regulatory, judicial, or other developments that affect us, our members, our counterparties, and/or our investors in the consolidated obligations of the 12 Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBanks);
Changes in the terms and investor demand for derivatives and similar instruments;
Changes in the relative attractiveness of consolidated obligations as compared to other investment opportunities such as existing and newly created debt programs explicitly guaranteed by the U.S. Government;
Risks related to the other 11 FHLBanks that could trigger our joint and several liability for debt issued by the other 11 FHLBanks; and
Member failures.
We undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. A detailed discussion of the risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results and events to differ materially from such forward-looking statements is included under “Item 1A-Risk Factors” at page 29.1A. Risk Factors.”

2


PART I
ITEM 1-BUSINESS1 — BUSINESS
Overview
The Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (the Bank, we, us, or our) is a federally chartered corporation organized on October 31, 1932, that is exempt from all federal, state, and local taxation except real property taxes and is one of 12 district Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBanks).FHLBanks. The FHLBanks were created under the authority of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act of 1932 (FHLBank Act). On July 30, 2008, which was amended by the passage of the “HousingHousing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008”2008 (Housing Act) amended certain provisions of the FHLBank Act. Prior to the passage of the Housing Act, the Federal Housing Finance Board (Finance Board), an independent agency in the executive branch of the U.S. Government, supervised and. The FHLBanks are regulated the FHLBanks and the Federal Home Loan Bank’s Office of Finance (Office of Finance). With the passage of the Housing Act,by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (Finance Agency) was established, whose mission is to provide effective supervision, regulation, and became the new independent Federal regulatorhousing mission oversight of the FHLBanks to promote their safety and the Office of Finance, as well as for Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae)soundness, support housing and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). The Finance Board will be abolished one year after the date of enactment of the Housing Act, which will be on July 30, 2009. During the one-year transition period, the Finance Board will be responsible for winding up its affairs. The Finance Agency’s principal purpose is to ensure that the FHLBanks operate infinance and affordable housing, and support a safestable and sound manner. In addition, the Finance Agency ensures that the FHLBanks carry out their housing finance mission and remain adequately capitalized.liquid mortgage market. The Finance Agency establishes policies and regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks. Each FHLBank operates as a separate entity with its own management, employees, and board of directors.

2


The Bank’s mission is to provide funding and liquidity for its members and housing associates. The Bank fulfills its mission by being a stable resource that can make short- and long-term funding available to members and housing associates through advances, standby letters of credit, mortgage purchases, and targeted housing and economic development activities. We serve member institutions and eligible housing associates in Iowa, Minnesota, Missouri, North Dakota, and South Dakota. Regulated financial depositories, community development financial institutions, and insurance companies may apply for membership.
We are a cooperative. This means we are owned by our customers, whom we call members. AllOur members must purchasemay include commercial banks, savings institutions, credit unions, insurance companies, and maintain membership capital stockcommunity development financial institutions (CDFIs) in the Bank as a condition of membership based on the amount of their total assets. Each member isIowa, Minnesota, Missouri, North Dakota, and South Dakota. While not considered members, we also required to purchase and maintain activity-based capital stock to support certaindo business activities with us. Statestate and local housing associates that meetmeeting certain statutory criteria may also borrow from the Bank; while eligible to borrow, housing associates are not members of the Bank and, as such, are not permitted to purchase capital stock. All stockholders receive dividends on their capital investment when declared.criteria.
Business Model
Our mission is to provide funding and liquidity for our members and eligible housing associates by providing a stable source of short- and long-term funding through advances, standby letters of credit, mortgage purchases, and targeted housing and economic development activities. Our vision is to be the preferred financial provider of our members in meeting the housing and economic development needs of the communities we serve together. We strive to achieve our vision by providing funding and liquidity for our members and housing associates to support housing and economic development.
The Bank’s members are both stockholders and customers. As a cooperative, we deliver value in a waywithin an operating principle that not only provides members with attractive product prices andbalances the trade-off between attractively priced products, reasonable returns on invested capital but also provides the Bank with ainvestments (dividends), and maintaining adequate capital structure that includes adequateand retained earnings based on the Bank’s risk profile as well as to support safe and sound business operations. The Bank’s financial policies
As a condition of membership, all of our members must purchase and practices are designed to support our objectives.
Members aremaintain membership capital stock based on a percentage of their total assets as of the preceding December 31st. Each member is also required to buy membershippurchase and maintain activity-based capital stock, dependent upon our members’ total assets and their business activity with us. We use that capital stock to support the issuance of consolidated obligations in the marketplace, for which wecertain business activities with us. While eligible to borrow, housing associates are jointly and severally liable with the other FHLBanks.
We use the proceeds from our consolidated obligation issuances and member deposits together with our earnings on capital to make advances tonot members and, housing associates,as such are not permitted to purchase single-family mortgage loans from ourcapital stock. Our capital stock is not publicly traded and does not change in value. It is purchased by members or in participation with other FHLBanks through the Mortgage Partnership Finance (MPF) program (Mortgage Partnership Financeat a par value of $100 per share and MPFis redeemed by members at $100 per share. All stockholders are registered trademarks of the FHLBank of Chicago), and purchase investments.eligible to receive dividends on their capital investment when declared.

 

3


Our primary source of funding and liquidity is the issuance of the FHLBank System’s unsecured debt securities, referred to as consolidated obligations, in the capital markets. Consolidated obligations are the joint and several obligations of all 12 FHLBanks, backed only by the financial resources of the 12 FHLBanks. A critical component to the success of our operations is the ability to issue debt securities regularly and frequently in the capital markets under a wide range of maturities, structures, and amounts, and at relatively favorable spreads to market interest rates, represented by U.S. Treasury securities and the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), compared to many other financial institutions.
Liquidity is also provided through our investment portfolio. Among other permissible investments, we invest in highly rated debt securities of financial institutions and the U.S. Government and in mortgage-related securities. In addition to liquidity, our investments provide income, support the business needs of our members, and support the housing market through the purchase of mortgage-related securities.
We manage our credit risk and establish collateral requirements to support safe and sound business operations. We manage this risk for our advance products by obtaining and maintaining security interests in eligible collateral, setting restrictions on borrowings, and performing continuous monitoring of borrowings and members’ financial condition. We also manage the credit risk on our mortgage loan portfolio by monitoring portfolio performance and the creditworthiness of our participating members. All loans we purchase must comply with underwriting guidelines which follow standards generally required in the conventional conforming mortgage market. Our MPF program involves several layers of legal loss protection including homeowner equity, credit risk sharing responsibilities between the Bank and our participating members, and mortgage insurance requirements. We manage counterparty credit risk related to derivatives and investments by transacting with highly rated counterparties, using master netting and bilateral collateral agreements for derivative counterparties, establishing collateral delivery requirements, and monitoring counterparty creditworthiness through internal and external analysis.
Our net income is attributable to the difference between the interest income we earn on our advances, mortgage loans, and investments and the interest expense we pay on our consolidated obligations and member deposits, as well as anycomponents of other income (loss) (i.e., gains and losses on derivative and hedging activities.activities, investments, and debt extinguishments). We operate with narrow margins and expect to be profitable over the long-term based on our prudent lending standards, conservative investment strategies, and diligent risk management practices. Because we operate with narrow margins, the Bank’sour net income is sensitive to changes in market conditions that impact the interest we earn and pay.

4


We do not attempt to maximize our return on equity. Our capital stock is not publicly traded and does not change in value. It is purchased by members at a par value of $100 per share and is redeemed by members at $100 per share. We typically pay out the majority of our earnings as dividends, retaining only what is necessary to support safe and sound business operations.
A portion of our annual earnings is used to make interest payments on debt issued by the Resolution Funding Corporation (REFCORP). REFCORP debt was issued by the U.S. Treasury to resolve troubled savings and loan institutions in the late 1980s and early 1990s. Additionally, by regulation, we are required to contribute ten percent of regulatorynet earnings (net earnings represents income before assessments, and before interest expense on mandatorily redeemable capital stock, but after the assessment for REFCORP) each year to the Affordable Housing Program (AHP). Through the AHP, the Bank provideswe provide grants and subsidized advances to members to support housing for households with incomes at or below 80 percent of the area median.
The year ended December 31, 2008Our business model supports our mission and vision and is designed to be flexible in differing market conditions. For example, the recent financial crisis and continued market instability and volatility in 2009 presented manyboth challenges and opportunities to our business model. Demand for our advance business declined in 2009 due to the Bankavailability of alternative funding options to our members as well as their increased deposit bases. Attractive short-term investment opportunities were limited due to the low interest rate environment and its business modelliquidity demand in the marketplace. We experienced a higher cost of long-term debt due to investors’ desires to primarily invest in shorter terms. Despite the challenges discussed above, longer-term investment opportunities were available as a result of government initiatives created to stimulate the crediteconomy, increasing the availability of higher-yielding, low risk investments. In addition, the low interest rate environment provided us with an opportunity to extinguish certain higher-cost debt and liquidity crisis which began in 2007. Historically,replace most of the FHLBanks’ credit quality and efficiency have led to ready access to funding at competitive rates. This was proven during the first nine months of 2008, as the Bank funded record levels of advances to members. However, growing concerns regarding the credit crisis intensified in the last four months of 2008 as a result of continued losses reported by financial institutions, mergers and bankruptcies of financial institutions, and the placement of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship creating uncertainty regarding their GSE status. In response to the continuingdebt with lower-cost debt.
The credit and liquidity crisis during the fourth quarter of 2008 the U.S. Government announced several programs2009 also presented many challenges from a credit risk perspective. Due to prevent bank failuresour conservative collateral practices, counterparty monitoring, and support economic recovery. These programs ended up having a negative impactrisk mitigation tools, we did not experience any credit losses in 2009 on the Bank’s cost of funds and our advance balances. portfolio, and only minimal credit related losses on our MPF portfolio.
The impact of these actions and potential future actions onBank concluded 2009 with net income totaling $145.9 million compared with $127.4 million for the Bank and the FHLBank System as a whole are further discussedsame period in “Management’s2008. For additional discussion, refer to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning at page 41.Operation.”
Membership
Our membership is diverse includingand includes both small and large commercial banks, insurance companies, savings and loan associations, credit unions, and credit unions. Ininsurance companies. CDFIs were approved by the Finance Agency to apply for membership on February 4, 2010. The majority of institutions in our five-state district oureligible for membership includesare currently members.
Our membership level declined as the majoritynumber of members who consolidated or failed exceeded new membership. During 2009, while 18 financial institutions that are eligiblebecame members, we lost 27 members due to become members.mergers and acquisitions out of district and ten members due to bank failures.

 

45


Our membership level has stabilized as the number of new members has been offset by exiting members due primarily to mergers and acquisitions. Eligible non-members are primarily smaller institutions that have, thus far, elected not to become a member of the Bank. Therefore, we do not anticipate a substantial increase in member institutions or that additional members will have a significant impact on the Bank’s future business.
During 2008, the Bank experienced three member bank failures with outstanding advances of $5.1 million. All outstanding advances were paid in full and there was no material effect to the Bank’s financial condition or results of operations from these three member bank failures.
The following table summarizes the Bank’sour membership, by type of institution, at December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006:2007:
                        
Institutional Entity 2008 2007 2006  2009 2008 2007 
  
Commercial Banks 1,072 1,077 1,086  1,049 1,072 1,077 
Insurance Companies 36 31 27 
Savings and Loan Associations 77 77 76  73 77 77 
Credit Unions 60 58 58  64 60 58 
Insurance Companies 40 36 31 
              
  
Total members 1,245 1,243 1,247  1,226 1,245 1,243 
              
The following table summarizes the Bank’sour membership, by type of institution and asset size, for 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006:2007:
                        
Membership Asset Size 2008 2007 2006  2009 2008 2007 
  
Depository Institutions 
Depository Institutions1
 
Less than $100 million  47.4%  50.7%  52.9%  44.5%  47.4%  50.7%
$100 million to $500 million 40.2 38.5 37.2  41.8 40.2 38.5 
Excess of $500 million 9.5 8.3 7.8 
Greater than $500 million 10.5 9.5 8.3 
Insurance Companies  
Less than $100 million 0.3 0.3 0.1  0.2 0.3 0.3 
$100 million to $500 million 0.7 0.7 0.6  0.7 0.7 0.7 
Excess of $500 million 1.9 1.5 1.4 
Greater than $500 million 2.3 1.9 1.5 
              
  
Total  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%  100.0%
              

5


1Depository institutions consist of commercial banks, savings and loan associations, and credit unions.
At December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, approximately 88 percent, 90 percent, and 91 percent of our members were Community Financial Institutions (CFIs). CFIs are defined byunder the Gramm-Leach-BlileyHousing Act of 1999 (GLB Act) to include all Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC)-insured insured institutions with average total assets over the three prior years equal to or less than $500 million, as adjusted annually for inflation. Pursuant to the passage of the Housing Act, the CFI definition was amended to include those institutions that have, as of the date of the transaction at issue, less than $1.0 billion in average total assets over the three years preceding that date (subject to annual adjustment bybillion. Beginning January 1, 2010, the Finance Agency Director based onadjusted the consumer price index). The expansion of the CFI limitaverage total asset cap to $1.0 billion added 30 members to the total members eligible for the CFI designation.$1.029 billion. Institutions designated as CFIs may pledge certain collateral types that other members are not permitted to pledge, such as small business, small agri-business, and small farm loans.

6


Business Segments
The Bank manages operations by groupingWe have identified two primary operating segments based on our products and services within two business segments:as well as our method of internal reporting: Member Finance and Mortgage Finance. Effective July 1, 2008 the Bank enhanced its internal segment methodology and modified the segment information reported in the footnotes to the financial statements to reflect the manner in which management evaluates the Bank’s financial information. In particular, Housing Finance Authority (HFA) and Small Business Administration (SBA) investments were reclassified from the Member Finance segment to the Mortgage Finance segment as a result of their underlying mortgage characteristics. In addition, the Bank modified its allocation of capital to each segment. Previously, the Bank’s allocation of capital only included estimated capital stock for each segment. This was modified to include the estimated amount of capital stock, retained earnings, and other comprehensive income for each segment. A summary of each segments products and services can be found below.
The Member Finance segment includes advances, investments (excluding mortgage-backed securities (MBS), HFA,Housing Finance Authority (HFA) investments, and SBASmall Business Administration (SBA) investments), and the related funding and hedging ofinstruments related to those assets. Member deposits are also included in this segment. Net interest income for the Member Finance incomeSegment is derived primarily from the difference, or spread, between the yield on advances and investmentsthe assets in this segment and the borrowing,cost of the member deposit and hedging costsfunding related to those assets.
The Mortgage Finance segment includes mortgage loans purchased through the MPF program, MBS, HFA investments, and SBA investments and the related funding and hedging ofinstruments related to those assets. Net interest income for the Mortgage Finance incomesegment is derived primarily from the difference, or spread between the yield on mortgage loans, MBS, HFA, and SBA investmentsthese assets and the borrowing and hedging costscost of the funding related to those assets.
In our evaluation of financial performance for our two operating segments, net interest income is adjusted to include the impact of interest income and expense associated with economic hedges. Interest income and expense associated with economic hedges are recorded in other income in “Net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities” in the Statements of Income.

6


Each segment also earns income from invested capital. Capital is allocated to the Member Finance and Mortgage Finance segments based on each segment’s amount of capital stock, retained earnings, and accumulated other comprehensive income.loss.
We use consolidated obligations and derivatives in both segments as partevaluate performance of our fundingsegments based on adjusted net interest income after providing for a mortgage loan credit loss provision. Adjusted net interest income includes the interest income and expense on economic hedge relationships included in other income (loss) and concession expense on fair value option bonds included in other expense and excludes basis adjustment amortization/accretion on called and extinguished debt included in interest rate risk management strategies. Accordingly, these products and services are discussed on a combined basis. See “Products and Services — Member Finance and Mortgage Finance” at page 17.expense.
For further discussion of these business segments, including total assets by segment, see “Net“Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 17 — Segment Information” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Results of Operations — Net Interest Income by Segment” at page 52 and Note 18 of the financial statements and notes for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 at page S-64.Segment.”
Products and Services — Member Finance
Advances
We carry out our mission primarily through lending funds which are calledwe call advances to our members and eligible housing associates (collectively, borrowers). These advances are secured by mortgages and other eligible collateral. Eligible housing associates include certain approved borrowers, as more fully described under the caption “Housing Associates” within this section.

7


Members and housing associates
Borrowers use our various advance products as sources of funding for mortgage lending, affordable housing and other community lending (including economic development), and general asset-liability management. Advances are also used by CFIs for loans to small businesses, small farms, and small agribusinesses. Additionally, advances can provide competitively priced wholesale funding to membersborrowers who may lack diverse funding sources. Our primary advance products include the following:
Overnight advances used primarily to fund the short-term liquidity needs of our borrowers. These advances are automatically renewed until the borrower pays down the advances. Interest rates are set daily.
Fixed rate advances that are available over a variety of terms to meet borrower needs. Short-term fixed rate advances are used primarily to fund the short-term liquidity needs of our borrowers. Long-term fixed rate advances are an effective tool to help manage long-term lending and investment risks of our borrowers.
Variable rate advances that provide a source of short and long-term financing where the interest rate changes in relation to a specified interest rate index such as London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR).

7


Overnight advances are used primarily to fund the short-term liquidity needs of our borrowers. These advances are automatically renewed until the borrower pays off the advances. Interest rates are set daily.
Fixed rate advances are available over a variety of terms to meet borrower needs. Short-term fixed rate advances are used primarily to fund the short-term liquidity needs of our borrowers. Long-term fixed rate advances are an effective tool to help manage long-term lending and investment risks of our borrowers.
Variable rate advances provide a source of short- and long-term financing where the interest rate changes in relation to a specified interest rate index such as LIBOR.
Callable advances may be prepaid by the borrower on pertinent dates (call dates). Mortgage matched advances are a type of callable advance with fixed rates and amortizing balances. Using a mortgage matched advance, a borrower may make predetermined principal payments at scheduled intervals throughout the term of the loan to manage the interest rate risk associated with long-term fixed rate assets. Also included in callable advances are fixed and variable rate member owned option advances that are non-amortizing. Member owned option advances provide borrowers a source of long-term financing with prepayment flexibility.
Putable advances may, at our discretion, be terminated at predetermined dates prior to the stated maturity dates of the advances and the borrower is required to repay the advance. Should an advance be terminated, replacement funding at then current market rates and terms is offered, based on our available advance products and subject to our normal credit and collateral requirements. A putable advance carries an interest rate lower than a comparable maturity advance that does not have the putable feature.
Community investment advances are below-market rate funds used by borrowers in both affordable housing projects and community development. These advances are provided at interest rates that represent our cost of funds plus a markup to cover our administrative expenses. This markup is determined by our Asset-Liability Committee. Our Board of Directors annually establishes limits on the total amount of funds available for community investment advances and the total amount of community investment advances that may be outstanding at any point in time.
Callable advances that may be prepaid by the borrower on pertinent dates (call dates). Mortgage matched advances are a type of callable advance with fixed rates and amortizing balances. Using a mortgage matched advance, a borrower may make predetermined principal payments at scheduled intervals throughout the term of the loan to manage the interest rate risk associated with long-term fixed rate assets. Also included in callable advances are fixed and variable rate member owned option advances that are non-amortizing. Member owned option advances provide borrowers a source of long-term financing with prepayment flexibility.
Putable advances that we may, at our discretion, terminate and require the borrower to repay at predetermined dates prior to the stated maturity dates of the advances. Should an advance be terminated, the Bank intends to offer replacement funding at then current market rates and terms, based on the Bank’s available advance products and subject to the Bank’s normal credit and collateral requirements. A putable advance carries an interest rate lower than a comparable maturity advance that does not have the putable feature.
Community investment advances are below-market rate funds used by borrowers in both affordable housing projects and community development. The Community Investment Cash Advance Program (CICA) advances are provided at interest rates that represent our cost of funds plus a markup to cover our administrative expenses. This markup is determined by the Bank’s Asset-Liability Committee. The Bank’s Board of Directors annually establishes limits on the total amount of funds available for CICA advances and the total amount of CICA advances outstanding at any point in time.
For additional information on advances, including our largest borrowers, see “Advances” at page 58.“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Statements of Condition — Advances.”

8


Housing Associates
The FHLBank Act permits us to make advances to eligible housing associates. Housing associates are approved mortgagees under Title II of the National Housing Act that meet certain criteria, including: chartered under law and have succession; subject to inspection and supervision by some governmental agency; and lending their own funds as their principal activity in the mortgage field. Because housing associates are not members, they are not subject to certain provisions of the FHLBank Act that are applicable to members and cannot own our capital stock. The same regulatory lending requirements that apply to our members generally apply to housing associates. Because housing associates are not members, eligible collateral is limited to Federal Housing Administration (FHA) mortgages or Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae) securities backed by FHA mortgages for pledged collateral. State housing associates may pledge additional collateral such as cash deposited in the Bank, or certain residential mortgage loans, including securities backed by such mortgages, for advances facilitating residential or commercial mortgage lending to benefit low- and moderate-income individuals or families.

8


Prepayment Fees
We price advances at a spread over our cost of funds. We may charge a prepayment fee for advances that terminate prior to their stated maturity or outside a predetermined call or put date. The fees charged are priced to make us economically indifferent to the prepayment of the advance.
Collateral
We are required by regulation to obtain and maintain a security interest in eligible collateral at the time we originate or renew an advance and throughout the life of the advance. Eligible collateral includes whole first mortgages on improved residential property or securities representing a whole interest in such mortgages; securities issued, insured, or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of the government-sponsored housing enterprises (GSE), including without limitation MBS issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac,Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac), or Ginnie Mae; cash deposited inwith us; guaranteed student loans made under the Bank;Department of Education’s Federal Family Education Loan Program (FFELP); and other real estate-related collateral, acceptable to the Bankby us provided such collateral has a readily ascertainable value and the Bankwe can perfect a security interest in such property. Additionally, CFIs may pledge collateral consisting of secured small business, small farm, or small agribusiness loans, including secured business and agri-business lines of credit. As additional security, the FHLBank Act provides that the Bank haswe have a lien on each borrower’s capital stock in the Bank; however, capital stock cannot be pledged as collateral to secure credit exposures.

9


Under the FHLBank Act, any security interest granted to the Bankus by any member of the Bank,our members, or any affiliate of any such member, has priority over the claims and rights of any party (including any receiver, conservator, trustee, or similar party having the rights of a lien creditor), other than claims and rights that (1)(i) would be entitled to priority under otherwise applicable law and (2)(ii) are held by actual bona fide purchasers for value or by parties that are secured by actual perfected security interests. The Bank mayWe perfect itsour security interest in accordance with applicable state laws through means such asby filing Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) financing statements or through taking possession of collateral.
We generally make advances to borrowers under a blanket lien, which grants us a security interest in all eligible assets of the member to fully secure the member’s indebtedness to the Bank. The Bankus. We generally perfects itsperfect our security interest in the collateral pledged under the UCC.pledged. Other than securities collateral and cash deposits, the Bank doeswe do not initially take controldelivery of collateral pledged by blanket lien borrowers. In the event of deterioration in the financial condition of a blanket lien borrower, we have the ability to require delivery of pledged collateral sufficient to secure the borrower’s indebtedness to the Bank.us.

9


With respect to nonblanket lien borrowers (typically insurance companies and housing associates), we generally take control of collateral through the delivery of cash, securities or mortgages to the Bankus or itsour custodian. For additional information on the Bank’sour collateral requirements, refer to the “Advances” section on page 108.“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Risk Management — Credit Risk — Advances.”
Standby Letters of Credit
We issue letters of credit on behalf of our members and housing associates to facilitate business transactions with third parties. Letters of credit may be used to facilitate residential housing finance or other housing activity, facilitate community lending, and assist with asset-liability management. Pursuant to the passage of the Housing Act, the Bank’s authorization to issue letters of credit was expanded tomanagement, and support tax-exempt state and local bond issuances. Members and housing associates must fully collateralize letters of credit with eligible collateral.
Investments
The Member Finance investment portfolio is used for liquidity purposes, to maintain our target leverage ratio, and to provide earnings to the Bank. Investment income may also bolster or strengthen our capacity to meet our affordable housing and community investment commitments, cover operating expenditures, and satisfy our REFCORP assessment.
To ensure the availability of funds to meet member credit needs, we maintain a short-term investment portfolio comprised of unsecuredboth short- and securedlong-term investments. Unsecured investments generally include interest-bearingOur short-term portfolio includes, but is not limited to, interest bearing deposits, federalFederal funds, commercial paper, with highly rated counterparties, and obligations of GSEs. Secured investments may includeGSEs, and securities purchased under agreements to resell. The Bank also maintains aOur long-term investment portfolio which generally includes, secured and unsecuredbut is not limited to, obligations of GSEs and state and local housing associates.associates as well as Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) debt and bonds issued by municipalities or agencies under the Build America Bond program. The long-termlonger-term investment portfolio generally provides us with higher returns than those available in the short-term money markets.

10


Additionally, the Bank maintains a liquidity portfolio, which includes investments in Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) debt. This debt is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
Under Finance Agency regulations, we are prohibited from investing in certain types of securities, including:
Instruments such as common stock that represent an ownership interest in an entity other than stock in small business investment companies and certain investments targeted to low income persons or communities.
Instruments issued by non-U.S. entities other than those issued by U.S. branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks.

10


Instruments such as common stock that represent an ownership interest in an entity other than stock in small business investment companies and certain investments targeted to low income persons or communities.
Instruments issued by non-U.S. entities other than those issued by U.S. branches and agency offices of foreign commercial banks.
Noninvestment-grade debt instruments other than certain investments targeted to low income persons or communities and instruments downgraded after we purchased them.
Non-U.S. dollar securities.
Noninvestment-grade debt instruments other than certain investments targeted to low income persons or communities and instruments that were downgraded after purchase by the Bank.
Non-U.S. dollar securities.
In the normal course of business, we may have investments in instruments or obligations of members and their affiliates, including interest-bearing deposits, commercial paper, TLGP, and overnight and term Federal funds. Such investments are governed by the same credit policies and counterparty approval processes as investments with nonmembers. We do not consider whether an approved counterparty is a member or affiliate of a member when contemplating an investment activity. All investment transactions are at arms length and at current market rates. Investments in member and counterparty TLGP debt are not subject to the same counterparty term limits due to the explicit government guarantee.
The Bank does not have any subsidiaries. With the exception of a limited partnership interest in Small Business Investment Company (SBIC), the Bank haswe have no equity position in any partnerships, corporations, or off-balance sheet special purpose entities. Our investment in the limited partnership interestSBIC was $3.9$3.8 million at December 31, 2008.2009.
Deposits
We accept deposits from our members eligible nonmembers, and housing associates. We offer several types of deposit programs, including demand, overnight, and term deposits. Deposit programs provide some of ourus funding while providing members a low-risk interest earning asset.
Products and Services — Mortgage Finance
Mortgage Loans
The Bank investsWe invest in mortgage loans through the MPF Program,program, which is a secondary mortgage market structure under which we purchase eligible mortgage loans from participating financial institution members (PFIs) (collectively,(MPF loans). The FHLBank of Chicago (MPF Provider) developed the MPF loans). program in order to help fulfill the housing mission of the FHLBanks.
MPF loans are conforming conventional and Governmentgovernment-insured (i.e., insured or guaranteed by the FHA, theVeterans Administration, and U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), the Rural Housing Service of the Department of Agriculture (RHS) or the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD))Agriculture) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by one-to-four family residential properties with maturities ranging from 5 yearsfive to 30 years. We may also purchase MPF loans may also represent the Bank’s participation in such mortgage loans fromthrough participations with other FHLBanks.

 

11


There are currently five MPF loan products from which PFIs may choose. Four of these products (Original MPF, MPF 125, MPF Plus, and Original MPF Government) are closed loan products in which the Bank purchases loans that have been acquired or have already been closed by the PFI with its own funds. However, under the MPF 100 product, the Bank “table funds” MPF loans; that is, the Bank provides the funds through the PFI as the Bank’s agent to make the MPF loan to the borrower. The PFI performs all the traditional retail loan origination functions under this and all other MPF products. With respect to the MPF 100 product, the Bank is considered the originator of the MPF loan for accounting purposes since the PFI is acting as our agent when originating the MPF loan; however, we do not collect any origination fees.
The current products we offer under the MPF program differ primarily in their credit risk structures. While the credit risk structures differ among products, Finance Agency regulations require that all pools of MPF loans we purchase have a credit risk sharing arrangement with our PFIs that limits our credit risk exposure to a AA or higher investment grade instrument from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO). We maintain an allowance for credit losses on our mortgage loans that management believes is adequate to absorb any related losses incurred by the Bank.
The MPF Program enables participating FHLBanks the ability to purchase and fund MPF loans with their member PFIs and through participations with other FHLBanks. In addition, the FHLBank of Chicago (MPF Provider) provides programmatic and operational support to those FHLBanks that participate in the program (MPF Banks). The MPF Provider developed the MPF Program in order to help fulfill the housing mission and to provide an additional source of liquidity to FHLBank members that choose to sell mortgage loans into the secondary market rather than holding them in their own portfolio.
The MPF Program is designed to allocate the risks of MPF loans among the MPF Banks and PFIs and to take advantage of their respective strengths. PFIs have direct knowledge of their mortgage markets and have developed expertise in underwriting and servicing residential mortgage loans. By allowing PFIs to originate MPF loans, whether through retail or wholesale operations, the MPF Program gives control of these functions that most impact credit quality to PFIs. The MPF Banks are responsible for managing the interest rate risk, prepayment risk, and liquidity risk associated with owning MPF loans.
For conventional MPF loan products, PFIs assume or retain a portion of the credit risk on the MPF loans they fund and sell to an MPF Bank by providing credit enhancement either through a direct liability to pay credit losses up to a specified amount or through a contractual obligation to provide supplemental mortgage guaranty insurance (SMI). The PFI’s credit enhancement amount covers losses for MPF loans under a master commitment. PFIs are paid a credit enhancement fee for managing credit risk, and in some instances all or a portion of the credit enhancement fee may be performance based.

12


Effective February 26, 2009 the Bank signed agreements to participate in a MPF loan product called MPF Xtra (MPF Xtra is a trademark of the FHLBank of Chicago). Under this product, the Bank assigns 100 percent of its interests in PFI master commitments to the FHLBank of Chicago. The FHLBank of Chicago then purchases mortgage loans from the Bank’s PFIs and sells those loans to Fannie Mae.
For a detailed discussion and analysis of our mortgage portfolio see “Mortgage Loans” within the “Statements of Condition at December 31, 2008 and 2007” section at page 61. A detailed discussion of the different MPF products offered by the Bank and their related credit risk is provided in “Mortgage Assets” at page 110.
MPF Provider
The MPF Provider maintains the structure of MPF loan products and the eligibility rules for MPF loans as established by the FHLBanks participating in the MPF Program. In addition, the MPF Provider manages the pricing and delivery mechanism for MPF loans and the back-office processing of MPF loans in its role as master servicer and master custodian. The MPF Provider has engaged Wells Fargo Bank N.A. (Wells Fargo) as the vendor for master servicing and as the primary custodian for the MPF Program. The MPF Provider has also contracted with other custodians meeting MPF Program eligibility standards at the request of certain PFIs.
The MPF Provider publishes and maintains the MPF Origination Guide, MPF Underwriting Guide, and MPF Servicing Guide (together MPF Guides), which detail the requirements PFIs must follow in originating, underwriting, or selling and servicing MPF loans. The MPF Provider maintains the infrastructure through which MPF Banks may fund or purchase MPF loans through their PFIs. In exchange for providing these services, the MPF Provider receives a fee from each of the MPF Banks.
Effective May 1, 2008 the FHLBanks established an MPF Program Governance Committee comprised of representatives from each of the six participating MPF Banks. The Governance Committee provides guidance for the strategic decisions of the MPF Program, including but not limited to changes in pricing methodology. All day-to-day policy and operating decisions remain the responsibility of the MPF Provider.
Participating Financial Institution Agreement
Our members (or eligible housing associates) must apply to become a PFI. We review the general eligibility of the member’s servicing qualifications and ability to supply documents, data, and reports required to be delivered by PFIs under the MPF program. We also review the PFIs’member’s financial condition as it relates to their ability to meet the obligations of a PFI. The member and the Bank sign an MPF program PFI Agreement that createscreating a relationship framework for the PFI to do business with us as a PFI.us. The PFI Agreement provides the terms and conditions for the origination of the MPF loans to be purchased by us and establishes the terms and conditions for servicing MPF loans.

13


The PFI’s credit enhancement obligation (the credit enhancement amount) arises under its PFI Agreement while the amount and nature of the obligation are determined with respect to each master commitment, which is required for sales of loans to the Bank. Under the Finance Agency’s Acquired Member Asset regulation, the PFI must “bear the economic consequences” of certain losses with respect to a master commitment based upon the MPF product and other criteria. In other words, the purchase and funding are structured so that the credit risk associated with MPF loans is shared with PFIs.loans.
Typically, a PFI will sign a master commitment to cover all the conventional MPF loans it intends to deliver to us in a year or other time period specified in the master commitment agreement. However, a PFI may also sign a master commitment for original MPF government loans and it may choose to deliver MPF loans under more than one conventional product, or it may choose to use different servicing options and thus have several master commitments opened at any one time. Master commitments may be for shorter periods than one year and may be extended or increased by agreement of the Bankus and the PFI.PFI up to a maximum of two years.
Under the Finance Agency’s Acquired Member Asset regulation, the PFI must “bear the economic consequences” of certain losses with respect to a master commitment based upon the MPF product and other criteria. To comply with these regulations, MPF purchases and fundings are structured so the credit risk associated with MPF loans is shared with PFIs. The master commitment defines the pool of MPF loans for which the credit enhancement amountobligation is set so that the risk associated with investing in such pool of MPF loans is equivalent to investing in an AA rated asset. See discussion in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Risk Management — Credit Risk — Mortgage Assets.”
MPF Loan Types
There are currently six MPF loan products from which PFIs may choose. Four of these products (Original MPF, MPF 125, MPF Plus, and Original MPF Government) are closed loan products in which we purchase loans acquired or closed by the PFI. MPF 100 is a AA-rated asset without giving effectloan product in which we “table fund” MPF loans; that is, we provide the funds through the PFI as our agent to make the MPF loan to the Bank’s obligationborrower. Additionally, effective February 26, 2009, the MPF program was expanded to incurinclude an off-balance sheet product called MPF Xtra (MPF Xtra is a trademark of the FHLBank of Chicago). Under this product, we assign 100 percent of our interest in PFI master commitments to the FHLBank of Chicago. The FHLBank of Chicago then purchases mortgage loans from our PFIs and sells those loans to Fannie Mae. Only PFIs retaining servicing for their MPF loans are eligible for the MPF Xtra product.

12


Under all of the above MPF loan products, the PFI performs all traditional retail loan origination functions. With respect to the MPF 100 product, we are considered the originator of the MPF loan for accounting purposes since the PFI is acting as our agent when originating the MPF loan; however, we do not collect any origination fees.
The MPF program is designed to allocate the risks of MPF loans among the MPF Banks and PFIs and to take advantage of the PFIs’ strengths. PFIs have direct knowledge of their mortgage markets and have developed expertise in underwriting and servicing residential mortgage loans. By allowing PFIs to originate MPF loans, whether through retail or wholesale operations, the MPF program gives the PFIs control of these functions that most impact credit quality. The Finance Agency requires all pools of MPF loans to have a credit risk sharing arrangement with our PFIs limiting our credit risk exposure to an AA or higher investment grade instrument from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO). The MPF Banks are responsible for managing the interest rate risk, prepayment risk, and liquidity risk associated with owning MPF loans.
For conventional MPF loan products, PFIs retain a portion of the credit risk on the MPF loans they fund and sell to an MPF Bank by providing credit enhancement either through a direct liability to pay credit losses up to a specified amount or through a contractual obligation to provide supplemental mortgage insurance (SMI). The PFI’s maximum credit enhancement obligation for MPF loan losses is specified in the amountmaster commitment. PFIs are paid a credit enhancement fee for managing credit risk, and in some instances all or a portion of the First Loss Account (FLA). Seecredit enhancement fee may be performance based. We utilize an allowance for credit losses to absorb any credit related losses we may incur.
For a detailed discussion and analysis of our mortgage portfolio, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Statements of Condition — Mortgage Loans.” A detailed discussion of the different MPF loan products we offer and their related credit risk is provided in ��“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Risk Management — Credit Risk — Mortgage Assets”Assets.”
MPF Provider
The MPF Provider maintains the structure of MPF loan products and the eligibility rules for MPF loans as established by the FHLBanks participating in the MPF program. In addition, the MPF Provider manages the pricing and delivery mechanism for MPF loans and the back-office processing of MPF loans in its role as master servicer and master custodian. The MPF Provider has engaged Wells Fargo Bank N.A. (Wells Fargo) as the vendor for master servicing and as the primary custodian for the MPF program. The MPF Provider has also contracted with other custodians meeting MPF program eligibility standards at page 110.the request of certain PFIs.
The MPF Provider publishes and maintains the MPF Origination Guide, MPF Underwriting Guide, and MPF Servicing Guide, which detail the requirements PFIs must follow in originating, underwriting, or selling and servicing MPF loans. The MPF Provider maintains the infrastructure through which MPF Banks may fund or purchase MPF loans through their PFIs. In exchange for providing these services, the MPF Provider receives a fee from each of the MPF Banks.

13


The FHLBanks established an MPF program Governance Committee comprised of representatives from each of the six participating MPF Banks. The Governance Committee provides guidance for the strategic decisions of the MPF program, including but not limited to, changes in pricing methodology. All day-to-day policy and operating decisions remain the responsibility of the MPF Provider.
MPF Servicing
PFIs may choose to sellselling MPF loans to the Bank andmay either retain the servicing or transfer the servicing.servicing (excluding MPF Xtra). If a PFI chooses to retain the servicing, they receive a servicing fee to manage the servicing activities. If the PFI chooses to transfer servicing rights to aan approved third-party provider, the servicing is transferred concurrently with the sale of the MPF loan to us and the Bank.servicing fee is paid to the third-party provider.
Throughout the servicing process, the master servicer monitors the PFI’s compliance with MPF program requirements and makes periodic reports to the MPF Provider.
Loan Modifications
Effective August 1, 2009, we introduced a temporary loan payment modification plan for participating PFIs, which will be available until December 31, 2011. Homeowners with conventional loans secured by their primary residence originated prior to January 1, 2009 are eligible for the modification plan. This modification plan is available to homeowners currently in default or imminent danger of default. The modification plan states specific eligibility requirements that must be met and procedures the PFIs must follow to participate in the modification plan.
Investments
The Mortgage Finance investment portfolio includes investments in MBS, HFA securities, and SBA which due to their risk profiles, have hedging and funding strategies similar to mortgage loans purchased under the MPF program.securities. By regulation, we are permitted to invest in the following asset types, among others:
Obligations, participations, or other instruments of or issued by Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae.
Mortgages, obligations, or other securities that are, or ever have been, sold by Freddie Mac pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1454 or 1455.
Instruments that the Bank has determined are permissible investments for fiduciary or trust funds under the laws of the state of Iowa.

14


Obligations, participations, or other instruments of or issued by Fannie Mae or Ginnie Mae.
Mortgages, obligations, or other securities that are, or ever have been, sold by Freddie Mac pursuant to 12 U.S.C. 1454 or 1455.
Instruments we determined are permissible investments for fiduciary or trust funds under the laws of the state of Iowa.
We have limitedlimit our investments in MBS to those that are guaranteed by the U.S. Government, are issued by a GSE, or that carry the highest investment grade rating by any NRSRO at the time of purchase.

14


We have participated in the MPF shared funding program, which provides a means to distribute both the benefits and the risks of the mortgage loans among a number of parties. Under the MPF shared funding program, a participating member of the FHLBank of Chicago sponsorssponsored a trust (trust sponsor) and transferstransferred into the trust loans eligible to be MPF loans that the participating member of the FHLBank of Chicago originatesoriginated or acquires.acquired. Upon transfer of the assets into the trust, the trust issuesissued certificates with tranches that have credit risk characteristics consistent with the MPF program policy and are compliant with the applicable regulations. The tranches are backed by the underlying mortgage loans and all or nearly all of the tranches receive public credit ratings determined by an NRSRO.
The senior tranches (A Certificates) have a credit rating of AA or AAA and may have different interest rate risk profiles and durations. The A Certificates, which may be structured to present risk and investment characteristics attractive to different types of investors, were sold to the FHLBank of Chicago, either directly by the trust or by the trust sponsor. The lower-rated tranches (B Certificates) provide the credit enhancement for the A Certificates and are sold to the trust sponsor. The FHLBank of Chicago may subsequently sell some or all of its A Certificates to its members and to other FHLBanks and their members. We purchased A Certificates of the MPF shared funding program and hold approximately $33.2 million at December 31, 2009. No residuals are created or retained on the Statements of Condition of the FHLBank of Chicago or any other FHLBank.
Under Finance Agency regulations, we are prohibited from investing in whole mortgages or other whole loans other thanthan:
  those acquired under the Bank’sour MPF program described above.
 
  certain investments targeted to low income persons or communities.
 
  certain marketable direct obligations of state, local, or tribal government units or agencies having at least the second highest credit rating from an NRSRO.
  MBS or asset-backed securities backed by manufactured housing loans or home equity loans.
 
  certain foreign housing loans authorized under section 12(b) of the FHLBank Act.

15


The Finance Agency’s Financial Management Policy (FMP) further limits the Bank’sour investment in MBS and asset-backed securities. This policy requires that the total book value of our MBS owned by the Bank mayto not exceed 300 percent of the Bank’sour capital at the time of purchase. The Finance Agency has excluded MPF shared funding certificates from this FMP limit.

15


On The Finance Agency passed a resolution on March 24, 2008, the Finance Agency (known as the Finance Board at the time of passage) passed a resolution authorizing the FHLBanks to increase their purchases of agency MBS. Pursuant to the resolution, the limit on the FHLBank’s MBS investment authority would increase from 300 percent of regulatory capital to 600 percent of regulatory capital, for two years. The resolution required an FHLBank to notify the Finance Agency prior to its first acquisition under the expanded authority and include in its notification a description of the risk management principles underlying its purchase. The expanded authority is limited to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities. The securities purchased under the increased authority must be backed by mortgages that were originated after January 1,effective until March 31, 2010. In 2008, and comply with Federal bank regulatory guidance on non-traditional and subprime mortgage lending. The Bank provided notification to the Finance Agency, and did not receive an objection, for its intention to exercise the expanded investment authority and increase its investments in additional agency MBS to 600 percent of regulatory capital. Theour Board approved a strategy for the Bank to increase itsour investments in additional agency MBS in accordance with the Finance Agency resolution up to 450 percent of regulatory capital. At December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 the book value of our MBS owned, by the Bank, excluding MPF shared funding certificates, represented approximately 292380 percent and 219292 percent of regulatory capital.
In addition, weWe are prohibited from purchasing the following types of securities:
Interest-only or principal-only stripped MBS.
Interest-only or principal-only stripped MBS.
Residual interest or interest accrual classes of collateralized mortgage obligations and real estate mortgage investment conduits.
Fixed rate or variable rate MBS, collateralized mortgage obligations, and real estate mortgage investment conduits that on the trade date are at rates equal to their contractual caps and have average lives varying by more than six years under an assumed instantaneous interest rate change of plus or minus 300 basis points.
Residual interest or interest accrual classes of collateralized mortgage obligations and real estate mortgage investment conduits.
Fixed rate or variable rate MBS, collateralized mortgage obligations, and real estate mortgage investment conduits that on the trade date are at rates equal to their contractual caps and that have average lives that vary by more than six years under an assumed instantaneous interest rate change of 300 basis points.
Standby Bond Purchase Agreements
We enter into standby bond purchase agreements with housing associates within our district whereby we are requiredagree to purchase HFA bonds under circumstances defined in each agreement. We may be requested to hold investments in the HFA bonds until the designated remarketing agent can find a suitable investor or the housing associate repurchases the bonds according to a schedule established by the standby agreement. When purchased, these HFA bonds are classified as available-for-sale investments onin the Statements of Condition. The bond purchase commitments entered into by us expire after seven years, currently no later than 2015.2016. For additional details on our standby bond purchase agreements, refer to “Off-Balance“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements” at page 92.Arrangements.”

16


Products and Services — Member Finance and Mortgage Finance
We use consolidated obligations and derivatives in the same manner for both Member Finance and Mortgage Finance as part of our funding and interest rate risk management strategies. These products and services are discussed below on a combined basis.

16


Consolidated Obligations
Our primary source of funds to support our business segments is the sale of consolidated obligations in the capital markets. Consolidated obligations are the joint and several obligations of, the FHLBanks,and are backed only by the financial resources of the 12 FHLBanks. Consolidated obligations are not obligations of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government does not guarantee them. Currently,At February 28, 2010, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (Moody’s) has rated the consolidated obligations Aaa/P-1 and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (S&P) has rated them AAA/A-1+.
Although we are primarily liable for the portion of consolidated obligations issued on our behalf, we are also jointly and severally liable with the other 11 FHLBanks for the payment of principal and interest on all consolidated obligations of each of the FHLBanks. The Finance Agency, at its discretion, may require any FHLBank to make principal or interest payments due on any consolidated obligation whether or not the consolidated obligation represents a primary liability of such FHLBank. Although it has never happened, to the extent that an FHLBank makes any payment on a consolidated obligation on behalf of another FHLBank that is primarily liable for such consolidated obligation, Finance Agency regulations provide that the paying FHLBank is entitled to reimbursement from the noncomplying FHLBank for any payments made on behalf of the noncomplying FHLBank and other associated costs (including interest to be determined by the Finance Agency). If, however, the Finance Agency determines that the noncomplying FHLBank is unable to satisfy its repayment obligations, the Finance Agency may allocate the outstanding liabilities of the noncomplying FHLBank among the remaining FHLBanks on a pro rata basis in proportion to each FHLBank’s participation in all consolidated obligations outstanding. The Finance Agency reserves the right to allocate the outstanding liabilities for the consolidated obligations between the FHLBanks in any other manner it may determine to ensure that the FHLBanks operate in a safe and sound manner.
Finance Agency regulations govern the issuance and servicing of consolidated obligations. The FHLBanks issue consolidated obligations throughThose regulations established the Office of Finance which has authority underto facilitate the FHLBank Act to issue jointissuance and severalservicing of consolidated obligations on behalf of the FHLBanks. The FHLBanks, through the Office of Finance as their agent, are the issuers of consolidated obligations for which they are jointly and severally liable. No FHLBank is permitted to issue individual debt without Finance Agency approval.

 

17


Pursuant to Finance Agency regulations, the Office of Finance has adopted policies and procedures for consolidated obligations that may be issued by the FHLBanks. The policies and procedures relate to the frequency and timing of issuance of consolidated obligations, issue size, minimum denomination, selling concessions, underwriter qualifications and selection, currency of issuance, interest rate change or conversion features, call or put features, principal amortization features, and selection of clearing organizations and outside counsel. The Office of Finance has responsibility for facilitating and approving the issuance of the consolidated obligations in accordance with these policies and procedures. In addition, the Office of Finance has the authority to restrict or deny the FHLBanks’ requests to issue consolidated obligations that are otherwise allowed by its policies and procedures if the Office of Finance determines that such action would be inconsistent with the Finance Agency requirement that consolidated obligations be issued efficiently and at the lowest all-in cost over time. The Office of Finance’s authority to restrict or prohibit our requests for issuance of consolidated obligations has not adversely impacted our ability to finance our operations.
Consolidated obligations are generally issued with either fixed or variable rate payment terms that useusing a variety of indices for interest rate resets including LIBOR, Constant Maturity Treasury, and the Federal funds rate. To meet the specific needs of certain investors in consolidated obligations, both fixed and variable rate obligations may also contain certain embedded features that may resultresulting in complex coupon payment terms and call features. When such consolidated obligations are issued on our behalf, of the Bank, we may concurrently enter into derivative agreements containing offsetting features that effectively alteraltering the terms of the bond to a simple variable rate tied to an index. The Office of Finance may coordinate communication between underwriters, the Bank, and financial institutions that enterentering into interest rate exchange agreements to facilitate issuance.
The Office of Finance may also coordinate transfers of FHLBank consolidated obligations among other FHLBanks. We may, from time to time, assume the outstanding primary liability of another FHLBank rather than issue new consolidated obligations for which the Bank iswe are the primary obligor. If an FHLBank has acquired excess funding, that FHLBank may offer its debt to the other 11 FHLBanks at the current market rate of interest consistent with what may be expected in the auction process. We may choose to assume the outstanding primary liability of another FHLBank as it would have a known price compared with issuing debt through the auction process where actual pricing is unknown prior to issuance.

18


Finance Agency regulations require that each FHLBank to maintain the following types of assets, free from any lien or pledge, subject to such regulations, restrictions, and limitations as may be prescribed by the Finance Agency, in an amount at least equal to the amount of that FHLBank’s participation in the total consolidated obligations outstanding:
  Cash.Cash,
 
  Obligations of or fully guaranteed by the U.S.,     
 
  Secured advances.advances,     
Mortgages having any guarantee, insurance, or commitment from the U.S. or any agency of the U.S.,
Investments described in section 16(a) of the FHLBank Act, which, among other items, include investments a fiduciary or trust fund may purchase under the laws of the state of Iowa, and
Other securities rated Aaa by Moody’s, AAA by S&P, or AAA by Fitch, Inc. (Fitch).

18


Mortgages that have any guarantee, insurance, or commitment from the U.S. or any agency of the U.S.
Investments described in section 16(a) of the FHLBank Act, which, among other items, include investments that a fiduciary or trust fund may purchase under the laws of the state of Iowa.
Other securities that are rated Aaa by Moody’s, AAA by S&P, or AAA by Fitch, Inc. (Fitch).
We were in compliance with this requirement at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008. See discussion in “Statutory Requirements” at page 72.“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation - Liquidity and Capital Resources — Liquidity Requirements — Statutory Requirements.”
In addition to being responsible for facilitating and executing the issuance of consolidated obligations, the Office of Finance services all outstanding debt. It also collects information on the BankFHLBank System’s unsecured credit exposure to individual counterparties, serves as a source of information for the FHLBanks on capital market developments, manages the FHLBank System’s relationship with the rating agencies for consolidated obligations, and prepares the FHLBank System’s Combined Financial Reports.
The consolidated obligations the FHLBanks may issue consist of bonds and discount notes.
Bonds
Bonds have historically satisfiedsatisfy our intermediate- and long-term funding requirements. Typically, the maturity of these securities ranges from one year to 30 years, but the maturity is not subject to any statutory or regulatory limit. We also issue index amortizing notes which have amortization schedules linked to specific reference pools of mortgages. The redemption schedule of the note is dependent on the amortization schedule of the underlying reference pool. The notes are redeemed at the final maturity date, regardless of the then-outstanding amount of the reference pool.
We work with a variety of authorized securities dealers and the Office of Finance to meet our debt issuance needs. Depending on the amount and type of funding needed, bonds may be issued through a competitivelycompetitive bid auction process (TAP program and callable auction), on a negotiated basis, or through a debt transfer between FHLBanks.

19


Bonds issued through the TAP program are generally fixed rate, noncallable structures issued inwith standard maturities of 18 months or two, three, five, seven, or ten years. The goal of the TAP program is to aggregate frequent smaller issues into a larger bond issue that may havefor greater market liquidity. We may participate in the TAP program to provide funding for our portfolio.

19


We may request specific amounts of certain bonds to be offered by the Office of Finance for sale via competitive auction conducted with underwriters of a bond selling group. One or more FHLBanks may also request amounts of those same bonds to be offered for sale for their benefit via the same auction. Auction structures are determined by the BankFHLBanks in consultation with the Office of Finance and the securities dealer community. We may receive upzero to 100 percent of the proceeds of the bonds issued via competitive auction depending on (1)(i) the amounts and costs for the bonds bid by underwriters; (2)(ii) the maximum costs we or other FHLBanks participating in the same issue, if any, are willing to pay for the obligations; and (3)(iii) the guidelines for allocation of bond proceeds among multiple participating FHLBanks administered by the Office of Finance.
We may also participate in the Global Debt Program that is coordinated by the Office of Finance. The Global Debt Program allows the FHLBanks to diversify their funding sources to include overseas investors. Global Debt Program bonds may be issued in maturities ranging from one year to 30 years and can be customized with different terms and currencies. FHLBanks participating in the program approve the terms of the individual issues.
We may also issue Amortizing Prepayment Linked Securities (APLS). APLS principal balances pay down consistent with a specified reference pool of mortgages determined at issuance and have a final stated maturity of four years to 15 years. APLS can be issued in a wide variety of sizes and maturities to meet numerous portfolio objectives. Like all consolidated obligations, APLS carry the highest ratings from both Moody’s and S&P (Aaa/AAA) and are not obligations of the U.S. Government, and the U.S. Government does not guarantee them.
During the last three months of 2008, government interventions and weakening investor confidence adversely impacted the Bank’s long-term cost of funds. The cost of the Bank’s long-term debt increased relative to LIBOR as investors exhibited a desire to purchase debt with short-term maturities. As a result, the Bank began to rely more heavily on the issuance of discount notes to fund both short- and long-term assets. The Bank continued to issue long-term debt during the last three months of 2008.
For further analysis of our bonds, see “Consolidated“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Statements of Condition — Consolidated Obligations” and “Liquidity“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation - Liquidity and Capital Resources” at pages 63 and 69.Resources — Sources of Liquidity.”
Discount Notes
Discount notes have historically satisfiedsatisfy our short-term funding requirements.needs. These securities have maturities of up to 365/366 days and are offered daily through a discount note selling group and through other authorized underwriters. Discount notes are sold at a discount and mature at par.

 

20


On a daily basis, we may request specific amounts of certain discount notes with specific maturity dates to be offered by the Office of Finance at a specific cost for sale to underwriters in the discount note selling group. One or more FHLBanks may also request amounts of those same discount notes to be offered for sale for their benefit the same day. The Office of Finance commits to issue discount notes on behalf of the participating FHLBanks when underwriters in the selling group submit orders for the specific discount notes offered for sale. We may receive zero to 100 percent of the proceeds of the discount notes issued via this sales process depending on (1)(i) the maximum costs we or other FHLBanks participating in the same issue, if any, are willing to pay for the discount notes; (2)(ii) the order amounts for the discount notes submitted by underwriters; and (3)(iii) the guidelines for allocation of discount note proceeds among multiple participating FHLBanks administered by the Office of Finance.
Twice weekly, we may request specific amounts of discount notes with fixed terms to maturity ranging from four weeks to 26 weeks to be offered by the Office of Finance for sale via competitive auction conducted with underwriters in the discount note selling group. One or more FHLBanks may also request amounts of those same discount notes to be offered for sale for their benefit via the same auction. The discount notes offered for sale via competitive auction are not subject to a limit on the maximum costs the FHLBanks are willing to pay. We may receive zero to 100 percent of the proceeds of the discount notes issued via competitive auction depending on (1)(i) the amounts of the discount notes bid by underwriters and (2)(ii) the guidelines for allocation of discount note proceeds among multiple participating FHLBanks administered by the Office of Finance.
For further analysis of our discount notes see “Consolidated“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Statements of Condition — Consolidated Obligations” and “Liquidity“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Liquidity and Capital Resources” at pages 63 and 69.Resources — Sources of Liquidity.”
Derivatives
The Bank usesWe use derivatives to manage our exposure to interest rate and prepayment risks. The Finance Agency’s regulations and the Bank’sour Enterprise Risk Management Policy (ERMP) establish guidelines for derivatives. We can use interest rate swaps, swaptions, interest rate cap and floor agreements, calls, puts, and futures and forward contracts as part of our interest rate and prepayment risk management and funding strategies for both business segments. The Finance Agency’s regulations and the Bank’sour policies prohibit trading in or the speculative use of these instruments and limit exposure to credit risk arising from the instruments.
We primarily use derivatives to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates. The goal of our interest rate risk management strategy is not to eliminate interest rate risk, but to manage it within appropriate limits. One key way we manage interest rate risk is to acquire and maintain a portfolio of assets and liabilities which, together with their associated derivatives, are conservatively matched with respect to the expected repricings of the assets and liabilities.

 

21


In general, weWe use derivatives as a fair value hedge of an underlying financial instrument and/or as an economic hedge, which does not qualify for hedge accounting treatment but serves as an asset-liability management tool. We also use derivatives to manage embedded options in assets and liabilities to hedge the market value of existing assets, liabilities, and anticipated transactions.
A more detailed discussion regarding our use of derivatives is located in “Management’s“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning at page 41Operation — Statements of Condition — Derivatives” and in “Risk Management” beginning at page 96.“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Risk Management — Credit Risk — Derivatives.”
Capital and Dividends
Capital
The Bank’sOur Capital Plan requires each member to own capital stock in an amount equal to the aggregate of a membership stock requirement and an activity-based stock requirement. WeOur Board of Directors may adjust these requirements within ranges established in the Capital Plan. All stock issued is subject to a five year notice of redemption.
BankOur capital stock is not publicly traded. It can behas a par value of $100 per share, and all shares are issued, exchanged, redeemed, and repurchased only by the Bankus at its stated par valuepar. We have two subclasses of $100 per share. In addition,capital stock; membership capital stock and activity-based capital stock. Each member must purchase and hold membership capital stock equal to a percentage of its total assets as of the preceding December 31st. Each member is also required to purchase activity-based capital stock equal to a percentage of its outstanding transactions and commitments and to hold that activity-based capital stock as long as the transactions and commitments remain outstanding.
Although we havedo not redeem activity-based capital stock prior to the discretion toexpiration of the five year notice period prescribed under our Capital Plan, we, in accordance with our Capital Plan, automatically, but at our option, repurchase excess activity-based capital stock from members. Forthat exceeds an operational threshold on at least a detailed description ofmonthly basis, subject to the limitations set forth in our Capital Plan. To review our Capital Plan, see Exhibit 4.1 to the Bank’s Registration Statement onour Form 10, as amended,8-K/A, filed on July 10, 2006.March 31, 2009.
During the fourth quarter ofOn December 22, 2008, as a result of market conditions, the Bank indefinitely discontinued itswe suspended our practice of voluntarily repurchasing excess activity-based capital stock. Members may continuestock to use thispreserve capital during an uncertain economic environment. As a result of improved market conditions during 2009, we resumed our normal practice of voluntarily repurchasing excess activity-based capital stock to satisfy activity-based capital stock requirements. The Bank believes this recent action will help conserve its capital levels during the current stressed economic environment.on December 18, 2009.

22


Dividends
The Bank’sOur Board of Directors may declare and pay dividends in either cash or capital stock or a combination thereof.thereof; however, historically, we have only paid cash dividends. Under Finance Agency regulation, an FHLBank isregulations, we are prohibited from paying a dividend in the form of additional shares of FHLBank capital stock if, after the issuance, the outstanding excess capital stock at the FHLBank would be greater than one percent of itsour total assets. By regulation, the Bankwe may pay dividends from current earnings or retained earnings. An FHLBankearnings, but we may not declare a dividend based on projected or anticipated earnings. TheOur Board of Directors may not declare or pay dividends if it would result in Bankour non-compliance with capital requirements. Furthermore, perPer regulation, an FHLBankwe may not declare or pay a dividend if the par value of the FHLBank’s stock is impaired or is projected to become impaired after paying such dividend. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, before declaring or paying any dividend, we must certify to the Finance Agency that we will remain in compliance with regulatory liquidity requirements and will remain capable of making full and timely payment of our current obligations coming due during the next quarter.

22


Effective June 19, 2008 the Bank replaced its reserve capital policy withOur ERMP requires a minimum retained earnings policy. Under this policy, the Bank’s retained earnings minimum level is defined by the aggregation of market risk, credit risk, and operational risk components.
Under the policy, if Economic Value of Capital Stock (EVCS), defined as the net present value of expected future cash flows of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and derivatives, divided by the Book Value of Capital Stock (BVCS), is less than or equal to $100 per share, the Bank is required to increase its retained earnings minimum target to account for the shortfall. In addition, until February 2009, if EVCS was below $100 per share orlevel. If actual retained earnings fellfall below the retained earnings minimum, the Bank waswe are required to establish an action plan, approved by our Board of Directors, which may include a dividend cap at not moreless than 80 percent ofthe current earnings, or an action plan, as deemed necessary by the Board of Directors, that mayearned dividend, to enable us to return the Bank to itsour targeted level of retained earnings within twelve months.
In February At December 31, 2009, management believed it would be prudent, due to the highly unusual market conditions and the fact that the circumstances causing the EVCS shortfall are largely out of the direct control of the Bank, to reviseour actual retained earnings were above the retained earnings policy. The modified policy states that ifminimum, and therefore no action plan was necessary. Further discussion on our risk management metrics are discussed in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Risk Management.”
Our dividend philosophy is to pay out a sustainable dividend equal to or above the average three-month LIBOR rate for the covered period. While three-month LIBOR is the Bank’s dividend benchmark, the actual retained earnings fall below the minimum target, the Bank, as determineddividend payout is impacted by the Board of Directors, will either cap dividends at lessDirector policies, regulatory requirements, financial projections, and actual performance. Therefore, the actual dividend rate may be higher or lower than the current earned dividend, or establish an action plan (which can include a dividend cap) to address the retained earnings shortfall within a practicable period of time.three-month LIBOR.
Dividend payments are discussed in further detail in “Dividends” at page 80.“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital — Dividends.”
Competition
In general, the current competitive environment presents a challenge for the Bank into achieving our achievement of financial goals. We continuously reassess the potential for success in attracting and retaining customers for our products and services.

23


Demand for the Bank’sour advances is affected by, among other things, the cost of other available sources of funds for our borrowers. We compete with other suppliers of secured and unsecured wholesale funding that includeincluding investment banks and dealers, commercial banks, other GSEs or government agencies such as the Farm Credit System, FDIC, Federal Reserve, and, in certain circumstances, other FHLBanks. Certain holding companies have subsidiary institutions located in various states that may be members of different FHLBanks. To the extent a holding company has access through multiple subsidiaries to more than one FHLBank;FHLBank, the holding company can choose the most cost effective advance product available from among the FHLBanks to which it has access. Thus,Under this scenario, FHLBanks may compete with each other to fund advances to members in different FHLBank districts that are subsidiaries of a holding company.districts. The availability of alternative funding sources to our members and their deposit levels, can significantly influence the demand for our advances and can vary as a result of a varietynumber of factors including market conditions, member creditworthiness and size, and availability of collateral.

23


Recent legislative and regulatory actions have provided members with additional funding alternatives. In October 2008,For instance, the FDIC announced its TLGP, through which the FDIC providedprovides a guarantee on certain newly issued senior unsecured debt, including promissory notes, commercial paper, interbank funding, and unsecured portions of secured debt issued on or before October 31, 2009, in the event the issuing institution subsequently fails or its holding company files for bankruptcy. Coverage from this liquidity guarantee program is currently limited through June 30, 2012, even if the debt maturity exceeds that date. The Bank’s members may use this guarantee program, if eligible, to issue their unsecured debt rather than seek advances from the Bank. These additional funding alternatives increased competition with the Bank’sour advance products as well as contributed to the Bank’sour increased long-term cost of funds.
The Bank’sOur primary source of funding is through the issuance of consolidated obligations. We compete with the U.S. Government, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Farm Credit System, and other GSEs as well as corporate, sovereign, and supranational entities for funds raised through the issuance of unsecured debt in the national and global debt markets. In the absence of increased demand, increased supply of competing debt products may result in higher debt costs or lesser amounts of debt issued at the same cost. In addition, the availability and cost of funds raised through the issuance of certain types of unsecured debt may be adversely affected by regulatory initiatives or other government actions. Although the Bank’sour debt issuances have kept pace with the funding needs of our members, there can be no assurance that this will continue to be the case.
In addition, the sale of callable debt and the simultaneous execution of callable derivative agreements that mirror the debt have been an important source of competitive funding for the Bank.us. The availability of markets for callable debt and derivative agreements may be an important determinant of the Bank’sour relative cost of funds. There can be no assurance the current breadth and depth of these markets will be sustained.

24


Our borrowing costs and access tocost of funds werewas also adversely affected by changes in investor perception of the systemic risks associated with the housing GSEs. Issues relating to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the FHLBanks have, at times, created pressure on debt pricing, as investors have perceived such obligations as bearing greater risk than some other debt products. In response to investor and financial concerns, in September 2008, the Finance Agency placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in conservatorship. Additionally, the U.S. Treasury put in place a set of financing agreements, which expired on December 31, 2009, to ensure that Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the FHLBanks continue to meet their obligations to holders of bonds that they have issued or guaranteed. Beginning in the last three months of 2008, as a result of these government actions, the Bank experienced higher borrowing costs for its debt. These higher borrowing costs, if sustained in the future, will continue to negatively impact our business.
The purchase of mortgage loans through the MPF program is subject to significant competition on the basis of prices paid for mortgage loans, customer service, and ancillary services such as automated underwriting. We compete primarily with other GSEs, such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and other financial institutions and private investors for acquisition of conventional fixed rate mortgage loans.

24


Taxation
The Bank isWe are exempt from all federal, state and local taxation except for real estate property taxes, which areis a component of the Bank’sour lease payments for office space or on real estate owned by the Bank.we own.
Assessments
Affordable Housing Program
To fund their respective AHPs, the FHLBanks each must set aside the greater of 10 percent of the Bank’sFHLBank’s current year regulatory incomenet earnings to fund next year’s AHP obligation, or the Bank’sFHLBank’s pro rata share of an aggregate of $100 million to be contributed in total by the FHLBanks. Such proration is made on the basis of current year regulatory income.net earnings. The required annual AHP contribution for aan FHLBank shall not exceed its current year regulatory income. Regulatory income is defined by the Bank as net income calculated in accordance with GAAP before interest expense related to mandatorily redeemable capital stock and the assessment for AHP, but after the assessment for REFCORP.earnings. The treatmentexclusion of interest expense related to mandatorily redeemable capital stock is based on a regulatory interpretation issued byof the Finance Agency. The AHP and REFCORP assessments are calculated simultaneously because of their interdependence on each other. We accrue our AHP assessment on a monthly basis. Webasis and reduce the AHP liability as program funds are distributed.
Resolution Funding Corporation
Congress requires that each FHLBank annually pay to the REFCORP 20 percent of net income calculated in accordance with GAAP after the assessment for AHP, but before the assessment for the REFCORP. We accrue our REFCORP assessment on a monthly basis.
The FHLBanks’ obligation to the REFCORP will terminate when the aggregate actual quarterly payments made by all of the FHLBanks exactly equal the present value of a $300 million annual annuity that commencescommencing on the date on which the first obligation of the REFCORP was issued and ends on April 15, 2030. The Finance Agency determines the discounting factors to use in this calculation in consultation with the Department of Treasury.

25


The Finance Agency is required to shorten the term of the FHLBanks’ obligation to the REFCORP for each calendar quarter in which there is an excess quarterly payment. An excess quarterly payment is the amount by which the actual quarterly payment exceeds $75 million. The Finance Agency is required to extend the term of the FHLBanks’ obligation to the REFCORP for each calendar quarter in which there is a deficit quarterly payment. A deficit quarterly payment is the amount by which the actual quarterly payment falls short of $75 million.

25


Because the FHLBanks’ cumulative REFCORP payments have generally exceeded $300 million per year, those extra payments have defeased $42.5$2.3 million of the $75 million benchmark payment due on April 15, 20132012 and all payments due thereafter. The defeased benchmark payment (or portion thereof) can be reinstated if future actual REFCORP payments fall short of the $75 million benchmark in any quarter. During the fourth quarter of 2008, the FHLBanks’ benchmark payments or portions of them were reinstated due to actual REFCORP payments falling short of the $300 million annual requirement. Cumulative amounts to be paid by the BankFHLBanks to the REFCORP cannot be determined at this time because the amount is dependent upon future earningsnet income of each FHLBank and interest rates.
Liquidity Requirements
The Bank needsWe utilize liquidity to satisfy member demand for short- and long-term funds, to repay maturing consolidated obligations, and to meet other business obligations. The Bank isWe are required to maintain liquidity in accordance with certain Finance Agency regulations and with policies established by the Board of Directors. See additional discussion in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation “Liquidity Requirements” at page 72.Liquidity and Capital Resources — Liquidity Requirements.”
Regulatory Oversight, Audits, and Examinations
The Finance Agency is an independent agency in the U.S. Government responsible for supervising and regulating the FHLBanks, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac. The Housing Act establishes the position of Director of the Finance Agency as the head of such agency. The Finance Agency Director is appointed by the President for a five-yearfive year term. The Finance Agency Director is authorized to issue rules, regulations, guidance, and orders affecting the FHLBanks.
To assess theour safety and soundness, of the Bank, the Finance Agency conducts annual, on-site examinations of the Bank as well as periodic off-site reviews. Additionally, we are required to submit monthly financial information including the statements of condition, results of operations, and various other reports.
The Finance Agency requires that we satisfy certain minimum liquidity and capital requirements. Liquidity requirements are discussed in “Statutory Requirements” at page 72.“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Liquidity Requirements — Statutory Requirements.” Capital requirements are discussed in “Capital Requirements” at page 74.“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital — Capital Requirements.”

 

26


The Finance Agency has broad authority to bring administrative and supervisory actions against an FHLBank andand/or its directors andand/or executive officers. The Finance Agency may initiate proceedings to suspend or remove FHLBank directors andand/or executive officers for cause. The Finance Agency may issue a notice of charges seeking the issuance of a temporary or permanent cease and desist order to an FHLBank or any director or executive officer if the Finance Agency determines that any such party is engaging in, has engaged in, or the Finance Agency has cause to believe the party is about to engage inin:
any unsafe or unsound practices in conducting the business of the FHLBank.
any conduct that violates any provision of the FHLBank Act or any applicable law, order, rule, or regulation.
any conduct that violates conditions imposed in writing by the Finance Agency in connection with the granting of any application or other request by the FHLBank or any written agreement between the FHLBank and the Finance Agency.
any unsafe or unsound practices in conducting the business of the FHLBank.
any conduct that violates any provision of the FHLBank Act or any applicable law, order, rule, or regulation.
any conduct that violates conditions imposed in writing by the Finance Agency in connection with the granting of any application or other request by the FHLBank or any written agreement between the FHLBank and the Finance Agency.
The Finance Agency may issue a notice seeking the assessment of civil monetary penalties against an FHLBank or, in some cases, any director or executive officer that
violates any provision of the FHLBank Act or any order, rule, or regulation issued under the FHLBank Act.
violates any final or temporary cease and desist order issued by the Finance Agency pursuant to the FHLBank Act.
that:
violates any provision of the FHLBank Act or any order, rule, or regulation issued under the FHLBank Act.
violates any final or temporary cease and desist order issued by the Finance Agency pursuant to the FHLBank Act.
  violates any written agreement between an FHLBank and the Finance Agency.
 
  engages in any conduct that causes or is likely to cause a loss to an FHLBank.
The Finance Agency is funded through assessments levied against the FHLBanks and other regulated entities. No tax dollars or other appropriations from the U.S. Government support the operations of the Finance Agency. The Finance Agency allocates its applicable operating and capital expenditures to the FHLBanks based on each FHLBank’s percentage of the Bank System’s total FHLBank capital. Unless otherwise instructed in writing by the Finance Agency, each FHLBank pays the Finance Agency its pro rata share of an assessment in semiannualsemi–annual installments during the annual period covered by the assessment.

27


The Comptroller General of the U.S. Government has authority under the FHLBank Act to audit or examine the Finance Agency and the BankFHLBanks and to decide the extent to which they fairly and effectively fulfill the purposes of the FHLBank Act. Further, the Government Corporation Control Act provides that the Comptroller General may review any audit of the financial statements conducted by an independent public accounting firm. If the Comptroller General conducts such a review, he/she must report the results and provide his/her recommendations to the Congress, the Office of Management and Budget, and the FHLBank in question. The Comptroller General may also conduct his/her own audit of any financial statements of the Bank.FHLBanks.

27


The Bank submitsWe submit annual management reports to the Congress, the President of the U.S., the Office of Management and Budget, and the Comptroller General. These reports include statements of condition, statements of income, statements of changes in capital, statements of cash flows, a statement of internal accounting and administrative control systems, and the report of the independent auditors on the financial statements.
The Bank isWe are required to file with the SECSecurities and Exchange Commission (SEC) an Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K. The SEC maintains a website that containscontaining these reports and other information regarding the Bank’sour electronic filings located atwww.sec.gov.www.sec.gov. These reports may also be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Further information about the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling 1-800-SEC-0330.
We also make our quarterly andreports, annual financial reports, current reports, and amendments to all such reports filed with or furnished to the SEC available on our Internet Website atwww.fhlbdm.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are available. Quarterly and annual financial reports for the FHLBanks on a combined basis are also available at the Website of the Office of Finance as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are available. The Internet Website address to obtain these filings iswww.fhlb-of.com.
Information contained in the above mentioned websites,website, or that can be accessed through those websites,that website, is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K and does not constitute a part of this or any report filed with the SEC.
Personnel
As of February 28, 2009, the Bank2010, we had 215223 full-time equivalent employees. Our employees are not covered by a collective bargaining agreement.

28


ITEM 1A-RISK1A — RISK FACTORS
The following discussion summarizes the most significant risks we face. This discussion is not exhaustive of all risks, and there may be other risks we face which are not described below. The risks described below, if realized, could negatively affect our business operations, financial condition, and future results of operations and, among other things, could result in our inability to pay dividends on our capital stock.
Changes due to Recently Enacted Legislation and Other Ongoing Actions by the U.S. Government in Response to Recent Disruptions in the Financial Markets may have an Adverse Impact on our Business
Recent disruptions in the financial markets have significantly impacted the financial services industry, our members, and the Bank. Recent actions taken by the U.S. Government include the following:
The U.S. Government placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship.
The U.S. Government enacted the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (EESA) to address disruptions in the financial markets through the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP).
The U.S. Treasury initiated a program to purchase equity interests in certain financial institutions.
The FDIC established the TLGP, which guarantees repayment of certain newly issued senior unsecured debt, including promissory notes, commercial paper, interbank funding, and unsecured portions of secured debt, issued on or before October 2009, in the event the issuing institution subsequently fails or its holding company files for bankruptcy.
The FDIC issued a final rule to increase deposit insurance premiums charged to FDIC-insured institutions that have secured debt above defined limits.
The Federal Reserve initiated various funding programs to financial institutions.
These initiatives have adversely impacted our competitive position in regard to accessing debt financing as well as the rate we pay for funds. The U.S. Government placing Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship has resulted in the debt securities of those entities being more attractive to investors than FHLBank System debt. Furthermore, the FDIC’s TLGP, which carries the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, has resulted in the TLGP debt securities of financial institutions being highly competitive with FHLBank System debt. As a result, the Bank has experienced increased funding costs during the last three months of 2008. Going forward, these increased funding costs may have a material adverse impact on the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.

 

2928


These initiatives may further reduce our members’ demand for advances. The U.S. Treasury’s program to purchase equity interests in certain financial institutions as well as funds obtained under the TLGP have provided our members with additional access to liquidity. Furthermore, the proposal by the FDIC to increase deposit insurance premiums, if adopted as proposed, would in certain circumstances have the effect of increasing the effective borrowing costs of our advances to members. To the extent that these initiatives result in a significant decrease in our aggregate amount of advances, the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership may be adversely impacted.
The FHLBanks are Subject to Complex Laws and Regulations Such That Legislative and Regulatory Changes Could Negatively Affect our Business
The FHLBanks are supervisedGSEs, organized under the authority of the FHLBank Act, and, regulatedas such are governed by the Finance Agency and subject to rulesfederal laws and regulations promulgated, adopted, and applied by the Finance Agency. From time to time, Congress may pass legislation andamend the Finance Agency may promulgate regulationsFHLBank Act or other statutes in ways that significantly affect (i) the rights and obligations of the FHLBanks, and (ii) the manner in which the FHLBanks carry out their housing-finance mission and business operations. New or modified legislation enacted by Congress or regulations adopted by the Finance Agency or other financial services regulators could adversely impact our ability to conduct business or the cost of doing business.
ForAs an example inof the foregoing, the enactment of the Housing Act on July 31, 2008, and subsequent actions by the Finance Agency to adopt or modify regulations, orders or policies, could adversely impact our business operations, and/or financial condition. We cannot predict how any such action may adversely impact our business operations, and/or financial condition.
Additionally, the U.S. House of Representatives passed the Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Reform Act), which, if passed by the U.S. Senate passed and the President of the United States signed into law by the HousingPresident, would, among other things: (i) create a Consumer Financial Protection Agency; (ii) create an inter-agency oversight council that will identify and regulate systemically-important financial institutions; (iii) regulate the over-the-counter derivatives market; (iv) reform the credit rating agencies; (v) provide shareholders with an advisory vote on the compensation practices of the entity in which they invest including for executive compensation and golden parachutes; (vi) revise the assessment base for FDIC deposit insurance assessments; (vii) require lenders to retain a portion of the credit risk of the mortgages that they originate and sell; and (viii) create a federal insurance office that will monitor the insurance industry. Depending on whether the Reform Act, a housing relief package that,or similar legislation, is signed into law and on the final content of any such legislation, our business operations, funding costs, rights, obligations, and/or the manner in which we carry out our housing-finance mission may be impacted.
We cannot predict whether additional regulations will be issued or whether additional legislation will be enacted, and we cannot predict the effect of any such additional regulations or legislation on our business operations and/or financial condition.
We Face Competition for Advances, Loan Purchases, and Access to Funding
Our primary business is making advances to our members. Demand for advances is impacted by, among other things, createdalternative sources of liquidity and loan funding for our members. We compete with other suppliers of secured and unsecured wholesale funding including investment banks and dealers, commercial banks, other GSEs, and, in certain circumstances, other FHLBanks. The availability of alternative funding sources to members can significantly influence the Finance Agency, a new single regulatordemand for our advances.

29


Our funding costs also impact the pricing of our advances. We compete with the U.S. Government, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and theother GSEs, including other FHLBanks, and addressed other GSE reform issues that have been considered over the past few years. The Housing Act, among other things, enables the U.S. Treasury to temporarily increase purchases of debt of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the FHLBanks and authorizes purchases of equity of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, as well as requirescorporate entities, for funds raised through the Finance Agency to consultissuance of debt in the national and global markets. Increases in supply of competing debt products may result in higher debt costs or lower amounts of debt issued at the same cost by the FHLBanks. Although the FHLBank System’s debt issuances have kept pace with the Federal Reservefunding requirements of our members, there can be no assurance that this will continue.
Additionally, many of our competitors are not subject to the same body of regulation that we are, which enables those competitors to offer products and terms that we may not be able to offer. Efforts to effectively compete with other suppliers of wholesale funding by changing the pricing of our advances may result in a decrease in the profitability of our advance business. A decrease in the demand for advances, or a decrease in the profitability on a varietyadvances would negatively affect our financial condition, results of issues relatedoperations, and value of the Bank to safetyour membership.
Impact of Temporary Government Programs in Response to the Disruptions in the Financial Markets Have and soundness. These legislative changesmay Continue to Have an Adverse Impact on our Business
In response to the economic downturn and the continuing recession, the U.S. Government enacted certain governmental programs. There have been adverse impacts to our business from these programs, including increased funding costs, decreased investment liquidity, and increased competition for FHLBank System debt andadvances. To the extent the U.S. Government extends these programs or creates new programs, they may have resulted in new regulations which willa material adverse impact the FHLBanks.
New or amended legislation enacted by Congress and new regulatory requirements adopted by the Finance Agency could negatively affect the Bank’son our financial condition, results of operations, or financial condition, orand value of the Bank to our membership.
Changes in Economic Conditions Could Impact the Bank’sFHLBank System’s Actual or Perceived Credit Rating May Adversely Affect our Ability to Pay DividendsIssue Consolidated Obligations on Acceptable Terms
Our net incomeprimary source of funds is attributablethe sale of consolidated obligations in the capital markets, including the short-term discount note market. Our access to funds in the difference betweencapital markets may be affected by the interest incomeactual or perceived credit rating of the FHLBank system or the U.S. Government. Negative perception or a downgrade in our credit rating may result in reduced investor confidence, which could adversely affect our cost of funds and the ability to issue consolidated obligations on acceptable terms. A higher cost of funds or an impaired ability to issue consolidated obligations on acceptable terms could also adversely affect the FHLBanks’ financial condition, results of operations, and value to our membership. While we earndo not believe the FHLBanks have suffered a material adverse impact on their ability to issue consolidated obligations, we cannot predict the effect of further changes in, or developments in regard to, these risks on our advances, mortgage loans, and investments andability to raise funds in the interest expense we paymarketplace or on other aspects of our consolidated obligations and member deposits, as well as any gains and losses on derivative and hedging activities. We operate with narrow margins and expect to be profitable based on our prudent lending standards, conservative investment strategies, and diligent risk management practices. Because we operate with narrow margins, the Bank’s net income is sensitive to changes in market conditions that impact the interest we earn and pay.operations.

 

30


Continued deterioration of economic conditions has led to decreased investor demand for long-term debt in the market, which has increased funding costs and reduced the availability of long-term funding. While the Bank has continued to provide our members with funding and liquidity through advances, economic conditions have negatively impacted our operating margins and therefore may impact the Bank’s ability to pay dividends in future periods. In an effort to conserve its retained earnings, the Bank has recently reduced its quarterly dividend payment.
Adverse Economic Conditions Impacting the Bank’s Financial Position Could Impact the Bank’s Ability to Redeem Capital Stock at Par
Our capital stock is not publicly traded. All members must purchase and maintain capital stock in the Bank as a condition of membership. It can be issued, exchanged, redeemed, and repurchased only by the Bank. Generally, capital stock may be redeemed upon five years’ notice and excess capital stock may be voluntarily repurchased. In an effort to conserve its capital, the Bank recently discontinued its practice of voluntarily repurchasing excess capital stock for an indefinite period. This action will ensure that the Bank’s capital levels remain adequate throughout the current stressed economic environment.
Continued deterioration of economic conditions may adversely impact the Bank’s operations and, consequently, the ability of the Bank to redeem capital stock at its stated par value of $100 per share. Additionally, the Bank must meet regulatory capital requirements which could be negatively impacted due to worsening financial performance. If deemed necessary, the Bank may be required to call upon its members to purchase additional capital stock to meet those regulatory capital requirements.
Compliance With Regulatory Contingency Liquidity Guidance Could Adversely Impact Our Earnings
On March 6, 2009, we received final guidance from the Finance Agency calling for us to maintain sufficient liquidity through short-term investments in an amount at least equal to our cash outflows under two different scenarios as described in Liquidity Requirements at page 72. We are still required to maintain five calendar days of contingent liquidity per Finance Agency regulations. The new guidance revises and formalizes guidance provided to the FHLBanks in the fourth quarter of 2008 and is designed to protect against temporary disruptions in access to the FHLBank debt markets in response to a rise in capital markets volatility. To satisfy this additional requirement, we maintain balances in shorter-term investments, which may earn lower interest rates than alternate investment options and may, in turn, negatively impact net interest income. In certain circumstances, we may need to fund overnight or shorter-term advances with short-term discount notes that have maturities beyond the maturities of the related advances, thus increasing our short-term advance pricing or reducing net income through lower net interest spread. To the extent these increased prices makes our advances less competitive, advance levels and, therefore, our net interest income may be negatively impacted.
We Are Jointly and Severally Liable for Payment of Principal and Interest on the Consolidated Obligations Issued by the Other FHLBanks
Each of the FHLBanks relies upon the issuance of consolidated obligations as a primary source of funds. Consolidated obligations are the joint and several obligations of all FHLBanks, backed only by the financial resources of the FHLBanks. We are jointly and severally liable with the other FHLBanks for the consolidated obligations issued by the FHLBanks through the Office of Finance, regardless of whether the Bank receiveswe receive all or any portion of the proceeds from any particular issuance of consolidated obligations. The Finance Agency, at its discretion, may require any FHLBank to make principal or interest payments due on any consolidated obligation at any time, whether or not the FHLBank who was the primary obligor has defaulted on the payment of that obligation. Furthermore, the Finance Agency may allocate the liability for outstanding consolidated obligations among one or more FHLBanks on a pro rata basis or on any other basis the Finance Agency may determine. Accordingly, we could incur significant liability beyond our primary obligation under consolidated obligations. Moreover, we may not pay dividends to, or redeem or repurchase capital stock from, any of our members if timely payment of principal and interest on the consolidated obligations of the entire FHLBank System has not been made. As a result, our ability to pay dividends to our members or to redeem or repurchase shares of our capital stock may be affected not only by our own financial condition, but also by the financial condition of the other FHLBanks.

31


Additionally, due to the Bank’sour relationship with other FHLBanks, we could be impacted by events other than the default of a consolidated obligation. Events that impact other FHLBanks such as member failures, capital deficiencies, and other-than-temporary impairment charges may cause the Finance Agency, at its discretion, or the FHLBanks jointly, at their discretion, to require another FHLBank to either provide capital or buy assets of another FHLBank. If the Bankwe were called upon by the Finance Agency to do either of these items, it may impact our financial condition.
We Face Competition for Advances, Loan Purchases, and Access to Funding
Our primary business is making advances to our members. Demand for advances is impacted by, among other things, alternative sources of liquidity and loan funding for our members. We compete with other suppliers of secured and unsecured wholesale funding that include investment banks and dealers, commercial banks, other GSEs, and, in certain circumstances, other FHLBanks. Additionally, we face competition for our advances as a result of recent government actions such as the FDIC establishing the TLGP, which will guarantee certain newly issued senior unsecured debt, including promissory notes, commercial paper, interbank funding, and unsecured portions of secured debt, issued on or before October 2009. The availability of alternative funding sources to members can significantly influence the demand for our advances.
Our funding costs also impact the pricing of our advances. We compete with the U.S. Government, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and other GSEs, including other FHLBanks, as well as corporate entities, for funds raised through the issuance of debt in the national and global markets. Increases in supply of competing debt products may result in higher debt costs or lower amounts of debt issued at the same cost by the FHLBanks. Although the FHLBank System’s debt issuances have kept pace with the funding requirements of our members, there can be no assurance that this will continue.
Additionally, many of our competitors are not subject to the same body of regulation applicable to the Bank, which enables those competitors to offer products and terms that we may not be able to offer. Efforts to effectively compete with other suppliers of wholesale funding by changing the pricing of our advances may result in a decrease in the profitability of our advance business. A decrease in the demand for advances, or a decrease in the profitability on advances would negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.
We Could be Adversely Affected by Our Exposure to Credit Risk
We are exposed to credit risk if the market value of an obligation declines as a result of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the obligor or if the market perceives a decline in the credit quality of a security instrument. We assume secured and unsecured credit risk exposure in that a borrower or counterparty could default and we may suffer a loss if we are not able to fully recover amounts owed to us in a timely manner.

 

3231


We attempt to mitigate credit risk through collateral requirements and credit analysis.analysis of our counterparties. We require collateral on advances, mortgage loan credit enhancements which may include SMI, letters of credit, certain investments, and derivatives. Specifically, we require that all outstanding advances and member provided mortgage loan credit enhancements be fully collateralized. We evaluate the types of collateral pledged by our borrowers and assign a borrowing capacity to the collateral, generally based on a percentage of its estimated market value. If a member or counterparty fails, the Bankwe would take ownership of the collateral covering our advances and mortgage loan credit enhancements. However, if the market price of the collateral is less than the obligation or there is not a market into which we can sell the collateral, the Bankwe may incur losses that could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.
Although management has policies and procedures in place to manage credit risk, the Bankwe may be exposed because the outstanding advance value may exceed the liquidation value of the Bank’sour collateral. The Bank mitigatesWe mitigate this risk through applying collateral discounts, requiring most borrowers to execute a blanket lien, taking delivery of collateral, and limiting extensions of credit. The BankWe may incur losses that could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and value to our membership.
Changes in Economic Conditions or Federal Monetary Policy Could Affect our Business and our Ability to Pay Dividends
We operate with narrow margins and expect to be profitable based on our prudent lending standards, conservative investment strategies, and diligent risk management practices. Because we operate with narrow margins, our net income is sensitive to general business and economic conditions that impact the interest we earn and pay. These conditions include, without limitation, short- and long-term interest rates, inflation, money supply, fluctuations in both debt and equity capital markets, and the strength of the U.S. economy and the local economies in which we conduct our business. Additionally, we may be affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government and its agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board. Significant changes in any one or more of these conditions could impact our ability to maintain our past or current level of net income, which could limit our ability to pay dividends or change the future level of dividends that, in our Board’s discretion, we may be willing to pay.
We Could be Adversely Affected by Our Exposure to Interest Rate Risk
We realize income primarily from the spread between interest earned on our outstanding advances, mortgage assets (including MPF, MBS, HFA and SBA investments), non-mortgage investments, and interest paid on our consolidated obligations, member deposits, and other liabilities as well as components of other income. We may experience instances when either our interest bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in interest rates than our interest earning assets, or vice versa. In either case, interest rate movements contrary to our position could negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.

32


We Use Derivative Instruments to Reduce Our Interest-Rate Risk, And We May Not Be Able to Enter into Effective Derivative Instruments on Acceptable Terms
We use derivative instruments to reduce our interest rate and mortgage prepayment risk, but no hedging strategy can completely protect us from such risk. Our effective use of derivative instruments depends upon our ability to enter into these instruments with acceptable counterparties and terms, and upon our ability to determine the appropriate hedging positions by weighing our assets, liabilities, and prevailing and changing market conditions. The cost of entering into derivative instruments has increased dramatically as a result of (i) consolidations, mergers, and failures which have led to fewer counterparties, resulting in less liquidity in the derivatives market; (ii) increased volatility in the marketplace due to uncertain economic conditions; and (iii) increased uncertainty related to the potential change in regulations regarding over-the-counter derivatives. If we are unable to manage our hedging positions effectively, we may be unable to manage our interest rate and other risks, which may result in earnings volatility, and could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.
Some of our derivative instruments contain provisions that require us to post additional collateral with our counterparties if there is deterioration in our credit rating. If our credit rating is lowered by a major credit rating agency, we may be required to deliver additional collateral on derivative instruments in net liability positions.
Compliance with Regulatory Contingency Liquidity Guidance Could Adversely Impact our Earnings
We are required to maintain five calendar days of contingent liquidity per Finance Agency regulations. The guidance provided to the FHLBanks is designed to protect against temporary disruptions in access to the FHLBank debt markets in response to a rise in capital markets volatility. To satisfy this additional requirement, we have established a contingency liquidity plan in which we maintain balances in shorter-term investments, which may earn lower interest rates than alternate investment options and may, in turn, negatively impact net interest income. In addition, these investments are primarily recorded as trading securities and recorded at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in other income and therefore, this accounting treatment may cause income statement volatility. We manage our liquidity position in a prudent manner to ensure our ability to meet the needs of our members in a timely manner. However, our efforts to manage our liquidity position, including our contingency liquidity plan, may impact our ability to meet our obligations and the credit and liquidity needs of our members, which could adversely affect our interest income, financial condition, and results of operations.

33


Changes in Economic Conditions Impacting the Value of Collateral Held by the Bank Could Negatively Impact Our Business
Advances to our members and eligible housing associates are secured by mortgages and other eligible collateral. Eligible collateral includes whole first mortgages on improved residential property or securities representing a whole interest in such mortgages; securities issued, insured, or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of the GSE’s, including without limitation MBS issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae; cash deposited in the Bank; guaranteed student loans made under the Department of Education’s FFELP; and other real estate-related collateral acceptable to the Bankus provided such collateral has a readily ascertainable value and the Bankwe can perfect a security interest in such property. Additionally, CFIs may pledge collateral consisting of secured small business, small farm, or small agribusiness loans, including secured business and agri-business lines of credit. The Bank estimatesWe estimate the value of collateral securing each borrower’s obligations by using collateral discounts, or haircuts. Additionally, members can provide a blanket security agreement, pledging other assets as additional collateral.
In 2008, continuedContinued deterioration of economic conditions led to a significant decrease in real-estate property values in some parts of the country. As a result, real-estate collateral held by the Bankwe hold from itsour members may have decreased in value. In order to remain fully collateralized, the Bankwe required members to pledge additional collateral, when deemed necessary. This requirement may impact those members that lack additional assets to pledge as collateral. If members are unable to secure their obligations with the Bank, the Bank’sus, our advance levels could decrease, negatively impacting our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.
Adverse Economic Conditions Impacting the Bank’s Financial Position Could Impact the Bank’s Ability to Redeem Capital Stock at Par
Our capital stock is not publicly traded. All members must purchase and maintain capital stock as a condition of membership. It can be issued, exchanged, redeemed, and repurchased only by us at par value of $100 per share. Generally, capital stock may be redeemed upon five years’ notice and excess capital stock may be voluntarily repurchased.
Continued deterioration of economic conditions may adversely impact our operations and, consequently, our ability to redeem capital stock at its stated par value of $100 per share. Additionally, our ability to meet regulatory capital requirements could be negatively impacted due to poor financial performance. If deemed necessary, we may be required to call upon our members to purchase additional capital stock to meet those regulatory capital requirements.

 

3334


We Could beMember Failures and Consolidations May Adversely Affected by Our ExposureAffect our Business
Over the last two years, the financial services industry has experienced increasing defaults on, among other things, home mortgage, commercial real estate, and credit card loans, which caused increased regulatory scrutiny and capital to Interest Rate Risk
We realize income primarily from the spread between interest earned on our outstanding advances, mortgage assets (including MPF, MBS, HFA and SBA investments), non-mortgage investments, and interest paid on our consolidated obligations, member deposits, and other liabilities. We may experience instances when either our interest bearing liabilities will be more sensitive to changes in interest rates than our interest earning assets, or vice versa. In either case, interest rate movements contrary to our position could negatively affect our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.
We Use Derivative Instruments to Reduce Our Interest-Rate Risk, And We May Not Be Able to Enter into Effective Derivative Instruments on Acceptable Terms
We use derivative instruments to reduce our interest rate and mortgage prepayment risk, but no hedging strategy can completely protect us from such risk. The Bank’s effective use of derivative instruments depends upon our ability to enter into these instruments with acceptable counterparties and terms, and upon our ability to determine the appropriate hedging positions by weighing our assets, liabilities, and prevailing and changing market conditions. The cost of entering into derivative instruments has increased dramatically as a result of (1) consolidations, mergers, and failures whichcover non-performing loans. These factors have led to fewer counterparties,an increase in both the number of financial institution failures and the number of mergers and consolidations. During 2009, ten of our member institutions failed and 27 of our member institutions merged out-of-district. If this trend continues the number of current and potential members in our district will decrease. The resulting loss of business could negatively impact our business operations, financial condition, and results of operations.
Further, member failures may force us to liquidate pledged collateral if the outstanding advances are not repaid. The inability to liquidate collateral on terms acceptable to us may cause financial statement losses. Additionally, as members become financially distressed, in less liquidityaccordance with established policies, we may decrease lending limits or, in the derivatives market; (2) increased volatility in the marketplace due to uncertain economic conditions; and (3) increased uncertainty related to the potential change in regulations regarding over-the-counter derivatives.certain circumstances, cease lending activities. If wemember banks are unable to manageobtain sufficient liquidity from us it may cause further deterioration of those member institutions. This may negatively impact our hedging positions effectively, we may be unable to manage our interest ratereputation and, other risks, which may result in earnings volatility, and could adverselytherefore, negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.operations.
Exposure to Option Risk in our Financial Assets and Liabilities Could Have an Adverse Effect on Our Business
Our mortgage assets provide homeowners the option to prepay their mortgages prior to maturity. The effect of changes in interest rates can exacerbate prepayment and extension risk, which is the risk that mortgage assets will be refinanced by the mortgagor in low interest rate environments or will remain outstanding longer than expected at below-market yields when interest rates increase. Our advances, consolidated obligations, and derivatives may provide us, the Bank, borrower, issuer, or counterparty with the option to call or put the asset or liability. These options leave the Bankus susceptible to unpredictable cash flows associated with our financial assets and liabilities. The exercise of the option and the prepayment or extension risk is dependent on general market conditions and if not managed appropriately could have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.
Reliance on Models to Value Financial Instruments and the Assumptions used may Have an Adverse Impact on our Financial Position and Results of Operations
We make use of business and financial models for managing risk. We also use models in determining the fair value of financial instruments for which independent price quotations are not available or reliable. Pricing models and their underlying assumptions are based on management’s best estimates for discount rates, prepayments, market volatility, and other assumptions. These assumptions may have a significant effect on the reported fair values of assets and liabilities, including derivatives, and the related income and expense.

 

3435


The information provided by these models is also used in making business decisions relating to strategies, initiatives, transactions and products, and in financial statement reporting. We have adopted many controls, procedures, and policies to monitor and manage assumptions used in these models. However, models are inherently imperfect predictors of actual results because they are based on assumptions about future performance. Changes in Economic Conditionsany models or Federal Monetary Policyin any of the assumptions, judgments or estimates used in the models may cause the results generated by the model to be materially different. If the models are not reliable due to inaccurate assumptions, we could make poor business decisions, including asset and liability management, or other decisions, which could result in an adverse financial impact.
Reliance on the FHLBank of Chicago, as MPF Provider, and Fannie Mae, as the Ultimate Investor in the MPF Xtra Product, Could Affect ourhave a Negative Effect on Our Business
The Bank is sensitive to generalAs part of our business, and economic conditions. These conditions include short- and long-term interest rates, inflation, money supply, fluctuationswe participate in both debt and equity capital markets,the MPF program with the FHLBank of Chicago. As MPF Provider, the FHLBank of Chicago establishes the structure of MPF loan products and the strength ofeligibility rules for MPF loans. In addition, the U.S. economyMPF Provider administers the pricing and delivery mechanism for MPF loans and the local economiesback-office processing of MPF loans in which we conductits role as master servicer and master custodian. If the FHLBank of Chicago changes its MPF provider role or ceases to operate the program, this may have a negative impact on our business. Significant changes in any onemortgage finance business, financial condition, and results of operations. Additionally, if the FHLBank of Chicago, or more of these conditionsits third party vendors, experience operational difficulties, such difficulties could negativelyhave a negative impact on our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership. In addition,
Effective February 26, 2009, we signed agreements to participate in a MPF loan product called MPF Xtra. Under this product, we assign 100 percent of our financial conditioninterests in PFI master commitments to the FHLBank of Chicago. The FHLBank of Chicago then purchases mortgage loans from our PFIs and resultssells those loans to Fannie Mae. Should the FHLBank of operations are significantly affected byChicago or Fannie Mae experience any operational difficulties, those difficulties could have a negative impact on the fiscal and monetary policiesvalue of the federal government and its agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board, which regulates the supply of money and credit in the U.S. The Federal Reserve Board’s policies directly and indirectly influence the yield on interest-earning assets, the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, and the demand forBank to our debt.membership.
The Terms of Any Liquidation, Merger, Or Consolidation Involving the Bank May Have an Adverse Impact on Members’ Investment in the Bank
Under the FHLBank Act, holders of Class B stock own our retained earnings, paid-in surplus, undivided profits, and equity reserves, if any. With respect to liquidation, our Capital Plan provides that, after payment of creditors, holders of Class B stock shall receive the par value of their Class B stock as well as any retained earnings in an amount proportional to the holder’s share of total shares of Class B stock.

36


Our Capital Plan also provides that the Bank’sour Board of Directors shall determine the rights and preferences of the Bank’sour stockholders in connection with any merger or consolidation, subject to any terms and conditions imposed by the Finance Agency. We cannot predict how the Finance Agency might exercise its statutory authority with respect to liquidations, reorganizations, mergers, or consolidations or whether any actions taken by the Finance Agency in this regard would be inconsistent with the provisions of our Capital Plan or the rights of the holders of our Class B stock. Consequently, there can be no assurance that if any liquidation, merger, or consolidation were to occur involving us, that it would be consummated on terms that do not adversely affect our members’ investment in us.
Reliance on the FHLBank of Chicago as MPF Provider Could have a Negative Effect on our Business
As part of our business, we participate in the MPF program with the FHLBank of Chicago. As MPF Provider, the FHLBank of Chicago establishes the structure of MPF loan products and the eligibility rules for MPF loans. In addition, the MPF Provider manages the pricing and delivery mechanism for MPF loans and the back-office processing of MPF loans in its role as master servicer and master custodian. If the FHLBank of Chicago changes their MPF provider role or ceases to operate the program, this may have a negative impact on the Bank’s mortgage finance business, financial condition, and results of operations. Additionally, if the FHLBank of Chicago, or its third party vendors, experience operational difficulties, such difficulties could have a negative impact on our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.

35


Effective February 26, 2009 the Bank signed agreements to participate in a MPF loan product called MPF Xtra. Under this product, the Bank assigns 100 percent of its interests in PFI master commitments to the FHLBank of Chicago. The FHLBank of Chicago then purchases mortgage loans from the Bank’s PFIs and sells those loans to Fannie Mae. Should the FHLBank of Chicago or Fannie Mae experience any operational difficulties, those difficulties could have a negative impact on the value of the Bank to our membership.
Our Reliance on Information Systems and Other Technology Could have a Negative Effect on our Business
We rely heavily upon information systems and other technology to conduct and manage our business. If we were to experience a failure or interruption in any of our information systems or other technology, we may be unable to conduct and manage our business effectively. Although we have implemented processes, procedures, and a business resumption plan, they may not be able to prevent, timely and adequately address, or mitigate the negative effects of any failure or interruption. Any failure or interruption could significantly harm our customer relations, risk management, and profitability, which could have a negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and value of the Bank to our membership.
ITEM 1B-UNRESOLVED1B — UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2-PROPERTIES2 — PROPERTIES
The BankWe executed a 20 year lease with an affiliate of our member, Wells Fargo, for approximately 43,000 square feet of office space commencing on January 2, 2007. The office space is located in a building at 801 Walnut Street, Suite 200, Des Moines, Iowa and is used for all our primary Bankbusiness functions.
We also maintain a leased, off-site back-up facility with approximately 4,100 square feet in Urbandale, Iowa.
ITEM 3-LEGAL3 — LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are not currently aware of any pending or threatened legal proceedings against the Bankus that could have a material adverse effect on itsour financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

36


ITEM 4-SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS4 — (REMOVED AND RESERVED)
In accordance with the FHLBank Act and Finance Agency regulations, members now elect all directors that will serve on the Bank’s Board of Directors for terms beginning January 1, 2009. Directors are divided into two classes: (1) those who are officers and directors of a member institution which is located in one of the states within the Bank’s five-state district and who are elected by members located in that state (“member directors”); and (2) those who are elected by a plurality of the votes of all members of the Bank (“independent directors”). For member directorship elections, each member is entitled to nominate and vote for candidates representing the state in which the member’s principal place of business is located. A member is entitled to cast, for each applicable member directorship, one vote for each share of capital stock that the member is required to hold as of the record date for voting, subject to a statutory limitation. Under this limitation, the total number of votes that each member may cast is limited to the average number of shares of the Bank’s capital stock that were required to be held by all members in that state as of the record date for voting. The remaining independent directors are nominated by the Bank’s Board of Directors after consultation with the FHLBank’s Affordable Housing Advisory Council, and then voted upon by all members within the Bank’s five-state district. For each independent directorship, a member is entitled to cast the same number of votes as it would for a member directorship. Candidates for independent directorships must receive at least 20 percent of the number of votes eligible to be cast in the election in order to be elected.
The Board of Directors of the Bank does not solicit proxies, nor were member institutions permitted to solicit or use proxies to cast their votes in the election.
For 2009, the Finance Agency has designated seven independent directorships for the Bank, which has resulted in one less independent director seat than in 2008 and a 17-member board beginning January 1, 2009. See the “2008 Director Election Results” below.
2008 Director Election Results
Elections were held during the third and fourth quarters of 2008 for those member and independent directorships with terms ending December 31, 2008. The following information summarizes the results of the elections.
On October 1, 2008, Van D. Fishback was declared elected by the Bank to its Board of Directors for a four-year member directorship term commencing January 1, 2009. The member directorship was filled without an election because Mr. Fishback was the only individual who accepted a nomination for the one open South Dakota directorship.
On November 13, 2008, Iowa director Michael K. Guttau, chairman of the Bank’s Board, was re-elected to a four-year member directorship term commencing on January 1, 2009. Additionally, Minnesota director Dennis A. Lind was re-elected to a three-year member directorship term commencing on January 1, 2009.
On December 11, 2008, Paula R. Meyer and John F. Kennedy, Sr., were both elected to four-year independent directorship terms beginning on January 1, 2009.

 

37


For further details of the results of the director elections, including the number of votes cast for, against or withheld, as well as the number of abstentions, see Item 5.02 of our current reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 1, 2008, November 13, 2008, and December 11, 2008. See “Directors” at page 135 for a list of directors at December 31, 2008, and for those whose terms will continue in 2009.
PART II
ITEM 5-MARKET5 — MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Current members own the majority of the Bank’sour capital stock. Former members own the remaining capital stock to support business transactions still carried on the Bank’sour Statement of Condition. There is no established market for the Bank’sour capital stock and the Bank’s stockit is not publicly traded. The Bank’sOur capital stock may be redeemed with a five year notice from the member or voluntarily repurchased by the Bank at par value, and subject to certain limits. Recently, the Bank determined to indefinitely discontinue its practice of voluntarily repurchasing excess capital stock. Par value of each share of capital stock is $100 per share. At February 28, 2009,2010, we had 1,2451,224 current members that held 28.523.8 million shares of capital stock. At February 28, 20092010, we had ten13 former members and one member who withdrew membership that held $11.0$8.1 million or 0.1 million shares of capital stock, which were classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock.
The Board of Directors declared the following cash dividends in 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in millions):
                                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
 Annual Annual  Annual Annual 
Quarter declared and paid Amount1 Rate Amount1 Rate  Amount1 Rate Amount1 Rate 
  
First quarter $25.7  4.50% $20.1  4.25% $7.6  1.00% $25.7  4.50%
Transition (May) NA NA 20.6 4.25 
Second quarter 26.6 4.00 NA   7.0 1.00 26.6 4.00 
Third quarter 30.1 4.00 20.3 4.25  14.4 2.00 30.1 4.00 
Fourth quarter 24.3 3.00 23.3 4.50  14.9 2.00 24.3 3.00 
   
1 This table is based on the period of declaration and payment. The dividend generally applies to the financial performance for the quarter prior to the quarter declared.declared and paid.
For additional information regarding the Bank’sour dividends, see “Capital“Item 1. Business — Capital and Dividends” at page 22 and “Dividends” at page 80.
“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Capital — Dividends.”

 

38


ITEM 6-SELECTED6 — SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes, and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”Operation” included in this report. The financial position data at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 and results of operations data for the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007 are derived from the financial statements and notes for those years included in this report. The financial position data at December 31, 2007, 2006, 2005, and 20042005 and the results of operations data for the two years ended December 31, 20052006 and 20042005 are derived from financial statements and notes not included in this report.
                     
Statements of Condition December 31, 
(Dollars in millions) 2008  2007  2006  2005  2004 
Short-term investments1
 $3,810  $2,330  $3,826  $5,287  $2,599 
Mortgage-backed securities  9,307   6,837   4,380   4,925   3,702 
Other investments2
  2,252   77   13   15   164 
Advances  41,897   40,412   21,855   22,283   27,175 
Mortgage loans, net  10,685   10,802   11,775   13,018   15,193 
Total assets  68,129   60,736   42,028   45,657   48,858 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase     200   500   500   500 
Consolidated obligations3
  62,784   56,065   37,751   41,197   44,493 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock4
  11   46   65   85   59 
Affordable Housing Program  40   43   45   47   29 
Payable to REFCORP  1   6   6   51   14 
Total liabilities  65,112   57,683   39,779   43,397   46,464 
Capital stock — Class B putable  2,781   2,717   1,906   1,932   2,232 
Retained earnings  382   361   344   329   163 
Capital-to-asset ratio5
  4.43%  5.03%  5.35%  4.94%  4.88%
                     
  December 31, 
Statements of Condition 2009  2008  2007  2006  2005 
(Dollars in millions)               
Investments1
 $20,790  $15,369  $9,244  $8,219  $10,227 
Advances  35,720   41,897   40,412   21,855   22,283 
Mortgage loans2
  7,719   10,685   10,802   11,775   13,019 
Total assets  64,657   68,129   60,736   42,028   45,657 
Consolidated obligations                    
Discount notes  9,417   20,061   21,501   4,685   4,067 
Bonds  50,495   42,723   34,564   33,066   37,130 
Total consolidated obligations3
  59,912   62,784   56,065   37,751   41,197 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock  8   11   46   65   85 
Capital stock — Class B putable  2,461   2,781   2,717   1,906   1,932 
Retained earnings  484   382   361   344   329 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  (34)  (146)  (26)  (1)  (1)
Total capital  2,911   3,017   3,052   2,249   2,260 
                     
Operating Results and Performance Ratios Years Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in millions) 2008  2007  2006  2005  2004 
Interest income $2,368.4  $2,460.8  $2,211.4  $1,878.0  $1,428.4 
Interest expense  2,122.8   2,289.7   2,057.1   1,584.4   929.8 
Net interest income  245.6   171.1   154.3   293.6   498.6 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses on mortgage loans  0.3      (0.5)     (5.0)
Net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision  245.3   171.1   154.8   293.6   503.6 
Other (loss) income  (27.8)  10.3   8.7   46.8   (336.8)
Other expense  44.1   42.4   41.5   39.0   31.1 
Total assessments6
  46.0   37.6   32.6   80.2   36.1 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle4 7
           6.5   (0.1)
Net income  127.4   101.4   89.4   227.7   99.5 
 
Return on average assets8
  0.18%  0.21%  0.20%  0.48%  0.21%
Return on average total capital  3.88   4.25   3.91   9.57   4.30 
Return on average capital stock  4.27   4.97   4.61   10.68   4.59 
Net interest spread  0.18   0.07   0.03   0.40   0.91 
Net interest margin  0.35   0.37   0.35   0.62   1.03 
Operating expenses to average assets8 9
  0.06   0.08   0.09   0.08   0.06 
Annualized dividend rate  3.87   4.31   3.83   2.82   2.13 
Cash dividends paid10
 $106.7  $84.3  $74.4  $61.2  $46.1 
                     
  Years Ended December 31, 
Statements of Income 2009  2008  2007  2006  2005 
(Dollars in millions)               
Net interest income4
 $197.4  $245.6  $171.1  $154.3  $293.6 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses on mortgage loans  1.5   0.3      (0.5)   
Other income (loss)5
  55.8   (27.8)  10.3   8.7   46.8 
Other expense  53.1   44.1   42.4   41.5   39.0 
Net income before change in accounting principle  145.9   127.4   101.4   89.4   221.2 
Change in accounting principle6
              6.5 
Net income  145.9   127.4   101.4   89.4   227.7 
                     
  Years Ended December 31, 
Selected Financial Ratios 2009  2008  2007  2006  2005 
Net interest margin7
  0.28%  0.35%  0.37%  0.35%  0.62%
Return on average equity  4.46   3.88   4.25   3.91   9.57 
Return on average assets  0.21   0.18   0.21   0.20   0.48 
Average equity to average assets  4.63   4.71   5.04   5.21   5.04 
Regulatory capital ratio8
  4.57   4.66   5.14   5.50   5.13 
Dividend payout ratio9
  30.05   83.81   83.13   83.21   26.88 

39


   
1 Short-term investmentsInvestments include: interest-bearing deposits, certificates of deposit, securities purchased under agreements to resell, Federal funds sold, commercial paper,trading securities, available-for-sale securities, and GSE obligations. Short-term investments have terms less than one year.held-to-maturity securities.
 
2 Other investments include: TLGP debt obligations, state or local housing agency obligations, SBIC,Represents the gross amount of mortgage loans prior to the allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses was $1.9 million, $0.5 million, $0.3 million, $0.3 million, and municipal bonds.$0.8 million at December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005.
 
3 The par amount of the outstanding consolidated obligations for all 12 FHLBanks was $930.5 billion, $1,251.5 billion, $1,189.6 billion, $951.7 billion, $937.4 billion, and $869.2$937.4 billion at December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005, and 2004,2005, respectively.

39


 
4 The Bank adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 150,AccountingNet interest income is before provision for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity,(reversal of) credit losses on January 1, 2004, and recorded a $47.2 million reclassification from capital stock to mandatorily redeemable capital stock and a $0.1 million loss related to the fair value adjustment on the stock reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock.mortgage loans.
 
5 Capital-to-asset ratio is capital stock plus retained earningsOther income (loss) includes, among other things, net gain (loss) on derivatives and accumulated other comprehensivehedging activities, net (loss) income as a percentagegain on extinguishment of total assetsdebt, net gain on trading securities, and net loss on bonds held at the end of each year.fair value.
 
6 Total assessments include AHP and REFCORP.
7Effective January 1, 2006, the Bank2005, we changed itsour method of accounting for premiums and discounts related to and received on mortgage loans and MBS under SFAS 91,Accounting for Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct Costs of Leases. The BankMBS. We recorded a $6.5 million gain after assessments to change the amortization period from estimated lives to contractual maturities.
 
7Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
8 Average assets do not reflect the affectRegulatory capital ratio is period-end regulatory capital expressed as a percentage of reclassifications due to Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation (FIN) No. 39-1,Amendment of FIN No. 39(FIN 39-1).period-end total assets.
 
9 Operating expenses to average assetsDividend payout ratio is compensation and benefits and operating expensesdividends declared in the stated period expressed as a percentage of average assets.
10Cash dividends on mandatorily redeemable capital stock is classified as interest expensenet income in accordance with SFAS 150 and amounted to $1.6 million, $2.6 million, $2.9 million, and $2.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, 2006, and 2005. Cash dividends paid excludes dividends paid on mandatorily redeemable capital stock that is recorded as interest expense.stated period.

 

40


ITEM 7-MANAGEMENT’S7 — MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION
The Bank’sOur Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A) is designed to provide information that will help the reader develop a better understanding of the Bank’sour financial statements, key financial statement changes from year to year, and the primary factors driving those changes, as well as how recently issued accounting principles affect the Bank’sour financial statements. The MD&A is organized as follows:
Contents
     
  42 
  42 
  4344 
Results of Operations  47 
Net Income  4746 
Net Interest Income  47 
46
46
  5251 
  53 
  53 
Hedging Activities  54 
Other Expenses  5755 
Statements of Condition  57 
Financial Highlights  5759 
Advances  58 
Mortgage Loans  6159 
Investments  62 
Consolidated Obligations59
60
  63 
Deposits
  65 
Capital  66 
Derivatives  6668 
Liquidity and Capital Resources  69 
71
71
72
74
  8185 
Legislative and Regulatory Developments  87 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  9291 
Contractual Obligations  95 
Risk Management  9698
101
102
 

 

41


Forward — Looking Information
Statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K, including statements describing the objectives, projections, estimates, or future predictions in our operations, may be forward-looking statements. These statements may be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such asbelieves, projects, expects, anticipates,,estimates,,intends, strategy, plan, may,andwillor their negatives or other variations on these terms. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk or uncertainty, and actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied or could affect the extent to which a particular objective, projection, estimate, or prediction is realized.
There can be no assurance that unanticipated risks will not materially and adversely affect our results Refer to “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a listing of operations. For a description of some of thethese risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements, see “Risk Factors” at page 29. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. We take responsibility for any forward-looking statement only as of the date the statement was made. uncertainties.
We undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statement.statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. A detailed discussion of these risks and uncertainties is included under “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”
Executive Overview
TheOur Bank is a cooperativelymember owned GSEcooperative serving shareholder members in a five-state region (Iowa, Minnesota, Missouri, North Dakota, and South Dakota). The Bank’sOur mission is to provide funding and liquidity for itsour members and eligible housing associates. The Bank fulfills its missionassociates by beingproviding a stable resource that can makesource of short- and long-term funding available to members and housing associates through advances, standby letters of credit, mortgage purchases, and targeted housing and economic development activities. Our member institutions may include commercial banks, savings institutions, credit unions, insurance companies, and insurance companies.CDFIs.
We concluded 2009 with net income totaling $145.9 million compared with $127.4 million for the same period in 2008, an increase of 15 percent. The year ended December 31, 20082009 presented manyboth opportunities and challenges to the Bank and its business model as a result of the creditrecent financial crisis and liquiditycontinued market instability and volatility in 2009. Net income was primarily impacted by several events as described below.
During 2009 unique market conditions resulting from the financial crisis which beganprovided us with the opportunity to purchase investments in 2007. Historically,30-year U.S. Treasury obligations that yielded returns above equivalent maturity LIBOR swap rates. We simultaneously entered into interest rate swaps to convert the FHLBanks’ credit qualityfixed rate investments to three-month LIBOR plus a spread. At the time of execution, management determined that if and efficiency ledwhen the market showed signs of correcting this imbalance, prudent action to ready access to funding at competitiverecognize large short-term gains was warranted through the subsequent sale and termination of the related interest rates. Thisrate swaps. For that reason, in 2009 we sold all $2.7 billion of U.S. Treasury obligations and terminated the related interest rate swaps. The overall impact of these transactions was provena net gain of $70.9 million recorded as other income during the first nine monthsyear ended December 31, 2009.
During 2009, in an effort to improve our risk position, we also sold $2.1 billion of 2008, asmortgage loans to the Bank funded record levelsFHLBank of advancesChicago, who immediately resold these loans to members. However, growing concerns regarding the credit and liquidity crisis intensified in the last four months of 2008 asFannie Mae. As a result of: continued losses reported by financial insitutions, mergers and bankruptcies of financial institutions, and Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac being placed into conservatorship creating uncertainty regarding their GSE status. In response to the continuing credit and liquidity crisis, during the fourth quartersale, we recorded a net gain of 2008 the U.S. Government announced several programs designed to prevent bank failures and support economic recovery. These programs ultimately had a negative impact on the Bank’s long-term cost of funds and our advance balances. For more information see “Liquidity and Capital Resources” at page 69 and for more information on advance volumes see “Advances” at page 58.approximately $1.8 million as other income.

 

42


We utilized, in part, the proceeds from the U.S. Treasury and mortgage loan sale transactions described above to extinguish higher costing debt during 2009 and, as a result, recorded losses of approximately $89.9 million in other loss. Most of the extinguished debt was replaced with lower costing debt and we expect such losses will be offset in future periods through lower interest costs.
During the latter half of 2008, longer-term funding was expensive due to illiquidity in the market place and investors desire to invest short-term. While longer-term funding was expensive, discount note spreads relative to LIBOR were at historically wide levels. As a result, we funded longer-term assets with short-term debt. This funding methodology decreased our debt costs but introduced risks as a result of the maturity mismatch between our liabilities and assets. Therefore, to compensate for increased risks associated with this funding mismatch and the challenging market conditions creating unfavorable liquidity conditions and higher interest rate volatility, we added a risk/liquidity premium to our advance pricing beginning in September 2008. Improved market conditions during the second half of 2009 provided us with the opportunity to better match fund our longer-term assets with longer-term debt. Therefore, we were able to reduce the risk/liquidity premium on our advance pricing.
Net interest income decreased $48.2 million in 2009 when compared to 2008. The Bank’slow interest rate environment driving a lower return on invested capital was the primary contributor for our decreased net interest income. In addition, decreased average advance volumes, limited short-term investment opportunities, and a negative spread on investments during the first quarter of 2009 as a result of us carrying additional liquidity during the fourth quarter of 2008 to comply with liquidity guidance provided by the Finance Agency contributed to our decreased net interest income. Average advance volumes decreased due to the availability of alternative wholesale funding options for member banks as well as increased deposit growth realized by many members. Short-term investment opportunities were limited in 2009 due to increased deposit levels and the availability of various government funding programs for financial institutions serving as our counterparties for short-term investments. The low growth market environment and the relative improvement in available funding sources resulted in decreased interest spreads on investments. Although we continue to explore new investment opportunities that provide more favorable returns, the compressed spreads added to the decreased net interest income was positively impacted throughout the first nine months of 2008 primarily due to (1) higher investment purchases, advance balances, and MPF originations and (2) favorable short-term funding costs and spreads. For the year ended December 31, 2008 the Bank’s net interest income increased to $245.6 million compared with $171.1 million for the same period in 2007. Net income increased to $127.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with $101.4 million for the same period in 2007.
Although the Bank’s net income increased in 2008during 2009 when compared with 2007, the Bank experienced net losses during the last two months ofto 2008. The net losses were primarily due to two events. First, in response to liquidity concerns, the Finance Agency provided guidance that all the FHLBanks increase their liquidity position to ensure availability of funds for members. The Bank considered this guidance to be prudent in the current economic conditions as well as in line with its mission of being a stable and reliable source of liquidity to its members. As a result, the Bank issued fixed rate longer-dated discount notes to fund additional liquidity purchases. Subsequent to the issuance of these discount notes, interest rates fell significantly resulting in a negative net interest spread as the cost of the discount notes was greater than the earnings on the liquidity portfolio. Second, the Bank experienced significant losses on its derivative and hedging activities. This was primarily due to interest rate caps that provide protection in an increasing interest rate environment. As rates dropped significantly during the last two months of 2008, the Bank recorded unrealized losses on these interest rate caps. See additional discussion in “Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006” at page 47.
Conditions in the Financial Markets
Historical records will characterize 2008 as the first full year of an ongoing credit and liquidity market crisis that commenced in 2007. For the FHLBanks, market access to funds, costs of funds, investor and dealer sponsorship, and the profile of debt outstanding, changed markedly as the credit and liquidity market crisis deepened over the course of 2008.
Throughout the first two quarters of 2008, ongoing deterioration in the state of the credit markets increased investor anxiety and risk aversion. The fear of loss motivated many investors to allocate a larger portion of their holdings to short-term, high-quality fixed income securities, including FHLBank debt. Additionally, as credit markets continued to demonstrate price and spread volatility, as well as poor liquidity, the U.S. Government announced expanded dealer and bank liquidity facilities and the Federal Reserve’s Open Market Committee (FOMC) cut the Federal Funds target rate by two percent to 2.25 percent when compared with 4.25 percent at the end of 2007.
During the third quarter of 2008, a rapid deterioration in investor confidence in the credit and equity markets triggered significant changes in the number, ownership structure, and capabilities of top companies within the financial services industry. Elevated concern about loan losses for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac resulted in the Finance Agency placing them into conservatorship. Large investment banks, such as Lehman Brothers, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, and Goldman Sachs suffered sharp declines in market capitalization. This ultimately led to Lehman Brothers declaring bankruptcy, Merrill Lynch agreeing to be purchased by Bank of America, and Morgan Stanley and Goldman Sachs requesting regulatory approval to convert to bank holding companies.

 

43


The unprecedented change
Conditions in the landscape of the financial services industry motivated many investors to assume a defensive posture towards both credit and spread risk. In general, investors became more cautious towards any investments linked to the U.S. housing market, including MBS and senior debt issued by the GSEs, including FHLBank debt.Financial Markets
During the fourth quarter of 2008, the U.S. Government announced several additional actions and initiatives to bolster credit market confidence and liquidity, including the FDIC’s announcement of the TLGP. The TLGP was designed to provide FDIC-insured institutions with the temporary ability to issue short-term unsecured debt with a full faith and credit guarantee from the U.S. Government that would remain valid until June 30, 2012. As a result, FHLBank long-term debt spreads increased in early October, relative to both LIBOR and U.S. Treasury securities. Additionally, the FOMC cut the Federal funds target rate to a range of 0.00 percent to 0.25 percent during the fourth quarter of 2008 as a result of deteriorating labor markets and declining consumer spending, business investment, and industrial production.
In addition, on October 3, 2008, the U. S. Government enacted the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act, which, among other things, authorizes the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury to establish the $700 billion Troubled Asset Relief Program to either purchase equity in large U.S. financial institutions or purchase distressed assets, particularly illiquid residential and commercial mortgages and MBS, from U.S. financial institutions with the intention of increasing liquidity in the secondary mortgage markets and reducing potential losses for owners of these securities. For additional discussion on government actions and initiatives taken during the last half of 2008, refer to the “Legislative and Regulatory Developments” section at page 87.
The impact of these events has been a de-leveraging of the global financial system. At the end of 2008, financial markets remained severely strained with significant risks to economic growth despite the collaborative efforts by the U.S. Government and the Federal Reserve. These entities will continue to consider additional ways to use their available tools to further support credit markets and economic activity.

44


Financial Market Conditions
During the twelve monthsyear ended December 31, 2008,2009, average market interest rates were lower when compared with 2007.2008. The following table shows information on key average market interest rates for the years ended December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 and key market interest rates at December 31, 20082009 and 2007:2008:
                                
 December 31, December 31,      December 31, December 31,     
 2008 2007 December 31, December 31,  2009 2008 December 31, December 31, 
 12-Month 12-Month 2008 2007  12-Month 12-Month 2009 2008 
 Average Average Ending Rate Ending Rate  Average Average Ending Rate Ending Rate 
  
Fed effective1
  1.93%  5.03%  0.14%  3.06%
Federal funds target1
  0.16%  1.93%  0.05%  0.14%
Three-month LIBOR1
 2.93 5.30 1.43 4.70  0.69 2.93 0.25 1.43 
2-year U.S. Treasury1
 1.99 4.35 0.77 3.05  0.94 1.99 1.14 0.77 
10-year U.S. Treasury1
 3.64 4.63 2.21 4.03  3.24 3.64 3.84 2.21 
30-year residential mortgage note2
 6.05 6.34 5.14 6.17 
30-year residential mortgage note1
 5.05 6.05 5.14 5.14 
   
1 Source is Bloomberg.
 
2Average calculated usingThe Mortgage Bankers Association Weekly Application Survey and December 31, 2008 and 2007 ending rates from the respective last weeks in 2008 and 2007.
Credit and liquidity conditions in the financial markets throughout 2008 contributed to the lowerThe Federal Reserve lowered its key interest rate, environment when compared with 2007. As mentioned above, the Federal Fundsfunds target, rateto a range of 0 to 0.25 percent on December 16, 2008. This target range was unchanged throughout 2009. The Federal Reserve has maintained this accommodative stance to stimulate economic growth. Three-month LIBOR declined in early 2009 (following the movement of the Federal funds target) and remained low throughout 2009. While U.S. Treasury rates were stable for the first quarter of 2009, intermediate and longer term U.S. Treasury rates increased rapidly during the second quarter of 2009 following an increase in economic activity. The result was a significantly cuthigher spread between 2-year and 10-year U.S. Treasury rates. Mortgage rates were relatively stable during 2008the year as the Federal Reserve continued their Agency MBS Purchase Program, purchasing approximately $1.1 trillion of agency MBS.
As a result of deteriorating labor marketsthe recent financial crisis, the U.S. Government, the Federal Reserve, and a weakening economy. In addition, LIBOR, an importantnumber of foreign governments and influential benchmark rate inforeign central banks took significant actions to stabilize the global financial markets, declined significantly during 2008 when compared with 2007 duemarkets. At its January 27, 2010 Open Market Committee meeting, the Federal Reserve noted that inflation is expected to a lack ofremain subdued for some time and that the Open Market Committee intends to maintain the target range for the Federal funds rate at 0 to 0.25 percent for an extended period. Significant debate continues regarding how the Federal Reserve and foreign central banks will remove excess liquidity and confidence infrom the credit markets.
Agency spreadsfinancial system. On February 19, 2010, the Federal Reserve increased the discount rate, the rate at which banks may borrow directly from the Federal Reserve, from 0.50 percent to LIBOR tightened on0.75 percent. In addition, the Bank’s shorter maturities (maturities less than 1 year) during 2008 in comparison with 2007, which decreasedmarket is closely monitoring the Bank’s short-term funding costs. In contrast, agency spreads to LIBOR widened onimpact the Bank’s longer maturities (1 year and greater) during the second halfconclusion of the year when compared with 2007, which increased the Bank’s long-term funding costs.Federal Reserve’s Agency MBS Purchase Program may have, currently set to expire on March 31, 2010.

44


Agency Spreads
                                                
 Fourth Fourth Year-to-date Year-to-date      Fourth Fourth Year-to-date Year-to-date     
 Quarter Quarter December 31, December 31,      Quarter Quarter December 31, December 31,     
 2008 2007 2008 2007 December 31, December 31,  2009 2008 2009 2008 December 31, December 31, 
 3-Month 3-Month 12-Month 12-Month 2008 2007  3-Month 3-Month 12-Month 12-Month 2009 2008 
 Average Average Average Average Ending Rate Ending Rate  Average Average Average Average Ending Spread Ending Spread 
FHLB spreads to LIBOR (basis points)1
  
3-month  (154.5)  (61.3)  (73.0)  (33.3)  (131.5)  (47.8)  (14.8)  (154.5)  (46.4)  (73.0)  (12.1)  (131.5)
2-year 60.7  (17.1) 7.9  (15.5) 19.4  (14.5)  (11.5) 60.7 1.8 7.9  (10.2) 19.4 
5-year 80.6  (9.9) 23.9  (11.9) 73.1  (9.0) 3.9 80.6 25.8 23.9  (1.7) 73.1 
10-year 124.2  (0.7) 47.4  (6.4) 109.1 2.2  53.2 124.2 81.3 47.4 41.9 109.1 
   
1 Source is Office of Finance.
Given that rates will not be set below zero, the relative performance of our funding using three-month discount notes was less favorable in 2009 when compared to 2008. This is primarily due to the compression of rates toward zero. As shown in the table above, spreads on longer-term funding (2-years and greater) improved substantially during the fourth quarter of 2009 when compared to the same period in 2008. This was primarily due to the Federal Reserve purchasing agency securities and a more stable economic environment. The improvement in FHLBank longer-term spreads allowed us to extend the duration of our liabilities, which we have done by issuing bullets (primarily three years and shorter), callable, and structured debt. This funding mix allowed us to better match fund our longer-term assets with longer-term debt, thereby eliminating a majority of the basis risk we were exposed to through the funding mismatch.

 

45


Historically, the FHLBanks credit quality and efficiency led to ready access to funding at competitive rates. This was proven during the first nine months of 2008, as the Bank funded record levels of advances to members. However, during the last three months of 2008, government interventions and weakening investor confidence adversely impacted the Bank’s long-term cost of funds. As demonstrated in the table above, average agency spreads on the Bank’s longer maturities during 2008 were positive to LIBOR compared with sub-LIBOR average agency spreads during 2007. This caused the cost of the Bank’s long-term debt to increase relative to LIBOR as investors exhibited a desire to purchase debt with short-term maturities. As a result, the Bank began to rely more heavily on the issuance of discount notes to fund longer-term advances. To offset the risk this mismatch in funding introduced, the Bank increased advance pricing.
Mortgage Market Conditions
Throughout 2008, global demand for MBS decreased as a result of continued disruptions in the mortgage markets. Sales of high-quality non-subprime investments coupled with investor balance sheet constraints related to the credit and liquidity crisis caused agency MBS spreads to widen to historical levels.
The Bank has exposure to interest rate risk through its mortgage assets as a result of the embedded prepayment option available to homeowners. Generally, as interest rates decrease, homeowners are more likely to refinance fixed rate mortgages, resulting in increased prepayments. Conversely, an increase in interest rates may result in slower than expected prepayments and an extension in mortgage assets.
Throughout the first nine months of 2008, as interest rates decreased, the Bank experienced a normal increase in prepayments. During the last three months of 2008, as credit markets tightened, it became more difficult for homeowners to refinance, therefore the Bank experienced a slow down in prepayments. This slowdown caused an extension in the weighted average-life of the Bank’s mortgage portfolio. This extension, coupled with uncertainty surrounding the expected prepayments of the mortgage portfolio, increased the Bank’s hedging and funding needs.
While we cannot predict future outcomes, to date we have not experienced any credit losses or other-than-temporary impairment write downs on our MBS portfolio and have only experienced a small amount of credit losses on our mortgage loan portfolio.

46


Results of OperationOperations for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007
The following discussion highlights significant factors influencing our results of operations. Average balances are calculated on a daily weighted average basis. Amounts used to calculate percentage variances are based on numbers in thousands. Accordingly, recalculations may not produce the same results when the amounts are disclosed in millions.
Net Income
The following discussion highlights significant factors influencing our results of operations. Average balances are calculated on a daily weighted average basis. Amounts used to calculate percentage variances are based on numbers in thousands. Accordingly, recalculations may not produce the same results when the amounts are disclosed in millions.
Net income was $145.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared with $127.4 million in 2008. The increase of $18.5 million was primarily due to activity reported in other income (loss), partially offset by decreased net interest income. These items are described in the sections that follow.
Net income increased $26.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with $101.4 million in 2007. The increase of $26.0 million was primarily due to increased net interest income, which was partially offset by an increase in losses on derivatives and hedging activities and increased assessments. Assessments increased in response to increased net income. See further discussion of changes in net interest income in the “Net Interest Income” section following. For additional discussion of changes in net (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities, see the “Hedging Activities” section at page 54.
Net income increased $12.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 when compared to 2006.the same period in 2007. The increase was primarily due to increased net interest income, partially offset by increased assessments. Assessments increasedactivity reported in response to increased net income. See further discussion of changes in net interestother income in the “Net Interest Income” section following.(loss).
Net Interest Income
Net interest income was $197.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared with $245.6 million in 2008, and $171.1 million in 2007. Our net interest income is the primary performance measure of the Bank’s ongoing operations. Fluctuationsimpacted by changes in average asset liability, and capitalliability balances, and the related yields and costs, are the primary causes of changes in our net interest income.as well as returns on invested capital. Net interest income is managed within the context of tradeoff between market risk and return. Due to our cooperative business model and low risk profile, our profitability levels tendnet interest margin tends to be relatively low compared to other financial institutions.

 

4746


The following tables presenttable presents average balances and rates of major interest rate sensitive asset and liability categories for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006.2007. The tablestable also presentpresents the net interest spread between yield on total interest-earning assets and cost of total interest-bearing liabilities and theas well as net interest margin between yield on total assets and the cost of total liabilities and capital (dollars in millions).
                                                       
 2008 2007 2006  2009 2008 2007 
 Interest Interest Interest  Interest Interest Interest 
 Average Yield/ Income/ Average Yield/ Income/ Average Yield/ Income/  Average Yield/ Income/ Average Yield/ Income/ Average Yield/ Income/ 
 Balance1 Cost Expense Balance1 Cost Expense Balance1 Cost Expense  Balance1 Cost Expense Balance1 Cost Expense Balance1 Cost Expense 
Interest-earning assets  
Interest-bearing deposits2
 $24  0.45% $0.1 $8  5.28% $0.4 $50  4.95% $2.5 
Interest-bearing deposits $113  0.37% $0.4 $24  0.45% $0.1 $8  5.28% $0.4 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell    222 5.36 11.9 305 5.07 15.5  1,165 0.16 1.8    222 5.36 11.9 
Federal funds sold 4,119 1.75 72.0 3,625 5.20 188.7 2,770 5.01 138.7  6,007 0.29 17.4 4,119 1.75 72.0 3,625 5.20 188.7 
Short-term investments3
 467 2.41 11.2 2,255 5.27 118.8 1,102 4.95 54.5 
Mortgage-backed securities3
 8,403 3.88 326.5 4,974 5.30 263.6 4,741 5.24 248.3 
Other investments3
 145 4.28 6.2 39 5.58 2.2 14 4.39 0.6 
Advances4
 45,653 3.11 1,418.6 24,720 5.31 1,313.6 22,216 5.12 1,136.6 
Short-term investments2
 683 0.53 3.6 467 2.41 11.2 2,255 5.27 118.8 
Mortgage-backed securities2
 9,584 2.12 203.0 8,403 3.88 326.5 4,974 5.30 263.6 
Other investments2
 6,028 1.59 95.6 145 4.28 6.2 39 5.58 2.2 
Advances3, 4
 37,766 1.77 668.2 45,653 3.11 1,418.6 24,720 5.31 1,313.6 
Mortgage loans5
 10,647 5.01 533.7 11,248 4.99 561.6 12,392 4.96 614.7  9,190 4.83 443.6 10,647 5.01 533.7 11,248 4.99 561.6 
Loans to other FHLBanks 14 0.68 0.1           14 0.68 0.1    
                                      
Total interest-earning assets 69,472 3.41 2,368.4 47,091 5.23 2,460.8 43,590 5.07 2,211.4  70,536  2.03% $1,433.6 69,472  3.41% $2,368.4 47,091  5.23% $2,460.8 
             
Noninterest-earning assets 182   270   251    165 182 270 
                          
Total assets $69,654  3.40% 2,368.4 $47,361  5.20% $2,460.8 $43,841  5.04% $2,211.4  $70,701 $69,654 $47,361 
                          
  
Interest-bearing liabilities  
Deposits $1,354  1.64% $22.2 $1,072  4.79% $51.4 $736  4.78% $35.2  $1,296  0.18% $2.4 $1,354  1.64% $22.2 $1,072  4.79% $51.4 
Consolidated obligations  
Discount notes 26,543 2.32 616.4 8,597 4.93 424.0 5,423 4.97 269.3 
Bonds 37,752 3.92 1,481.2 34,233 5.22 1,786.2 34,106 5.05 1,721.0 
Discount notes4
 20,736 0.64 132.2 26,543 2.32 616.4 8,597 4.93 424.0 
Bonds4
 44,218 2.49 1,101.3 37,752 3.92 1,481.2 34,233 5.22 1,786.2 
Other interest-bearing liabilities 68 4.43 3.0 478 5.87 28.1 579 5.46 31.6  38 0.80 0.3 68 4.43 3.0 478 5.87 28.1 
                                      
Total interest-bearing liabilities 65,717 3.23 2,122.8 44,380 5.16 2,289.7 40,844 5.04 2,057.1  66,288  1.86% $1,236.2 65,717  3.23% $2,122.8 44,380  5.16% $2,289.7 
             
Noninterest-bearing liabilities 656   595   713    1,142 656 595 
                          
Total liabilities 66,373 3.20 2,122.8 44,975 5.09 2,289.7 41,557 4.95 2,057.1  67,430 66,373 44,975 
Capital 3,281   2,386   2,284    3,271 3,281 2,386 
                          
Total liabilities and capital $69,654  3.05% $2,122.8 $47,361  4.83% $2,289.7 $43,841  4.69% $2,057.1  $70,701 $69,654 $47,361 
                          
  
Net interest income and spread  0.18% $245.6  0.07% $171.1  0.03% $154.3   0.17% $197.4  0.18% $245.6  0.07% $171.1 
                          
  
Net interest margin  0.35%  0.37%  0.35% 
Net interest margin6
  0.28%  0.35%  0.37% 
              
  
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities  105.71%  106.11%  106.72%   106.41%  105.71%  106.11% 
              
  
Composition of net interest income  
Asset-liability spread  0.20% $140.7  0.11% $49.7  0.09% $41.2   0.20% $137.4  0.20% $140.7  0.11% $49.7 
Earnings on capital  3.20% 104.9  5.09% 121.4  4.95% 113.1   1.83% 60.0  3.20% 104.9  5.09% 121.4 
              
Net interest income $245.6 $171.1 $154.3  $197.4 $245.6 $171.1 
              
   
1 Average balances do not reflect the affecteffect of reclassifications due to FIN 39-1.derivative master netting arrangements with counterparties.
 
2 Certificates of deposit were reclassified from interest-bearing deposits to short-term investments.
3The average balancesbalance of available-for-sale securities areis reflected at amortized cost; therefore the resulting yields do not give effect to changes in fair value.
 
43 Advance interest income includes advance prepayment fee income of $10.3 million, $0.9 million, $1.5 million, and $0.5$1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006.2007.
4Average balances reflect the impact of hedging fair value and fair value option adjustments.
 
5 Nonperforming loans and loans held for sale are included in average balancesbalance used to determine average rate.
6Net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.

 

4847


Average assets increased to $69.7 billion in 2008 from $47.4 billion in 2007 and $43.8 billion in 2006. The increase in 2008 was primarily attributable to increased average advances, MBS, and Federal funds sold, partially offset by decreased average short-term investments and mortgage loans. See “Asset-Liability Spread” at page 50 for further discussion.
Average liabilities increased to $66.4 billion in 2008 from $45.0 billion in 2007 and $41.6 billion in 2006. The increase in 2008 was primarily due to increased levels of discount notes as a result of increased assets. Additionally, during the last three months of 2008 as investor desire was concentrated in shorter-term maturities, longer-term debt costs increased causing the Bank to issue discount notes to fund both short- and long-term assets.
Average capital increased $0.9 billion in 2008 compared to 2007. The increase was primarily due to an increase in activity-based capital stock requirements to support increased member activities related to advances. Average capital also increased due to increased retained earnings, partially offset by increased unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income as a result of current market conditions.
Our net interest income is affected by changes in the dollar volumes of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in the average rates of those assets and liabilities. The following table presents the changes in interest income and interest expense between 20082009 and 20072008 as well as between 20072008 and 2006.2007. Changes in interest income and interest expense that cannot be attributedare not identifiable as either volume-related or rate-related, but rather equally attributable to eitherboth volume and rate or volume have beenchanges, are allocated to the volume and rate and volume variancescategories based on relative sizethe proportion of the absolute value of the volume and rate changes (dollars in millions).
                                                
 Variance — 2008 vs. 2007 Variance — 2007 vs. 2006  Variance — 2009 vs. 2008 Variance — 2008 vs. 2007 
 Total Increase Total Total Increase Total  Total Increase Total Total Increase Total 
 (Decrease) Due to Increase (Decrease) Due to Increase  (Decrease) Due to Increase (Decrease) Due to Increase 
 Volume Rate (Decrease) Volume Rate (Decrease)  Volume Rate (Decrease) Volume Rate (Decrease) 
Interest income  
Interest-bearing deposits $0.3 $(0.6) $(0.3) $(2.3) $0.2 $(2.1) $0.3 $ $0.3 $0.3 $(0.6) $(0.3)
Securities purchased under agreements to resell  (11.9)   (11.9)  (4.4) 0.8  (3.6) 1.8  1.8  (11.9)   (11.9)
Federal funds sold 22.7  (139.4)  (116.7) 44.5 5.5 50.0  23.3  (77.9)  (54.6) 22.7  (139.4)  (116.7)
Short-term investments  (63.9)  (43.7)  (107.6) 60.5 3.8 64.3  3.7  (11.3)  (7.6)  (63.9)  (43.7)  (107.6)
Mortgage-backed securities 147.0  (84.1) 62.9 12.4 2.9 15.3  40.8  (164.3)  (123.5) 147.0  (84.1) 62.9 
Other investments 4.6  (0.6) 4.0 1.4 0.2 1.6  95.7  (6.3) 89.4 4.6  (0.6) 4.0 
Advances 800.9  (695.9) 105.0 133.2 43.8 177.0   (214.8)  (535.6)  (750.4) 800.9  (695.9) 105.0 
Mortgage loans  (30.1) 2.2  (27.9)  (56.8) 3.7  (53.1)  (71.3)  (18.8)  (90.1)  (30.1) 2.2  (27.9)
Loans to other FHLBanks 0.1  0.1      (0.1)   (0.1) 0.1  0.1 
                          
Total interest income 869.7  (962.1)  (92.4) 188.5 60.9 249.4   (120.6)  (814.2)  (934.8) 869.7  (962.1)  (92.4)
                          
  
Interest expense  
Deposits 11.0  (40.2)  (29.2) 16.1 0.1 16.2   (0.9)  (18.9)  (19.8) 11.0  (40.2)  (29.2)
Consolidated obligations  
Discount notes 511.4  (319.0) 192.4 156.9  (2.2) 154.7   (112.3)  (371.9)  (484.2) 511.4  (319.0) 192.4 
Bonds 170.9  (475.9)  (305.0) 6.5 58.7 65.2  223.6  (603.5)  (379.9) 170.9  (475.9)  (305.0)
Other interest-bearing liabilities  (19.5)  (5.6)  (25.1)  (5.8) 2.3  (3.5)  (1.0)  (1.7)  (2.7)  (19.5)  (5.6)  (25.1)
                          
Total interest expense 673.8  (840.7)  (166.9) 173.7 58.9 232.6  109.4  (996.0)  (886.6) 673.8  (840.7)  (166.9)
                          
  
Net interest income $195.9 $(121.4) $74.5 $14.8 $2.0 $16.8  $(230.0) $181.8 $(48.2) $195.9 $(121.4) $74.5 
                          
The two components of the Bank’sOur net interest income are earnings from ouris made up of two components: asset-liability spread and earnings on capital. See further discussion in “Asset-Liability Spread” below and “Earnings on Capital” at page 51.

49


The yield on total interest-earning assets and cost of interest-bearing liabilities are impacted by our use of derivatives to adjust the interest rate sensitivity of assets and liabilities. For the effect of the Bank’s net hedging activities by product see “Hedging Activities” at page 54.
Asset-liability Spread
Asset-liabilityOur asset-liability spread equals the yield on total assets minus the cost of total liabilities. Asset-liabilityFor the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, our asset-liability spread income increased $91.0 million forwas 20 basis points compared to 11 basis points in 2007. The majority of our asset-liability spread is driven by our net interest spread. For the year ended December 31, 2009, our net interest spread was 17 basis points, compared to 18 basis points in 2008, compared with 2007 and increased $8.5 million7 basis points in 2007.
Although our asset-liability spread and net interest spread remained fairly constant for the yearyears ended December 31, 2007 when compared with 2006.
In2009 and 2008, the Bank’s asset-liability spread income was impacted by the following:
Interest income on our advance portfolio (including advance prepayment fees, net) increased $0.1 billion or approximately eight percent to $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared with $1.3 billion for 2007. This was primarily due to increased advance volumes during the first three quarters of 2008, partially offset by declining interest rates. During the last quarter of 2008, advance levels declined due to the announcement of several U.S. Government programs which increased funding options for our members.
Interest income from mortgage backed securities increased $62.9 million or approximately 24 percent to $326.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $263.6 million for 2007. This was primarily due to the Bank purchasing $3.7 billion of agency MBS during 2008 as a result of attractive pricing and the Bank’s desire to increase its leverage position.
Interest income from mortgage loans held for portfolio decreased $27.9 million or approximately five percent to $533.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $561.6 million for 2007. The decrease was primarily due to paydowns of the existing portfolio exceeding new loan acquisitions during the first nine months of 2008.
Interest expense from bonds decreased $0.3 billion or approximately 17 percent to $1.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $1.8 billion for 2007. The decrease was primarily due to the lower interest rate environment throughout 2008.
Interest expense from discount notes increased $192.4 million or approximately 45 percent to $616.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $424.0 million for 2007. This increase was primarily due to increased volume in response to increased member advance activity during the first nine months of 2008. Additionally, during the last three months of 2008, government interventions and weakening investor confidence adversely impacted the Bank’s long-term cost of funds. The cost of the Bank’s long-term debt increased relative to LIBOR as investors exhibited a desire to purchase debt with short-term maturities. As a result, the Bank began to rely more heavily on the issuance of discount notes to fund both short- and long-term assets.

50


Although the Bank’s asset-liability spread increased during 2008 when compared with 2007, the Bank’s asset-liability spread was negatively impacted during the last two months of 2008. In light of the growing concerns of the credit and liquidity crisis, the Finance Agency provided guidance that each FHLBank hold increased liquidity to ensure the availability of funds for its members. In order to increase our liquidity, the Bank issued fixed rate longer-dated discount notes to fund the additional liquidity. Subsequent to the issuance of these discount notes, interest rates fell significantly resulting in a negative net asset-liability spread as the cost of the discount notes was greater than the earnings on the short-term liquid assets.
Asset-liability spread income increased in 2007 when compared with 2006 as a result of three factors: (1) higher market interest rates due in part to increased credit spreads during 2007 led to higher asset yields; (2) the market concerns caused primarily by poor performance in the mortgage sector led to higher than average yields on our MBS; and (3) the market’s flight-to-quality caused the Bank’s short-term debt costs in relationship to LIBOR to decline to historically low levels.
Earnings on Capital
capital decreased significantly. We invest our capital to generate earnings, generally for the same repricing maturity as the assets being supported. EarningsFor the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, our earnings on capital were 183 basis points and 320 basis points. The significant decrease in earnings on capital in 2009 when compared to 2008 was primarily due to the lower interest rate environment as well as the lack of attractive short-term investment opportunities. As short-term interest rates declined and short-term investment opportunities were limited, the earnings contribution from capital decreased, $16.5thereby decreasing net interest income. Our net interest income decreased $48.2 million in 2009 when compared to 2008.

48


Our asset-liability spread and net interest spread increased for the year ended December 31, 2008 when compared to the same period in 2007, although our earnings on capital decreased. The increase in asset-liability spread was primarily due to lower debt costs and increased asset volumes, coupled with favorable interest rates. As a result, our net interest income increased $74.5 million in 2008 when compared to 2007.
Our net interest income was impacted by the following:
Advances
Interest income on our advance portfolio (including advance prepayment fees, net) decreased $750.4 million or 53 percent in 2009 when compared to 2008 primarily due to lower interest rates. For 2009, the average yield on our advances was 1.77 percent compared to 3.11 percent in 2008. In addition, average advance volumes decreased $7.9 billion or 17 percent in 2009 when compared to 2008 due to the availability of alternative wholesale funding options for member banks as well as increased deposit growth realized by many members.
Interest income on our advance portfolio (including advance prepayment fees, net) increased $105.0 million or eight percent in 2008 when compared to 2007 primarily due to increased average advance volumes, partially offset by declining interest rates.
Discount Notes
Interest expense on our discount notes decreased $484.2 million or 79 percent in 2009 when compared to 2008 primarily due to lower interest rates. For 2009, the average cost of our discount notes was 0.64 percent compared to 2.32 percent in 2008. In addition, average discount note volumes decreased $5.8 billion or 22 percent in 2009 when compared to 2008 as a result of us not replacing maturing discount notes due to decreased short-term funding needs as well as the ability to fund longer-term during the second half of 2009.
Interest expense on our discount notes increased $192.4 million or 45 percent in 2008 when compared to 2007. The increase was primarily due to increased average discount note volume in response to increased member advance activity. Additionally, during the last quarter of 2008, government interventions and weakening investor confidence adversely impacted our long-term cost of funds. As a result, we relied more heavily on the issuance of discount notes to fund both our short- and long-term assets.

49


Bonds
Interest expense on our bonds decreased $379.9 million or 26 percent in 2009 when compared to 2008 due to lower interest rates, partially offset by increased average bond volumes. Capitalizing on the lower interest rates, we extinguished bonds with a total par value of $0.9 billion in 2009. Most of the extinguished debt was replaced with lower costing debt thereby lowering interest costs. Average bond volumes increased in 2009 when compared to 2008 as a result of increased average investments which were funded with bonds. Additionally, as spreads on our bonds became more favorable during the second half of 2009, we were able to issue longer-term bonds rather than discount notes to fund our longer-term assets.
Interest expense on our bonds decreased $305.0 million or 17 percent in 2008 when compared to 2007 primarily due to the lower interest rate environment. As short-term
Mortgage Loans
Interest income on our mortgage loans decreased $90.1 million or 17 percent in 2009 when compared to 2008 primarily due to lower volume resulting from the sale of mortgage loans during the second quarter of 2009. In addition, principal payments on mortgage loans exceeded originations throughout 2009.
Interest income on our mortgage loans decreased $27.9 million or five percent in 2008 when compared to 2007 primarily due to principal payments exceeding originations.
Federal Funds Sold
Interest income on our Federal funds sold decreased $54.6 million or 76 percent in 2009 when compared to 2008 and $116.7 million or 62 percent in 2008 when compared to 2007 primarily due to lower interest rates, have declined,partially offset by increased average Federal funds sold volumes.
Investments
Interest income on our investments decreased $41.7 million or 12 percent in 2009 when compared to 2008 primarily due to lower interest rates on our MBS. At December 31, 2009, $8.7 billion or 77 percent of our MBS portfolio was variable rate. Therefore, as interest rates decline, so does the earnings contribution from capital decreased. This impactassociated interest income on the variable rate MBS. The decrease in interest income was partially offset by increased average capital balances. Average capital increased $0.9 billion during the year ended December 31,volume on our other investments. In 2009, we purchased other investments in an effort to improve investment income and replace mortgage assets sold.
Interest income on our investments decreased $40.7 million or 11 percent in 2008 when compared withto 2007 primarily due to an increasedecreased volumes on our short-term investments coupled with lower interest rates. The decrease in activity-based capital stock requirements to support member activities related to advances during the first nine months of the year. Average capital also increased due to increased retained earnings,interest income was partially offset by increased unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income as a result of current market conditions.
Earnings on capital increased $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared with 2006 due to larger average capital balances. Average capital increased $0.1 billion during 2007 compared with 2006 primarily due to an increase in activity-based capital stock requirements to support member activities related to advances. Average capital also increased due to increased retained earnings.MBS purchases.

 

5150


Net Interest Income by Segment
The Bank’s segment results are analyzedWe evaluate performance of our segments based on an adjusted net interest income basis.after providing for a mortgage loan credit loss provision. Adjusted net interest income includes the impact of net interest income plus interest income and expense associated withon economic hedges.hedge relationships included in other income (loss) and concession expense on fair value option bonds included in other expense and excludes basis adjustment amortization/accretion on called and extinguished debt included in interest expense. A description of these segments is included in the “Business Segments” section at page 6. “Item 1. Business — Business Segments.”
The following table shows the Bank’sour financial performance by operating segment and a reconciliation of financial performance to net interest income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007 (dollars in millions):
            
 2008 2007 2006             
  2009 2008 2007 
Adjusted net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision  
  
Member Finance $117.7 $139.0 $114.8  $133.8 $122.2 $139.0 
Mortgage Finance $125.4 $30.4 $39.8  81.8 133.0 30.2 
              
 
Total $243.1 $169.4 $154.6  $215.6 $255.2 $169.2 
              
  
Reconciliation of the Bank’s operating segment results to net interest income 
Reconciliation of operating segment results to net interest income 
  
Adjusted net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision $243.1 $169.4 $154.6  $215.6 $255.2 $169.2 
Adjustments for net interest expense on economic hedges 2.2 1.7 0.2 
Net interest (income) expense on economic hedges  (5.2) 2.2 1.7 
Concession expense on fair value option bonds 0.5   
Interest (expense) income on basis adjustment amortization/accretion of called debt  (17.8)  (12.1) 0.2 
Interest income on basis adjustment accretion of extinguished debt 2.8   
       
        
Net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision $245.3 $171.1 $154.8  $195.9 $245.3 $171.1 
              
 
Other income (loss) 55.8  (27.8) 10.3 
Other expense 53.1 44.1 42.4 
       
 
Income before assessments $198.6 $173.4 $139.0 
       

51


Member Finance
Member Finance adjusted net interest income increased $11.6 million in 2009 when compared to 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to higher asset-liability spread income, partially offset by lower returns on invested capital. Asset-liability spread income increased due to the segment’s average assets increasing $1.3 billion to $51.9 billion in 2009 when compared to 2008. The increase in average assets was primarily attributable to the purchase of non-MBS investments, including TLGP debt, Federal funds sold, U.S. Treasury obligations, taxable municipal bonds, and resale agreements. We increased our non-MBS investment purchases in an effort to improve investment income and replace mortgage assets sold in 2009. The increase was partially offset by lower returns on invested capital as a result of the low interest rate environment and lack of attractive short-term investment options.
Member Finance adjusted net interest income decreased $21.3$16.8 million duringin 2008 when compared withto 2007. The decrease during 2008 was primarily attributable to lower returns on invested capital as a result of the low interest rate environment, partially offset by higher asset-liability spread income. As short-term interest rates declined,Asset-liability spread income increased due to the earnings contribution from capital decreased. The decline in invested capital was partially offset by an increase in the segment’s asset-liability spread income. The segment’s average assets increasedincreasing $19.5 billion to $50.6 billion for the year ended December 31,in 2008 when compared with the same period into 2007 as a result of increased advance activities during the first nine months of 2008.
MemberMortgage Finance
Mortgage Finance adjusted net interest income increased $24.2decreased $51.2 million during 2007in 2009 when compared with 2006.to 2008. The increase during 2007decrease was primarily attributable to higherlower asset-liability spread income, coupled with lower returns on invested capital as a result of the low interest rate environment. Asset-liability spread income decreased due to an increase in the segment’s average asset balances.assets decreasing $0.2 billion to $18.8 billion in 2009 when compared to 2008. The segment’s average assets increased $4.4 billion to $31.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared with the same period in 2006decreased primarily due to increasedthe sale of mortgage loans during the second quarter of 2009. The decrease was partially offset by the purchase of multi-family agency MBS with a portion of the proceeds from the mortgage loan sale. In addition, we purchased additional agency MBS during the fourth quarter of 2009.
As reflected in the Member Finance segment above, we used a portion of the proceeds from the mortgage loan sale to purchase TVA and FFCB bonds. These bonds were recorded under the Member Finance segment. As a result, the Mortgage Finance segment experienced lower adjusted net interest income in 2009 due to decreased average advances.assets.
Mortgage Finance adjusted net interest income excludes basis adjustment expense related to called bonds. In 2009, we called $1.6 billion of higher cost par value bonds and consequently amortized $17.2 million of basis adjustment expense. A portion of these bonds was replaced with lower cost debt, therefore, we expect lower future interest costs will offset the basis adjustment amortization recorded in 2009.

 

52


Mortgage Finance
Mortgage Finance adjusted net interest income increased $95.0$102.8 million in 2008 when compared withto 2007. The increase during 2008 was primarily attributable to higher asset-liability spread income. Asset-liability spread income increased asdue to the segment’s average assets increasedincreasing $2.8 billion to $19.0 billion for the year ended December 31,in 2008 when compared with the same period into 2007. The segment’s average assets increased primarily due to an increase in average MBS of $3.4 billion to $8.4 billion for the year ended December 31,in 2008 when compared with the same period into 2007. During 2008, the BankAdditionally, we purchased MBS at attractive spreads to LIBOR and funded the MBS with long-term debt issued at favorable rates, thereby enhancing the segment’s net interest income. Interest income from MBS increased $62.9 million for the year ended December 31,in 2008 compared with the same period in 2007.
Mortgage Finance adjusted net interest income decreased $9.4 million in 2007 when compared with 2006. The decrease was largely attributable to lower average asset balances, partially offset by higher returns on invested capital. The segment’s average assets decreased $0.9 billion to $16.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared with the same period in 2006 primarily due to a decline in average mortgage loans held for portfolio, partially offset by increased MBS balances. Average MBS increased to $5.0 billion for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared with $4.7 billion for the same period in 2006. Income from MBS increased $15.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007 compared with the same period in 2006.2007.
Provision for Credit Losses on Mortgage Loans
We recorded a provision for credit losses of $295,000$1.5 million and $69,000 during 2008$0.3 million in 2009 and 2007. These provisions were based upon the Bank’s quarterly evaluation that reviewed the performance2008. The increased provision in 2009 was primarily due to increased delinquency and characteristicsloss severity rates throughout 2009. In addition, credit enhancement fees available to recapture losses decreased in 2009 as a result of the mortgage loans in the Bank’s MPF portfolio. For additional discussion see “Mortgage Assets” beginning at page 110.loan sale and increased principal repayments.
Other Income (Loss)
The following table presents the components of other income (loss) income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007 (dollars in millions):
             
  2008  2007  2006 
             
Service fees $2.4  $2.2  $2.4 
Net gain (loss) on trading securities  1.5       
Net realized gain on held-to-maturity securities  1.8   0.5    
Net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities  (33.2)  4.5   2.3 
Other, net  (0.3)  3.1   4.0 
          
             
Total other (loss) income $(27.8) $10.3  $8.7 
          
             
  2009  2008  2007 
             
Service fees $2.1  $2.4  $2.2 
Net gain on trading securities  19.1   1.5    
Net realized loss on sale of available-for-sale securities  (10.9)      
Net realized gain on sale of held-to-maturity securities     1.8   0.5 
Net loss on bonds held at fair value  (4.4)      
Net gains on loans held for sale  1.3       
Net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities  133.8   (33.2)  4.5 
Net (loss) gain on extinguishment of debt  (89.9)  0.7    
Other, net  4.7   (1.0)  3.1 
          
             
Total other income (loss) $55.8  $(27.8) $10.3 
          

53


Other income (loss) income can be volatile from period to period depending on the type of financial activity reported. Other income decreased $38.1 million in 2008 compared with 2007 and increased $1.6 million in 2007 compared with 2006. The decrease inrecorded. In 2009, other income during 2008(loss) was primarily dueimpacted by the following events.

53


In 2009, we purchased and sold 30-year U.S. Treasury obligations on three separate occasions. On each occasion, we entered into interest rate swaps to convert these fixed rate investments to floating rate. The relationships were accounted for as a fair value hedge relationship with changes in LIBOR (benchmark interest rate) reported as hedge ineffectiveness through “net gain (loss) on derivative and hedging activities.” We subsequently sold these securities and terminated the related interest rate swaps. As a result, we recorded an $11.7 million net (losses) gainsloss on the sale of the securities through “net realized loss on sale of available-for-sale securities” and an $82.6 million net gain on the termination of the interest rate swaps and normal ineffectiveness through “net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities, partiallyactivities.” The overall impact of these transactions was a net gain of $70.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
In 2009, we extinguished bonds with a total par value of $0.9 billion and recorded losses of $89.9 million through other loss. Most of these bonds were replaced with lower costing debt and we expect such losses will be offset byin future periods through lower interest costs. These losses exclude basis adjustment accretion of $2.8 million recorded in net interest income. As a result, net losses recorded in the Statements of Income on the extinguishment of debt totaled $87.1 million in 2009.
We use economic hedges to manage interest rate and prepayment risks in our balance sheet. In 2009, we recorded net gains (losses)of $34.2 million on trading securities and net realized gains on held-to-maturity securities. Additionally, during the third quarter of 2008 the Bank realized a net loss of $4.9 million as a result of Lehman Brothers filing bankruptcy. The increase in other income during 2007 when compared with 2006 was primarily due to changes in net (losses) gainseconomic hedges through “net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.” Refer to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Results of Operations — Hedging Activities” for additional information on the impact of hedging activities to other income (loss).
At December 31, 2009, our trading securities portfolio consisted of $3.7 billion of par value TLGP debt and $0.8 billion of par value taxable municipal bonds. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded net unrealized gains of $4.6 million on our trading securities. As trading securities are marked-to-market, changes in unrealized gains and losses are reflected in other income (loss). For the year ended December 31, 2009, we sold $2.2 billion of par value TLGP debt and realized a net gain of $14.5 million in other income (loss).
We also entered into derivatives to economically hedge against adverse changes in the fair value of a portion of our trading securities portfolio. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded net gains on held-to-maturity securities. For additional information about the Bank’s net (losses) gainsthese economic derivatives of $12.0 million in “net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities see “Hedging Activities” below.activities.”

54


Hedging Activities
If a hedging activity qualifies for hedge accounting treatment, the Bank includeswe include the periodic cash flow components of the hedging instrument related to interest income or expense in the relevant income statement caption consistent with the hedged asset or liability. In addition, the Bank reportswe report as a component of other income (loss) in “Net gain (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities”, the fair value changes of both the hedging instrument and the hedged item. The Bank recordsWe report the amortization of certain upfront fees received on interest rate swaps and cumulative fair value adjustments from terminated hedges in interest income or expense.
If a hedging activity does not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, the Bank reportswe report the hedging instrument’s components of interest income and expense, together with the effect of changes in fair value as a component of other income (loss) in other income;“Net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities”; however, there is no corresponding fair value adjustment for the hedged asset or liability.
As a result, accounting for derivatives and hedging activities affects the timing of income recognition and the effect of certain hedging transactions are spread throughout the income statementStatements of Income in net interest income and other income.income (loss).

 

5455


The following tables categorizetable categorizes the net effect of hedging activities on net income by product for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007 (dollars in millions). The table excludes the interest component on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting as this amount will be offset by the interest component on the hedged item.item within net interest income. Because the purpose of the hedging activity is to protect net interest income against changes in interest rates, the absolute increase or decrease of interest income from interest-earning assets or interest expense from interest-bearing liabilities is not as important as the relationship of the hedging activities to overall net interest income.
                     
  2008 
     Mortgage  Consolidated  Balance    
Net effect of Hedging Activities Advances  Assets  Obligations  Sheet  Total 
Amortization/accretion $(44.6) $(1.7) $27.5  $  $(18.8)
                
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities  2.5      (6.5)     (4.0)
Losses – Economic Hedges  (3.5)  (1.2)  (1.4)  (23.1)  (29.2)
                
Reported in Other Loss  (1.0)  (1.2)  (7.9)  (23.1)  (33.2)
                
Total $(45.6) $(2.9) $19.6  $(23.1) $(52.0)
                
                         
  2009 
Net Effect of         Mortgage  Consolidated  Balance    
Hedging Activities Advances  Investments  Assets  Obligations  Sheet  Total 
Net (amortization) accretion $(55.2) $  $(1.7) $30.5  $  $(26.4)
                   
Net realized and unrealized gains on derivatives and hedging activities  2.6   82.8      14.2      99.6 
(Losses) Gains — Economic Hedges  (0.5)  12.0   (2.3)  5.7   19.3   34.2 
                   
Reported in Other Income (Loss)  2.1   94.8   (2.3)  19.9   19.3   133.8 
                   
Total $(53.1) $94.8  $(4.0) $50.4  $19.3  $107.4 
                   
                         
                     
  2007 
     Mortgage  Consolidated  Balance    
Net effect of Hedging Activities Advances  Assets  Obligations  Sheet  Total 
Amortization/accretion $(1.0) $(2.0) $(34.1) $  $(37.1)
                
Net realized and unrealized gains on derivatives and hedging activities  2.6      0.5      3.1 
(Losses) Gains – Economic Hedges  (0.6)     4.2   (2.2)  1.4 
                
Reported in Other Income (Loss)  2.0      4.7   (2.2)  4.5 
                
Total $1.0  $(2.0) $(29.4) $(2.2) $(32.6)
                
                         
  2008 
Net Effect of         Mortgage  Consolidated  Balance    
Hedging Activities Advances  Investments  Assets  Obligations  Sheet  Total 
Net (amortization) accretion $(44.6) $  $(1.7) $27.5  $  $(18.8)
                   
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities  2.5         (6.5)     (4.0)
Losses — Economic Hedges  (3.5)     (1.2)  (1.4)  (23.1)  (29.2)
                   
Reported in Other Loss  (1.0)     (1.2)  (7.9)  (23.1)  (33.2)
                   
Total $(45.6) $  $(2.9) $19.6  $(23.1) $(52.0)
                   
                     
  2006 
     Mortgage  Consolidated  Balance    
Net effect of Hedging Activities Advances  Assets  Obligations  Sheet  Total 
Amortization/accretion $(2.2) $(2.1) $(43.2) $  $(47.5)
                
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives and hedging activities  3.6      (0.9)     2.7 
(Losses) Gains – Economic Hedges  (0.2)     0.1   (0.3)  (0.4)
                
Reported in Other Income (Loss)  3.4      (0.8)  (0.3)  2.3 
                
Total $1.2  $(2.1) $(44.0) $(0.3) $(45.2)
                
                         
  2007 
Net Effect of         Mortgage  Consolidated  Balance    
Hedging Activities Advances  Investments  Assets  Obligations  Sheet  Total 
Net amortization $(1.0) $  $(2.0) $(34.1) $  $(37.1)
                   
Net realized and unrealized gains on derivatives and hedging activities  2.6         0.5      3.1 
(Losses) Gains — Economic Hedges  (0.6)        4.2   (2.2)  1.4 
                   
Reported in Other Income (Loss)  2.0         4.7   (2.2)  4.5 
                   
Total $1.0  $  $(2.0) $(29.4) $(2.2) $(32.6)
                   

 

5556


Amortization/Net amortization/accretion. The effect of hedging on net amortization/accretion varies from period to period depending on the Bank’sour activities, including terminating hedge relationships and the amount of upfront fees received or paid on derivative transactions. In late 2008, we voluntarily terminated certain interest rate swaps that were being used to managehedge both advances and consolidated obligations in an effort to reduce our counterparty risk profile. Additionally, during the latter half of 2008, as a result of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. filing bankruptcy, we chose to terminate all consolidated obligation and advance hedge relationships with counterparties that were an affiliate of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. This termination activity resulted in basis adjustments that are amortized/accreted level-yield over the remaining life of the advance or consolidated obligation. Advance basis adjustment amortization increased in 2009 when compared to 2008 due to amortization of these advance basis adjustments created during the latter half of 2008. Consolidated obligation amortization/basis adjustment accretion increased in 2009 when compared to 2008 primarily due to the extinguishment of debt. Consolidated obligation amortization decreased while advance amortization/accretionamortization increased forin 2008 when compared withto 2007 primarily due to increased consolidated obligation and advance hedge relationship terminations. During 2008, hedge relationship termination activity increased due to the voluntary unwind of certain interest rate swaps to reduce the Bank’s counterparty risk profile. Additionally, during third quarter of 2008 the Bank terminated all consolidated obligation and advance hedge relationships where Lehman Brothers was the counterparty on the derivative contract. See additional discussion of these termination events under the “Derivatives” section at page 66. This termination activity results in increased amortization/accretion from basis adjustments, which represents the final market value on the hedged item, and is amortized/accreted over the remaining life of the hedged item.
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) gains on derivatives and hedging activities.Hedge ineffectiveness occurs when changes in fair value of the derivative and the related hedged item do not perfectly offset each other. Hedge ineffectiveness gains and losses during 2008 and 2007 were primarily due to consolidated obligation and advance hedge relationships. Hedge ineffectiveness is driven by changes in the benchmark interest rate and volatility. As the benchmark interest rate changes and the magnitude of that change intensifies, so will the impact on the Bank’sour net realized and unrealized gains and losses(losses) on derivatives and hedging activities. Additionally, volatility in the marketplace may intensify this impact. Net realized and unrealized gains on derivatives and hedging activities in 2009 were primarily due to investment hedge relationships. In 2009, we sold $2.7 billion of U.S. Treasury obligations and terminated the related interest rate swaps recognizing gains on the derivative termination of $96.7 million and normal hedge ineffectiveness losses of $14.1 million. For additional information on the sale of U.S. Treasury obligations, refer to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Results of Operations — Other Income (Loss).” Hedge ineffectiveness gains on consolidated obligation hedge relationships increased $20.7 million in 2009 when compared to 2008 due primarily to increased hedge relationships and changes in interest rates. Hedge ineffectiveness losses on consolidated obligation hedge relationships increased $7.0 million in 2008 when compared to 2007 due primarily to decreased hedge relationships and changes in interest rates.

57


Gains (Losses) Gains — Economic Hedges.During 2008, economicEconomic hedges were primarily used to manage interest rate and prepayment risks in our balance sheet.sheet in 2009, 2008 and 2007. Changes in gains (losses) gains on economic hedges are primarily driven by the Bank’s use of economic hedges due to changes in our balance sheet profile, changes in interest rates and volatility, and the loss of hedge accounting for certain hedge relationships failing retrospective hedge effectiveness testing. Economic hedges do not qualify for hedge accounting and as a result the Bank recordswe record a fair market value gain or loss on the derivative instrument without recording the corresponding gainloss or lossgain on the hedged item. In addition, the interest accruals on the hedges are recorded as a component of other income (loss) instead of a component of net interest income. (Losses) gainsGains (losses) on economic hedges were impacted by the following events during 2008 compared with 2007:activity:
Market value changes on derivative instruments. The Bank held interest rate caps and swaptions on its balance sheet as economic hedges against adverse changes in interest rates. Due to volatility in the market, the Bank recorded $23.1 million in losses on these derivatives during 2008.
The loss of hedge accounting for certain advance and consolidated obligation hedge relationships as a result of Lehman Brothers declaring bankruptcy during the third quarter of 2008.
In accordance with SFAS 133, the Bank performs a retrospective hedge effectiveness test at least quarterly. If a hedge relationship fails this test, the Bank can no longer receive hedge accounting and the derivative is accounted for as an economic hedge. The low and volatile interest rate environment in 2008 increased hedge relationship failures due to failed retrospective hedge effectiveness testing.
In 2009, we held interest rate caps on our balance sheet as economic hedges to protect against increases in interest rates on our variable rate assets with caps. Due to changes in interest rates, we recorded $19.3 million in gains on these interest rate caps in 2009 compared to $11.6 million in losses in 2008 and $1.5 million in gains in 2007. In 2008, we also held interest rate swaptions on our balance sheet as economic hedges and recorded losses of $11.5 million compared to $3.7 million in losses in 2007.
We held interest rate swaps on our balance sheet as economic hedges against adverse changes in the fair value of a portion of our trading securities indexed to LIBOR. In 2009, we recorded $23.6 million in economic gains on these derivatives, partially offset by interest expense accruals on the hedges of $11.6 million. The net gain was offset by $17.2 million of unrealized losses on the trading securities recorded in “net gain on trading securities” in other income (loss).
In 2009, gains on consolidated obligation economic hedges were impacted by economic hedges on fair value option bonds. During 2009, we had economic hedges protecting against changes in the fair value of both variable and fixed interest rate bonds elected under the fair value option. We recorded $6.5 million in economic gains on these derivatives, coupled with $7.8 million of interest income accruals on the hedges. These net gains were offset by $4.4 million of fair value losses on the variable and fixed interest rate bonds recorded in “net loss on bonds held at fair value” in other income (loss).
In 2009, gains on consolidated obligation economic hedges were also impacted by the effect of failed retrospective hedge effectiveness tests. We perform retrospective hedge effectiveness testing at least quarterly on all hedge relationships. If a hedge relationship fails this test, we can no longer receive hedge accounting and the derivative is accounted for as an economic hedge. In 2009, we experienced losses of $20.9 million on consolidated obligation hedging relationships failing the retrospective hedge effectiveness tests compared to losses of $2.4 million in 2008 and gains of $5.6 million in 2007. The majority of losses in 2009 were due to consolidated obligation hedge relationships nearing maturity or having a short-duration. These losses and gains were partially offset by interest accruals on the hedges of $12.3 million, $1.0 million, and $1.4 million in 2009, 2008, and 2007.

 

5658


Other Expenses
The following table shows the components of other expenses for the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007 (dollars in millions):
                        
 2008 2007 2006  2009 2008 2007 
  
Compensation and benefits $26.3 $24.8 $22.6  $31.9 $26.3 $24.8 
  
Occupancy cost 1.3 1.6 0.7  1.6 1.3 1.6 
Other operating expenses 12.8 13.0 15.7  15.0 12.8 13.0 
              
Total operating expenses 14.1 14.6 16.4  16.6 14.1 14.6 
  
Finance Agency 1.9 1.5 1.5  2.4 1.9 1.5 
Office of Finance 1.8 1.5 1.0  2.2 1.8 1.5 
              
  
Total other expense $44.1 $42.4 $41.5  $53.1 $44.1 $42.4 
              
Other expenses increased $9.0 million in 2009 when compared to 2008 and $1.7 million in 2008 when compared to 2007. The increase in both 2009 and 2008 was primarily due to increased compensation and benefits. Compensation and benefits increased $1.5 million in 2008 compared with 2007 and $2.2 million in 2007 compared with 2006. The increases reflect expenses for making staff additions, increasing market costs associated with salaries and employee benefits, employee training and development, anddue primarily to us funding our portion of the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions (DB Plan). as well as making staff additions. Funding and administrative costs of the DB Plan were $5.7 million in 2009, $3.2 million in 2008, and $3.3 million in 2007. In 2009, funding and administrative costs included a one-time discretionary contribution of $3.3 million. In addition to increased compensation and benefits, other expense was impacted by increased assessments from the Finance Agency and Office of Finance in 2009 as a result of increased net income and increased fees for professional services.
Statements of Condition at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008
Financial Highlights
The Bank’sOur members are both stockholders and customers. Our primary business objective is to be a reliable source of low-cost liquidity to our members while safeguarding their capital investment in us.investment. Due to our cooperative nature,business model, our assets, liabilities, capital, and financial strategies reflect changes in member business activities with the Bank.

57


The Bank’sOur total assets increased 12decreased five percent to $64.7 billion at December 31, 2009 from $68.1 billion at December 31, 2008 from $60.72008. Total liabilities decreased five percent to $61.7 billion at December 31, 2007. Total liabilities increased 13 percent to2009 from $65.1 billion at December 31, 2008 from $57.72008. Total capital decreased four percent to $2.9 billion at December 31, 2007. Total capital decreased one percent to2009 from $3.0 billion at December 31, 2008 from $3.1 billion at December 31, 2007.2008. The overall financial condition for the periods presented has been influenced by changes in member advances, investment purchases, mortgage loans, investment purchases, and funding activities. See further discussion of changes in the Bank’sour financial condition in the appropriate sections that follow.

59


Advances
Our advance portfolio increased $1.5decreased $6.2 billion or four15 percent to $35.7 billion at December 31, 2009 from $41.9 billion at December 31, 2008 from $40.4 billion at December 31, 2007. Throughout the first nine months of 2008, the Bank funded record levels of advances as a result of our competitive pricing and efficient access2008. The decrease is primarily due to the capital markets. The Bank’s advances totaled $63.9 billion at September 30, 2008. During the last quarteravailability of 2008, the U.S. Government announced several programs providing more borrowingalternative wholesale funding options to our members. These programs impacted the Bank’s borrowing costs, thereby increasing advance pricingfor member banks, as well as increased the liquidity optionsdeposit growth realized by many members. This has driven demand for our members. As a result, advances declined significantly duringdown and provided incentive to our members to prepay their advances. In 2009, members prepaid approximately $4.9 billion of advances. A portion of the last quarter of 2008.
Members are required to purchase and maintain activity-based capital stock to support outstanding advances. Changesdecrease in advances are accompaniedwas offset by changesunique funding opportunities offered to our members in capital stock, unless the2009. These unique funding opportunities increased advance demand and allowed members to borrow from us at discounted rates for particular advance products.
The FHLBank Act requires that we obtain sufficient collateral on advances to protect against losses. We have never experienced a credit loss on an advance to a member already owns excess activity-based capital stock. At December 31, 2008or eligible housing associate. Bank management has policies and 2007, advance activity-based capital stock (excluding excess activity-based capital stock) as a percentage of the advance portfolio was 4.45 percent.
procedures in place to appropriately manage this credit risk. Accordingly, we have not provided any allowance for credit losses on advances. See additional discussion regarding our collateral requirements in the “Advances” section within “Risk Management” on page 96.“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Risk Management — Credit Risk — Advances.”

 

5860


The composition of our advances based on remaining term to scheduled maturity at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 was as follows (dollars in millions):
                                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
 Percent of Percent of  Percent of Percent of 
 Amount Total Amount Total  Amount Total Amount Total 
Simple fixed rate advances  
Overdrawn demand deposit accounts $1  *% $  % $*  *% $1  *%
One month or less 2,852 7.0 14,737 36.8  1,022 2.9 2,852 7.0 
Over one month through one year 5,220 12.8 3,793 9.5  4,877 13.9 5,220 12.8 
Greater than one year 10,108 24.9 7,907 19.8  10,330 29.5 10,108 24.9 
                  
 18,181 44.7 26,437 66.1  16,229 46.3 18,181 44.7 
Simple variable rate advances  
One month or less 4 * 23 *    4 * 
Over one month through one year 418 1.1 126 0.3  552 1.6 418 1.1 
Greater than one year 4,560 11.2 3,433 8.6  3,510 10.0 4,560 11.2 
                  
 4,982 12.3 3,582 8.9  4,062 11.6 4,982 12.3 
 
Callable advances  
Fixed rate 262 0.6 235 0.6  274 0.8 262 0.6 
Variable rate 7,527 18.5 1,033 2.6  6,297 18.0 7,527 18.5 
Putable advances  
Fixed rate 8,122 20.0 7,249 18.1  6,675 19.1 8,122 20.0 
Community investment advances  
Fixed rate 1,000 2.5 1,021 2.5  963 2.7 1,000 2.5 
Variable rate 104 0.3 104 0.2  72 0.2 104 0.3 
Callable – fixed rate 62 0.1 61 0.2 
Putable – fixed rate 423 1.0 300 0.8 
Callable — fixed rate 64 0.2 62 0.1 
Putable — fixed rate 396 1.1 423 1.0 
                  
Total par value 40,663  100.0% 40,022  100.0% 35,032  100.0% 40,663  100.0%
  
Hedging fair value adjustments  
Cumulative fair value gain 1,082 383  590 1,082 
Basis adjustments from terminated and ineffective hedges 152 7  98 152 
          
  
Total advances $41,897 $40,412  $35,720 $41,897 
          
   
* Amount is less than one million or 0.1 percent.
Cumulative fair value gains increased $699decreased $492 million at December 31, 20082009 when compared to December 31, 2007. Generally, all2008 due primarily to changes in interest rates. All of the cumulative fair value gains on advances arewere offset by the net estimated fair value losses on the related derivative contracts.contracts during 2009. Basis adjustments increased $145decreased $54 million at December 31, 20082009 when compared to December 31, 2007,2008 due primarily to the voluntary terminationnormal amortization of certain interest rates swaps including the termination of interest rate swaps with Lehman Brothersbasis adjustments created during the third quarterlatter half of 2008. ForRefer to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Results of Operations — Hedging Activities” for additional details see the “Derivatives” section at page 66.information.

 

5961


The following tables show advance balances for our five largest member borrowers at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in millions):
                              
 Percent of  Percent of 
 2008 Total  2009 Total 
Name City State Advances1 Advances  City State Advances1 Advances 
    
Transamerica Life Insurance Company2
 Cedar Rapids IA $5,450  13.4% Cedar Rapids IA $5,450  15.6%
Aviva Life and Annuity Company Des Moines IA 3,131 7.7 
Aviva Life and Annuity Company2
 Des Moines IA 2,955 8.4 
TCF National Bank3
 Sioux Falls SD 2,650 7.6 
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company4
 Minneapolis MN 1,625 4.6 
ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company Des Moines IA 2,994 7.4  Des Moines IA 1,304 3.7 
TCF National Bank Wayzata MN 2,475 6.1 
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company3
 Minneapolis MN 2,250 5.5 
            
 16,300 40.1    13,984 39.9 
    
Housing associates 302 0.7    455 1.3 
All others 24,061 59.2    20,593 58.8 
            
    
Total advances (at par value) $40,663  100.0%   $35,032  100.0%
            
                              
 Percent of  Percent of 
 2007 Total  2008 Total 
Name City State Advances1 Advances  City State Advances1 Advances 
    
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. 3
 Sioux Falls SD $11,300  28.2%
Transamerica Life Insurance Company2
 Cedar Rapids IA $5,450  13.4%
Aviva Life and Annuity Company2
 Des Moines IA 3,131 7.7 
ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company Des Moines IA 2,884 7.2  Des Moines IA 2,994 7.4 
TCF National Bank Wayzata MN 2,375 5.9 
Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company2
 Cedar Rapids IA 2,225 5.6 
Aviva Life and Annuity Company Des Moines IA 1,863 4.7 
TCF National Bank3
 Wayzata MN 2,475 6.1 
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company4
 Minneapolis MN 2,250 5.5 
            
 20,647 51.6    16,300 40.1 
    
Housing associates 3 *    302 0.7 
All others 19,372 48.4    24,061 59.2 
            
    
Total advances (at par value) $40,022  100.0%   $40,663  100.0%
            
   
1 Amounts represent par value before considering unamortized commitment fees, premiums, and discounts, and hedging fair value adjustments.
 
2 Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company merged intoand Aviva Life and Annuity Company have not signed a new Advances, Pledge, and Security Agreement and therefore cannot initiate new advances. At December 31, 2009, the remaining weighted average life of advances held by Transamerica Life Insurance Company on October 1, 2008.and Aviva Life and Annuity Company was 5.00 and 4.46 years.
 
3 Effective April 6, 2009, TCF National Bank relocated their charter from Wayzata, MN to Sioux Falls, SD.
4Superior Guaranty Insurance Company (Superior) is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
*Amount is less than 0.1 percent.

 

6062


At December 31, 2008 the Bank’s advances with housing associates increased $299 million when compared to the same period in 2007 as a result of eligible housing associates increasing their outstanding advances to demonstrate their borrowing authority.
Mortgage Loans
The following table shows information at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 on mortgage loans held for portfolio (dollars in millions):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
Single family mortgages  
Fixed rate conventional loans  
Contractual maturity less than or equal to 15 years $2,408 $2,567  $1,906 $2,408 
Contractual maturity greater than 15 years 7,845 7,762  5,427 7,845 
          
Subtotal 10,253 10,329  7,333 10,253 
  
Fixed rate government-insured loans  
Contractual maturity less than or equal to 15 years 2 3  2 2 
Contractual maturity greater than 15 years 421 458  378 421 
          
Subtotal 423 461  380 423 
          
  
Total par value 10,676 10,790  7,713 10,676 
  
Premiums 86 97  53 86 
Discounts  (81)  (93)  (52)  (81)
Basis adjustments from mortgage loan commitments 4 8  5 4 
Allowance for credit losses  (2) * 
          
  
Total mortgage loans held for portfolio, net $10,685 $10,802  $7,717 $10,685 
          
*Amount is less than one million.
Mortgage loans decreased $0.1approximately $3.0 billion or one percent at December 31, 2008 as we purchased $1.22009 when compared to December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to us selling $2.1 billion of mortgage loans throughto the MPF programand receivedFHLBank of Chicago, who immediately resold these loans to Fannie Mae during the second quarter of 2009.

63


Excluding the mortgage loan sale transaction, mortgage loans decreased approximately $0.9 billion at December 31, 2009 when compared to December 31, 2008. This decrease in mortgage loans was driven by an increase in principal repayments, ofpartially offset by an increase in originations. Total principal repayments amounted to $2.4 billion in 2009 compared to $1.3 billion in 2008. While mortgage loans have continuedTotal originations amounted to decrease, the rate of decline has lessened$1.5 billion in 2009 compared with 2007 due to an increase$1.2 billion in origination volume and a slow down of prepayments.2008. The increase in principal repayments and originations were each a result of the decreased interest rate environment throughout 2009. During the second half of 2009, as interest rates increased and underwriting standards remained stringent, borrowers had less incentive to refinance, and as a result, we experienced fewer principal prepayments. The annualized weighted average pay-down rate for mortgage originations duringloans in 2009 was approximately 23 percent compared to 11 percent in 2008.
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, $4.4 billion and $7.9 billion of our mortgage loans outstanding were from Superior, an affiliate of Wells Fargo. The decrease in mortgage loans outstanding with Superior at December 31, 2009 when compared to December 31, 2008 was primarily due to the decreasing interest rate environment. Secondarily,mortgage loans sale transaction that took place during the second quarter of 2009.
Effective February 26, 2009, the MPF program was expanded to include a new off-balance sheet product called MPF Xtra (MPF Xtra is a registered trademark of the FHLBank of Chicago). Under this product, we assign 100 percent of our interests in July 2008PFI master commitments to the Bank entered into a participation agreement withFHLBank of Chicago. The FHLBank of Chicago then purchases mortgage loans from our PFIs under the master commitments and sells those loans to Fannie Mae. Currently, only PFIs that retain servicing of their MPF loans are eligible for the MPF Xtra product. In 2009, the FHLBank of Chicago wherebyfunded $150.1 million of MPF Xtra mortgage loans under the Bank agreed to purchase 100 percent participation interestsmaster commitments of our PFIs. We recorded approximately $0.1 million in MPF Xtra fee income from the FHLBank of Chicago in new2009. The fee is compensation to us for our continued management of the PFI relationship under MPF loans up to a maximum amountXtra, including initial and ongoing training as well as enforcement of $150 million. Thethe PFIs representations and warranties as necessary under the PFI Agreement and MPF loan participations were subject toGuides.
For additional discussion regarding the sameMPF credit risk sharing arrangements, as those MPF loans purchased from our PFIs. At December 31, 2008 the Bank purchased $115.2 millionsee “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of MPF loans through this agreement. All mortgage delivery commitments were closed at December 31, 2008; therefore the Bank will not have additional participations under this agreement. See “Mortgage Assets” on page 110 for a further descriptionFinancial Condition and Results of the credit risk sharing arrangements.Operation — Risk Management — Credit Risk — Mortgage Assets.”

 

6164


Mortgage loans acquired from members are concentrated primarily with Superior Guaranty Insurance Company (Superior), an affiliate of Wells Fargo. At December 31, 2008 and 2007 we held mortgage loans acquired from Superior amounting to $7.9 billion and $8.9 billion. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, these loans represented 74 percent and 83 percent of total mortgage loans outstanding at par value. Superior did not deliver any whole mortgages in 2008 or 2007 and we do not expect Superior to deliver whole mortgages to the Bank for the foreseeable future.
Members are required to purchase and maintain activity-based capital stock to support outstanding mortgage loans. Changes in mortgage loans, except those purchased under the agreement with the FHLBank of Chicago, are accompanied by changes in capital stock, unless the member already owns excess activity-based stock. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, mortgage loan activity-stock as a percentage of the mortgage loan portfolio was 4.35 percent and 4.39 percent.
Investments
The following table shows the book value of investments at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in millions):
                                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
 Percent of Percent of  Percent of Percent of 
 Amount Total Amount Total  Amount Total Amount Total 
Short-term investments  
Certificates of deposit $  % $100  1.0%
Interest-bearing deposits $5  *% $  %
Federal funds sold 3,425 22.3 1,805 19.5  3,133 15.1 3,425 22.3 
Negotiable certificates of deposit 450 2.2   
Commercial paper 385 2.5 200 2.2    385 2.5 
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations   219 2.4 
Other   6 0.1 
                  
 3,810 24.8 2,330 25.2  3,588 17.3 3,810 24.8 
Long-term investments 
Mortgage-backed securities  
Government-sponsored enterprises 9,169 59.7 6,672 72.2  11,147 53.6 9,169 59.7 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed 52 0.3 64 0.7  43 0.2 52 0.3 
MPF shared funding 47 0.3 53 0.6  33 0.1 47 0.3 
Other 39 0.3 48 0.5  35 0.2 39 0.3 
                  
 9,307 60.6 6,837 74.0  11,258 54.1 9,307 60.6 
 
Non-mortgage-backed securities 
Interest-bearing deposits 6 *   
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations 806 3.9   
State or local housing agency obligations 93 0.6 74 0.8  124 0.6 93 0.6 
TLGP 4,260 20.5 2,151 14.0 
Taxable municipal bonds 742 3.6   
Other 2,159 14.0 3 *  6 * 8 * 
                  
 2,252 14.6 77 0.8  5,944 28.6 2,252 14.6 
  
Total investments $15,369  100.0% $9,244  100.0% $20,790  100.0% $15,369  100.0%
                  
  
Investments as a percent of total assets  22.6%  15.2%
Investments as a percentage of total assets  32.2%  22.6%
          
   
* Amount is less than 0.1 percent.
Investment balances increased $5.4 billion or 35 percent at December 31, 2009 when compared with December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to an increase in both non-MBS and MBS investments, including purchases of TLGP debt, GSE obligations, taxable municipal bonds, and GSE MBS. We purchased these investments throughout 2009 in an effort to improve investment income and replace mortgage assets sold.

 

6265


Investment balances increased $6.1 billion or 66 percentDespite our increase in total investments, short-term investments decreased at December 31, 20082009 when compared with December 31, 2007.2008. The increase reflecteddecrease was primarily due to a lack of attractive interest spreads on investments. Short-term rates were low in 2009, primarily due to increased deposit levels and the Bank’s desireavailability of various government funding programs for financial institutions serving as our counterparties for short-term investments. As a result, it was more challenging for us to increase its leverage ratio as well as increase its liquidity position in response to guidance provided by the Finance Agency. The Bank purchased $3.7 billion of agency MBS in 2008. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2008 the Bank purchased $2.2 billion of investments in TLGP debt, reflected in the “other” category above. The TLGP investments are held for liquidity purposes and are therefore classified as trading securities. Finally, there was an increase in Federal funds sold, which fluctuate depending on members activities and cash availability.find favorable investment opportunities.
The Bank evaluates itsWe evaluate our individual available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities in an unrealized loss position for other-than-temporary impairmentOTTI on at least quarterly. To determine which individual securities are at risk for other-than-temporary impairment, the Bank considers various characteristics of each security including, but not limited to, the following: the credit rating and related outlook; the creditworthiness of the issuers of the agency debt securities; the GSE guarantee of the holdings of agency MBS; the underlying type of collateral; duration and level of the unrealized loss; any credit enhancements or insurance; and delinquency rates and security performance.a quarterly basis. As part of the process, the Bank considers its ability andour evaluation of securities for OTTI, we consider our intent to holdsell each debt security forand whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions is met, we will recognize an OTTI charge to earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. For securities in unrealized loss position that meet neither of these conditions, we perform analysis to determine if any of these securities are other-than-temporarily impaired.
For our agency MBS, GSE obligations, and TLGP debt in an unrealized loss position, we determined that the strength of the issuers’ guarantees through direct obligations or support from the U.S. Government is sufficient to protect us from losses based on current expectations. For our state or local housing agency obligations in an unrealized loss position, we determined that all of these securities are currently performing as expected. For our MPF shared funding in an unrealized loss position, we determined that the underlying mortgage loans are eligible under the MPF program and the tranches owned are senior level tranches. As a sufficient time to allow for any anticipated recoveryresult, we have determined that, as of unrealized losses.
At December 31, 2008 the Bank believes that the2009, all gross unrealized losses on its investmentour agency MBS, GSE obligations, TLGP debt, state or local housing agency obligations, and MPF shared funding are temporary.
Furthermore, the declines in available-for-sale and held-to-maturitymarket value of these securities are thenot attributable to credit quality. We do not intend to sell these securities, and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost bases. As a result, of the current interest-rate environment and illiquidity in the credit markets. Approximately 95 percent of the securities in a loss position are agency securities guaranteed by the U.S. Government. The remaining five percent of securities in a loss position are private-label MBS. Our private-label MBS (excluding MPF shared funding) were all rated AAA by an NRSRO at December 31, 2008 and 2007. Allwe do not consider any of these private-label MBS (excluding MPF shared funding) are backed by prime loans. For further discussion of our credit risks associated with MBS securities see “Mortgage Assets” on page 110.
Through the Bank’s other-than-temporary impairment analysis, the facts discussed above, and the Bank’s ability and intent to hold these investments to maturity, management has determined that all unrealized losses reflected above are temporary and the Bank does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2008.2009.

66


For our private-label MBS, we perform cash flow analyses to determine whether the entire amortized cost bases of these securities are expected to be recovered. During the second quarter of 2009, the FHLBanks formed an OTTI Governance Committee, which is comprised of representation from all 12 FHLBanks and is responsible for reviewing and approving the key modeling assumptions, inputs, and methodologies to be used by the FHLBanks to generate cash flow projections used in analyzing credit losses and determining OTTI for private-label MBS. In accordance with this methodology, we may engage another designated FHLBank to perform the cash flow analysis underlying our OTTI determination. In order to promote consistency in the application of the assumptions, inputs, and implementation of the OTTI methodology, the FHLBanks established control procedures whereby the FHLBanks performing the cash flow analysis select a sample group of private-label MBS and each perform cash flow analyses on all such test MBS, using the assumptions approved by the OTTI Governance Committee. These FHLBanks exchange and discuss the results and make any adjustments necessary to achieve consistency among their respective cash flow models.
Utilizing this methodology, we are responsible for making our own determination of impairment, which includes determining the reasonableness of assumptions, inputs, and methodologies used. At December 31, 2009, we obtained our cash flow analysis from our designated FHLBanks on all five of our private-label MBS. The cash flow analysis uses two third-party models.
The first third-party model considers borrower characteristics and the particular attributes of the loans underlying our securities, in conjunction with assumptions about future changes in home prices and interest rates, to project prepayments, defaults and loss severities. A significant input to the first model is the forecast of future housing price changes for the relevant states and core based statistical areas (CBSAs), which are based upon an assessment of the individual housing markets. CBSA refers collectively to metropolitan and micropolitan statistical areas as defined by the U.S. Office of Management and Budget; as currently defined, a CBSA must contain at least one urban area with a population of 10,000 or more people. Our housing price forecast assumed CBSA level current-to-trough home price declines ranging from 0 percent to 15 percent over the next 9 to 15 months. Thereafter, home prices are projected to remain flat in the first six months, and to increase 0.5 percent in the next six months, 3 percent in the second year and 4 percent in each subsequent year.
The month-by-month projections of future loan performance derived from the first model, which reflect projected prepayments, defaults, and loss severities, are then input into a second model that allocates the projected loan level cash flows and losses to the various security classes in the securitization structure in accordance with its prescribed cash flow and loss allocation rules. The scenario of cash flows determined based on the model approach described above reflects a best estimate scenario and includes a base case current to trough housing price forecast and a base case housing price recovery path described in the prior paragraph. If this estimate results in a present value of expected cash flows that is less than the amortized cost basis of the security (that is, a credit loss exists), an OTTI is considered to have occurred. If there is no credit loss and we do not intend to sell or it is not more likely than not we will be required to sell, any impairment is considered temporary.

67


At December 31, 2009, our private-label MBS cash flow analysis did not project any credit losses. Even under an adverse scenario that delays recovery of the housing price index, no credit losses were projected. We do not intend to sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost bases. As a result, we do not consider any of these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2009.
Consolidated Obligations
Consolidated obligations, which include discount notes and bonds, are the primary source of funds to support our advances, mortgage loans, and investments. We make significant use of derivatives to restructure interest rates on consolidated obligations to better matchmanage our funding needsinterest rate risk and reduce funding costs. This generally means converting fixed rates to variable rates. At December 31, 2008,2009, the book value of the consolidated obligations issued on the Bank’sour behalf totaled $62.8$59.9 billion compared with $56.1to $62.8 billion at December 31, 2007.2008.

63


Discount Notes
The following table shows the Bank’sour discount notes, all of which are due within one year, at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in millions):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
  
Par value $20,153 $21,544  $9,419 $20,153 
Discounts  (92)  (43)  (2)  (92)
          
  
Total discount notes $20,061 $21,501  $9,417 $20,061 
          
During the first nine months of 2008,The decrease in discount notes reached record levelswas primarily due to decreased short-term funding needs in 2009 as a result of increasedreduced demand for short-term advances. The Bank also utilizedadvances and limited short-term investment opportunities. In addition, during the second half of 2009, spreads to LIBOR on our discount notes to fund investment activity during 2008. Althoughincreased, thereby increasing the cost of discount notes decreased at December 31, 2008 when compared to the same periodnotes. This resulted in 2007,lower amounts of discount note issuances increased significantlyand higher amounts of bond issuances during 2008 for reasons discussed in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” at page 69.the second half of 2009.

68


Bonds
The following table shows the Bank’sour bonds based on remaining term to maturity at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in millions):
                
Year of Maturity 2008 2007  2009 2008 
  
2008 $ $6,438 
2009 15,963 5,628  $ $15,963 
2010 6,159 4,329  23,040 6,159 
2011 4,670 2,754  9,089 4,670 
2012 2,231 2,018  5,337 2,231 
2013 2,417 1,500  2,523 2,417 
2014 1,422 501 
Thereafter 8,409 9,088  6,962 7,908 
Index amortizing notes 2,420 2,667  1,950 2,420 
     
      
Total par value 42,269 34,422  50,323 42,269 
  
Premiums 51 48  50 51 
Discounts  (41)  (38)  (35)  (41)
Hedging fair value adjustments  
Cumulative fair value loss 348 226  149 348 
Basis adjustments from terminated and ineffective hedges 95  (94) * 95 
Fair value option adjustments 
Net loss on bonds held at fair value 4  
Change in accrued interest 4  
          
  
Total bonds $42,722 $34,564  $50,495 $42,722 
          

64


*Amount is less than one million.
Bonds outstanding included the following at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in millions):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
Par amount of bonds  
Noncallable or nonputable $39,214 $26,045  $44,381 $39,214 
Callable 3,055 8,377  5,942 3,055 
          
  
Total par value $42,269 $34,422  $50,323 $42,269 
          

69


The increase in bonds was primarily due to improved spreads to LIBOR on our bonds during the resultsecond half of an increase in long-term MBS purchases.2009. Improved spread to LIBOR decreased the cost of bonds and allowed us to better match fund our longer-term assets with longer-term debt. Cumulative fair value losses increased $122decreased $199 million at December 31, 20082009 when compared to December 31, 2007. Generally,2008. Substantially all of the cumulative fair value losses on bonds are offset by the net estimated fair value gains on the related derivative contracts. Basis adjustments increased $189decreased $95 million at December 31, 20082009 when compared to December 31, 2008 as a result of us unwinding certain interest rate swaps.
The increase in bonds was partially offset by us calling and extinguishing debt in 2009. We called and extinguished higher-costing debt primarily to lower our relative cost of funds in the future. The following table summarizes the par value and weighted average interest rate of bonds called and extinguished for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 due(dollars in millions):
             
  2009  2008  2007 
Bonds Called            
Par value $5,095  $7,302  $1,228 
Weighted average interest rate  2.83%  4.32%  5.19%
             
Bonds Extinguished            
Par value $943  $510  $ 
Weighted average interest rate  5.33%  2.55%  %
          
             
Total par value $6,038  $7,812  $1,228 
          
In addition, we elected the fair value option on approximately $6.0 billion of bonds that did not qualify for hedge accounting in 2009. These bonds, coupled with related derivatives, were unable to achieve hedge effectiveness. Therefore, in order to achieve some offset to the voluntary terminationmark-to-market on the fair value option bonds, we executed economic derivatives. During 2009, we recorded $25.0 million of certain interest rates swaps includingfair value adjustment losses on these fair value option bonds. These losses were partially offset by gains on the terminationeconomic derivatives. Refer to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of interest rate swaps with Lehman Brothers duringFinancial Condition and Results of Operation — Results of Operations — Hedging Activities” for additional information on the third quarterimpact of 2008. For additional details see the “Derivatives” section at page 66.these economic derivatives.

70


Deposits
The following table shows our deposits by product type at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in millions):
                                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
 Percent of Percent of  Percent of Percent of 
 Amount Total Amount Total  Amount Total Amount Total 
Interest-bearing  
Overnight $694  46.4% $649  75.2% $367  30.0% $694  46.4%
Demand 230 15.3 153 17.7  293 23.9 230 15.3 
Term 465 31.1 40 4.7  484 39.5 465 31.1 
                  
Total interest-bearing 1,389 92.8 842 97.6  1,144 93.4 1,389 92.8 
  
Noninterest-bearing 107 7.2 21 2.4  81 6.6 107 7.2 
                  
  
Total deposits $1,496  100.0% $863  100.0% $1,225  100.0% $1,496  100.0%
                  
AtOur deposits decreased $0.3 billion at December 31, 2008 the Bank’s deposits increased $633 million2009 when compared with the same period in 2007. Although theto December 31, 2008. The level of deposits will vary based on member alternatives for short-term investments, the increase during 2008 was primarily due to an increase in term deposits from eligible housing associates, which the housing associates used to support advances. These deposits were required by the Bank to secure advances made to the eligible housing associates during 2008.investments.

65


The table below presents time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more by remaining maturity at December 31, 20082009 (dollars in millions):
                 
      Over three  Over six    
  Three  months but  months but    
  months  within six  within 12    
  or less  months  months  Total 
Time deposits $143  $175  $147  $465 
             
                 
      Over three  Over six    
  Three  months but  months but    
  months  within six  within 12    
  or less  months  months  Total 
Time deposits $62  $299  $123  $484 
             
Capital
At December 31, 2008,2009, total capital (including capital stock, retained earnings, and accumulated other comprehensive income)loss) was $3.0$2.9 billion compared with $3.1$3.0 billion at December 31, 2007.2008. The decrease was primarily due to an increasea decrease in activity-based capital stock as a result of lower advance and mortgage loan volumes. This decrease was partially offset by unrealized lossesgains on available-for-sale securities recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income asloss, and increased retained earnings. Beginning on December 22, 2008 we suspended our normal practice of voluntarily repurchasing excess activity-based capital stock. This action was taken after careful consideration of the unstable market conditions and stressed economic environment at that time. Our Board of Directors and management felt this action was necessary to preserve capital that supports our service to members. As a result of currentimproved market conditions partially offset by an increase induring 2009, we resumed our normal practice of voluntarily repurchasing excess activity-based capital stock on December 18, 2009 and retained earnings.repurchased $569.6 million of excess activity-based capital stock from our members.

71


Derivatives
The notional amount of derivatives reflects the volume of our hedges, but it does not measure theour credit exposure of the Bank because there is no principal at risk. The following table categorizes the notional amount of our derivatives at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in millions):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
Notional amount of derivatives  
Interest rate swaps  
Noncallable $17,773 $18,555  $34,158 $17,773 
Callable by counterparty 9,261 14,070  9,386 9,261 
Callable by the Bank 77 10  60 77 
          
 27,111 32,635  43,604 27,111 
  
Interest rate swaptions  6,500 
Interest rate caps 2,340 1,700  3,240 2,340 
Forward settlement agreements 289 23  27 289 
Mortgage delivery commitments 288 23  27 288 
          
  
Total notional amount $30,028 $40,881  $46,898 $30,028 
          

66


The notional amount of our derivative contracts decreasedincreased approximately $10.9$16.9 billion at December 31, 20082009 when compared to December 31, 2007. In response2008. The increase was primarily due to the current market conditions and our changing balance sheet risk profile, the Bank voluntarily reduced its derivative notional amount by terminating certainutilization of interest rate swaps to reduce the Bank’s counterparty risk profile. Additionally, in September 2008 the Bank terminated 86hedge consolidated obligations for interest rate swaps and 3 interestmanagement, thereby converting fixed rate capsdebt to floating rate debt. In addition, in 2009 we swapped more fixed rate advances as a result of Lehman Brothers declaring bankruptcy. This termination activity contributed to the Bank’s decreased derivative notional amount for 2008. Due to changes in the Bank’s balance sheet risk profile, the level of interest rates,market conditions and the significant market volatility driving up the cost of derivatives, the Bank did not replacelow interest rate swaptions as they matured during 2008. This causedenvironment. We also entered into interest rate swaptionsswaps, treated as economic hedges, to decrease $6.5 billion during 2008 when compared with 2007.hedge certain investments, including TLGP debt and taxable municipal bonds.

72


The following table categorizes the notional amount and the estimated fair value of derivative instruments, excluding accrued interest, by product and type of accounting treatment. The category titled fair value represents hedges that qualify for fair value hedge accounting. The category titled economic represents hedges that do not qualify for hedge accounting. Amounts at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 were as follows (dollars in millions):
                                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
 Estimated Estimated  Estimated Estimated 
 Notional Fair Value Notional Fair Value  Notional Fair Value Notional Fair Value 
Advances  
Fair value $13,204 $(613) $11,501 $(1,109)
Economic 746  (1) 527  (5)
Investments 
Fair value $11,501 $(1,109) $14,611 $(391) 239 2   
Economic 527  (5) 500   1,525 25   
Mortgage assets  
Forward settlement agreements  
Economic 289  (2) 23   27 * 289  (2)
Mortgage delivery commitments  
Economic 288 2 23   27 * 288 2 
Consolidated obligations  
Bonds  
Fair value 11,969 330 17,524 206  20,753 147 11,969 330 
Economic 3,030 2    6,830 4 3,030 2 
Discount notes  
Economic 84 1    307 * 84 1 
Balance Sheet  
Economic 2,340 2 8,200 1  3,240 51 2,340 2 
                  
  
Total notional and fair value $30,028 $(779) $40,881 $(184) $46,898 $(385) $30,028 $(779)
                  
  
Total derivatives, excluding accrued interest  (779)  (184)  (385)  (779)
Accrued interest 79 138  63 79 
Net cash collateral 268  (32) 53 268 
          
Net derivative balance $(432) $(78) $(269) $(432)
          
  
Net derivative assets 3 60  11 3 
Net derivative liabilities  (435)  (138)  (280)  (435)
          
Net derivative balance $(432) $(78) $(269) $(432)
          

67


*Amount is less than one million.
Estimated fair values of derivative instruments previously listed will fluctuate based upon changes in the interest rate environment, volatility in the marketplace, as well as the volume of derivative activities. Changes in the estimated fair values wereare recorded as gains and losses in the Bank’sour Statements of Income. For fair value hedge relationships, substantially all of the net estimated fair value gains and losses on our derivative contracts are offset by net hedging fair value adjustment losses and gains or other book value adjustments on the related hedged items.
We record Economic derivatives do not have an offsetting fair value adjustment as they are not associated with a hedged item, however, they do offset the mark-to-market on the Statements of Condition at fair value. Under a master netting arrangement, we net the fair market values and accrued interest of the derivative instruments with cash collateral and related accrued interest by counterparty. We classify positive counterparty balances as derivativecertain assets and negative counterparty balances as derivative liabilities. Derivative assets represent our maximum credit risk to counterparties,liabilities (i.e., trading investments and derivative liabilities represent the exposures of counterparties to us.fair value option bonds).

 

6873


Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our liquidity and capital positions are actively managed in an effort to preserve stable, reliable, and cost-effective sources of cash to meet current and projected future operating financial commitments, as well as regulatory and internal liquidity and capital requirements.
Sources of Liquidity
The Bank’sOur primary source of liquidity iswas proceeds from the issuance of consolidated obligations (bonds and discount notes) in the capital markets.
Although we are primarily liable for our portion of consolidated obligations (i.e. those issued on our behalf), we are also jointly and severally liable with the other 11 FHLBanks for the payment of principal and interest on all consolidated obligations issued by the FHLBank System. The par amounts of outstanding consolidated obligations issued on behalf of other FHLBanks for which the Bank is jointly and severally liable were approximately $1,189.1$870.8 billion and $1,133.7$1,189.1 billion at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008.
Consolidated obligations of the FHLBanks are rated Aaa/P-1 by Moody’s and AAA/A-1+ by S&P. These are the highest ratings available for such debt from an NRSRO. These ratings measure the likelihood of timely payment of principal and interest on the consolidated obligations. Our ability to raise funds in the capital markets as well as our cost of borrowing can be affected by these credit ratings.
Bonds
SinceDuring 2008, the last quarter of 2007,credit and liquidity crisis put a strain on available liquidity in the capital markets have been increating increased demand by our members for advances. As a credit crisis with strain on available liquidity. Becauseresult of the FHLBanks’our credit quality efficiency, and standing in the capital markets, the FHLBankswe had ready access to funding at relatively competitive interest rates. Additionally during 2008, several events increased longer-term funding costs relative to shorter-term funding costs. Therefore, in order to meet the demands of our members as well as support our liquidity requirements, we primarily issued discount notes to fund both our short- and long-term assets during 2008. This was demonstrated throughevidenced by the first nine monthsreceipt of 2008 as the Bank issued record levels of bonds. However, several events in the last quarter of 2008 made it increasingly difficult to issue longer-term debt at competitive interest rates. These events related to continued losses reported by financial insitutions, mergers and bankruptcies of financial institutions, and Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac being placed into conservatorship creating uncertainty regarding their GSE status. In response to the continuing credit and liquidity crisis, during the fourth quarter of 2008 the U.S. Government announced several programs designed to prevent bank failures and support economic recovery. Ultimately these programs had a negative impact on the Bank’s long-term cost of funds. Proceeds from the issuance of bonds during 2008 were $21.1 billion compared with $8.7$1,143.3 billion in 2007. The increase in bond issuances was the result of an increase in long-term MBS purchases.
Discount Notes
During the first nine months of 2008, the Bank issued record amounts of discount notes in response to the demand for our short-term advances. During 2008, we received proceeds from the issuance of discount notes of $1,143.3 billion compared with $619.8and $21.1 billion in 2007. This increaseproceeds from the issuance of $523.5 billionbonds during 2008 compared with 2007 was due2008.
As the credit and liquidity crisis continued in 2009, numerous government initiatives were created to funding record levelsprovide liquidity and stimulate the economy, including the U.S. Treasury’s Financial Stability Plan, the FDIC’s TLGP, and the purchase of advance borrowings fromagency debt securities by the Federal Reserve. These government initiatives ultimately had a negative impact on the demand by our members for advances in 2009 thereby reducing our funding needs. In addition, spreads to LIBOR on our discount notes increased as a result of decreases in three-month LIBOR. Due to changes in market conditions and our debt spreads relative to LIBOR, discount notes became more expensive and bonds became less expensive, which resulted in lower amounts of discount note issuances and higher amounts of bond issuances during the first ninelast six months of 2008.2009. As a result, we were able to better match fund our longer-term assets with longer-term debt. During 2009, proceeds on bonds were $32.4 billion and proceeds on discount notes were $719.3 billion.

 

6974


In mid-October in response to the liquidity concerns described above, the Finance Agency provided guidance that all the FHLBanks increase their liquidity position to ensure availability of funds for members. This guidance provided by the Finance Agency requested that all FHLBanks individually increase their liquidity position to ensure availability of funds to members for 15 days. The Bank felt this guidance was prudent given the current economic conditions as well as in line with its mission of being a stable and reliable source of liquidity to its members. As a result, the Bank used fixed rate longer-dated discount notes to fund additional liquidity. Subsequent to this action, LIBOR interest rates fell dramatically, creating a negative net interest spread on the liquidity portfolio.
The following table shows the average number of days to maturity of our discount notes during each month of 2008. This table demonstrates management’s decision to issue longer-dated discount notes for funding and liquidity during the last quarter of 2008.
Average number of
Monthdays to maturity
January129
February150
March145
April154
May158
June172
July181
August170
September164
October183
November213
December215
Other Sources of Liquidity
OtherWe utilize several other sources of liquidity to carry out our business activities. These include cash, interbank loan activity,loans, payments collected on advances and mortgage loans, proceeds from the issuance of capital stock, member deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and current period earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2009, proceeds from the sale of mortgage loans and gains on the sale of U.S. Treasury obligations and related derivatives also served as additional sources of liquidity.
In the event of significant market disruptions or local disasters, the Bank President or his designee is authorized to establish interim borrowing relationships with other FHLBanks and the Federal Reserve. To provide further access to funding, the FHLBank Act authorizes the U.S. Treasury to purchase consolidated obligations issued by the GSEs, including FHLBanks, up to an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 billion. As a result of the Housing Act, this authorization was supplemented with a temporary authorization for the U.S. Treasury to purchase consolidated obligations issued by the FHLBanks in any amount deemed appropriate under certain conditions. This temporary authorization expiresexpired December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2008,2009 and no purchases had beenwere made byunder the U.S. Treasury under this authorization.temporary authority.

70


During the third quarter of 2008, the Bank entered intoIn addition, a Lending Agreement with the U.S. Treasury in connection with the U.S. Treasury’s establishment of a Government Sponsored Enterprise Credit Facility (GSECF), as authorized by the Housing Act. The GSECF is designed to serve was established as a contingent source of liquidity for the housing government-sponsored enterprises, including the 12 FHLBanks. AsGSEs if needed. We did not draw on this during 2009 and this credit facility expired as of December 31, 2008 the Bank had provided the U.S. Treasury with a listing of eligible advance collateral, which provided for maximum borrowings of $6.0 billion. As of February 28, 2009 the Bank has not drawn on this available source of liquidity.2009.
Uses of Liquidity
Advances
The Bank usesWe use proceeds from the issuance of our consolidated obligations primarily to fund advances as well as investment purchases. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2009, we used proceeds from the sale of U.S. Treasury obligations and termination of the related derivatives and the sale of mortgage loans to our members.purchase investments as well as early extinguish higher costing debt.
Advances
We use proceeds from the issuance of consolidated obligations to fund advances. During the first nine months of 2008, the Bank issued a record number of advancesadvance disbursements totaled $330.4 billion. As more funding options were available to our members in response to the credit and liquidity crisis that began in the latter half of 2007.their deposit bases grew, their need for our advances declined significantly. Disbursements to members for the origination of advances totaled $330.4declined to $38.0 billion in 2008 as compared to $112.0 billion in 2007. A majority of these advances were short-term in nature.2009.

75


Investments
The Bank’s advance levels reached record levels at September 30, 2008 totaling $63.9 billion, however, during the last quarter of 2008, advance levels began decreasing as a result of government intervention to offset the impact of the continuing credit and liquidity crisis. The U.S. Government announced several programs providing more borrowing options to our members, thereby increasing competition with our advances. Additionally, as the Bank’s long-term cost of funds increased due to increased investor demand for shorter-term maturities, the Bank relied more heavily onWe use proceeds from the issuance of discount notes to fund longer-term advances. To offset the risk of this mismatch in funding introduced, the Bank increased advance pricing.
Investments
During 2008 the Bank also used the proceeds from consolidated obligations and capital to fund the purchase of additional investments to bolster its leverage ratio. Additionally, asboth provide liquidity and increase our investment income. During 2009, we used a resultportion of the regulatory guidance provided byproceeds from the Finance Agency discussed above,sale of mortgage loans to purchase additional investments that replaced the Bankmortgage loans we sold. Short-term investment opportunities were limited in 2009 due to increased its liquidity position by purchasingdeposit levels and the availability of various government funding programs for financial institutions serving as our counterparties. The low growth market environment and the relative improvement in available funding sources resulted in decreased interest spreads on short-term investments. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis - Investments” at page 62 for additional details.

71


The following table showsAlthough we continue to explore new investment opportunities that provide more favorable returns, the Bank’s available, required, and excess liquidity at each quarter endcompressed spreads reduced our earnings potential on these investments. Excluding overnight investments, we purchased $27.1 billion of par value investments during 2008 and atthe year ended December 31, 2007 (dollars2009 compared to $24.2 billion during the same period in billions):
                     
  December 31,  September 30,  June 30,  March 31,  December 31, 
  2008  2008  2008  2008  2007 
                     
Total available liquidity $16.6  $25.0  $21.1  $20.5  $16.5 
Statutory liquidity requirement  3.8   17.4   13.8   13.8   10.5 
                
Excess liquidity $12.8  $7.6  $7.3  $6.7  $6.0 
                
The Bank’s statutory liquidity requirement has declined in the last quarter of 2008 as a result of decreased demand for advances, as previously discussed. Additionally, excess liquidity increased as a result of the Bank purchasing investments to satisfy the guidance provided by the Finance Agency, as well as management’s decision to have sufficient liquidity to meet member demands in the event of a capital markets disruption.2008.
Other Uses of Liquidity
During 2009, we also used proceeds from the sale of U.S. Treasury obligations and termination of the related derivatives and the sale of mortgage loans to extinguish approximately $0.9 billion par value debt and, as a result, recorded losses of approximately $89.9 million in other income (loss). Most of the extinguished debt was replaced with lower costing debt and we expect such losses will be offset in future periods through lower interest costs.
Other uses of liquidity include purchasepurchases of mortgage loans, repayment of member deposits, consolidated obligations, and other borrowings, and interbank loan activity,loans, redemption or repurchase of capital stock, and payment of dividends.

76


Liquidity Requirements
Statutory Requirements
The FHLBank Act mandatesFinance Agency regulations mandate three liquidity requirements. First, contingent liquidity sufficient to meet our liquidity needs which shall, at a minimum, cover five calendar days of inability to access the consolidated obligation debt markets. The following table shows our sources of contingent liquidity to support operations for five calendar days compared to our liquidity needs at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in billions):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
  
Unencumbered marketable assets maturing within one year $4.8 $2.2  $4.0 $4.8 
Advances maturing in seven days or less 1.3 7.5  0.5 1.3 
Unencumbered assets available for repurchase agreement borrowings 10.5 6.8  15.5 10.5 
          
  
Total $16.6 $16.5 
Total liquidity $20.0 $16.6 
          
  
Liquidity needs for five calendar days $3.8 $10.5  $1.9 $3.8 
          
  
Total liquidity as a percent of five day requirement  437%  157%  1,053%  437%
          
In addition to the liquidity measures discussed above, the Finance Agency issued final guidance, effective March 6, 2009, revising and formalizing the Finance Agency's request for increases in liquidity that was provided to the FHLBanks in the fourth quarter 2008. This final guidance requires us to maintain sufficient liquidity, through short-term investments, in an amount at least equal to our anticipated cash outflows under two different scenarios. One scenario assumes that we can not access the capital markets for a period of between 10 to 20 days with initial guidance set at 15 days and that during that time members do not renew any maturing, prepaid, and called advances. The second scenario assumes that we can not access the capital markets for a period of between three to seven days with initial guidance set at five days and that during that period we will automatically renew maturing and called advances for all members except very large, highly rated members. This guidance is more stringent than the five calendar day contingency liquidity requirement discussed above, but less stringent than the guidance provided in the fourth quarter of 2008. The new guidance is designed to protect against temporary disruptions in access to the FHLBank debt markets in response to a rise in capital markets volatility. For further discussion of how this may impact us, see “Item 1A - Risk Factors” at page 29.

72


Second, Finance Agency regulations require us to have available at all times an amount greater than or equal to members’ current deposits invested in advances with maturities not to exceed five years, deposits in banks or trust companies, and obligations of the U.S. Treasury. The following table shows our compliance with this regulation at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in billions):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
Advances with maturities not exceeding five years $28.1 $31.4  $24.6 $28.1 
Deposits in banks or trust companies    0.5  
          
  
Total $28.1 $31.4  $25.1 $28.1 
          
  
Deposits1
 $1.5 $0.9  $1.2 $1.5 
          
   
1 Amount does not reflect the effect of reclassifications due to FIN 39-1.derivative master netting arrangements with counterparties.

77


Third, Finance Agency regulations require us to maintain, in the aggregate, unpledged qualifying assets in an amount at least equal to the amount of our participation in the total consolidated obligations outstanding. Qualifying assets are defined as cash; obligations of, or fully guaranteed by, the U.S. Government; secured advances; mortgages that have any guaranty, insurance, or commitment from the U.S. Government or any agency of the U.S. Government; investments described in section 16(a) of the FHLBank Act, which, among other items, include investments that a fiduciary or trust fund may purchase under the laws of the state in which the FHLBank is located; and other securities that are rated Aaa by Moody’s, AAA by S&P, or AAA by Fitch. The following table shows our compliance with this regulation at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in billions):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
  
Total qualifying assets $68.1 $60.6  $64.6 $68.1 
Less: pledged assets 0.3 0.2  0.1 0.3 
          
  
Total qualifying assets free of lien or pledge $67.8 $60.4  $64.5 $67.8 
          
  
Consolidated obligations outstanding $62.8 $56.1  $59.9 $62.8 
          
The Bank wasWe were in compliance with all three of itsour liquidity requirements at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
In addition to the liquidity measures discussed above, the Finance Agency has provided us with guidance to maintain sufficient liquidity, through short-term investments, in an amount at least equal to our anticipated cash outflows under two different scenarios. One scenario (roll-off scenario) assumes that we cannot access the capital markets for the issuance of debt for a period of 10 to 20 days with initial guidance set at 15 days and that during that time members do not renew any maturing, prepaid, and called advances. The second scenario (renew scenario) assumes that we cannot access the capital markets for the issuance of debt for a period of three to seven days with initial guidance set at five days and that during that period we will automatically renew maturing and called advances for all members except very large, highly rated members. This guidance is designed to protect against temporary disruptions in the debt markets that could lead to a reduction in market liquidity and thus the inability for us to provide advances to our members.
The following table shows our number of days of liquidity under both liquidity scenarios previously described:
         
  December 31,  Guidance 
  2009  Requirement 
         
Roll-off scenario  36   15 
Renew scenario  22   5 
At December 31, 2009, the actual days of liquidity under both scenarios exceeded the guidance requirements. We maintained a high level of liquidity at December 31, 2009 due to an expected slowdown of market funding opportunities and investment activity near year end.

 

7378


Operational and Contingent Liquidity–Bank-Bank policy requires that we maintain additional liquidity for day-to-day operational and contingency needs. Contingent liquidity should not be greater than available assets which include cash, money market, agency, and MBS securities. The Bank willWe maintain contingent liquidity to meet average overnight and one-week advances, meet the largest projected net cash outflow on any day over a projected 90-day period, and maintain repurchase agreement eligible assets of at least twice the largest projected net cash outflow on any day over a projected 90 day period.
The following table shows our contingent liquidity requirement at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in billions):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
  
Required liquidity $(3.9) $(3.7) $(1.9) $(3.9)
Available assets 11.1 5.9  15.8 11.1 
          
  
Excess contingent liquidity $7.2 $2.2  $13.9 $7.2 
          
The Bank wasWe were in compliance with itsour contingent liquidity policy at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
Capital
Capital
Capital Requirements
The FHLBank Act requires that the Bankwe maintain at all times permanent capital greater than or equal to the sum of itsour credit, market, and operations risk capital requirements, all calculated in accordance with the Finance Agency’s regulations. Only permanent capital, defined as Class B stock and retained earnings, can satisfy this risk based capital requirement. The FHLBank Act requires a minimum four percent capital-to-asset ratio, which is defined as total capital divided by total assets. The FHLBank Act also imposes a five percent minimum leverage ratio, based on total capital, which is defined as the sum of permanent capital weighted 1.5 times and nonpermanent capital weighted 1.0 times divided by total assets.
For purposes of compliance with the regulatory minimum capital-to-asset and leverage ratios, capital includes all capital stock, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock, plus retained earnings. If the Bank’sour capital falls below the above requirements, the Finance Agency has authority to take actions necessary to return the Bankus to safe and sound business operations. Effective January 30, 2009,operations within the regulatory minimum ratios. The Finance Agency promulgated an interima final rule on capital classifications and critical capital levels for the FHLBanks. Under this interim final rule, the Bank believes it meetshas been determined that we meet the “adequately capitalized” classification, which is the highest rating. For details on this interim final rule, refer to the “Legislative“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Legislative and Regulatory Developments” section at page 87.Developments.”

 

7479


The following table shows the Bank’sour compliance with the Finance Agency’s capital requirements at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in millions).
                                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
 Required Actual Required Actual  Required Actual Required Actual 
Regulatory capital requirements:  
Risk based capital $1,968 $3,174 $578 $3,124  $827 $2,953 $1,968 $3,174 
Total capital-to-asset ratio  4.00%  4.66%  4.00%  5.14% 4.00% 4.57% 4.00%  4.66%
Total regulatory capital $2,725 $3,174 $2,429 $3,124  $2,586 $2,953 $2,725 $3,174 
Leverage ratio  5.00%  6.99%  5.00%  7.71% 5.00% 6.85% 5.00%  6.99%
Leverage capital $3,406 $4,761 $3,037 $4,687  $3,233 $4,429 $3,406 $4,761 
The decrease in the regulatory capital-to-asset ratio from 5.14 percent at December 31, 2007 to 4.66 percent at December 31, 2008 to 4.57 percent at December 31, 2009, was primarily due to the increase in our investments and advances.investments. Although the ratio declined, it exceeds the regulatory requirement and we do not expect it to decline below that requirement. The Bank’sOur regulatory capital-to-asset ratio at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 would have been 4.584.47 percent and 5.004.58 percent if all excess capital stock had been repurchased.
The Bank issuesWe issue a single class of capital stock (Class B stock). The Bank’sOur Class B capital stock has a par value of $100 per share, and all shares are purchased, repurchased, redeemed, or transferred only at par value. The Bank hasWe have two subclasses of Class B stock: membership stock and activity-based stock.
The Bank We cannot redeem or repurchase any membership or activity-based stock if the repurchase or redemption would cause a member to be out of compliance with its required investment.
The membership stock and activity-based stock percentages may be adjusted by the Bank’sour Board of Directors within ranges established in the Capital Plan. The Bank’sOur Board of Directors has a right and an obligation to call for additional capital stock purchases by itsour members if certain conditions exist.
Holders of Class B stock own a proportionate share of the Bank’sour retained earnings, paid-in surplus, undivided profits, and equity reserves. Holders of Class B stock have no right to receive any portion of these values except through the declaration of dividends or capital distributions or upon liquidation of the Bank. The Bank’sour liquidation. Our Board of Directors may declare and pay a dividend only from current earnings or retained earnings. The Board of Directors may not declare or pay any dividends if the Bank iswe are not in compliance with itsour capital requirements or, if after paying the dividend, the Bankwe would not be in compliance with itsour capital requirements. In addition, before declaring or paying any dividend, the Bank must certify to the Finance Agency that it will remain in compliance with the regulatory liquidity requirements and will remain capable of making full and timely payment of its current obligations coming due during the next quarter.

75


Stock owned in excess of a member’s minimum investment requirement is known as excess stock. A member may request redemption of any or all of its excess stock by providing the Bankus with written notice five years in advance of the redemption. A stockholder may not have more than one redemption request pending at the same time for any share of stock.
Under the Bank’sour Capital Plan, the Bank,we may repurchase excess membership stock at itsour discretion and upon 15 days’ written notice, may repurchase excess membership stock.notice. If a member’s membership stock balance exceeds the $10.0 million cap as a result of a merger or consolidation, the Bankwe may repurchase the amount of excess stock necessary to make the member’s membership stock balance equal to the $10.0 million cap.

80


In accordance with the Bank’sour Capital Plan, the Bank, at its option,we may repurchase excess activity-based capital stock that exceeds an operational threshold on a scheduled monthly basis, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Capital Plan. The current operational threshold is $50,000 and may be changed by the Board of Directors within a range specified in the Capital Plan with at least 15 days’ prior written notice. The BankWe may also change the scheduled date for repurchasing excess activity-based stock with at least 15 days’ prior written notice.
During the fourth quarter of 2008, as a result of current market conditions, the Bank indefinitely discontinued itswe suspended our regular practice of voluntarily repurchasing excess activity-based capital stock. Members may continueThis action was taken after careful consideration of the unstable market conditions and stressed economic environment at that time. Our Board of Directors and management felt this action was necessary to use thispreserve capital that supports our service to members. Due to improved market conditions during 2009, we resumed our normal practice of voluntarily repurchasing excess activity-based capital stock to satisfyon December 18, 2009 and repurchased $569.6 million of activity-based capital stock requirements. The Bank believes this recent action will help conserve its capital levels during the current stressed economic environment.stock.
Because membership is voluntary for all members, a member can provide a notice of withdrawal from membership at any time. If a member provides notice of withdrawal from membership, the Bankwe will not repurchase or redeem any membership stock until five years from the date of receipt of a notice of withdrawal. If a member that withdraws from membership owns any activity-based capital stock, the Bankwe will not redeem any required activity-based capital stock until the activity no longer remains outstanding.
A member may cancel any pending notice of redemption before the completion of the five-year redemption period by providing written notice of cancellation to the Bank. Effective March 3, 2009, the Bank willcancellation. We charge a cancellation fee, which is currently set at a range of one to five percent of the par value of the shares of capital stock subject to redemption. TheOur Board of Directors retains the right to change the cancellation fee at any time. The BankWe will provide at least 15 days advance written notice to each member of any adjustment or amendment to itsour cancellation fee.
In accordance with the GLBFHLBank Act, each class of Bankour stock is considered putable by the member. There are significant statutory and regulatory restrictions on the obligation or right to redeem outstanding capital stock.

76


In no case may the Bankwe redeem any capital stock if, following such redemption, the Bankwe would fail to satisfy itsour minimum capital requirements (i.e., a statutory capital-to-asset ratio requirement and leverage requirement established by the GLBFHLBank Act and a regulatory risk based capital-to-asset ratio requirement established by the Finance Agency). By law, all member holdings of Bankour stock immediately become nonredeemable if the Bank becomeswe become undercapitalized.
In no case may the Bankwe redeem any capital stock without the prior approval of the Finance Agency if either itsour Board of Directors or the Finance Agency determines that the Bank haswe incurred or isare likely to incur losses resulting or likely to result in a charge against capital.

81


Additionally, the Bankwe cannot redeem shares of capital stock from any member of the Bank if the principal or interest on any consolidated obligation of the FHLBank System is not paid in full when due, or under certain circumstances if (1) the Bank projects,(i) we project, at any time, that itwe will fail to comply with statutory or regulatory liquidity requirements, or will be unable to timely and fully meet all of itsour current obligations; (2) the Bank(ii) we actually failsfail to comply with statutory or regulatory liquidity requirements or to timely and fully meet all of itsour current obligations, or entersenter or negotiatesnegotiate to enter into an agreement with one or more other FHLBanks to obtain financial assistance to meet itsour current obligations; or (3)(iii) the Finance Agency determines that the Bankwe will cease to be in compliance with statutory or regulatory liquidity requirements, or will lack the capacity to timely or fully meet all of itsour current obligations.
If the Bank iswe are liquidated, after payment in full to the Bank’sour creditors, the Bank’sour stockholders will be entitled to receive the par value of their capital stock as well as any retained earnings, paid-in surplus, undivided profits, and equity reserves, if any, in an amount proportional to the stockholder’s share of the total shares of capital stock. In the event of a merger or consolidation, theour Board of Directors shall determine the rights and preferences of the Bank’sour stockholders, subject to any terms and conditions imposed by the Finance Agency.
Capital Stock
We had 27.824.6 million shares of capital stock outstanding at December 31, 20082009 compared with 27.227.8 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2007.2008. We issued 2.7 million shares to members and repurchased 5.7 million shares from members during 2009. We issued 55.8 million shares to members and repurchased 55.1 million shares from members during 2008. We issued 20.0 million shares to members and repurchased 12.1 million shares from members during 2007. Approximately 8378 percent and 8683 percent of our capital stock outstanding at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 was activity-based stock that fluctuates primarily with the outstanding balances of advances made to members and mortgage loans purchased from members.

77


The Bank’sOur capital stock balancesbalance categorized by type of financial services company, including mandatorily redeemable capital stock owned by former members, are noted in the following table at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in millions):
                
Institutional Entity 2008 2007  2009 2008 
  
Commercial Banks $1,314 $1,556  $1,243 $1,314 
Insurance Companies 1,203 925  982 1,203 
Savings and Loan Associations 170 160  141 170 
Credit Unions 94 76  95 94 
Former Members 11 46  8 11 
          
  
Total regulatory and capital stock $2,792 $2,763 
Total regulatory capital stock $2,469 $2,792 
          

82


Our members are required to maintain a certain minimum capital stock investment in the Bank.investment. Each member must maintain Class B membership stock in an amount equal to 0.12 percent of the member’s total assets as of the preceding December 31st subject to a cap of $10.0 million and a floor of $10,000. Each member must also maintain Class B activity-based stock in an amount equal to the total of:
 (1) A specified percentage of its outstanding advances. As of December 31, 20082009 the percentage was 4.45 percent.
 (2) A specified percentage of its acquired member assets. As of December 31, 2008,2009, the percentage was 4.45 percent.
 (3) A specified percentage of its standby letters of credit. As of December 31, 2008,2009, the percentage was 0.00 percent.
 (4) A specified percentage of its advance commitments. As of December 31, 2008,2009, the percentage was 0.00 percent.
 (5) A specified percentage of its acquired member assets commitments. As of December 31, 2008,2009, the percentage was 0.00 percent.
The minimum investment requirements are designed so that we remain adequately capitalized as member activity changes. To ensure we remain adequately capitalized within ranges established in the Capital Plan, these requirements may be adjusted upward or downward by the Bank’sour Board of Directors. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, approximately 85 percent and 2007, approximately 92 and 89 percent of our total capital was capital stock.
StockCapital stock owned by members in excess of their minimum investment requirements is known as excess capital stock. The Bank’sOur excess capital stock including amounts classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock were $61.1was $61.8 million and $95.1$61.1 million at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008.

78


Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock
Our capitalWe reclassify stock meets the definition of a mandatorily redeemable financial instrument as defined by SFAS 150,Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of both Liabilities and Equityand is reclassifiedsubject to redemption from equity to a liability when a member engages in any of the following activities:
 (1) Submits a written notice to the Bank to redeem all or part of the member’s capital stock.
 (2) Submits a written notice to the Bank of the member’s intent to withdraw from membership, which automatically commences a five-year redemption period.
 (3) Terminates its membership voluntarily as a result of a merger or consolidation into a nonmember or into a member of another FHLBank, or involuntarily as a result of action by the Bank’sour Board of Directors.

83


When any of the above events occur, we will reclassify capital stock from equity to a liability at fair value in compliance with SFAS 150.value. The fair value of capital stock subject to mandatory redemption is generally reported at par value as stock can only be acquired by members at par value and redeemed at par value. Fair value also includes estimated dividends earned at the time of the reclassification from equity to liabilities, until such amount is paid. Dividends related to capital stock classified as a liability are accrued at the expected dividend rate and reported as interest expense in the Statements of Income. The repayment of these mandatorily redeemable financial instruments is reflected as a cash outflow in the financing activities section of the Statements of Cash Flows.
If a member cancels its written notice of redemption or notice of withdrawal, we will reclassify mandatorily redeemable capital stock from a liability to equity in compliance with SFAS 150.equity. After the reclassification, dividends on the capital stock will no longer be classified as interest expense.
Although the mandatorily redeemable capital stock is not included in capital for financial reporting purposes, Finance Agency interpretation requires that such outstanding capital stock be considered capital for determining compliance with our regulatory capital requirements.
At December 31, 2009, we had $8.3 million in capital stock subject to mandatory redemption from 14 former members. At December 31, 2008, we had $10.9 million in capital stock subject to mandatory redemption from 10 former members. At December 31, 2007, we had $46.0 million in capital stock subject to mandatory redemption from 40 members and former members. These amounts have been classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock in the Statements of Condition in accordance with SFAS 150. The significant decrease in mandatorily redeemable capital stock at December 31, 20082009 was primarily due to the Bank voluntarily repurchasing $20.0 million of itsdecrease in advance balances with former members whose stock was classified as mandatorily redeemable capital stock classifiedand therefore repurchased as excess membership stock on July 18, 2008. The Bank repurchased this excess membership stock in order to eliminate excess stock owned by former members who had merged out of the Bank’s district.activity paid down.

79


The following table shows the amount of capital stock subject to mandatory redemption by the time period in which we anticipate redeeming the capital stock based on our practices at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in millions):
                
Year of Redemption 2008 2007  2009 2008 
  
2008 $ $14 
2009 3 16  $ $3 
2010 6 9  7 6 
2011 1 2  1 1 
2012 1 4  * 1 
2013 * *  * * 
2014 * * 
Thereafter * 1  * * 
          
  
Total $11 $46  $8 $11 
          
   
* Amount is less than one million.
A majority of the capital stock subject to mandatory redemption at December 31, 20082009 and December 31, 20072008 was due to voluntary termination of membership as a result of a mergerout of district mergers or consolidation into a memberconsolidations.

84


Dividends
Our Board of another FHLBank. The remainder of mandatorily redeemableDirectors may declare and pay dividends in either cash or capital stock was due to members requesting partial repurchasesor a combination thereof; however, historically, we have only paid cash dividends. Under Finance Agency regulations, we are prohibited from paying a dividend in the form of additional shares of capital stock if, after the issuance, the outstanding excess stock. These partial repurchases amounted to $0.0 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
Dividends
Effective June 19, 2008 the Bank replaced its reserve capital policy with astock would be greater than one percent of our total assets. By regulation, we may pay dividends from current earnings or retained earnings, policy. Under this policy,but we may not declare a dividend based on projected or anticipated earnings. Our Board of Directors may not declare or pay dividends if it would result in our non-compliance with capital requirements. Per regulation, we may not declare or pay a dividend if the Bank’spar value of the stock is impaired or is projected to become impaired after paying such dividend.
Our ERMP requires a minimum retained earnings minimum level is defined by the aggregation of market risk, credit risk, and operational risk components.
Under the policy, if EVCS, defined as the net present value of expected future cash flows of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and derivatives, divided by the BVCS, is less than or equal to $100 per share, the Bank is required to increase its retained earnings minimum target to account for the shortfall. In addition, until February 2009, if EVCS was below $100 per share orlevel. If actual retained earnings fellfall below the retained earnings minimum, the Bank wasrequirement, we, as determined by our Board of Directors, are required to establish an action plan, which may include a dividend cap at not moreless than 80 percent ofthe current earnings, or an action plan, as deemed necessary by the Board of Directors,earned dividend, to enable us to return to its targetedour required level of retained earnings within twelve months.

80


At December 31, 2008 EVCS was less than $100 per share. Therefore, in February 2009 management believed it would be prudent, due to the highly unusual market conditions and the fact that the circumstances causing the EVCS shortfall are largely out of the direct control of the Bank, to reviseour actual retained earnings were above the retained earnings policy. The modified policy states that ifrequirement, and therefore no action plan was necessary. Further discussion on our risk management metrics are discussed in “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Risk Management.”
Our dividend philosophy is to pay out a sustainable dividend equal to or above the average three-month LIBOR rate for the covered period. While three-month LIBOR is the Bank’s dividend benchmark, the actual retained earnings fall below the minimum target, the Bank, as determineddividend payout is impacted by the Board of Directors, will either cap dividends at lessDirector polices, regulatory requirements, financial projections, and actual performance. Therefore, the actual dividend rate may be higher or lower than the current earned dividend, or establish an action plan (which can include a dividend cap) to address the retained earnings shortfall within a practicable period of time.three-month LIBOR.
On February 26, 200918, 2010, the Board of Directors declared and approved a fourth quarter 2009 dividend at an annualized rate of 1.002.00 percent of average capital stock for the quarter. The dividend was paid on March 5, 2009. See “Economic ValueFebruary 25, 2010. The dividend for the fourth quarter 2009 totaled $14.6 million, which was 36.1 percent of Capital Stock” on page 98 for additional information.
The Bank paid cash dividendsnet income during the fourth quarter. Dividends declared that related to the calendar year 2009 were at an annual rate of $106.7 million during 20081.75 percent compared to $84.3 million during 2007. The annualized dividendaverage three-month LIBOR for the year of 0.69 percent. Dividends declared that related to calendar year 2008 were at an annual rate paid was 3.87of 3.00 percent and 4.31 percent duringcompared to average three-month LIBOR for the years ended 2008 and 2007. The dividend rate is driven by the Bank’s current and projected financial performance and capital position including the targeted levelyear of retained earnings. The Bank had retained earnings of $382.0 million and $361.3 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007.2.93 percent.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The Bank’sOur accounting policies are fundamental to understanding “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.Operation.The Bank hasWe identified certain policies as being critical because they require management to make particularly difficult, subjective, and/or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions.

85


Several of these accounting policies involve the use of estimates that we consider critical because
they are likely to change from period to period due to significant management judgments and assumptions about highly complex and uncertain matters.
they use a different estimate or a change in estimate that could have a material impact on our reported results of operations or financial condition.
they are likely to change from period to period due to significant management judgments and assumptions about highly complex and uncertain matters.
they use a different estimate or a change in estimate that could have a material impact on our reported results of operations or financial condition.
Estimates and assumptions that are significant to the results of operations and financial condition include those used in conjunction with
  the use of fair value estimates.
 
  allowance for credit losses on advances and mortgage loans.
 
  derivative and hedge accounting.
 
  other than temporaryother-than-temporary impairment.

81


The Bank evaluates itsWe evaluate our critical accounting policies and estimates on an ongoing basis. While management believes itsour estimates and assumptions are reasonable based on historical experience and other factors, actual results could differ from those estimates and differences could be material to the financial statements.
Fair Value Estimates
The Bank carriesWe carry certain assets and liabilities on the Statements of Condition at fair value, including investments classified as trading and available-for-sale, derivatives, and derivatives. The Bank adopted SFAS 157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157), on January 1, 2008. SFAS 157 definescertain bonds for which the fair value establishesoption was elected. Fair value is a framework for measuring fair value, establishes fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair valuemarket-based measurement and requires additional disclosures for instruments carried at fair value on the Statements of Condition. SFAS 157 defines “fair value”is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability is a hypothetical transaction at the measurement date, considered from the perspective of a market participant that holdsholding the asset or owesowing the liability. In general, the transaction price will equal the exit price and, therefore, represent the fair value of the asset or liability at initial recognition. In determining whether a transaction price represents the fair value of the asset or liability at initial recognition, each reporting entity is required to consider factors specific to the asset or liability, the principal or most advantageous market for the assets or liability, and market participants with whom the entity would transact in that market. In situations in which there is little, if any, market activity at the measurement date, the fair value measurement objective remains the same, that is, the price that would be received by the holder of the financial asset in an orderly transaction and not a forced liquidation or distressed sale at the measurement date.
Fair values play an important role in the valuation of certain of theour assets, liabilities, and hedging transactions of the Bank.transactions. Fair values arevalue is first determined based on quoted market prices or market-based prices, if such prices arewhere available. The fair value of investment securities is estimated using information from a specialized pricing service that use pricing models and/or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics. If quoted market prices or market-based prices are not available, fair values are determined based on valuation models that use either:
discounted cash flows, using market estimates of interest rates and volatility; or
dealer prices; or
prices of similar instruments.

86


Pricing models and their underlying assumptions are based on theour best estimates of the Bank with respect to:
discount rates;
prepayments;
market volatility; and
other factors.

82


These assumptions may have a significant effect on the reported fair values of assets and liabilities, including derivatives, and the income and expense related thereto. The use of different assumptions, as well as changes in market conditions, may result in materially different fair values.
SFAS 157 clarified that theThe valuation of derivative assets and liabilities must reflect the value of the instrument including the values associated with counterparty risk and must also take into account the company’s own credit standing. The Bank hasWe have collateral agreements with all itsour derivative counterparties and enforcesenforce collateral exchanges. The Bank and eachEach derivative counterparty havehas bilateral collateral thresholds with us that take into account both our and the Bank’s and counterparty’s credit ratings.rating. As a result of these practices and agreements, the Bank haswe concluded that the impact of the credit differential between the Bankus and itsour derivative counterparties was sufficiently mitigated to an immaterial level and no further adjustments for credit were deemed necessary to the recorded fair values of derivative assets and liabilities in the Statements of Condition at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008.
The Bank categorizesWe categorize our financial instruments carried at fair value into a three-level classification in accordance with SFAS 157.classification. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency (observable or unobservable) of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect the Bank’sour market assumptions. The Bank utilizesWe utilize valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The Bank doesWe do not currently have any assets and liabilities carried at level 3 fair value on the Statements of Condition at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008.
For further discussion regarding how the Bank measureswe measure financial assets and liabilities at fair value, see “Note 19“Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 18 — Estimated Fair Values,Values. to the financial statements.

 

8387


Allowance for Credit Losses
Advances
We are required by Finance Agency regulation to obtain sufficient collateral on advances to protect against losses and to accept only certain collateral on advances such as whole first mortgages on improved residential property or securities representing a whole interest in such mortgages; securities issued, insured, or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of the GSE’s, including without limitation MBS issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae; cash deposited in the Bank;with us; guaranteed student loans; and other real estate-related collateral acceptable to the Bankus provided such collateral has a readily ascertainable value and the Bankwe can perfect a security interest in such property. In addition,Additionally, CFIs are allowed tomay pledge secured small business loans, small farm loans, and agribusiness loans as collateral. At December 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, we had rights to collateral (either loans or securities) on a member-by-member basis, with a discounted value in excess of outstanding advances. Management believesAs additional security, the FHLBank Act provides that policies and procedures arewe have a lien on each borrower’s capital stock in placethe Bank; however, capital stock cannot be pledged as collateral to manage the advancesecure credit risk effectively.exposures. We have not experienced aincurred any credit losslosses on advances since theour inception of the Bank and, based on our credit extension and collateral policies, we do not anticipate any credit losses on our advances. Therefore,Accordingly, we dohave not maintain anprovided any allowance for credit losses on advances.advances at December 31, 2009. For additional discussion regarding the Bank’sour advance collateral, see “Advances” within the “Risk Management” section beginning at page 108.“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Risk Management — Credit Risk — Advances.”
Mortgage Loans
We establishestablished an allowance for credit losses on our conventional mortgage loan portfolio. The allowance is an estimate of probable losses contained in the portfolio. We do not maintain an allowance for loan losses on our conventionalgovernment-insured mortgage loan portfolio. Atportfolio because of the balance sheet date(i) U.S. Government guarantee of the allowance is an estimateloans and (ii) contractual obligation of incurred probable losses contained in the portfolio which considersloan servicer to repurchase the members’ credit enhancements. On a regular basis,loan when certain criteria are met.
During the fourth quarter of 2009, we monitor delinquency levels, loss rates, and portfolio characteristics such as geographic concentration, loan-to-value ratios, property types, and loan age.
We recorded a provisionrevised our allowance for credit losses methodology for conventional MPF loans. Under the prior methodology, we estimated our allowance for credit losses based primarily upon (i) the current level of $295,000 during 2008nonperforming loans (i.e., those loans 90 days or more past due), (ii) historical losses experienced over several years, and $69,000 during 2007. Changes(iii) credit enhancement fees available to recapture expected losses assuming a constant portfolio balance.
Under the revised methodology, we estimate our allowance for credit losses based primarily upon a rolling twelve-month average of (i) loan delinquencies, (ii) loans migrating to real estate owned, and (iii) actual historical losses, as well as credit enhancement fees available to recapture expected losses assuming a declining portfolio balance adjusted for prepayments.

88


We implemented this revised methodology in order to better incorporate current market conditions. For the Bank’syear ended December 31, 2009, we increased our allowance were based upon an evaluation that reviewedfor credit losses through a provision of $1.5 million, of which $0.1 million related to the performancechange in allowance methodology. The remaining provision of $1.4 million was due to increased delinquencies and characteristics of the mortgage loans in the Bank’s MPF portfolio.loss severities throughout 2009. For additional discussion on our allowance for credit losses, see “Mortgage Assets” beginning at page 110.“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Risk Management — Credit Risk — Mortgage Assets.”
Derivative and Hedge Accounting
Derivative instrumentsAll derivatives are required to be carried at fair value onrecognized in the Statements of Condition. Any change in theCondition at their fair valuevalues and are reported as either “derivative assets” or “derivative liabilities” net of a derivative is required to be recorded each period in current period earnings depending on whether the derivative is designated as part of a hedge transactioncash collateral and meets certain requirements under SFAS 133.accrued interest from counterparties.

84


By regulation, we are only allowed to use derivative instruments to mitigate identifiable risks. We formally document all relationships between derivative instruments and hedged items, as well as our risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions and our method of assessing hedge effectiveness. Our current hedging strategies relate to hedges of existing assets and liabilities that qualify for fair value hedge accounting treatment and economic hedges that are used to reduce market risk at the balance sheet or portfolio level. EconomicAs economic hedges do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, so only the derivative instrument is marked to market.
Each derivative is designated as one of the following:
 (1) A hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (a fair value hedge).
 (2) A nonqualifying hedge of an asset, liability, or firm commitment (an economic hedge) for asset-liability management purposes.
In accordance with SFAS 133, weWe recognize changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge and changes in the fair value of the hedged asset, liability, or unrecognized firm commitment that are attributable to the hedged risk in other income (loss) as “Net gain (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities.” As a result, any hedgeHedge ineffectiveness (the amount by which the change in the fair value of the derivative differs from the change in fair value of the hedged item) is recorded in other income.income (loss) as “Net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.”
Changes in the fair value of a derivative not qualifying for hedge accounting (an economic hedge) are recorded in current period earnings with no fair value adjustment to an asset or liability. The fair value adjustments are recorded in other income (loss) as “Net gain (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities.”

89


The differences between accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable on derivatives designated as fair value hedges are recognized as adjustments to the income or expense of the designated underlying investment securities, advances, consolidated obligations or other financial instruments.instrument. The differences between accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable on derivatives designated as economic hedges are recognized asin other income.income (loss).
Under SFAS 133, certainCertain derivatives might qualify for the “short cut” method of assessing effectiveness. The short cut method allows us to make the assumption of no ineffectiveness, which means that the change in fair value of the hedged item is assumed to equal the change in the fair value of the derivative. No further evaluation of effectiveness is performed for these hedging relationships unless a critical term changes.

85


For a hedging relationship that does not qualify for the short cut method, the Bank measures itswe measure our effectiveness using the “long haul” method, in which the change in fair value of the hedged item must be measured separately from the change in fair value of the derivative. We design effectiveness testing criteria based on our knowledge of the hedged item and hedging instrument that werewas employed to create the hedging relationship. We use regression analyses to assess hedge effectiveness prospectively and other statistical analyses to evaluate effectiveness results and assess the hedging relationship as highly effective if it meets statistical thresholds established by Bank management. Effectiveness testing is performed at inception for prospective considerations and at least quarterly for retrospective considerations.retrospectively.
Given the complexity ofWe may issue debt, make advances, or purchase financial instruments the Bank evaluates, based upon the guidance under SFAS 133, all financial instruments to determine whether embedded derivatives exist within the instruments. The evaluation includes reviewing the terms of the instrument to identify whether some or all of the cash flows or value of the other exchanges required by the instrument are similar toin which a derivative and should be bifurcated frominstrument is “embedded.” Upon execution of these transactions, we assess whether the host contract. If it is determined that an embedded derivative exists, the Bank measures the fair valueeconomic characteristics of the embedded derivative are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the remaining component of the debt, advance, or purchased financial instrument (the host contract) and whether a separate, non-embedded instrument with the same terms as the embedded instrument would meet the definition of a derivative. If we determine that (i) the embedded derivative has economic characteristics not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract and (ii) a separate, stand-alone instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is separated from the host contract, carried at fair value, and recordsdesignated as a stand-alone derivative instrument used as an economic hedge. However, if the entire contract (the host contract and the embedded derivative) is to be measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in earnings.
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment
The Bank performs an evaluationcurrent period earnings, or if we cannot reliably identify and measure the embedded derivative for purposes of other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis forseparating that derivative from its investment portfolio. Due tohost contract, the subjective and complex nature of management’s other-than-temporary impairment assessment, the Bank has determined its quarterly evaluation of other-than-temporary impairmententire contract is a critical accounting policy. In this quarterly assessment, the Bank determines whether a decline in an individual investment security’scarried at fair value below its amortized cost basis is other-than-temporary. The Bank recognizes an other-than-temporary impairment when it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual termsand no portion of the security and fair value of the investment securitycontract is less than its amortized cost. The Bank considers various characteristics of each security including, but not limited to, the following: the credit rating and related outlook; the creditworthiness of the issuers of the agency debt securities; the GSE guarantee of the holdings of agency MBS; the underlying type of collateral; duration and level of the unrealized loss; any credit enhancements or insurance; and delinquency rates and security performance. As part of the process, the Bank considers its ability and intent to hold each security fordesignated as a sufficient time to allow for any anticipated recovery of unrealized losses. The Bank generally views changes in the fair value of the securities caused by movements in interest rates to be temporary.hedging instrument.

 

8690


Other-Than-Temporary Impairment
We evaluate our individual available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities in an unrealized loss position for OTTI on a quarterly basis. As part of this process, we consider our intent to sell each debt security before its anticipated recovery and whether it is likely we will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions is met, we recognize an OTTI charge in earnings equal to the entire unrealized loss amount. For securities in unrealized loss position that do not meet these conditions, we perform an analysis to determine if any of these securities are other-than-temporarily impaired. For our private-label MBS, we perform a cash flow analysis to determine if we would recover the entire amortized cost basis of the debt security. The present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is compared to the amortized cost basis of the debt security to determine whether a credit loss exists. If there is a credit loss (the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis of the debt security), the carrying value of the debt security is adjusted to its fair value. However, rather than recognizing the entire difference between the amortized cost basis and the fair value in earnings, only the amount of the impairment representing the credit loss (i.e., the credit component) is recognized in earnings, while the amount related to all other factors (i.e., the non-credit component) is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The total OTTI is presented in the Statements of Income with an offset for the amount of the total OTTI that is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss. To date, we have never experienced an OTTI loss.
Legislative and Regulatory Developments
U.S. Treasury Department’sProposed Regulation on Community Development Loans by Community Financial Stability PlanInstitutions and Secured Lending by FHLBanks to Members and Their Affiliates
On February 10, 200923, 2010, the U.S. Treasury announcedFinance Agency issued a Financial Stability Planproposed regulation with a comment deadline of April 26, 2010 that would (i) implement the Housing Act provision allowing CFIs to address the global capital markets crisissecure advances from FHLBanks with community development loans, and U.S. economic recession that continues into 2009. The plan consists(ii) deem all secured extensions of comprehensive stress testscredit by an FHLBank to a member of certain financial institutions, the provision of capital injectionsany FHLBank to certain financial institutions, controlsbe an advance subject to applicable Finance Agency regulations on the use of capital injections, a purchase program for certain illiquid assets, limits on executive compensation, anti-foreclosure and housing support requirements, and small business and community lending initiatives. The plan is largely devoid of details, and in the absence of such details, the Bank isadvances.
We are unable to predict what impact the plan is likely toproposed regulation may have on us if adopted. However, the Bank.
Federal Housingproposed regulation’s provision concerning secured extensions of credit may have the potential to limit the parties with whom we enter into repurchase agreements, since such agreements would be subject to applicable Finance Agency Proposal to Expand FHLBank Capital Requirements
Effective January 30, 2009, the Finance Agency promulgated an interim final rule on capital classificationsregulations, including capitalization requirements, and critical capital levels for the FHLBanks (the Interim Capital Rule). The Interim Capital Rule has a comment deadlinenon-members may not purchase our stock, thereby reducing our available lines of April 30, 2009 following which the Finance Agency is expected to promulgate a final rule on capital classifications and critical capital levels for the FHLBanks (the Final Capital Rule). The Interim Capital Rule, among other things, established criteria for four capital classifications. Those classifications are: adequately capitalized (highest rating); undercapitalized; significantly undercapitalized; and critically undercapitalized. The Interim Capital Rule also establishes corrective action requirements for FHLBanks that are classified in any classification other than adequately capitalized. The Interim Capital Rule requires the Finance Agency Director to determine on no less than a quarterly basis the capital classification of each FHLBank. Each FHLBank is required to notify the Finance Agency Director within ten calendar days of any event or development that has caused or is likely to cause its permanent or total capital to fall below the level necessary to maintain its assigned capital classification.
As of February 28, 2009 the Bank believes it meets the “adequately capitalized” classification, which is the highest rating, under the Interim Capital Rule. However, the Finance Agency has discretion to re-classify an FHLBank and to modify or add to the corrective action requirements for a particular capital classification, therefore management cannot predict the impact, if any, the Interim Capital Rule or the Final Capital Rule will have on the Bank.
Proposed Federal Legislation Permitting Bankruptcy Cramdowns on First Mortgages of Owner-Occupied Homes
Federal legislation has been proposed that would allow bankruptcy cramdowns on first mortgages of owner-occupied homes as a response to the U.S. economic recession and attendant U.S. housing recession. The proposed legislation would allow a bankruptcy judge to reduce the principal amount of such mortgages to the current market value of the property, such reduction currently being prohibited by the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1994. If passed, this legislation may impact the value of the Bank’s mortgage asset portfolio, as well as the value of its pledged collateral from members.liquidity.

 

8791


Federal Banking Agencies Proposal to LowerProposed Regulation on Temporary Increases in Minimum Capital Risk Weights for Fannie Mae and Freddie MacLevels
On October 7, 2008,February 8, 2010, the Federal Banking AgenciesFinance Agency issued a proposed regulation with a rulecomment deadline of April 9, 2010 that, if adopted as proposed, would lowerset forth certain standards and procedures that the Director of the Finance Agency would employ in determining whether to require or rescind a temporary increase in the minimum capital risk weighting that banks assign to their holdingslevels for any of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac debt from 20 to 10 percent. The new risk weighting would apply to senior debt, subordinated debt, and MBS issued or guaranteed bythe FHLBanks, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The FDIC closedTo the comment window for this proposal on November 26, 2008. As of February 28, 2009 a final ruling has not been issued by the FDIC.
The FHLBanks are taking the positionextent that the final rule shouldresults in an increase in our capital requirements, our ability to pay dividends and repurchase or redeem capital stock may be extended to includeadversely impacted.
Reporting of Fraudulent Financial Instruments
On January 27, 2010, the Finance Agency issued a final regulation, which became effective February 26, 2010, requiring Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the FHLBanks to report to the Finance Agency any such entity’s purchase or sale of fraudulent financial instruments or loans, or financial instruments or loans such entity suspects is possibly fraudulent. The regulation imposes requirements on the timeframe, format, document retention, and nondisclosure obligations for reporting fraud or possible fraud to the Finance Agency. We are also required to establish and maintain adequate internal controls, policies and procedures, and an operational training program to discover and report fraud or possible fraud. The adopting release provides that the regulation will apply to all of our programs and products. The adopting release for the following reasons:regulation provides that the Finance Agency will issue certain guidance specifying the investigatory and reporting obligations under the regulation. We will be in a better position to assess the significance of the reporting obligations once the Finance Agency has promulgated additional guidance with respect to specific requirements of the regulation.
Not giving the FHLBanks’ debt the same capital treatment given to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac will have the unintended consequence of harming the pricing of FHLBank debt. Spreads between FHLBank senior debt and comparable bonds issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have widened since these entities were placed into conservatorship, and this proposal could further widen these spreads.
If investors believe that FHLBank obligations are less creditworthy than obligations of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, then investors will demand higher yields to purchase FHLBank bonds, resulting in higher advance rates. The proposal will have the unintended effect of increasing the cost of FHLBank advances and raising the cost of funding for thousands of community banks.
Minority and Women Inclusion
The Housing Act requires the FHLBanks to establish or designate an Office of Minority and Women Inclusion that is responsible for carrying out all matters relating to diversity in management, employment, and business practices. On January 11, 2010, the Finance Agency issued a proposed rule to effect this provision of the Housing Act. Comments on the proposed rule are due by April 26, 2010.
Membership for Community Development Financial Institutions
On January 5, 2010, the Finance Agency issued a final rule establishing the eligibility requirements and procedural requirements for non-depository CDFIs that wish to become FHLBank members. The newly eligible non-depository CDFIs include community development loan funds, venture capital funds and state-chartered credit unions without federal insurance. At February 28, 2010, while eligible to become members, no non-depository CDFIs are included in our membership.

92


FDIC CreatesModifies & Extends Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program for Bank Debt Liabilities
The FDIC has taken a number of actions with regard to the extension of the TLGP. The TLGP comprises two components: the Debt Guarantee Program (DGP), which provides FDIC guarantees of certain senior unsecured bank debt, and the Transaction Account Guarantee (TAG) program, which provides FDIC guarantees for all funds held at participating banks in qualifying non-interest bearing transaction accounts. On August 26, 2009, the FDIC adopted a final rule providing for a six-month extension of the TAG program, through June 30, 2010. On October 14, 2008, under special systemic risk powers,30, 2009, the FDIC announced it will provideadopted a 100 percentfinal rule that allows for the DGP to terminate on October 31, 2009, for most DGP participants, but also establishes a limited emergency guarantee facility for newly issuedthose DGP participants that are unable to issue non-guaranteed debt to replace maturing senior unsecured debt and non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts at FDIC-insured institutions. Thebecause of market disruptions or other circumstances beyond their control. Under this limited emergency facility, the FDIC will guarantee of funds in non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts will expire December 31, 2009. A 10 basis point surcharge would be applied to non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts not otherwise covered by the existing deposit insurance limit of $250,000.
The program to guarantee debt will apply to all newly issued senior unsecured debt issued on or before April 30, 2010. The TAG and DGP provide alternative sources of funds for many of our members that compete with our advance business.
Finance Agency Examination Guidance — Examination for Accounting Practices
On October 31,27, 2009, including promissory notes, commercial paper, inter-bank funding,the Finance Agency issued examination guidance and any unsecured portionstandards, which were effective immediately, relating to the accounting practices of secured debt.Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the FHLBanks, consistent with the safety and soundness responsibilities of the Finance Agency. The amount of debt coveredareas addressed by the guarantee mayexamination guidance include: (i) accounting policies and procedures; (ii) Audit Committee responsibilities; (iii) independent internal audit function responsibilities; (iv) accounting staff; (v) financial statements; (vi) external auditor; and (vii) review of audit and accounting functions. This examination guidance is not exceed 125 percentintended to be in conflict with statutes, regulations, and/or GAAP. Additionally, this examination guidance is not intended to relieve or minimize the decision-making responsibilities, or regulated duties and responsibilities of debtthe entity’s management, Board of Directors, or Committees thereof.
Principles for Executive Compensation at the FHLBanks and the Office of Finance
On October 27, 2009, the Finance Agency issued an advisory bulletin establishing certain principles for executive compensation at the FHLBanks and the Office of Finance. These principles include that: (i) such compensation must be reasonable and comparable to that was outstanding asoffered to executives in similar positions at comparable financial institutions; (ii) such compensation should be consistent with sound risk management and preservation of September 30, 2008 that was scheduledthe par value of FHLBank capital stock; (iii) executive incentive-based compensation should be tied to mature before October 31, 2009. For eligible debt issued on or before October 31, 2009, coverage would onlylonger-term performance and outcome-indicators and be provided through June 30, 2012, even ifdeferred and made contingent upon performance over several years; and (iv) the liability has not matured. For all newly issued senior unsecured debt, an annualized fee equal to 75 basis points would be multiplied byboard of directors should promote accountability and transparency in the amountprocess of debt issued.setting compensation.

 

8893


Directors’ Compensation and Expenses
On February 27,October 23, 2009, the Finance Agency issued a proposed rule on FHLBank directors’ compensation and expenses with a comment deadline of December 7, 2009. The proposed rule would allow each FHLBank to pay its directors reasonable compensation and expenses, subject to the authority of the Finance Agency Director (Director) to object to, and to prohibit prospectively, compensation and/or expenses that the Director determines are not reasonable. To assist the Director in reviewing the compensation and expenses of FHLBank directors, each FHLBank would be required to submit to the Director by specified deadlines: (i) the compensation anticipated to be paid to its directors for the following calendar year; (ii) the amount of compensation and expenses paid to each director for the immediately preceding calendar year; and (iii) a copy of the FHLBank’s written compensation policy, along with all studies or other supporting materials upon which the board of directors relied in determining the level of compensation and expenses to pay to its directors.
FHLBank Boards of Directors — Eligibility and Elections
On October 7, 2009, the Finance Agency published a final rule concerning the nomination and election of directors. The final rule provides for the following:
Requires the board of directors of each FHLBank to determine annually how many of its independent directorships should be designated as public interest directorships, but mandates that at least two independent directors be public interest directors;
Sets forth new provisions for filling a vacancy on the board of directors;
Amends the election requirement for independent directors. The final rule provides that if an FHLBank’s board of directors nominates only one person for each directorship, receipt of 20 percent of the eligible votes by that nominee is required for that nominee to be elected. If, however, an FHLBank’s board of directors nominates more persons for the type of independent directorship to be filled than there are directorships of that type to be filled in the election, then the person with the highest number of votes will be declared elected; and
Clarifies the requirements for subsequent elections in the event an independent director cannot be elected based on the failure to meet the 20 percent requirement of eligible votes.
The final rule became effective on November 6, 2009.

94


Collateral for Advances and Interagency Guidance on Nontraditional Mortgage Products
On August 10, 2009, the Finance Agency published a notice for comment on a study to review the extent to which loans and securities used as collateral to support FHLBank advances are consistent with the Federal banking agencies’ guidance on nontraditional mortgage products. The Finance Agency requested comments on whether it should take any additional regulatory actions to ensure that FHLBanks are not supporting predatory practices. The Finance Agency also noted its intent to revise previously published guidelines for subprime and nontraditional loans pledged as collateral. This proposed revision would require members pledging private-label residential MBS and residential loans acquired after July 10, 2007 to comply with the Federal interagency guidance regardless of the origination date of the loans in the security or of the loans pledged. At this time, we are uncertain whether the Finance Agency will implement this revision or impose other restrictions on FHLBank collateral practices as a result of this notice for comment.
Board of Directors of FHLBank System Office of Finance
On August 4, 2009, the Finance Agency published a notice of proposed rulemaking, with comments due November 4, 2009, related to the reconstitution of the Office of Finance Board of Directors. The proposed rule would increase the size of the Office of Finance Board of Directors, create a fully independent audit committee, provide for the creation of other committees, and set a method for electing independent directors, along with setting qualification standards for these directors. Currently, the Office of Finance is governed by a board of directors, the composition and functions of which are determined by the Finance Agency’s regulations. Under existing Finance Agency regulation, the Office of Finance Board of Directors is made up of two FHLBank Presidents and one independent director. The Finance Agency has proposed that all twelve FHLBank Presidents be members of the Office of Finance Board of Directors, along with three to five independent directors. The independent directors would comprise the Audit Committee of the Office of Finance Board of Directors with oversight responsibility for the combined financial reports. Under the proposed rule, the Audit Committee of the Office of Finance would be responsible for ensuring that the FHLBanks adopt consistent accounting policies and procedures.
Golden Parachute and Indemnification Payments
On June 29, 2009, the Finance Agency published a proposed rule setting forth the standards that the Finance Agency would take into consideration when limiting or prohibiting golden parachute and indemnification payments. The proposed rule, if adopted, would better conform existing Finance Agency regulations on golden parachutes to FDIC issued an interimrules and further detail what golden parachute and indemnification payments made by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, the FHLBanks, and the Office of Finance are limited under regulations. Comments on the proposed rule were due July 29, 2009.

95


Executive Compensation
On June 5, 2009, the Finance Agency published a proposed rule to set forth requirements and processes with respect to executive compensation provided by the regulated entities (Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the FHLBanks) and the Office of Finance. The Executive Compensation rule would address the statutory authority of the Director to approve, disapprove, modify, prohibit, or withhold compensation of executive officers of these regulated entities. The proposed rule would also address the Finance Agency Director’s authority to approve, in advance, agreements or contracts of executive officers that provide compensation in connection with termination of employment. The proposed rule would prohibit a regulated entity or the Office of Finance to pay compensation to an executive officer that is not reasonable and comparable with compensation paid by similar businesses involving similar duties and responsibilities. Failure by a regulated entity or the Office of Finance to comply with the requirements of this part may result in supervisory action by the Finance Agency, including an enforcement action to require an individual to make restitution to or reimbursement of excessive compensation or inappropriately paid termination benefits. Comments on the proposed rule were due August 4, 2009.
U.S. Treasury Department’s Financial Regulatory Reform
In June 2009, the U.S. Treasury Department announced a broad ranging plan for financial regulatory reform that would change how financial firms, markets, and products are regulated. Included in this reform plan are proposals to create a systemic risk regulator and a consumer financial protection agency and to provide more regulation of certain over-the-counter derivatives. Congress is currently considering legislation to implement these proposals. In addition, under the plan, the U.S. Treasury Department and the Housing and Urban Development Department are charged with developing recommendations regarding the future of the housing GSEs, including the FHLBanks. At this time, it is uncertain what parts, if any, of the reform plan will be enacted or implemented, whether any legislation enacted will result in more regulation of the FHLBanks and their use of derivatives, and what recommendations will be made with regard to the future of the GSEs.
Helping Families Save Their Homes Act of 2009
On May 20, 2009, the Helping Families Save Their Homes Act of 2009 was enacted to encourage loan modifications in order to prevent mortgage foreclosures and to buttress the federal deposit insurance system. One provision in this Act provides a safe harbor from liability for mortgage servicers who modify the TLGPterms of a mortgage consistent with certain qualified loan modification plans. Another provision extends the temporary increase in federal deposit insurance coverage to include certain issuances$250,000 for banks, thrifts, and credit unions through 2013. At this time it is uncertain what effect the provisions regarding loan modifications will have on the value of mandatory convertible debt.our mortgage asset portfolio. The intentextension of federal deposit insurance coverage could potentially decrease demand for our advances.

96


Other-Than-Temporary ImpairmentGuidance
On April 28, 2009 and May 7, 2009, the Finance Agency provided the FHLBanks with guidance on the process for determining OTTI with respect to private-label MBS. The goal of the mandatory convertible debt amendment to the TLGPguidance is to give eligible entities additional flexibilitypromote consistency in the determination of OTTI for private-label MBS among all FHLBanks. We adopted the Finance Agency guidance as further described below, effective January 1, 2009.
Beginning with the second quarter of 2009, the FHLBanks formed an OTTI Governance Committee with the responsibility for reviewing and approving the key modeling assumptions, inputs, and methodologies used by the FHLBanks to obtain funding from investorsgenerate cash flow projections used in analyzing credit losses and determining OTTI for private-label MBS. The OTTI Governance Committee charter was approved on June 11, 2009 and provides a formal process by which the other FHLBanks can provide input on and approve the assumptions.
An FHLBank may engage one of four designated FHLBanks to perform the cash flow analysis underlying its OTTI determination. Each FHLBank is responsible for making its own determination of OTTI and the reasonableness of assumptions, inputs, and methodologies used. Additionally, each FHLBank performs the required present value calculations using appropriate historical cost bases and yields. FHLBanks that hold commonly owned private-label MBS are required to consult with longer-term investment horizons. Further, mandatory convertible debt issuances could reduceone another to ensure that any decision on a commonly held private-label MBS that is other-than-temporarily impaired, including the concentrationdetermination of FDIC-guaranteed debt maturingfair value and the credit loss component of the unrealized loss, is consistent among those FHLBanks.
In order to promote consistency in mid 2012, which might otherwisethe application of the assumptions and implementation of the OTTI methodology, the FHLBanks have established control procedures whereby the FHLBanks performing cash flow analysis select a sample group of private-label MBS and each perform cash flow analyses on all such test MBS, using the assumptions approved by the OTTI Governance Committee. These FHLBanks exchange and discuss the results and make any adjustments necessary to be rolled into new debt. The comment period for this interim rule closes March 19, 2009.achieve consistency among their respective cash flow models.
FDIC Increases Deposit Insurance Premiums and Changes Risk-Based PremiumsAssessments
On December 16, 2008 the FDIC approved an increase in deposit insurance premiums effective the first quarter of 2009. On February 27, 2009, the FDIC approved a final regulation that would increase the deposit insurance premium assessment for those FDIC-insured institutions that have outstanding FHLBank advances and other secured liabilities to the extent that the institution’s ratio of secured liabilities to domestic deposits exceeds 25 percent. On May 29, 2009, the FDIC published a final rule to impose a five basis point special assessment on an FDIC-insured institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, subject to certain caps. Past FDIC assessments have been based on the amount of deposits held by an institution. In addition, Congress is considering legislation to require the FDIC to base future assessments on the amount of assets held by an institution instead of on the amount of deposits it holds. The Bank is currently evaluating the effect this final ruling will haveFDIC’s risk-based assessment and an assessment framework based on its members.
Emergency Economic Stabilization Act
On October 3, 2008, the U.S. President signed into law the EESA. The EESA establishesassets may provide an incentive for some of our members to hold more deposits than they would if non-deposit liabilities were not a $700 billion program that gives the Secretary of the Treasury (the Secretary) broad powers to apply these funds as deemed appropriate. The Secretary is to purchase troubled assets and stabilize credit markets. The authority terminates on December 31, 2009 although the Secretary may extend the program forfactor in determining an additional ten months by submitting a written certification to Congress.
Federal Reserve Board of Governors Announces Securities Purchase Plan
As an additional measure to further support the functioning of financial markets, on September 19, 2008, the Federal Reserve Board of Governors announced that the Federal Reserve Banks will begin purchasing short-term debt obligations issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and the FHLBanks in the secondary market. Similar to secondary market purchases of Treasury securities, purchases of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and FHLBank debt will be conducted with the Federal Reserve Banks’ primary dealers through a series of competitive auctions.institution’s deposit insurance assessments.

 

8997


Changes to GSE RegulationU.S. Treasury Department’s Financial Stability Plan
On July 30, 2008, the Housing Act was enacted. The Housing Act is designed to, among other things, address the current housing finance crisis, expand the FHA’s financing authority, other than those addressed elsewhere in this document, and address GSE reform issues. Among significant provisions that directly affect the Bank, the Housing Act:
Creates a newly established federal agency regulator, the Finance Agency, to become the new federal regulator of the FHLBanks, Fannie Mae, and Freddie Mac effective on the date of enactment of the Housing Act. The Finance Board, the FHLBanks’ former regulator, will be abolished one year after the date of enactment. Finance Board regulations, policies, and directives immediately transfer to the new Finance Agency and during the one year transition period, the Finance Board will be responsible for winding up its affairs. The Bank will be responsible for its share of the operating expenses for both the Finance Agency and the Finance Board;
AuthorizesFebruary 10, 2009, the U.S. Treasury Department announced a Financial Stability Plan to address the global capital markets crisis and U.S. economic recession that continued into 2009. This Financial Stability Plan evolved to include a number of initiatives, including the encouragement of lower mortgage rates, foreclosure relief programs, a bank capital injection program, major lending programs with the Federal Reserve directed at the securitization markets for consumer and small business lending, and a purchase obligations issuedprogram for certain illiquid assets. As part of this stability plan, a new bond purchase program to support lending by Housing Finance Agencies and a temporary credit and liquidity program to improve their access to liquidity for outstanding Housing Finance Agency bonds were created. To pay for a portion of the assistance provided by the FHLBanks in any amount deemed appropriate bystability plan, the U.S. Treasury under certain conditions. This temporary authorization expires December 31, 2009Obama Administration has proposed legislation that would assess a Financial Responsibility Fee on large financial institutions’ liabilities (excluding deposits and supplements the existing limit of $4.0 billion;
Provides that the FHLBanks are subject to prompt corrective action enforcement provisions similar to those currently applicable to national banks and federal savings associations;
Provides the Finance Agency Director with broad conservatorship and receivership authority over the FHLBanks;
Provides the Finance Agency Director with certain authority over executive compensation;
Requires the Finance Agency Director to issue regulations to facilitate information sharing among the FHLBanks to, among other things, assess their joint and several liability obligations;
Allows FHLBanks to voluntarily merge with the approval of the Finance Agency Director and the FHLBanks’ respective boards and requires the Finance Agency Director to issue regulations regarding procedures for voluntary merger approvals, including procedures for FHLBank member approval;
Allows the Finance Agency Director to liquidate or reorganize an FHLBank upon notice and hearing;
Allows FHLBank districtsinsurance policy reserves). If such a fee were to be reducedimposed, advances to less than eight districts as a result of a voluntary merger or as a result of the Finance Agency Director’s action to liquidate an FHLBank;
our large members may become more costly.
The Bank continues to assess the impact these provisions will have on us and our members. Many of the regulations to implement these provisions have not yet been promulgated so it is still unclear to assess the full impact.

90


Establishment of an Independent Director Election Process
The Housing Act provides that an FHLBank’s board of directors shall be comprised of a majority of “member directors,” who are directors or officers of members, and a minority of non-member “independent” directors, who shall comprise not less than two-fifths of the members of the board of directors. Prior to July 30, 2008, the Finance Board was responsible for selecting appointive directors to serve on the Bank’s Board of Directors. As a result of the passage of the Housing Act and subsequent Finance Agency rulemaking, all members within the Bank’s five-state district will now elect the Bank’s independent directors — formerly known as “appointive directors” — after first being nominated by the Bank’s Board of Directors in consultation with the Affordable Housing Advisory Council.
For 2009, the Finance Agency has designated seven independent directorships for the Bank, which has resulted in one less independent director seat compared with 2008 and a 17-member board. Members at-large elected two independent directors whose terms will begin on January 1, 2009 and end on December 31, 2012. For additional information on the Bank’s director election process, refer to “Item 4 — Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders” at page 37.
Finance Agency’s Temporary Increase on Purchase of MBS
On March 24, 2008, the Finance Agency (known as the Finance Board at the time of passage) passed a resolution authorizing the FHLBanks to increase their purchases of agency MBS. Pursuant to the resolution, the limit on the FHLBank’s MBS investment authority would increase from 300 percent of regulatory capital to 600 percent of regulatory capital for two years. The resolution required an FHLBank to notify the Finance Agency prior to its first acquisition under the expanded authority and include in its notification a description of the risk management principles underlying its purchase. The expanded authority is limited to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities. The securities purchased under the increased authority must be backed by mortgages that were originated after January 1, 2008 and comply with Federal bank regulatory guidance on non-traditional and subprime mortgage lending. The Bank provided notification to the Finance Agency, and did not receive an objection, for its intention to exercise the expanded investment authority and increase its investments in additional agency MBS to 600 percent of regulatory capital. The Board approved a strategy for the Bank to increase its investments in additional agency MBS in accordance with the Finance Agency resolution up to 450 percent of regulatory capital.

91


Off-balance Sheet Arrangements
Our primary source of funds is the sale of consolidated obligations. Although we are primarily liable for the portion of consolidated obligations issued on our behalf, we also are jointly and severally liable with the other FHLBanks for the payment of principal and interest on all consolidated obligations of each of the FHLBanks. If the principal or interest on any consolidated obligation issued on behalf of any FHLBank is not paid in full when due, the FHLBanks may not pay dividends or redeem or repurchase shares of stock from any member of that FHLBank. The Finance Agency, at its discretion, may require any FHLBank to make principal or interest payments due on any consolidated obligation whether or not the consolidated obligation represents a primary liability of such FHLBank. Because of the high credit quality of each FHLBank, management has concluded that the probability that an FHLBank would be unable to repay its participation is remote. Furthermore, the Finance Agency regulations require that all FHLBanks maintain at least a “AA”an AA rating. Therefore, no liability is recorded for the joint and several obligation related to the other FHLBanks’ share of consolidated obligations.
The par amount of the outstanding consolidated obligations of all 12 FHLBanks was approximately $1,251.5$930.5 billion and $1,189.6$1,251.5 billion at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008. The par value of consolidated obligations for which we are the primary obligor was approximately $62.4$59.7 billion and $56.0$62.4 billion at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008.
During the third quarter of 2008, the Bankwe entered into a Lending Agreement with the U.S. Treasury in connection with the U.S. Treasury’s establishment of the GSECF, as authorized by the Housing Act. The GSECF iswas designed to serve as a contingent source of liquidity for the housing GSEs, including each of the 12 FHLBanks. Any borrowings by one or more of the FHLBanks under theThe GSECF are considered consolidated obligations with the same joint and several liability as all other consolidated obligations. The terms of any borrowings are agreed to at the time of issuance. Loans under the Lending Agreement are to be secured by collateral acceptable to the U.S. Treasury, which consists of FHLBank advances to members that have been collateralized in accordance with regulatory standards and MBS issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. The Bank is required to submit to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, acting as fiscal agent of the U.S. Treasury, a list of eligible collateral, updated on a weekly basis. The Lending Agreement terminatesexpired on December 31, 2009 but will remain in effect as to any loan outstanding on that date.2009. The Bank may terminate its consent to be bound by the Lending Agreement prior to that time so long as no loan is then outstanding to the U.S. Treasury. As of December 31, 2008 the Bank had provided the U.S. Treasury with a listing of advance collateral amounting to $6.9 billion, which provides for maximum borrowings of $6.0 billion. The amount of collateral can be increased or decreased (subject to the approval of the U.S. Treasury) at any time through the delivery of an updated listing of collateral. As of February 28, 2009 the Bank hasdid not drawndraw on this available source of liquidity. For a more detailed description of the Lending Agreement, please refer to the Form 8-K filed by the Bank with the SEC on September 9, 2008.liquidity during 2009.

 

9298


In the ordinary course of business, we issue letters of credit on behalf of our members and housing associates to facilitate business transactions with third parties. Letters of credit may be used to facilitate residential housing finance or other housing activities, facilitate community lending, assist with asset-liability management, and provide liquidity or other funding. Members and housing associates must fully collateralize letters of credit with eligible collateral. At December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 we had $3.4$3.5 billion and $1.8$3.4 billion in letters of credit outstanding. If the Bank iswe are required to make payment for a beneficiary’s draw, rather than obtaining repayment of these amounts from the member, these amounts may be converted into a collateralized advance to the member.
At December 31, 2009, we had approximately $26.7 million in outstanding commitments to purchase mortgage loans compared with $289.6 million at December 31, 2008. We did not have any outstanding commitments for additional advances at December 31, 2009 or 2008. We entered into $0.2 billion and $1.0 billion par value traded but not settled bonds at December 31, 2009 and 2008. We had $56.0 million and $267.9 million of cash pledged as collateral to broker-dealers at December 31, 2009 and 2008. We execute derivatives with large highly rated banks and broker-dealers and enter into bilateral collateral agreements.
In conjunction with our sale of certain mortgage loans to the FHLBank of Chicago, whereby the mortgage loans were immediately resold by the FHLBank of Chicago to Fannie Mae, we entered into an agreement with the FHLBank of Chicago on June 11, 2009 to indemnify the FHLBank of Chicago for potential losses on mortgage loans remaining in four master commitments from which the mortgage loans were sold. We and the FHLBank of Chicago each hold certain participation interests in the four master commitments and therefore share, on a proportionate basis, any losses incurred after considering PFI credit enhancement provisions. The sale of mortgage loans under these master commitments reduced the amount of future credit enhancement fees available for recapture by us and the FHLBank of Chicago. Therefore, under the agreement, we agreed to indemnify the FHLBank of Chicago for any losses not otherwise recovered through credit enhancement fees, subject to an indemnification cap of $2.1 million by December 31, 2010, $1.2 million by December 31, 2012, $0.8 million by December 31, 2015, and $0.3 million by December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2009, we were not aware of any losses incurred by the FHLBank of Chicago that would not otherwise be recovered through credit enhancement fees.

99


At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bankwe had executed nine24 and 9 standby bond purchase agreements with state housing associates within itsour district whereby the Bankwe would be required to purchase bonds under circumstances defined in each agreement. The BankWe would hold investments in the bonds until the designated remarketing agent could find a suitable investor or the housing associate repurchases the bonds according to a schedule established by the standby bond purchase agreement. The nine24 outstanding standby bond purchase agreements totalat December 31, 2009 totaled $711.1 million and expire seven years after execution, with a final expiration in 2016. The 9 outstanding standby bond purchase agreements at December 31, 2008 totaled $259.7 million and expire seven years after execution, with a final expiration in 2015. The BankWe received fees for the guarantees that amounted to $1.1 million and $0.2 million for the yearyears ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. As ofAt December 31, 2008 the Bank was2009, we were not required to purchase $79.6 million of HFAany bonds under three of thesethe executed standby bond purchase agreements. $79 millionShould we be required to purchase these bonds, we would fund those purchases through the use of these HFA bonds were remarketedour normal funding operations. For further details on our funding operations and sold during 2008. The remaining $0.6 millionstrategies, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of HFA bonds are classified as available-for-sale investments on the StatementsFinancial Condition and Results of Condition. These bonds were remarketed subsequent to DecemberOperation — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
On March 31, 2008. See “Note 6 — Available-for-Sale Securities” at page S-30 for further information.

93


In September 2008, the Bank2009, we entered into a Bond Purchase Contractan agreement with the Missouri Housing Development Commission (the Commission). The contract obligates the Bank to purchase up to $75 million of taxable single family mortgage revenue bonds within six months of the contract date.bonds. The bonds will be purchased in upagreement was set to ten subseries and will be purchased at par without any accrued interest. When the Commission wishes to sell the bonds,expire November 6, 2009, however, it will provide the Bank notification on the day they wish to sell. Bonds will be settled fourteenwas extended 60 days after that date and will mature on November 1, 2039.through January 6, 2010. At December 31, 2008 the Bank had2009, we purchased $20.0$15 million in mortgage revenue bonds fromunder this agreement. These bonds are recorded as held-to-maturity investments at December 31, 2009. As of January 6, 2010, the Commissionagreement expired and had receivedwe made no notification fromsubsequent bond purchases.
On September 25, 2009, we entered into an agreement with the CommissionIowa Finance Authority to purchase additionalup to $100 million of taxable single family mortgage revenue bonds. The agreement expires on September 24, 2010. At December 31, 2009, we had not purchased any mortgage revenue bonds in 2009. Theseunder this agreement. If required, we will fund the purchase of these bonds are classified as held-to-maturity securities.through the use of our normal funding procedures. For further details on our funding strategies, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
Our financial statements do not include a liability for future statutorily mandated payments from the FHLBanks to REFCORP. No liability is recorded because each FHLBank must pay 20 percent of net earnings (after its AHP obligation) to REFCORP to support the payment of part of the interest and principal on the bonds issued by REFCORP, and the FHLBanks are unable to estimate their future required payments because the payments are based on future earnings and are not estimable under SFAS 5,Accounting for Contingencies.estimable. Accordingly, the REFCORP payments are disclosed as a long-term statutory payment requirement and, for accounting purposes, are treated, accrued, and recognized like an income tax.
At December 31, 2008, we had approximately $289.6 million in outstanding commitments to purchase mortgage loans compared with $23.4 million at December 31, 2007. We did not have any outstanding commitments for additional advances at December 31, 2008 or 2007. The Bank entered into $1.0 billion and $49.8 million par value traded but not settled bonds at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Bank entered into derivatives with a notional value of $1.0 billion and $0.5 billion that had traded but not settled at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Bank had $267.9 million of cash pledged as collateral to broker-dealers at December 31, 2008 and had no cash pledged as collateral at December 31, 2007. The Bank generally executes derivatives with large highly rated banks and broker-dealers and enters into bilateral collateral agreements.

 

94100


Contractual Obligations
The following table shows payments due by period under specified contractual obligations at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in millions):
                                        
 2008  2009 
 Payments Due by Period  Payments Due by Period 
 Over one Over three    Over one Over three   
 One year through through Over  One year through through Over 
Contractual Obligations Total or less three years five years five years  Total or less three years five years five years 
  
Long-term debt1, 2
 $42,269 $15,963 $10,829 $6,029 $9,448 
Long-term debt1
 $50,323 $23,040 $15,501 $3,945 $7,837 
Operating lease obligations 17 1 2 2 12  16 1 2 2 11 
Purchase obligations3
 4,955 2,826 1,832 30 267 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock4
 11 3 6 1 1 
Purchase obligations2
 4,587 374 3,386 107 720 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock3
 8 7 1 * * 
                      
  
Total $47,252 $18,793 $12,669 $6,062 $9,728  $54,934 $23,422 $18,890 $4,054 $8,568 
                      
                     
  2007 
  Payments Due by Period 
          Over one  Over three    
      One year  through  through  Over 
Contractual Obligations Total  or less  three years  five years  five years 
                     
Long-term debt1, 2
 $34,422  $6,438  $9,957  $6,304  $11,723 
Operating lease obligations  18   1   2   2   13 
Purchase obligations3
  1,834   1,777   20   37    
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock4
  46   14   25   6   1 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase  200   200          
                
                     
Total $36,520  $8,430  $10,004  $6,349  $11,737 
                
                     
  2008 
  Payments Due by Period 
          Over one  Over three    
      One year  through  through  Over 
Contractual Obligations Total  or less  three years  five years  five years 
                     
Long-term debt1
 $42,269  $15,963  $10,829  $6,029  $9,448 
Operating lease obligations  17   1   2   2   12 
Purchase obligations2
  4,955   2,826   1,832   30   267 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock3
  11   3   6   1   1 
                
                     
Total $47,252  $18,793  $12,669  $6,062  $9,728 
                
   
1 Long-term debt includes bonds.bonds (at par value). Long-term debt does not include discount notes and is based on contractual maturities. Actual distributions could be impacted by factors affecting early redemptions.
2Index amortizing notes are included in the table based on contractual maturities. The amortizing feature of these notes based on underlying indices could cause redemption at different times than contractual maturities.
 
32 Purchase obligations include the notional amount of standby letters of credit, commitments to fund mortgage loans, standby bond purchase agreements, commitments to purchase housing bonds, and advances and bonds traded but not settled (see additional discussion of these items in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Note 20 of the financial statements19 — Commitments and notes for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007)Contingencies”).
 
43 Mandatorily redeemable capital stock payment periods are based on how we anticipate redeeming the capital stock based on our practices.
*Represents an amount less than one million.

 

95101


Risk Management
We have risk management policies, established by the Bank’sour Board of Directors, that monitor and control our exposure to market, liquidity, credit, operational, and business risk. Our primary objective is to manage assets, liabilities, and derivative exposures in ways that protect the par redemption value of capital stock from risks, including fluctuations in market interest rates and spreads. The Bank’sOur risk management strategies and limits protect the Bankus from significant earnings volatility. We periodically evaluate these strategies and limits in order to respond to changes in the Bank’sour financial position and general market conditions. This periodic evaluation may result in changes to the Bank’sour risk management policies and/or risk measures.
TheOur ERMP provides the Bank with the ability to conduct a robust risk management practice allowing for flexibility to make rational decisions in stressed interest rate environments.
The Bank’sOur Board of Directors determined that the Bankwe should operate under a risk management philosophy of maintaining an AAA rating. An AAA rating provides the Bankus with ready access to funds in the capital markets. In line with this objective, the ERMP establishes risk measures, with policy limits or management action triggers (MATs), consistent with the maintenance of an AAA rating, to monitor the Bank’sour market risk, liquidity risk, and capital adequacy. Our MATs require close monitoring and measuring of the risks inherent in our Statements of Condition but provide more flexibility to react prudently when those trigger levels occur. The following is a list of the risk measures in place at December 31, 2008:2009 and whether they are monitored by a policy limit and/or MAT:
   
Market Risk: Mortgage Portfolio Market Value Sensitivity (policy limit and MAT)
Market Value of Capital Stock Sensitivity (policy limit and MAT)
Projected 12-month GAAP Earnings Per Share Sensitivity
(MAT)
Liquidity Risk: Contingent Liquidity
(policy limit and MAT)
Capital Adequacy: Economic Capital Ratio
(MAT)
Economic Value of Capital Stock (MAT)
In addition to policy limits, the ERMP specifies certain thresholds as management action triggers (MATs). The MATs require the Bank to closely monitorManagement identified Economic Value of Capital Stock (EVCS) and measure the risks inherent in the Bank’s Statements of Condition but provide more flexibility to react prudently when those trigger levels occur. While the Bank continues to monitor the risk measures noted above through the use of the MATs, management has identified Market Value of Capital Stock (MVCS) and EVCSsensitivity as the Bank’sour key risk measures with associated policy thresholds.measures.
Market Risk/Capital Adequacy
We define market risk as the risk that net interest income or MVCS will change as a result of changes in market conditions such as interest rates, spreads, and volatilities. Interest rate risk was the predominant type of market risk exposure throughout 20082009 and 2007.2008. Our ERMP is designed to provide an asset and liability management framework to respond to changes in market conditions while minimizing balance sheet stress and income volatility. Bank managementManagement and the Board of Directors routinely review both the policy thresholds and the actual exposures to verify the interest rate risk in our balance sheet remains at prudent and reasonable levels.

 

96102


The goal of the Bank’sour interest rate risk management strategy is to manage interest rate risk by setting and operating within an appropriate framework and limits. The Bank’sOur general approach toward managing interest rate risk is to acquire and maintain a portfolio of assets, liabilities, and hedges, which, taken together, limit the Bank’sour expected exposure to market/interest rate risk. Management regularly monitors the Bank’sour sensitivity to interest rate changes by monitoring itsour market risk measures in parallel and non-parallel interest rate shifts. Interest rate exposure is managed by the use of appropriate funding instruments and by employing hedging strategies. Hedging may occur for a single transaction or group of transactions as well as for the overall portfolio. The Bank’s hedge positions are evaluated regularly and adjusted as deemed necessary by management. The Bank’sOur key market risk and capital adequacy measures are quantified in the following discussion.“Economic Value of Capital Stock” and “Market Value of Capital Stock” sections that follow.
Valuation Models
The Bank usesWe use sophisticated risk management systems to evaluate itsour financial position. These systems employ various mathematical models and valuation techniques to measure interest rate risk. For example, we use valuation techniques designed to model embedded options and other cash flow uncertainties across a number of hypothetical interest rate environments. The techniques used to model embedded options rely on
  understanding the contractual and behavioral features of each instrument.
 
  using appropriate market data, such as yield curves and implied volatilities.
using appropriate option valuation models and prepayment functions to describe the evolution of interest rates over time and the expected cash flows of financial instruments in response.
The method for calculating fair value is dependent on the instrument type. We typically rely on these approaches:
Option-free instruments, such as plain vanilla interest rate swaps, bonds, and advances require an assessment of the future course of interest rates. Once the course of interest rates has been specified and the expected cash flows determined, the appropriate forward rates are used to discount the future cash flows to a fair value.
Option-embedded instruments, such as cancelable interest rate swaps, swaptions, caps, and floors, callable bonds, and mortgage-related instruments, are typically evaluated using interest rate tree (lattice) or Monte Carlo simulations that generate a large number of possible interest rate scenarios.
Actual changes may differ somewhat from the amounts calculated in our models due to changing market conditions, prepayment behaviors, and changing balance sheet composition that are not captured by the model.

 

97103


Many
Models are inherently imperfect predictors of ouractual results because they are based on assumptions about future performance. Changes in any models or in any of the assumptions, judgments, or estimates used in the models may cause the results generated by the model to be materially different. Our risk computations require the use of instantaneous shifts in risk factorsassumptions such as interest rates, spreads, interest rate volatilities, and prepayment speeds. These stress testsassumptions are based on management’s best estimates at the time the model is run. Ultimately these computations may overestimatediffer from our interest rate risk exposure because they do not take into account any portfolio rebalancing and hedging actions that are required to maintain risk exposures within our policies and guidelines. Management has adopted controls, procedures, and policies to monitor and manage assumptions used in these models.
Economic Value of Capital Stock
We define EVCS is defined by the Bank as the net present value of expected future cash flows of the Bank’sour assets, liabilities, and derivatives, discounted at the Bank’sour cost of funds, divided by the total shares of capital stock outstanding. This method eliminatesreduces the impact of day-to-day price changes (e.g. mortgage option-adjusted spread (OAS))spread) which cannot be attributed to any of the standard market factors, such as movements in interest rates or volatilities. Thus, EVCS thus approximates the long-term value of one share of Bankour capital stock.
Bank policyOur ERMP sets the MAT for EVCS at $100 per share. Under the policy, if EVCS drops below $100 per share, the ERMP requires that the Bankwe increase itsour required retained earnings minimum target to account for the shortfall. In addition, until February 2009, if EVCS was below $100 per share or actual retained earnings fell below the retained earnings minimum, the Bank was required to establish a dividend cap at not more than 80 percent of current earnings, or an action plan, as deemed necessary by the Board of Directors, to return to its targeted level of retained earnings within twelve months.
In February 2009, the Bank modified the policy so that ifIf actual retained earnings fall below the minimum target, the Bank,retained earnings requirement we, as determined by the Board of Directors, will either cap dividends at less than the current earned dividend, orare required to establish an action plan (which can include a dividend cap) to addressenable us to return to our required retained earnings within twelve months. At December 31, 2009, our actual retained earnings were above the retained earnings shortfall within a practicable period of time, given the uncertainty about the economic conditions that the Bank faces.minimum, and therefore no action plan was necessary.
The following table shows EVCS in dollars per share based on outstanding shares including shares classified as mandatorily redeemable, at each quarter-end during 20082009 and 2007.2008.
        
Economic Value of Capital Stock (Dollars Per Share)Economic Value of Capital Stock (Dollars Per Share) Economic Value of Capital Stock (Dollars Per Share) 
2009 
December $108.7 
September $106.9 
June $102.1 
March $86.3 
2008  
December $80.0  $80.0 
September $96.1  $96.1 
June $105.1  $105.1 
March $105.3  $105.3 
2007 
December $104.2 
September $107.4 
June $111.3 
March $112.2 

 

98104


During the last four months ofOur EVCS has recovered significantly since December 31, 2008 the Bank’s EVCS fell below the MAT of $100 per share.increasing to $108.7 at December 31, 2009. The decrease in EVCSimprovement was primarily attributable to increased funding costs relative to LIBOR, a significant decline in advances which resulted in the redemption of capital stock at par, and increased interest rate volatility. Increased funding costs relative to LIBOR have a negative impact on the Bank’s EVCS because cash flows of the Bank’s assets are predominantly tied to LIBOR, and are discounted using the Bank’s funding cost curve. Higher interest rate volatility has a negative impact on all of our value measurements (including EVCS) through its impact on the value of mortgage-related assets. Higher volatility increases the probability that mortgage rates will either decrease or increase, both of which decrease the value of existing mortgages. If rates go down, homeowners either increase prepayments or refinance existing mortgages. If rates go up, prepayments slow down, thereby leaving mortgage holders with lower yielding assets compared to market.following:
As a result of the below par EVCS, the Bank declared a fourth quarter dividend of 1.00 percent. This dividend brings total dividends paid for 2008 to $88.6 million, or 70 percent of 2008 net income. See the “Dividends” section at page 80 for the Bank’s response.
Improvement in our funding costs relative to LIBOR.Because the EVCS methodology focuses on the long-term value of one share of capital stock, we discount future cash flows of our assets, liabilities, and derivatives using our cost of funds. During 2009, our cost of funds relative to LIBOR improved, and therefore EVCS was positively impacted as the long-term net earnings potential of our balance sheet increased.
At January 31, 2009 EVCS per share increased to $88.2 primarily due to an increase in interest rates and a decrease in volatilities.
Decreased interest rate volatility.Decreased interest rate volatility during 2009 had a positive impact on all value measurements (including EVCS) through its impact on the value of mortgage-related assets. As interest rate volatility decreased, the value of the prepayment option to homeowners embedded in the mortgage-related assets decreased, thereby increasing the value of the assets.
Adjustments to our prepayment model. During the second quarter of 2009 we adjusted our prepayment model to more accurately reflect the recent prepayment experiences of our MPF portfolio. This adjustment decreased the projected prepayment speeds on those assets, resulting in higher future cash flows and thus higher EVCS.
Increased retained earnings.Retained earnings increased during 2009 due primarily to the Bank’s increased net income. As we retain net income, our equity position increases thereby increasing EVCS.
Elimination of the negative spread carried on our liquidity portfolio.During the fourth quarter of 2008, we funded a portion of our liquidity portfolio with fixed rate longer-dated discount notes. Subsequent to the issuance of these discount notes, interest rates fell significantly resulting in a negative spread as the cost of the discount notes was greater than the earnings on the liquidity portfolio. This negative spread significantly decreased EVCS at December 31, 2008. As the discount notes matured throughout 2009, the impact of the negative spread was eliminated thereby increasing EVCS.

105


Market Value of Capital Stock
We define MVCS is defined by the Bank as the present value of assets minus the present value of liabilities adjusted for the net present value of derivatives divided by the total shares of capital stock outstanding. It represents the “liquidation value” of one share of Bankour stock if all assets and liabilities were liquidated at current market prices. MVCS does not represent our long-term value, as it takes into account only the short-term market price fluctuations. These fluctuations are generally unrelated to the long-term value of the Bank, as it takes into account the short-term market price fluctuations which are unrelated to movements in interest rates or volatilities.cash flows from our assets and liabilities.
The MVCS calculation uses market prices, as well as implied forward rates, and assumes a static balance sheet. The timing and variability of balance sheet cash flows are calculated by an internal model. To ensure the accuracy of the market value calculation, we reconcile the computed market prices of complex instruments, such as financial derivatives and mortgage assets, to market observed prices or dealers’ quotes.
Interest rate risk stress testtests of MVCS involvesinvolve instantaneous parallel shifts in interest rates. The resulting percentage change in MVCS from the base case value is an indication of longer-term repricing risk and option risk embedded in the balance sheet.
To protect the MVCS from large interest rate swings, we use hedging transactions, such as entering into or canceling interest rate swaps on existing debt, altering the funding structure supporting MBS and MPF purchases, and purchasing interest rate swaptions and caps.

99


The policy limits for MVCS are five percent and ten percent declines from base case in the up and down 100 and 200 basis point parallel interest rate shift scenarios, respectively. Any breach of policy limits requires an immediate action to bring the exposure back within policy limits, as well as a report to the Board of Directors.

106


The following tables show our base case and change from base case MVCS in dollars per share and percent change respectively, based on outstanding shares including shares classified as mandatorily redeemable, assuming instantaneous shifts in interest rates at each quarter-end during 20082009 and 2007:2008:
                                        
 Market Value of Capital Stock (Dollars per Share)  Market Value of Capital Stock (Dollars per Share) 
 Down 200 Down 100 Base Case Up 100 Up 200  Down 200 Down 100 Base Case Up 100 Up 200 
2009 
December $85.1 $100.2 $100.2 $97.2 $92.0 
September $78.4 $91.7 $95.5 $93.5 $89.0 
June $72.1 $86.9 $91.2 $90.4 $87.4 
March $42.7 $59.2 $76.3 $86.9 $85.7 
2008  
December $20.6 $41.0 $58.4 $66.2 $64.3  $20.6 $41.0 $58.4 $66.2 $64.3 
September $84.3 $89.3 $91.8 $89.6 $87.0  $84.3 $89.3 $91.8 $89.6 $87.0 
June $81.7 $93.5 $97.0 $94.0 $89.1  $81.7 $93.5 $97.0 $94.0 $89.1 
March $77.8 $85.7 $90.0 $87.6 $84.1  $77.8 $85.7 $90.0 $87.6 $84.1 
2007 
December $88.1 $90.8 $94.4 $94.4 $95.2 
September $92.5 $93.4 $94.3 $92.8 $89.7 
June $96.0 $98.1 $98.4 $97.5 $95.3 
March $93.0 $100.7 $102.5 $99.5 $94.8 
                                        
 Percent Change from Base Case  Percent Change from Base Case 
 Down 200 Down 100 Base Case Up 100 Up 200  Down 200 Down 100 Base Case Up 100 Up 200 
2009 
December  (15.1)%  0.0%  0.0%  (3.0)%  (8.2)%
September  (17.9)%  (4.0)%  0.0%  (2.1)%  (6.8)%
June  (20.9)%  (4.7)%  0.0%  (0.9)%  (4.2)%
March  (44.0)%  (22.3)%  0.0%  14.0%  12.3%
2008  
December  (64.8)%  (29.7)%  0.0%  13.5%  10.1%  (64.8)%  (29.7)%  0.0%  13.5%  10.1%
September  (8.2)%  (2.7)%  0.0%  (2.5)%  (5.3)%  (8.2)%  (2.7)%  0.0%  (2.5)%  (5.3)%
June  (15.7)%  (3.6)%  0.0%  (3.1)%  (8.1)%  (15.7)%  (3.6)%  0.0%  (3.1)%  (8.1)%
March  (13.5)%  (4.7)%  0.0%  (2.7)%  (6.6)%  (13.5)%  (4.7)%  0.0%  (2.7)%  (6.6)%
2007 
December  (6.7)%  (3.8)%  0.0%  0.0%  0.8%
September  (1.9)%  (1.0)%  0.0%  (1.6)%  (4.9)%
June  (2.4)%  (0.3)%  0.0%  (0.9)%  (3.1)%
March  (9.3)%  (1.8)%  0.0%  (2.9)%  (7.5)%

107


The decreaseincrease in base case MVCS at December 31, 20082009 compared with September 30,December 31, 2008 was primarily attributable to an increase in the OAS on our mortgage assets, combinedfollowing:
Decreased option-adjusted spread on our mortgage assets.During 2009, the spread between mortgage interest rates and LIBOR decreased which increased the value of our mortgage assets.
Increased longer-term interest rates. As longer-term interest rates increased during 2009, the prepayments on fixed-rate mortgage assets were reinvested at higher interest rates, while the cost of the associated debt remained constant/fixed. As a result, the value of the mortgage assets decreased less than the value of the corresponding debt, thereby increasing MVCS.
Decreased interest rate volatility.Decreased interest rate volatility during 2009 had a positive impact on all value measurements (including MVCS) through its impact on the value of mortgage-related assets. As interest rate volatility decreased, the value of the prepayment option to homeowners embedded in the mortgage-related assets decreased, thereby increasing the value of the assets.
Increased retained earnings.Retained earnings increased during 2009 due primarily to the Bank’s increased net income. As we retain net income, our equity position increases thereby increasing MVCS.
Elimination of the negative spread carried on our liquidity portfolio.During the fourth quarter of 2008, we funded a portion of our liquidity portfolio with fixed rate longer-dated discount notes. Subsequent to the issuance of these discount notes, interest rates fell significantly resulting in a negative spread as the cost of the discount notes was greater than the earnings on the liquidity portfolio. This negative spread significantly decreased MVCS at December 31, 2008. As the discount notes matured throughout 2009, the impact of the negative spread was eliminated thereby increasing MVCS.
During 2009 and a significant decline in advances which resulted in the redemption of capital stock at par, a large decline in interest rates, and an increase in volatility during the last quarter of 2008. This decrease was partially offset by increased long-term funding costs relative to LIBOR (which while increasing the cost of new debt issuance for the Bank, has the effect of positively impacting the value of the Bank’s existing debt). In addition, during the last two monthsmajority of 2008, in response to guidance from the Finance Agency, the Bank enhanced its liquidity position to ensure availability of funds for members, which resulted in a decline in market value as interest rates declined.

100


The slight decrease in base caseour projected MVCS at September 30, 2008 compared with December 31, 2007 was primarily attributable to an increase in the OAS on our mortgage assets, partially offset by a significant increase in advances which resulted in the addition of capital stock at par, and increased long-term funding costs relative to LIBOR.
Throughout the first two quarters and the last quarter of 2008, the Bank’s MVCS fell below the 10 percent threshold in the down 200 basis point rate shift scenario.scenario fell below the ten percent policy threshold loss. However, in February 2008, management received a temporary suspensionour Board of Directors suspended all policy limits pertaining to the down 200 basis point rate shift scenario fromdue to the Board of Directors as Treasury rates approached two percent. This suspension applies inalready low rate environments where an instantaneous shock of 200 basis points would result in an interest rate less than or equal to zero, and thus hedging against this event is not reasonable or economical.
At November 30, 2008 and December 31, 2008 the Bank’senvironment. In addition, our projected MVCS fell below the 5 percent threshold in the down 100 basis point rate shift scenario due to a decline in interest rates, an increase in volatility,was below the five percent threshold during the last quarter of 2008 and the negative spread on the Bank’s increased liquidity. After conductingfirst quarter of 2009. While this was a thorough analysis of the Bank’s projected exposure to decreasing interest rates, which is highly dependent on the accuracy of its mortgage prepayment model’s projections of future homeowner prepayment rates,policy breach, management concludeddetermined that the Bank’s prepayment model, which is calibratedcost of employing hedging strategies to historical observations, is likely projecting faster mortgage prepayments than currently warranted. Reasons for this conclusion include:
Current historically wide level of spread betweenrebalance the primary (the rate a homeowner receives on their mortgage) vs. secondary (rates at which mortgage securities are traded inprofile and eliminate the market place) mortgage rates. Our model uses a long-term moving average ofbreach outweighed the spread to project prepayments.
Increased credit underwriting standards reducing the number of creditworthy homeowners.
Declining home values.
Decline in the number of mortgage originators available to process applications.
Estimates produced by management, adjusting the Bank’s prepayment model to use current primary to secondary spreads, showed that the Bank’s exposure to falling ratesprotection it would have declined significantly, while its exposure to rising rates would have increased.
In addition to the above analysis, management evaluated its alternatives in the stressed, highly volatile market environment which included historically high costs of interest rate derivatives. As a result, management decided not to employ the usual hedges which protect MVCS in down rate shift scenarios. The Bank’s Board of Directors reviewed management’s analysis and concurred with this decision. Management continues to assess market conditions and opportunities to determine appropriate action in the future.
At January 31, 2009 base case MVCS increased to $76.2 primarily due to an increase in interest rates, a decrease in volatility, a decrease in mortgage OAS, and an increase in funding costs relative to LIBOR.provide.

 

101108


Mortgage Finance Market Risk
TheOur Mortgage Finance business segment generally exposesis exposed to market risk as a result of the Bank to potentially greater financial risk compared to the Member Finance business segment due to greater interest rate risk associated with fixed rate mortgage assets. Mortgage assets include mortgage loans, MBS, HFA, and SBA investments. The exposure to interestInterest rate risk exists on our mortgage assets due to the embedded prepayment option available to homeowners creating a potential cash flow mismatch between our mortgage investmentsassets and the liabilities funding them. Generally, as interest rates decrease, homeowners are more likely to refinance fixed rate mortgages, resulting in increased prepayments that are received earlier than if interest rates remain stable. Replacing higher rate loans that prepay with lower rate loans has the potential of reducing our net interest income. Conversely, an increase in interest rates may result in slower than expected prepayments and an extension in the weighted-average life of the mortgage assets. In this case, we have the risk that our liabilities may mature faster than our mortgage assets requiring the Bankus to issue additional funding at a higher cost, which would also reduce net interest income. By executing risk management strategies for the Mortgage Finance business segment, our goal is to minimize exposure to market risk from changes in market conditions.
During 2008, the Bank’s exposure to interest rate risk differed from expectations as a result of the ongoing credit and liquidity crisis that began in late 2007. Throughout the first nine months of 2008, as interest rates decreased, the Bank experienced a normal increase in prepayments. During the last three months of 2008, as credit markets tightened, it became more difficult for homeowners to refinance, therefore the Bank experienced a slow down in prepayments. This slowdown caused an extension in the weighted average-life of the Bank’s mortgage portfolio. This extension, coupled with uncertainty surrounding the expected prepayments of the mortgage portfolio, increased the Bank’s hedging and funding needs.
The Bank uses two different but complementary approaches to quantify risk and structure funding and hedging of the portfolio. The first is a cash flow matching analytical framework that seeks to generally match the cash flows of assets, liabilities, and derivatives for a number of market scenarios. The second is a Monte Carlo simulation based approach that focuses on market values in a number of randomly generated market scenarios. The two approaches provide different perspectives of the portfolio profile to quantify risk.
The cash flow matching analytical framework models the portfolio of debt and derivatives generally to match the pay-downs of mortgage assets across a high rate, slow prepayment scenario, and a low rate, fast prepayment scenario. This framework analyzes mortgage principal pay-down (either from prepayments or scheduled amortization), and identifies the amount of debt or derivatives maturing or being called in the stated market scenarios. Thus, the Bank is identifying any differences in principal balances between assets and liabilities over a range of slow to fast mortgage prepayment speeds.

102


We use a Monte Carlo based valuation model to manage risk by closely monitoring the net market value of our total position in assets, liabilities, and interest rate swaps over a number of market scenarios. This risk measure is based on the Bank’s asset-liability management model and a prepayment model that projects the prepayment dynamics of mortgage assets. Our model takes into account such factors as historical mortgage loan prepayment rates and various security dealer model forecasts. We conduct a review of the accuracy and reliability of the prepayment model on a monthly basis.
Mortgage Finance Typical Funding Structures
Wegenerally attempt to match the duration of our mortgage assets with the duration of our liabilities within a reasonable range. Mortgage assets include mortgage loans, MBS, HFA, and SBA investments. We issue a mix of debt securities across a broad spectrum of final maturities to achieve the desired liability durations. Because the cash flows of mortgage assets fluctuate as interest rates change, we frequently issue callable and noncallable debt to alter the cash flows of our liabilities to match partially the expected change in cash flows of our mortgage assets. The duration of callable debt, like that of a mortgage, shortens when interest rates decrease and lengthens when interest rates increase. If interest rates decrease, we are likely to call debt that carries an interest rate higher than does the current market.
We fund certain mortgage loans with a combination of callable, noncallable, and APLS. APLS debt securities. APLS principal balances pay down consistent with a specified reference pool of mortgages determined at issuance and have a final stated maturity of sevenfour to ten15 years. These consolidated obligations pay a fixed coupon with the redemption schedule dependent on the amortization of the underlying reference pool of mortgages identified earlier. These consolidated obligations are redeemed at the final maturity date, regardless of the then-outstanding amount of the reference pool.
The noncallable and callable consolidated obligations have varying costs with the shorter-term noncallable bonds generally having a lower cost than the longer-term callable bonds. As a result of these differing bond costs, the cost of funds supporting our mortgage assets will change over time and under varying interest rate scenarios. The related mortgage loansassets maintain a relatively constant yield, resulting in changes in the portfolio’s interest spread relationship over time.
In a stable to rising interest rate environment, the lower-rate short-term bonds mature while the higher-rate callable bonds remain outstanding, resulting in an increasing cost of funds and a lower income spread as time passes. Conversely, in a falling interest rate environment, many of the higher-rate callable bonds are called away reducing the cost of funds and improving spreads.

109


We improved our overall risk profile during 2009 due to a combination of the mortgage loan sale transaction and associated debt extinguishments and the replacement of the mortgage loans sold. We sold $2.1 billion of our mortgage loan portfolio during the second quarter of 2009 in an effort to improve our market value sensitivity to changes in interest rates. We are exposed to interest rate risk on our mortgage assets due to the embedded prepayment option available to homeowners creating a potential cash flow mismatch between our mortgage investments and the liabilities funding them. Therefore, selling a portion of our mortgage loans reduced this cash flow mismatch and improved our market value risk profile. Additionally, as a result of the mortgage loan sale transaction, we used a portion of the proceeds to purchase investments to replace the mortgage loans. The investments purchased do not expose us to the same prepayment risk associated with mortgage assets and therefore, also improved our market value risk profile.
Derivatives
We enter into derivative agreements to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates. We use derivatives to adjust the effective maturity, repricing frequency, or option characteristics of financial instruments to achieve risk management objectives. We do not use derivatives for speculative purposes.

103


Our current hedging strategies relate toencompass hedges of existingspecific assets and liabilities that qualify for fair value hedge accounting treatment and economic hedges that are used to reduce overall market risk atof the balance sheet or portfolio level. Economic hedges do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, so only the derivative instrument is marked to market. Prior to the execution of transactions under a new or complexsheet. All hedging strategy, thestrategies are approved by our Asset-Liability Committee must approve the strategy.Committee.
The following tables describetable describes our approved derivative hedging strategies at December 31, 2008:2009:
       
  Hedging Derivative Hedging Purpose of Hedge
Hedged Item Classification Instrument Transaction
Advances
      
Fixed rate advances Fair value Payment of fixed, receipt of variable interest rate swap To protect against changes in interest rates by converting the asset’s fixed rate to the same variable rate index as the funding source.
Putable fixed rate advances Fair value Payment of fixed, receipt of variable interest rate swap with put option To protect against changes in interest rates including option risk by converting the asset’s fixed rate to the same variable rate index as the funding source.
Callable fixed rate advances Fair Value Payment of fixed, receipt of variable interest rate swap with call option To protect against changes in interest rates including option risk by converting the asset’s fixed rate to the same variable rate index as the funding source.
Variable rate advancesEconomicPayment of variable (e.g. six-month LIBOR), receipt of variable (e.g. three-month LIBOR) interest rate swapTo protect against repricing risk by converting the asset’s variable rate to the same index variable rate as the funding source.
Mortgage Assets
Mortgage loans and MBSEconomicInterest rate capsTo manage the extension risk of our fixed rate mortgage-related investments and the interest rate caps embedded in our adjustable rate MBS portfolio.
Variable rate MBS1
EconomicPayment of variable, receipt of variable interest rate swapTo protect against repricing risk by converting the asset’s variable rate to the same index as the funding source.

 

104110


       
  Hedging Derivative Hedging Purpose of Hedge
Hedged Item Classification Instrument Transaction
Variable rate advancesEconomicPayment of variable (i.e. six-month LIBOR), receipt of variable (i.e. three-month LIBOR) interest rate swapTo protect against repricing risk by converting the asset’s variable rate to the same index variable rate as the funding source.
Mortgage Assets
Mortgage delivery commitments Economic Forward settlement
agreements
 To protect against changes in market value resulting from changes in interest rates.
Investments      
Investments
Fixed rate investments1 Fair value or
economic
 Payment of fixed, receipt of variable interest rate swap To protect against changes in interest rates by converting the asset’s fixed rate to the same variable rate index as the funding source.
Consolidated Obligations
      
Fixed rate consolidated obligations Fair value or
Economic3
 Payment of variable, receipt of fixed interest rate swap To protect against changes in interest rates by converting the debt’s fixed rate to the same variable rate index as the asset being funded.
Callable fixed rate consolidated obligations2 Fair value or
Economic42
 Payment of variable, receipt of fixed interest rate swap with call option To protect against changes in interest rates including option risk by converting the debt’s fixed rate to the same variable rate index as the asset being funded.
Callable variable rate consolidated obligations1,21
 Fair value or
Economic42
 Payment of variable, receipt of variable interest rate swap with call option To protect against changes in interest rates including option risk by converting the debt’s variable rate to the same variable rate index as the asset being funded.
Variable rate consolidated obligations1 Economic Payment of variable (e.g.(i.e. one-month LIBOR or another index), receipt of variable (e.g.(i.e. three-month LIBOR) interest rate swap To protect against repricing risk by converting the variable rate funding source to the same variable rate index as the asset being funded.
Balance Sheet
      
Interest rate capsEconomicN/ATo protect against changes in income of mortgage assets due to changes in interest rates.

111


HedgingDerivative HedgingPurpose of Hedge
Hedged ItemClassificationInstrumentTransaction
Interest rate floors1
EconomicN/ATo protect against changes in income of mortgage assets due to changes in interest rates.
Interest rate swaps swaptions and capsswaptions1
 Economic N/A To protect against changes in income and market value of capital stock due to changes in interest rates.
   
1 This derivative hedging strategy was not executedoutstanding as of December 31, 2008.2009.
 
2When the hedged item has payment features related to interest payments such as step up bonds, range bonds, or caps on variable rate bonds, the receive leg of the interest rate swap has the same features as the hedged item.
3When the hedged item has a term that is different than the swap.
4 When the hedged item is a hybrid instrument with an embedded derivative that must be bifurcated,we may (i) bifurcate the derivative or (ii) elect the fair value option on the hybridentire hedged item; in both cases the resulting instrument is classified as an economic hedge.

105


Advances
The Bank makesWe make advances to itsour members and eligible housing associates on the security of mortgages and other eligible collateral. The Bank issuesWe issue fixed and variable rate advances, callable advances, and putable advances.
With the issuance of a fixed rate putable advance, we have effectively purchased from the borrower a put option that enables us to terminate the advance after the lockout period and before final maturity. If we exercise our option, the borrower then has the choice of repaying the advance or replacing the advance with any available advance product, subject to the Bank’s normal credit and collateral requirements, at the then current market rate. We may hedge a putable advance by entering into a cancelable derivative agreement where we pay interest at a fixed rate and receive interest at a variable rate. The interest rate swap counterparty has the option to cancel the derivative agreement on any put date, which would normally occur in a rising rate environment. If the counterparty exercises its option to terminate the interest rate swap, we then exercise our option to terminate the related advance. We may also use derivative agreements to transform the characteristics of advances to more closely match the characteristics of the supporting funding.
The optionality embedded in certain financial instruments can create additional interest rate risk. When a borrower prepays an advance, we could suffer lower future income if the principal portion of the prepaid advance were reinvested in lower yielding assets that continue to be funded by higher cost debt. To protect against this risk, we may charge a prepayment fee that makes us financially indifferent to a borrower’s decision to prepay an advance. When we offer advances (other than overnight advances) that a borrower may prepay without a prepayment fee, we usuallygenerally finance such advances with callable debt or otherwise hedge the embedded option.
Mortgage Assets
We manage the interest rate and prepayment risk associated with mortgage loans, securities, and certificates using a combination of debt issuance and derivatives. We may use derivative agreements to transform the characteristics of MBS to more closely match the characteristics of the supporting funding more closely.funding.
The prepayment options embedded in mortgage assets can result in extensions or contractions in the expected maturities of these investments, depending on levels of interest rates. The Finance Agency limits this source of interest rate risk by restricting the types of MBS we may own to those with limited average life changes under certain interest rate shock scenarios.
We enter into commitments to purchase mortgages from our participating members. We may establish an economic hedge of these commitments by selling MBS to be announced“to-be-announced” (TBA) for forward settlement. A TBA represents a forward contract for the sale of MBS at a future agreed upon date. Upon expiration of the mortgage purchase commitment, the Bank purchases the TBA to close the hedged position.

 

106112


BothNon-Mortgage Investments
We manage the mortgage purchase commitmentsrisk arising from changing market prices and volatility of certain fixed rate non-mortgage assets by using derivative agreements to transform the TBA used infixed rate characteristics to more closely match the economic hedging strategy are recorded as derivative assets or derivative liabilities at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in current-period earnings. When a mortgage purchase commitment derivative settles, the current market valuecharacteristics of the commitment is included as a basis adjustment on the mortgage loan and amortized accordingly.supporting funding.
Consolidated Obligations
We manage the risk arising from changing market prices and volatility of a consolidated obligation by matching the cash inflow on the derivative agreement with the cash outflow on the consolidated obligation. While consolidated obligations are the joint and several obligations of the FHLBanks, each FHLBank serves as sole counterparty to derivative agreements associated with specific debt issues for which it is the primary obligor.
In a typical transaction, fixed rate consolidated obligations are issued for us by the Office of Finance and we simultaneously enter into a matching derivative agreement in which the counterparty pays us fixed cash flows designed to mirror in timing, optionality, and amount the cash outflows paid by us on the consolidated obligation. In this typical transaction, we pay a variable cash flow that closely matches the interest payments we receive on short-term or variable rate assets. This intermediation between the capital and derivative markets permits us to raise funds at lower costs than would otherwise be available through the issuance of variable rate consolidated obligations in the capital markets.
We also enter into derivative agreements on variable rate consolidated obligations. For example, we enter into a derivative agreement where the counterparty pays us variable rate cash flows and we pay a different variable rate linked to LIBOR. This type of hedge allows us to manage our repricing risk between assets and liabilities.
We may also enter into interest rate swaps with an upfront payment in a comparable amount to the discount on the hedged consolidated obligation. This cash payment equates to the initial fair value of the interest rate swap and is amortized over the estimated life of the interest rate swap to net interest income as the discount on the bond is expensed. The interest rate swap is marked to market through “Net gain (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities” in the Statements of Income.
Balance Sheet
The Bank entersWe enter into certain economic derivatives as macro balance sheet hedges to protect against changes in interest rates. These economic derivatives include interest rate caps, floors, swaps, swaptions, and caps.swaptions.
See additional discussion regarding our derivative contracts in the “Derivatives” section at page 66.“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Statements of Condition — Derivatives.”

 

107113


Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that we will be unable to meet our obligations as they come due or meet the credit needs of our members and housing associates in a timely and cost efficient manner. Day-to-day and contingency liquidity objectives are designed to protect our financial strength and to allow us to withstand market disruption. To achieve this objective, we establish liquidity management requirements and maintain liquidity in accordance with Finance Agency regulations and our own liquidity policy. The Bank’s Enterprise Risk Committee setsOur Board of Directors approves the policy, and the Asset-Liability Committee provides oversight of liquidity risk management by reviewing and approving liquidity management strategies.policy. Our liquidity risk management process is based on ongoing calculations of net funding requirements, which are determined by analyzing future cash flows based on assumptions of the expected behavior of members and our assets, liabilities, capital stock, and derivatives. See “Liquidity“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Liquidity and Capital Resources” beginning at page 69 for additional detail ofdetails on our liquidity management.
Credit Risk
We define credit risk as the potential that our borrowers or counterparties will fail to meet their obligations in accordance with agreed upon terms. The Bank’sOur primary credit risks arise from our ongoing lending, investing, and hedging activities. Our overall objective in managing credit risk is to operate a sound credit granting process and to maintain appropriate credit administration, measurement, and monitoring practices.
Advances
We are required by regulation to obtain and maintain a security interest in eligible collateral at the time we originate or renew an advance and throughout the life of the advance. Eligible collateral includes whole first mortgages on improved residential property or securities representing a whole interest in such mortgages; securities issued, insured, or guaranteed by the U.S. government or any of the GSEs, including without limitation MBS issued or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae; cash deposited in the Bank;with us; guaranteed student loans; and other real estate-related collateral acceptable to the Bank provided such collateral has a readily ascertainable value and the Bankwe can perfect a security interest in such property. Additionally, CFIs may pledge collateral consisting of secured small business, small farm, or small agribusiness loans, including secured business and agri-business lines of credit.
Credit risk arises from the possibility that a borrower is unable to repay their obligation and the collateral pledged to us is insufficient to cover the obligationsamount of a borrowerexposure in default. We manage credit risk by securing borrowings with sufficient collateral acceptable to us, monitoring borrower creditworthiness through internal and independent third-party analysis, and performing collateral review and valuation procedures to verify the sufficiency of pledged collateral. We are required by law to make advances solely on a secured basis and have never experienced a credit loss on an advance since our inception. The Bank maintainsWe maintain policies and practices to monitor our exposure and take action where appropriate. In addition, the Bank haswe have the ability to call for additional or substitute collateral, or require delivery of collateral, during the life of a loan to protect its security interest.

 

108114


Although management has policies and procedures in place to manage credit risk, the Bankwe may be exposed because the outstanding advance value may exceed the liquidation value of the Bank’sour collateral. The Bank mitigatesWe mitigate this risk through applying collateral discounts, requiring most borrowers to execute a blanket lien, taking delivery of collateral, and limiting extensions of credit.
Collateral discounts, or haircuts, are applied to the unpaid principal balance or market value, if available, of the collateral to determine the advance equivalent value of the collateral securing each borrower’s obligations. The amount of these discounts will vary based on the type of collateral and security agreement. The Bank determinesWe determine these discounts or haircuts using data based upon historical price changes, discounted cash flow analysis, and loan level modeling.
At December 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, borrowers pledged $87$86 billion and $73$87 billion of collateral (net of applicable discounts) to support $44$39 billion and $42$44 billion of advances and other activities with the Bank.activities. Borrowers pledge collateral in excess of their collateral requirement mainly to demonstrate liquidity availability and to borrow additional amounts in the future.
Effective April 6, 2009, management will update discounts on advance collateral. The Bank made these changes to ensure that the Bank can continue to extend credit to members safely and soundly and to protect the integrity of its capital stock. These changes will apply to all members and housing associates. As of February 28, 2009 there are 13 insurance companies that have contractual discounts and have not agreed to sign a revised Advances, Pledge, and Security Agreement that would allow the Bank to update discounts on insurance company collateral on a retroactive and prospective basis. Three of the 13 insurance companies were included in our top five advance borrower listing at December 31, 2008. As a result of failing to sign the revised agreement, the Bank will not extend new advances or rollover any existing advances to those insurance companies until they sign the new agreement. To ensure that it is fully collateralized on its existing business with those insurance companies, the Bank establishes market values against which the discounts are applied and may limit the return of delivered collateral on maturing advances.

109


The following table shows our composition of collateral pledged to the Bank (dollars in billions):
                        
                         December 31, 2009 December 31, 2008 
 December 31, 2008 December 31, 2007  Discounted Discounted   
 Unpaid Unpaid      Value of Percent of Value of Percent of 
 Principal Advance Principal Advance    Discount Collateral Total Pledged Discount Collateral Total Pledged 
Collateral Type Balance Equivalent Discount Balance Equivalent Discount  Range Pledged Collateral Range Pledged Collateral 
  
Residential loans  
1-4 family $51.5 $36.0  30.1% $39.3 $28.3  28.0%  13-62% $38.7  45%  9-46% $36.0  41%
Multi-family 1.9 1.1 42.1 1.4 0.8 42.9  50-62 1.3 2 33-50 1.1 1 
Other real estate 42.2 23.8 43.6 31.9 17.3 45.8  20-65 22.4 26 11-60 23.8 28 
Securities/insured loans  
Residential MBS 23.8 19.0 20.2 23.3 21.8 6.4 
Cash, agency and RMBS 0-45 16.8 19 0-46 19.0 22 
CMBS 7.3 4.6 37.0 3.7 3.2 13.5  11-36 4.3 5 5-29 4.6 5 
Government insured loans 1.1 0.9 18.2 0.9 0.8 11.1  9-38 1.0 1 17-23 0.9 1 
Secured small business loans and agribusiness loans 5.2 1.8 65.4 2.6 1.0 61.5  50-76 1.8 2 50-75 1.8 2 
                          
  
Total collateral $133.0 $87.2  34.4% $103.1 $73.2  29.0%
Total $86.3  100% $87.2  100%
                      

115


Mortgage Assets
We are exposed to mortgage asset credit risk through our participation in the MPF program and MBS activities. Mortgage asset credit risk is primarily the risk that we will not receive timely payments of principal and interest due from mortgage borrowers because of borrower defaults. Credit risk on mortgage assets is affected by numerous characteristics, including loan type, down-payment amount, borrower’s credit history, and other factors such as home price fluctuations.fluctuations, unemployment levels, and other economic factors in the local market or nationwide.
MPF Loans
Through our participation in the MPF program, we invest in conventional and government-insured residential mortgage loans that are acquired through or purchased from a PFI. We currently offer six MPF loan products to our PFIs: Original MPF, MPF 100, MPF 125, MPF Plus, Original MPF Government, and MPF Xtra. For a description of these MPF products, refer to “Item 1. Business — Products and Services — Mortgage Finance — MPF Loan Types.”
The following table presents our MPF portfolio by product type at December 31, 2009 and 2008 at par value (dollars in billions):
                 
  2009  2008 
Product Type Dollars  Percent  Dollars  Percent 
                 
Original MPF $0.5   6.5% $0   .3 2.8%
MPF 100  0.1   1.3   0   .2 1.9 
MPF 125  2.4   31.2   2   .0 18.7 
MPF Plus1
  4.3   55.8   7.8   72.9 
             
Total conventional loans  7.3   94.8   10   .3 96.3 
                 
Government-insured loans  0.4   5.2   0.4   3.7 
             
                 
Total mortgage loans $7.7   100.0% $10.7   100.0%
             
1During the second quarter of 2009, we sold $2.1 billion of MPF Plus mortgage loans to the FHLBank of Chicago, who immediately resold these loans to Fannie Mae.
We manage the credit risk on mortgage loans acquired in the MPF program by
(i) using agreements to establish credit risk sharing responsibilities between the Bank and participating members. The credit risk sharing includes payment of monthly credit enhancement fees by the Bank towith our members.
PFIs, (ii) monitoring the performance of the mortgage loan portfolio and creditworthiness of participating members.
PFIs, and (iii) establishing prudent credit loss reserves to reflect management estimatesmanagement’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the portfolio as of the balance sheet date.
establishing retained earnings to absorb unexpected losses that are in excess of credit loss reserves resulting from stress conditions.

110


portfolio. Our management of credit risk in the MPF program involves several layers of legal loss protection that are defined in agreements among us and our participating members. Though the nature of these layers ofPFIs.

116


For our government-insured MPF loans, our loss protection differs slightly amongconsists of the loan guarantee and contractual obligation of the loan servicer to repurchase the loan when certain criteria are met.
For our conventional MPF products we offer, each product contains similar credit risk structures. For conventional loans, PFIs retain a portion of the credit risk structure containson the following layers of loss protections in order of priority:
Homeowner equity.
Primary Mortgage Insurance (PMI) for allMPF loans with home owner equity of less than 20 percent of the original purchase price or appraised value.
FLA establishedthey sell to us by the Bank. FLA is a memorandum account for tracking losses. Such losses are either recoverable from future payments of performance basedproviding credit enhancement. The required PFI credit enhancement fees to the member or absorbed by the Bank,may vary depending on the MPF product.
product alternatives selected.
Credit enhancements (including supplemental mortgage insurance (SMI)) provided by participating members. The size of the participating member’sPFIs are paid a credit enhancement is calculated so that any lossesfee for managing the credit risk, and in excess of the FLA are limited to those of an investor in a mortgage-backed security that is rated the equivalent of AA by a NRSRO. To cover losses equal tosome instances all or a portion of the credit enhancement amount, participating members are required to either collateralize their creditfee may be performance based. Credit enhancement obligations or to purchase SMI from a highly rated mortgage insurer for the benefit of the Bank (except that losses generally classified as special hazard losses are not covered by SMI).
Losses greater than credit enhancements provided by members are the responsibility of the Bank. The Bank utilizes an allowance for any estimated losses beyond the above layers.
The FLA is a memorandum account which is a record keeping mechanism we use to track the amount of losses for which the Bank could have a potential loss exposure (before the member’s credit enhancement is used to cover losses). The FLA is not funded by the Bank or the participating member. Reductions in the amount of base or performance based credit enhancement fees paid to the participating member offset any losses incurred by the Bank, up to the limit of the FLA, except for the Original MPF Government product which is guaranteed by the U.S. Government. The Bank maintains the FLA for each master commitment. The FLA account balance was $105.9 million and $96.8 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

111


PFIs are paid credit enhancement fees as an incentive to minimize credit losses and share in the risk on MPF loans, and to pay for SMI. These fees are paid monthly and are determined based on the remaining unpaid principal balance of the MPF loans. The amountloans in the master commitment. To the extent we experience losses in a master commitment, we may be able to recapture credit enhancement fees paid to the PFI to offset these losses. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, credit enhancement fees paid to PFIs amounted to $15.6 million, $18.8 million, and $20.8 million.
For our conventional MPF loans, the availability of loss protection may differ slightly among MPF products. Our loss protection consists of the following loss layers, in order of priority:
Homeowner Equity.
Primary Mortgage Insurance.PMI is on all loans with homeowner equity of less than 20 percent of the original purchase price or appraised value.
First Loss Account. The first loss account specifies our loss exposure under each master commitment prior to the PFI’s credit enhancement obligation. If we experience losses in a master commitment, these losses will either be (i) recovered through the recapture of performance based credit enhancement fees from the PFI or (ii) absorbed by us. The first loss account balance for all master commitments is a memorandum account and was $116.4 million and $105.9 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
Credit Enhancement Obligation of PFI. PFIs have a credit enhancement obligation to absorb losses in excess of the first loss account in order to limit our loss exposure to that of an investor in an MBS that is rated the equivalent of AA by an NRSRO. PFIs are required to either collateralize their credit enhancement obligation with us or to purchase SMI from a highly rated mortgage insurer. All of our SMI providers have had their external ratings for claims-paying ability or insurer financial strength downgraded below AA. Ratings downgrades imply an increased risk that these SMI providers will be unable to fulfill their obligations to reimburse us for claims under insurance policies. On August 7, 2009, the Finance Agency granted a waiver for one year on the AA rating requirement of SMI providers for existing loans and commitments in the MPF program. Currently, we are evaluating the claims-paying ability of our SMI providers.

117


We utilize an allowance for credit enhancement fee may vary depending onlosses to reserve for estimated losses after considering the MPF products selected. Credit enhancement fees are recorded as a reduction to mortgage loan interest income. The Bank also paysrecapture of performance based credit enhancement fees which are basedfrom the PFI. The allowance for credit losses on actual performance of the mortgage loans. In general, base or performance based fees are net of cumulative unrecovered losses paid by the Bank. To the extent that losses in the current month exceed base or performance based credit enhancement fees accrued, the remaining losses are recovered from future base or performance based credit enhancement fees payable to the member. The Bank recorded credit enhancement fees of $18.8 million, $20.8 million, and $23.2 millionloans was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006. Our liability for credit enhancement fees was $6.7 million and $7.5 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
The Bank’s MPF loan portfolio contains loans guaranteed by the VA, FHA, and U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), and others that do not have such guarantee but have a credit risk protection in the form of PMI, FLA, SMI, and credit enhancement provided by the PFI. Any loss in excess of PMI, FLA, SMI, and credit enhancement is the responsibility of the Bank. If every loan in the portfolio were to default and the properties securing the loans had zero value, the amount of credit losses not recoverable from VA and FHA (including servicer paid losses not covered by the FHA or VA), PMI, FLA, SMI, and PFI credit enhancement coverage would be $10.1 billion and $10.2 billion at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
We offer a variety of MPF products to meet the differing needs of our members. The Bank allows participating members to select the products they want to use. These products include the following:
(1)Original MPF. Members sell closed loans to the Bank. The first layer losses are absorbed by the Bank up to an FLA. The second layer losses are provided by the member up to AA rating equivalent. All losses beyond the second layer are absorbed by the Bank.
(2)MPF 100. Members originate these loans as an agent for the Bank and the loans are funded and owned by the Bank. The first layer losses are absorbed by the Bank up to an FLA and is recoverable from the performance based credit enhancement fee. The second layer losses are provided by the member up to AA rating equivalent. All losses beyond the second layer are absorbed by the Bank.
(3)MPF 125. Members sell closed loans to the Bank. The first loss layer is absorbed by the Bank up to an FLA and is recoverable from the performance based credit enhancement fee. The second loss layer is provided by the member up to AA rating equivalent. All losses beyond the second layer are absorbed by the Bank.

112


(4)MPF Plus. Members sell closed loans to the Bank in bulk. The first layer losses are applied to an FLA equal to a specified percentage of loans in the pool and is recoverable from the performance based credit enhancement fee. The member acquires a SMI policy to cover the second loss layers that exceed the deductible of the policy. Additional losses up to AA rating equivalent are provided by the member’s credit enhancement amount. All losses beyond that are absorbed by the Bank.
(5)Original MPF Government. Members sell closed loans to the Bank. These loans are guaranteed by the U.S. Government under FHA, VA, RHS Section 502, or HUD section 184 loan programs.
In 2009, the Bank began participating in a new MPF product called MPF Xtra. Under this product, the Bank assigns 100 percent of its interests in PFI master commitments to the FHLBank of Chicago. The FHLBank of Chicago then purchases these mortgage loans from the Bank’s PFIs and sells those loans to Fannie Mae.
The following table presents our MPF portfolio by product type at December 31, 2008 and 2007 at par value (dollars in billions):
                 
  2008  2007 
Product Type Dollars  Percent  Dollars  Percent 
                 
Original MPF $0.3   2.8% $0.2   1.9%
MPF 100  0.2   1.9   0.1   0.9 
MPF 125  2.0   18.7   1.2   11.0 
MPF Plus  7.8   72.9   8.8   80.7 
             
Total conventional loans  10.3   96.3   10.3   94.5 
                 
Original MPF Government  0.4   3.7   0.5   4.6 
             
                 
Total mortgage loans  10.7   100.0   10.8   99.1 
                 
MPF shared funding recorded in investments  *   *   0.1   0.9 
             
                 
Total MPF related assets $10.7   100.0% $10.9   100.0%
             
*Amount is less than 0.1 billion or 0.1 percent.

113


The MPF shared funding certificates included in the preceding table are mortgage-backed certificates created from conventional conforming mortgages using a senior/subordinated tranche structure. The Bank’s investment is recorded in held-to-maturity securities. The following table shows our shared funding certificates and credit ratings at December 31, 2008, and 2007 (dollars in millions)thousands):
         
Credit Rating 2008  2007 
         
AAA $45  $51 
AA  2   2 
       
         
Total MPF shared funding certificates $47  $53 
       
             
  2009  2008  2007 
             
Balance, beginning of year $500  $300  $250 
             
Charge-offs  (88)  (95)  (19)
Provision for credit losses  1,475   295   69 
          
             
Balance, end of year $1,887  $500  $300 
          
AtIn accordance with our allowance for credit losses methodology, the allowance estimate is based on both quantitative and qualitative factors. Quantitative factors include but are not limited to portfolio composition and characteristics, delinquency levels, historical loss experience, changes in members’ credit enhancements, including the recovery of performance based credit enhancement fees, and other relevant factors using a pooled loan approach. Qualitative factors include but are not limited to changes in national and local economic trends. During the fourth quarter of 2009, we revised our allowance for credit loss methodology in order to better incorporate current market conditions. Refer to “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Allowance for Credit Losses — Mortgage Loans” for details on the allowance revision.
We monitor and report our loan portfolio performance monthly. Adjustments to the allowance for credit losses are considered at least quarterly based upon the factors discussed above. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we increased our allowance for credit losses through a provision of $1.5 million. This was primarily due to increased delinquency and loss severity rates throughout 2009. In addition, credit enhancement fees available to recapture losses decreased in 2009 as a result of the mortgage loan sale and increased principal repayments. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, we held mortgage loans acquired from Superior amounting to $7.9 billionincreased our allowance for credit losses through a provision of $0.3 million and $8.9 billion. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, these loans represented 74 percent and 83 percent of total mortgage loans at par value. The loans are primarily MPF Plus and Original MPF Government.
We also manage the credit risk on our mortgage loan portfolio by monitoring portfolio performance and the creditworthiness of our participating members. All loans purchased by the Bank must comply with underwriting guidelines which follow standards generally required in the secondary mortgage market. The MPF Guides set forth the eligibility standards for MPF loans. PFIs are free to use an approved automated underwriting system or to underwrite MPF loans manually when originating or acquiring loans, though the loans must meet MPF program underwriting and eligibility guidelines outlined in the MPF Origination Guide. In some circumstances, a PFI may be granted a waiver exempting it from complying with specified provisions of the MPF guides, such as documentation waivers.$0.1 million.

 

114118


The following table shows portfolio characteristics of the conventionalsummarizes our loan portfoliodelinquencies at December 31, 2008 and 2007. Portfolio concentrations are calculated based on unpaid principal balances.2009 (dollars in millions):
         
  2008  2007 
Portfolio Characteristics        
         
Regional concentration1
        
Midwest  41.4%  37.0%
West  17.0%  19.0%
Southwest  16.7%  16.4%
Southeast  13.8%  15.3%
Northeast  11.1%  12.3%
         
State concentration        
Minnesota  15.7%  14.1%
California  9.0%  10.0%
Iowa  9.5%  6.8%
Illinois  6.0%  5.8%
Missouri  6.2%  4.7%
         
Weighted average FICO (register mark) score at origination2
  737   735 
Weighted average loan-to-value at origination
  69%  68%
 
Average loan amount at origination $157,680  $158,686 
 
         
Original loan term        
Less than or equal to 15 years  23%  25%
Greater than 15 years  77%  75%
             
  Unpaid Principal Balance 
      Government-    
  Conventional  Insured  Total 
             
30 days $89  $17  $106 
60 days  34   6   40 
90 days  21   3   24 
Greater than 90 days  22   2   24 
Foreclosures and bankruptcies  64   1   65 
          
             
Total delinquencies $230  $29  $259 
          
             
Total mortgage loans outstanding $7,333  $380  $7,713 
          
             
Delinquencies as a percent of total mortgage loans  3.1%  7.6%  3.4%
          
             
Delinquencies 90 days and greater plus foreclosures and bankruptcies as a percent of total mortgage loans  1.5%  1.6%  1.5%
          
1Midwest includes IA, IL, IN, MI, MN, ND, NE, OH, SD, and WI.
West includes AK, CA, Guam, HI, ID, MT, NV, OR, WA, and WY.
Southeast includes AL, District of Columbia, FL, GA, KY, MD, MS, NC, SC, TN, VA, and WV.
Southwest includes AR, AZ, CO, KS, LA, MO, NM, OK, TX, and UT.
Northeast includes CT, DE, MA, ME, NH, NJ, NY, PA, Puerto Rico, RI, U.S. Virgin Islands, and VT.
2FICO (register mark) is a widely used credit industry model developed by Fair, Isaac, and Company, Inc. to assess borrower credit quality with scores ranging from a low of 300 to a high of 850.
We monitor the loan characteristics because they can be strong predictors of credit risk. For example, local economic conditions affect borrowers’ ability to repay loans and the value of the underlying collateral. Geographic diversification helps reduce mortgage credit risk at the portfolio level. Higher FICO (register mark) scores generally indicate a lower risk of default while lower scores can indicate a higher default risk. The likelihood of default and the gross severity of a loss in the event of default are typically lower as loan-to-value ratios decrease.

115


We monitor the delinquency levels offollowing table summarizes our mortgage loan portfolio on a monthly basis. A summary of our delinquencies at December 31, 2008 follows (dollars in millions):
             
  Unpaid Principal Balance 
      Government-    
  Conventional  Insured  Total 
             
30 days $101  $23  $124 
60 days  27   7   34 
90 days  11   3   14 
Greater than 90 days  12   3   15 
Foreclosures and bankruptcies  47   5   52 
          
             
Total delinquencies $198  $41  $239 
          
             
Total mortgage loans outstanding $10,253  $423  $10,676 
          
             
Delinquencies as a percent of total mortgage loans  1.9%  9.7%  2.2%
          
             
Delinquencies 90 days and greater plus foreclosures and bankruptcies as a percent of total mortgage loans  0.7%  2.6%  0.8%
          
A summary of our delinquencies at December 31, 2007 follows (dollars in millions):
             
  Unpaid Principal Balance 
      Government-    
  Conventional  Insured  Total 
             
30 days $83  $20  $103 
60 days  20   4   24 
90 days  6   2   8 
Greater than 90 days  1   1   2 
Foreclosures and bankruptcies  41   4   45 
          
             
Total delinquencies $151  $31  $182 
          
             
Total mortgage loans outstanding $10,330  $461  $10,791 
          
             
Delinquencies as a percent of total mortgage loans  1.5%  6.8%  1.7%
          
             
Delinquencies 90 days and greater plus foreclosures and bankruptcies as a percent of total mortgage loans  0.4%  1.1%  0.4%
          

 

116119


We place any conventional mortgage loan that is 90 days or more past due on nonaccrual status, meaning interest income on the loan is not accrued and any cash payments received are applied as interest income and a reduction of principal. A government-insured loan that is 90 days or more past due is not placed on nonaccrual status because of the (1)(i) U.S. government guarantee of the loan and (2)(ii) contractual obligation of the loan servicer to repurchase the loan when certain delinquency criteria are met.
The Bank has established an allowance for credit losses to reflect management estimates of most likely credit losses inherentAs shown in the portfolio. We also manage credit risk by establishing retained earningstables above, delinquencies and nonaccrual loans for our conventional portfolio increased in 2009 when compared to absorb unexpected losses,2008, which is consistent with the overall trend of increased delinquencies in excessthe mortgage market. Delinquencies for our government-insured portfolio decreased in 2009 when compared to 2008 primarily due to fewer delinquent loans and the contractual obligation of the allowance, that may arise from stress conditions. The allowance for credit losses on mortgageloan servicer to repurchase the loans totaled $0.5 million and $0.3 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
The allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans was as follows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 (dollars in thousands):
             
  2008  2007  2006 
             
Balance, beginning of year $300  $250  $763 
             
Charge-offs  (95)  (19)   
Recoveries         
          
Net charge-offs  (95)  (19)   
             
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses  295   69   (513)
          
             
Balance, end of year $500  $300  $250 
          
In accordance with the Bank’s allowance for credit losses policy, the allowance estimate is based on historical loss experience, current delinquency levels, economic data, and other relevant factors using a pooled loan approach. On a regular basis, we monitor delinquency levels, loss rates, and portfolio characteristics such as geographic concentration, loan-to-value ratios, property types, and loan age. Other relevant factors evaluated in our methodology include changes in national/local economic conditions, changes in the nature of the portfolio, changes in the portfolio performance, and the existence and effect of geographic concentrations. The Bank monitors and reports portfolio performance regarding delinquency, nonperforming loans, and net charge-offs monthly. Adjustments to the allowance for credit losseswhen certain criteria are considered quarterly based upon charge-offs, the amount of nonperforming loans, as well as the other relevant factors discussed above. As a result of our quarterly 2008 allowance for credit losses reviews, we increased our provision for credit losses by $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Based upon this evaluation, the Bank determined that an allowance for credit losses of $0.5 million was sufficient to cover projected losses in our MPF portfolio.met.

117


As part of the mortgage portfolio, we also invest in MBS. Finance Agency regulations allow us to invest in securities guaranteed by the U.S. Government, GSEs, and other MBS that are rated Aaa by Moody’s, AAA by S&P, or AAA by Fitch on the purchase date. We are exposed to credit risk to the extent that these investments fail to perform adequately. We do ongoing analysis to evaluate the investments and creditworthiness of the issuers, trustees, and servicers for potential credit issues.
At December 31, 2008, we owned $9.3 billion of MBS, of which $9.2 billion or 99 percent were guaranteed by the U.S. Government or issued by GSEs and $0.1 billion or one percent were private-label MBS. At December 31, 2007, we owned $6.8 billion of MBS, of which $6.7 billion or 99 percent were guaranteed by the U.S. Government or issued by GSEs and $0.1 billion or one percent were private-label MBS. At December 31, 2008, 55 percent of our private-label MBS were MPF shared funding and 45 percent were other private-label MBS. Our other private-label MBS (excluding MPF shared funding) were all variable rate securities rated AAA by an NRSRO at December 31, 2008 and 2007. As of February 28, 2009 there have been no subsequent rating agency actions on our private-label MBS. All of these private-label MBS (excluding MPF shared funding) are backed by prime loans.
The following table summarizes the characteristics of our private-label MBS (excluding MPF shared funding) by year of securitization at December 31, 2008 (dollars in millions):
                     
  Unpaid  Gross           
  Principal  Unrealized      Investment    
  Balance  Losses  Fair Value  Grade %  Watchlist % 
2003 and earlier $38  $10  $28   100%  0%
                
The following table summarizes the fair value of our private-label MBS (excluding MPF shared funding) as a percentage of unpaid principal balance:
                     
  December 31,  September 30,  June 30,  March 31,  December 31, 
  2008  2008  2008  2008  2007 
2003 and earlier  74%  87%  94%  93%  99%
                

118


The following table shows portfolio characteristics of the underlying collateral of our private-label MBS (excluding MPF shared funding) at December 31, 2008:
Portfolio Characteristics2008
Weighted average FICO (register mark) score at origination1
 725
Weighted average loan-to-value at origination
65%
Weighted average subordination rate2
9%
Weighted average market price73.93
Weighted average original credit enhancement4%
Weighted average credit enhancement9%
Weighted average minimum credit enhancement0%
Weighted average delinquency rate3
5%
1FICO (register mark) is a widely used credit industry model developed by Fair, Isaac, and Company, Inc. to assess borrower credit quality with scores ranging from a low of 300 to a high of 850.
2Represents total credit enhancements as a percentage of unpaid principal balance.
3Represents the delinquency rate on underlying loans that are 60 days or more past due.
The following table shows the state concentrations of our private-label MBS (excluding MPF shared funding)portfolio at February 28,December 31, 2009. State concentrations are calculated based on unpaid principal balances.
     
State Concentrations    
     
FloridaMinnesota  13.718.5%
Iowa16.8%
Missouri9.4%
California  13.06.8%
GeorgiaIllinois  11.7%
New York9.3%
New Jersey4.94.7%
All otherothers1
  47.443.8%
    
     
Total  100.0%
    
   
1 There are no individual states with a concentration greater than 4.32.9 percent.
Effective August 1, 2009, we introduced a temporary loan payment modification plan for participating PFIs, which will be available until December 31, 2011. Homeowners with conventional loans secured by their primary residence originated prior to January 1, 2009 are eligible for the modification plan. This modification plan is available to homeowners currently in default or imminent danger of default. The modification plan states specific eligibility requirements that must be met and procedures the PFIs must follow to participate in the modification plan.
Mortgage-Backed Securities
Finance Agency regulations allow us to invest in MBS guaranteed by the U.S. Government, GSEs, and other MBS that are rated AAA by S&P, Aaa by Moody’s, or AAA by Fitch on the purchase date. We are exposed to credit risk to the extent these MBS fail to perform adequately. We do ongoing analysis to evaluate the investments and creditworthiness of the issuers, trustees, and servicers for potential credit issues. Due to the high level of credit protection associated with these investments, the Bank does not expect any future material credit losses on its MBS.
The Bank also invests in state housing finance agency bonds. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had $93.3 million and $74.0 million of state agency bonds rated AA or higher.

 

119120


At December 31, 2009, we owned $11.3 billion of MBS, of which $11.2 billion or 99 percent were guaranteed by the U.S. Government or issued by GSEs and $0.1 billion or one percent were MPF shared funding certificates or private-label MBS. At December 31, 2008, we owned $9.3 billion of MBS, of which $9.2 billion or 99 percent were guaranteed by the U.S. Government or issued by GSEs and $0.1 billion or one percent were MPF shared funding certificates or private-label MBS.
Our MPF shared funding certificates are mortgage-backed certificates created from conventional conforming mortgages using a senior/subordinated tranche structure. We record these investments as held-to-maturity. We do not consolidate our investment in MPF shared funding certificates since we are not the sponsor or primary beneficiary of these variable interest entities. The following table shows our MPF shared funding certificates and credit ratings at December 31, 2009 and 2008 (dollars in millions):
         
Credit Rating 2009  2008 
         
AAA $31  $45 
AA  2   2 
       
         
Total $33  $47 
       
Our private-label MBS were all variable rate securities rated AA or higher by an NRSRO at December 31, 2009 and 2008 with the exception of one private-label MBS that was downgraded to an A rating on May 29, 2009. As of February 28, 2010, there have been no subsequent rating agency actions on our private-label MBS. All of these private-label MBS are backed by prime loans. For more information on our evaluation of OTTI, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates — Other-Than-Temporary Impairment” and “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Date — Note 7 — Other-Than-Temporary Impairment.”
The following table summarizes the characteristics of our private-label MBS by year of securitization at December 31, 2009 (dollars in millions):
                     
  Unpaid  Gross           
  Principal  Unrealized      Investment    
Year of Securitization Balance  Losses  Fair Value  Grade %1  Watchlist %2 
2003 and earlier $35  $7  $28   100%  0%
                
1Investment grade includes securities that are rated BBB or higher by any NRSRO.
2Includes any securities placed on negative watch by any NRSRO.

121


The following table summarizes the fair value of our private-label MBS as a percentage of unpaid principal balance by quarter:
                     
  December 31,  September 30,  June 30,  March 31,  December 31, 
Year of Securitization 2009  2009  2009  2009  2008 
2003 and earlier  80%  81%  80%  77%  74%
                
The following table shows portfolio characteristics of the underlying collateral of our private-label MBS at December 31, 2009:
Portfolio Characteristics2009
Weighted average FICO score at origination1
725
Weighted average loan-to-value at origination65%
Weighted average original credit enhancement4%
Weighted average credit enhancement9%
Weighted average delinquency rate2
5%
1FICO is a widely used credit industry model developed by Fair, Isaac, and Company, Inc. to assess borrower credit quality with scores ranging from a low of 300 to a high of 850.
2Represents the delinquency rate on underlying loans that are 60 days or more past due.
The following table shows the state concentrations of our private-label MBS at December 31, 2009. State concentrations are calculated based on unpaid principal balances.
State Concentrations
Florida14.1%
California13.1%
Georgia11.9%
New York9.4%
New Jersey5.1%
All other1
46.4%
Total100.0%
1There are no individual states with a concentration greater than 4.4 percent.
Investments
We maintain an investment portfolio to provide investment income, provide liquidity, additional earnings,support the business needs of our members, and promote asset diversification.support the housing market through the purchase of mortgage-related assets. Finance Agency regulations and policies adopted by theour Board of Directors limit the type of investments we may purchase.

122


We invest in both short- and long-term investments. Our short-term instruments as well asportfolio includes, but is not limited to, interest-bearing deposits, Federal funds sold, commercial paper, and securities purchased under agreements to resell. Our long-term portfolio includes, but is not limited to, GSE obligations, of the U.S. Government, GSEsMBS, municipal bonds, state and other FHLBanks for liquidity purposes.local HFA obligations, and TLGP debt. The primary credit risk of these investments is the counterparties’ ability to meet repayment terms.
We establishmitigate credit risk on investment securities by investing in highly-rated investment securities as well as establishing unsecured credit limits to counterparties based on the credit quality and capital levels of the counterparty as well as theour capital level of the Bank.level. Because the investments are transacted with highly rated counterparties, the credit risk is low; accordingly, we have not set aside specific reserves for our investment portfolio. We do, however, maintain a level of retained earnings to absorb any unexpected losses from our investments that may arise from stress conditions.
The largest unsecured exposure to any single short-term counterparty excluding GSE was $753 million and $250 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The following tables showtable shows our unsecured credit exposure tototal investment counterparties (includingsecurities by investment rating (excluding accrued interest receivable) (dollars in millions):
                         
  2008 
      Commercial  Overnight  Term  Other    
Credit Rating1 Deposits2  Paper  Federal Funds  Federal Funds  Obligations3  Total 
                         
AAA $  $385  $  $315  $2,151  $2,851 
AA        930   1,251      2,181 
A        780   150      930 
                   
                         
Total $  $385  $1,710  $1,716  $2,151  $5,962 
                   
                
                         December 31, 2009 December 31, 2008 
 2007  Percent Percent 
 Commercial Overnight Term Other    of Total of Total 
Credit Rating1 Deposits2 Paper Federal Funds Federal Funds Obligations3 Total  Amount Investments Amount Investments 
  
AAA $ $ $ $ $219 $219 
Long-term 
AAA2
 $16,687  80.3% $11,477  74.7%
AA  200  780  980  503 2.4 75 0.5 
A 101  580 453  1,134  5 *   
BBB 3 * 3 * 
                      
Total long-term 17,198 82.7 11,555 75.2 
 
Short-term 
A-1 or higher/P-1 3,310 15.9 3,480 22.6 
A-2/P-2 278 1.4 330 2.2 
         
Total short-term 3,588 17.3 3,810 24.8 
 
Unrated3
 4 * 4 * 
  
Total $101 $200 $580 $1,233 $219 $2,333  $20,790  100.0% $15,369  100.0%
                      
   
1 Credit rating is the lowest of S&P, Moody’s, and Fitch ratings stated in terms of the S&P equivalent.
 
2 DepositsAAA rated investments include interest and non-interest bearing depositsTLGP investments. We categorize these investments as well as certificatesAAA because of deposit.the U.S. Government guarantee.
 
3 Other obligationsUnrated securities represent obligationsan equity investment in GSEs and TLGP investments that are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Because of the agency rating for GSEs and the U.S. government guarantee of TLGP investments, the Bank categorizes these investments as AAA.Small Business Investment Company.
*Amount is less than 0.1 percent.

 

120123


We had cashThe increase in AAA and short-termAA investments with a book valuefrom 2008 to 2009 was due to increased investment purchases in an effort to improve investment income and replace mortgage assets sold in 2009. The increase was primarily due to purchases of $3.9 billion at December 31, 2008 comparedTLGP investments and AA rated taxable municipal investments. For more details relating to $2.4 billion at December 31, 2007. We manage the levelour investment purchases, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of cashFinancial Condition and short-term investments according to changes in other asset classes and levelsResults of capital. Additionally, we adjust cash and short-term investments to maintain our target leverage ratio and to manage excess funds. During the last quarterOperation — Results of 2008, as a result of the ongoing credit and liquidity crisis, the Bank began to hold more cash on hand as available approved counterparty options were reduced. Additionally, the Bank increased its liquidity positionOperations - Net Interest Income by purchasing investments through the TLGP program.Segment.”
Derivatives
AllMost of our hedging strategies use over-the-counter derivative instruments that expose us to counterparty credit risk because the transactions are executed and settled between two parties. When an over-the-counter derivative has a market value above zero, the counterparty owes us that value to the Bank over the remaining life of the derivative. Credit risk arises from the possibility the counterparty will not be able to fulfill its commitment to pay the amount owed to us.
We use the following techniques to manage counterpartythis credit risk related to derivatives:
Transacting withby spreading our transactions among many highly rated derivative counterparties, accordingby entering into collateral exchange agreements with counterparties that include minimum collateral thresholds, and by monitoring our exposure to Board-approved credit standards.
Usingeach counterparty on a daily basis. In addition, all of our collateral exchange agreements include master netting arrangements whereby the fair values of all interest rate derivatives (including accrued interest receivable and bilateralpayables) with each counterparty are offset for purposes of measuring credit exposure. The collateral agreements.
Monitoring counterparty creditworthiness through internal and external analysis.
Managing credit exposures throughexchange agreements require the delivery of collateral delivery.
Calculating market values for all derivative contracts at least monthly and verifying reasonableness by checking those values against independent sources.
Establishing retained earnings to absorb unexpected losses resulting from stress conditions.
In addition, during the second halfconsisting of 2008 as a result of current market conditions, the Bank began reducing its derivative asset position. In doing this, the Bank reduces itscash or very liquid highly rated securities if credit risk arising fromexposures rise above the possibility that the counterparty will be unable to fulfill its commitment. As a result of these risk mitigation initiatives, management does not anticipate any credit losses on our derivative agreements, and has accordingly set aside no specific reserves for derivative counterparty exposures.minimum thresholds.

 

121124


The following tables show our derivative counterparty credit exposure at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 excluding mortgage delivery commitments and after applying netting agreements and collateral (dollars in millions). We were in a net liability position at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008.
                     
  2009 
          Total  Value  Exposure 
  Active  Notional  Exposure at  of Collateral  Net of 
Credit Rating1 Counterparties  Amount2  Fair Value3  Pledged  Collateral4 
                     
AAA  1  $276  $  $  $ 
AA  7   17,419   5      5 
A  14   29,176   9   3   6 
                
                     
Total  22  $46,871  $14  $3  $11 
                
                     
  2008 
          Total  Value  Exposure 
  Active  Notional  Exposure at  of Collateral  Net of 
Credit Rating1 Counterparties  Amount2  Fair Value3  Pledged  Collateral4 
                     
AAA  1  $309  $  $  $ 
AA  10   17,338   *      * 
A  12   12,093          
                
                     
Total  23  $29,740  $*  $  $* 
                
                     
  2007 
          Total  Value  Exposure 
  Active  Notional  Exposure at  of Collateral  Net of 
Credit Rating1 Counterparties  Amount2  Fair Value3  Pledged  Collateral4 
                     
AAA  3  $1,485  $  $  $ 
AA  19   33,779   67   23   44 
A  4   5,594   25   8   17 
                
                     
Total  26  $40,858  $92  $31  $61 
                
   
1 Credit rating is the lower of the S&P, Moody’s, and Fitch ratings stated in terms of the S&P equivalent.
 
2 Notional amounts serve as a factor in determining periodic interest amounts to be received and paid and generally do not represent actual amounts to be exchanged or directly reflect our exposure to counterparty credit risk.
 
3 For each counterparty, this amount includes derivatives with a net positive market value including the related accrued interest receivable/payable (net).
 
4 Amount equals total exposure at fair value less value of collateral pledged as determined at the counterparty level.
 
* Amount is less than one million.
Operational Risk
We define Operational risk isas the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people, systems, or external events. Operational risk is inherent in all of our business activities and processes. Management has established policies and procedures to reduce the likelihood of operational risk and designed our annual risk assessment process to provide ongoing identification, measurement, and monitoring of operational risk. The Bank’sOur Enterprise Risk Committee reviews risk assessment results and business unit recommendations regarding operational risk.

 

122125


Management reduces the risk of process and system failures by implementing internal controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded in accordance with source documentation and by maintaining certain back-up facilities. In addition, management has developed and tested a comprehensive business continuity plan to restore mission critical processes and systems in a timely manner. The Bank’sOur Internal Audit Department also conducts independent operational and information system audits on a regular basis to ensure that adequate internal controls exist.
We use various financial models and model output to quantify financial risks and analyze potential strategies. Management mitigates the risk of incorrect model output leading to inappropriate business decisions by benchmarking model results to independent sources and having third parties periodically validate critical models.
The Bank isWe are prepared to deliver services to customers in normal operating environments as well as in the presence of significant internal or external stresses.
Despite the above policies and oversight, some operational risks are beyond our control, and the failure of other parties to adequately address their operational risk could adversely affect us.
Business Risk
BusinessWe define business risk isas the risk of an adverse impact on the Bank’sour profitability resulting from external factors that may occur in both the short- and long-term. Business risk includes political, strategic, reputation, regulatory, and/or environmental factors, many of which are beyond our control. From time to time, proposals are made, or legislative and regulatory changes are considered, which could affect our status and cost of doing business. Our risk management committees regularly discuss business risk issues. We attempt to mitigate these riskscontrol business risk through strategic and annual and long-term strategicbusiness planning and through continually monitoring economic indicators and theof our external environment in which we operate.environment.

 

123126


ITEM 7A-QUANTITATIVE7A — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
See “Market“Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Risk Management — Market Risk/Capital Adequacy” beginning at page 96 and the sections referenced therein for Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.
ITEM 8-FINANCIAL8 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
The following financial statements and accompanying notes, including the report of independent registered public accounting firm, are set forth beginning at page S-2.S-1.
     
Audited Financial Statements    
Report of Independent Auditors dated March 13, 200918, 2010 — PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP    
Statements of Condition at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008    
Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007    
Statements of Changes in Capital for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007    
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007    
Notes to Financial Statements    

 

124127


Supplementary Data
Selected Quarterly Financial Information
The following tables present selected financial data from the Statements of Condition at the end of each quarter of 20082009 and 2007.2008. They also present selected quarterly operating results for the same periods.
                 
Statements of Condition 2008 
(Dollars in millions) December 31,  September 30,  June 30,  March 31, 
Short-term investments $3,810  $2,060  $4,825  $4,300 
Mortgage-backed securities  9,307   9,653   9,145   7,701 
Other investments  2,252   155   77   76 
Advances  41,897   63,897   46,022   47,092 
Mortgage loans, net  10,685   10,576   10,583   10,707 
Total assets  68,129   87,069   70,838   70,082 
Consolidated obligations  62,784   80,970   65,302   64,531 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock  11   11   43   43 
Affordable Housing Program  40   42   43   42 
Payable to REFCORP  1   11   12   8 
Total liabilities  65,112   82,964   67,492   66,825 
Capital stock — Class B putable  2,781   3,807   3,016   3,012 
Retained earnings  382   404   388   367 
Capital-to-asset ratio  4.43%  4.71%  4.72%  4.65%
                 
  2009 
  December 31,  September 30,  June 30,  March 31, 
Statements of Condition
(Dollars in millions)
                
Investments1
 $20,790  $21,134  $21,576  $27,199 
Advances  35,720   36,303   37,165   37,783 
Mortgage loans2
  7,719   7,839   8,120   10,588 
Total assets  64,657   65,426   67,032   75,931 
Consolidated obligations                
Discount notes  9,417   12,874   19,967   29,095 
Bonds  50,495   46,918   41,599   41,633 
Total consolidated obligations3
  59,912   59,792   61,566   70,728 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock  8   18   12   11 
Capital stock — Class B putable  2,461   2,952   2,923   2,871 
Retained earnings  484   458   437   368 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  (34)  (24)  (22)  (78)
Total capital  2,911   3,386   3,338   3,161 
                 
  Three Months Ended 
Quarterly Operating Results 2008 
(Dollars in millions) December 31,  September 30,  June 30,  March 31, 
Interest income $561.2  $612.5  $567.9  $626.8 
Interest expense  533.0   532.8   494.9   562.1 
Net interest income  28.2   79.7   73.0   64.7 
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans  0.3          
Net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision  27.9   79.7   73.0   64.7 
Other (loss) income  (13.5)  (6.6)  3.9   (11.6)
Other expense  11.3   10.8   11.6   10.4 
Total assessments  0.8   16.5   17.4   11.3 
Net income  2.3   45.8   47.9   31.4 
 
Annualized dividend rate  3.00%  4.00%  4.00%  4.50%
                 
  Three Months Ended 
  2009 
  December 31,  September 30,  June 30,  March 31, 
Statements of Income
(Dollars in millions)
                
Net interest income4
 $66.9  $58.1  $63.1  $9.3 
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans  1.2   *   0.3    
Other income (loss)5
  6.6   1.5   51.2   (3.5)
Other expense  17.3   11.3   12.8   11.7 
Net income  40.4   35.5   75.9   (5.9)
1Investments include: interest-bearing deposits, securities purchased under agreements to resell, Federal funds sold, trading securities, available-for-sale securities, and held-to-maturity securities.
2Represents the gross amount of mortgage loans prior to the allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses was $1.9 million, $0.8 million, $0.7 million, and $0.5 million at December 31, 2009, September 30, 2009, June 30, 2009, and March 31, 2009.
3The par amount of the outstanding consolidated obligations for all 12 FHLBanks was $930.5 billion, $973.6 billion, $1,055.8 billion, and $1,135.4 billion at December 31, 2009, September 30, 2009, June 30, 2009, and March 31, 2009, respectively.
4Net interest income is before provision for credit losses on mortgage loans.
5Other income (loss) includes, among other things, net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities, net (loss) gain on extinguishment of debt, net gain on trading securities, and net loss on bonds held at fair value.
*Represents an amount less than $0.1 million.

 

125128


                 
Statements of Condition 2007 
(Dollars in millions) December 31,  September 30,  June 30,  March 31, 
Short-term investments $2,330  $3,997  $7,910  $5,548 
Mortgage-backed securities  6,837   5,842   4,900   4,136 
Other investments  77   83   13   13 
Advances  40,412   31,759   22,627   21,322 
Mortgage loans, net  10,802   10,974   11,225   11,514 
Total assets  60,736   52,879   46,865   42,717 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase  200    200   500   500 
Consolidated obligations  56,065   48,028   42,640   38,264 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock  46   46   69   59 
Affordable Housing Program  43   43   44   46 
Payable to REFCORP  6   7   6   5 
Total liabilities  57,683   50,189   44,578   40,489 
Capital stock — Class B putable  2,717   2,348   1,948   1,844 
Retained earnings  361    355   347   344 
Capital-to-asset ratio  5.03%  5.09%  4.88%  5.21%
                 
  2008 
  December 31,  September 30,  June 30,  March 31, 
Statements of Condition
(Dollars in millions)
                
Investments1
 $15,369  $11,868  $14,047  $12,077 
Advances  41,897   63,897   46,022   47,092 
Mortgage loans2
  10,685   10,576   10,583   10,707 
Total assets  68,129   87,069   70,838   70,082 
Consolidated obligations                
Discount notes  20,061   41,753   27,714   32,365 
Bonds  42,723   39,217   37,588   32,166 
Total consolidated obligations3
  62,784   80,970   65,302   64,531 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock  11   11   43   43 
Capital stock — Class B putable  2,781   3,807   3,016   3,012 
Retained earnings  382   404   388   367 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  (146)  (106)  (58)  (122)
Total capital  3,017   4,105   3,346   3,257 
                 
  Three Months Ended 
Quarterly Operating Results 2007 
(Dollars in millions) December 31,  September 30,  June 30,  March 31, 
Interest income $656.8  $637.4  $604.3  $562.3 
Interest expense  608.5   592.0   565.1   524.1 
Net interest income  48.3   45.4   39.2   38.2 
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans            
Net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision  48.3   45.4   39.2   38.2 
Other income  3.8   3.7   2.6   0.2 
Other expense  12.3   9.8   10.3   10.0 
Total assessments  10.6   10.5   8.4   8.1 
Net income  29.2   28.8   23.1   20.3 
 
Annualized dividend rate  4.50%  4.25%  4.25%  4.25%
                 
  Three Months Ended 
  2008 
  December 31,  September 30,  June 30,  March 31, 
Statements of Income
(Dollars in millions)
                
Net interest income4
 $28.2  $79.7  $73.0  $64.7 
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans  0.3          
Other (loss) income5
  (13.5)  (6.6)  3.9   (11.6)
Other expense  11.3   10.8   11.6   10.4 
Net income  2.3   45.8   47.9   31.4 
1Investments include: interest-bearing deposits, Federal funds sold, trading securities, available-for-sale securities, and held-to-maturity securities.
2Represents the gross amount of mortgage loans prior to the allowance for credit losses. The allowance for credit losses was $0.5 million at December 31, 2008 and $0.2 million at September 30, 2008, June 30, 2008, and March 31, 2008.
3The par amount of the outstanding consolidated obligations for all 12 FHLBanks was $1,251.5 billion, $1,327.9 billion, $1,255.5 billion, and $1,220.4 billion at December 31, 2008, September 30, 2008, June 30, 2008, and March 31, 2008, respectively.
4Net interest income is before provision for credit losses on mortgage loans.
5Other (loss) income includes net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities.

 

126129


Investment Portfolio Analysis
Supplementary financial data on the Bank’sour investment securities for the year’syears ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007 are included in the tables below.
At December 31, 2008, the Bank2009, we had investments with the following issuer (excluding GSEs and U.S. government agencies) with a book value greater than 10 percent of the Bank’sour total capital with the following issuers (excluding GSEs and U.S. government agencies) (dollars in millions):
                
 Total  Total 
 Total Market  Total Market 
 Book Value Value  Book Value Value 
Bank of America Corporation 753 753  $758 $758 
Bank of the West 550 550  304 304 
Bank of Nova Scotia 450 450  545 545 
BBVA 461 461 
BNP Paribas 395 395 
Citibank, N.A. 340 340 
Credit Industriel 300 300 
GE Capital Corporation 1,105 1,105 
JP Morgan 499 499  656 656 
Morgan Stanley 499 499  327 327 
Societe Generale 630 630 
Union Bank of California 315 315 
National Bank of Canada 425 425 
Nordea Bank 300 300 
Northern Trust Company 550 550 
Westpac Banking Corporation 450 451 
          
 $3,696 $3,696  $6,916 $6,917 
          
Trading Securities
The Bank’sOur trading portfolio totals at December 31, 2009 and 2008 2007,were as follows (dollars in millions). We did not have any trading securities in 2007.
         
  2009  2008 
         
TLGP1
 $3,693  $2,151 
Taxable municipal bonds2
  741    
       
         
Total $4,434  $2,151 
       
1TLGP securities represented corporate debentures of the issuing party that are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
2Taxable municipal bonds represented investments in U.S. Government subsidized Build America Bonds that provide the bondholder with a higher yield than traditional tax-exempt municipal bonds.

130


The table below presents book value and 2006yield characteristics on the basis of remaining terms to contractual maturity for our trading securities at December 31, 2009 (dollars in millions):
         
  Book Value  Yield 
TLGP        
After one but within five years $3,693   0.90%
Taxable municipal bonds        
After five but within ten years  12   4.15 
After ten years  729   4.98 
       
Total available-for-sale securities $4,434   1.60%
       
Available-for-Sale Securities
Our available-for-sale portfolio totals at December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 were as follows (dollars in millions):
             
  2008  2007  2006 
             
Non-mortgage backed securities $2,151  $  $ 
          
             
  2009  2008  2007 
             
State or local housing agency obligations1
 $  $1  $ 
TLGP2
  566       
Government-sponsored enterprises3
  7,171   3,839   3,434 
          
             
Total $7,737  $3,840  $3,434 
          
Trading securities represented investments in TLGP debt. The TLGP was created by the FDIC and represents debt backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
Available-for-Sale Securities
The Bank’s available-for-sale portfolio totals at December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 were as follows (dollars in millions):
             
  2008  2007  2006 
             
State or local housing agency obligations $1  $  $ 
Government-sponsored enterprises  3,839   3,434   562 
          
Total available-for-sale securities $3,840  $3,434  $562 
          

127


State or local housing agency obligations represented HFA bonds that were purchased by the Bank from housing associates in the Bank’s district under standby bond purchase agreements.
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations represented Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities. During 2008 and at December 31, 2008 the Bank did not hold any preferred stock issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.
1State or local housing agency obligations represented HFA bonds that were purchased by us from housing associates in our district.
2TLGP securities represented corporate debentures of the issuing party that are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
3GSE represented Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac MBS and TVA and FFCB bonds.
The table below summarizespresents book value and yield characteristics on the basis of remaining terms to contractual maturity for our available-for-sale securities at December 31, 20082009 (dollars in millions):
                
 Book Value Yield  Book Value Yield 
State or local housing agency obligations 
After ten years $1  2.94%
TLGP 
After one but within five years $566  0.62%
Government-sponsored enterprises  
After one but within five years 10 3.29 
After five but within ten years 950 4.43 
After ten years 3,983 1.46  6,211 0.96 
          
Total available-for-sale securities $3,984  1.46% $7,737  1.36%
          

131


Held-to-Maturity Securities
The Bank’sOur held-to-maturity portfolio at December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007 includes (dollars in millions):
             
  2008  2007  2006 
             
Certificates of deposit $  $100  $ 
Government-sponsored enterprises  5,330   3,458   4,144 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed  52   64   81 
State or local housing agency obligations  93   74   5 
Other  477   309   1,485 
          
 
Total held-to-maturity securities $5,952  $4,005  $5,715 
          
             
  2009  2008  2007 
             
Negotiable certificates of deposit $450  $  $100 
Government-sponsored enterprises1
  4,782   5,330   3,458 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed2
  43   52   64 
State or local housing agency obligations3
  124   93   74 
TLGP4
  1       
Other5
  75   477   309 
          
             
Total held-to-maturity securities $5,475  $5,952  $4,005 
          
State or local housing agency obligations represented HFA bonds purchased by the Bank from housing associates within its district. Other investments represented investments in municipal bonds, SBIC, commercial paper, and other non-Federal agency MBS.
1GSE represented Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac MBS and TVA and FFCB bonds.
2U.S. government agency-guaranteed represented Ginnie Mae securities and SBA Pool Certificates. SBA Pool Certificates represented undivided interests in pools of the guaranteed portions of SBA loans. The SBA’s guarantee of the Pool Certificates is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
3State or local housing agency obligations represented HFA bonds that were purchased by us from housing associates in our district.
4TLGP securities represented corporate debentures issued by our members that are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
5Other represented investments in municipal bonds, Small Business Investment Company, MPF shared funding and private-label MBS.

 

128132


Government-sponsored enterprise obligations represented Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities. U.S. government agency-guaranteed investments represented Ginnie Mae securities and SBA Pool Certificates. SBA Pool Certificates represent undivided interests in pools of the guaranteed portions of SBA-guaranteed loans. The SBA’s guarantee of the Pool Certificate is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. During 2008 and at December 31, 2008 the Bank did not hold any preferred stock issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.
The table below presents book value and yield characteristics on the basis of remaining terms to contractual maturity for our held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 20082009 (dollars in millions):
                
 Book Value Yield  Book Value Yield 
Certificates of deposit 
Within one year $450  0.70%
Government-sponsored enterprises  
Within one year $*  1.78%
After five but within 10 years 11 5.27  9 5.27 
After 10 years 5,319 3.27  4,773 2.93 
 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed  
After five but within 10 years 5 1.96  4 1.04 
After 10 years 47 1.67  39 0.79 
 
State or local housing agency obligations  
After five but within 10 years 3 5.44  3 5.40 
After 10 years 90 6.03  121 5.72 
 
TLGP 
After one but within five years 1 3.08 
Other  
Within one year 385 0.43  3 6.58 
After one but within five years 3 6.58 
After five but within 10 years * 0.97  * 0.73 
After 10 years 89 3.41  72 2.99 
          
  
Total held-to-maturity securities $5,952  3.12% $5,475  2.80%
          
   
* Amount is less than one million.

 

129133


Loan Portfolio Analysis
The Bank’sOur outstanding advances, real estate mortgages, nonperforming real estate mortgages, and real estate mortgages 90 days or more past due and accruing interest for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005, and 20042005 are as follows (dollars in millions):
                                        
 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004  2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 
  
Domestic  
Advances $41,897 $40,412 $21,855 $22,283 $27,175  $35,720 $41,897 $40,412 $21,855 $22,283 
                      
  
Real estate mortgages $10,685 $10,802 $11,775 $13,018 $15,193  $7,717 $10,685 $10,802 $11,775 $13,018 
                      
  
Nonperforming real estate mortgages1
 $48 $27 $24 $33 $23  $102 $48 $27 $24 $33 
                      
  
Real estate mortgages past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest2
 $7 $5 $6 $6 $3  $5 $7 $5 $6 $6 
                      
  
Nonperforming real estate mortgages  
Interest contractually due during the period $3  $5 
Interest actually received during the period  (2)  4 
      
Shortfall $1  $1 
      
   
1 Nonperforming real estate mortgages represent conventional mortgage loans that are 90 days or more past due and have been placed on nonaccrual status.
 
2 Only government-insured loans (e.g., FHA, VA) continue to accrue after 90 days or more delinquent, because of the (1)i) U.S. government guarantee of the loans and (2)ii) contractual obligation of the loan servicer to repurchase the loan when certain delinquency criteria are met.

 

130134


Mortgage Loan Geographic Concentration
The following table shows geographic concentration of the conventional and government-insured loan portfolio at December 31, 2008. Regional concentration is calculated based on unpaid principal balances.
Regional Concentration1
Midwest41.5%
West16.6%
Southeast14.0%
Southwest17.1%
Northeast10.8%
Total100.0%
1Midwest includes IA, IL, IN, MI, MN, ND, NE, OH, SD, and WI.
West includes AK, CA, Guam, HI, ID, MT, NV, OR, WA, and WY.
Southeast includes AL, District of Columbia, FL, GA, KY, MD, MS, NC, SC, TN, VA, and WV.
Southwest includes AR, AZ, CO, KS, LA, MO, NM, OK, TX, and UT.
Northeast includes CT, DE, MA, ME, NH, NJ, NY, PA, Puerto Rico, RI, U.S. Virgin Islands, and VT.
Summary of Loan Loss Experience
The allowance for credit losses on real estate mortgage loans for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005, and 20042005 are as follows (dollars in thousands):
                                        
 2008 2007 2006 2005 2004  2009 2008 2007 2006 2005 
  
Balance, beginning of year $300 $250 $763 $760 $5,906  $500 $300 $250 $763 $760 
 
Charge-offs  (95)  (19)    (111)  (88)  (95) (19)   
Recoveries    3 13      3 
                      
Net charge-offs  (95)  (19)  3  (98)
Net (charge-offs) recoveries  (88)  (95)  (19)  3 
  
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 295 69  (513)   (5,048) 1,475 295 69  (513)  
                      
  
Balance, end of period $500 $300 $250 $763 $760  $1,887 $500 $300 $250 $763 
                      
The ratio of net (charge-offs) recoveries to average loans outstanding was less than one basis point for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006, 2005, and 2004.2005.

131


Advances
The following table shows the Bank’sour outstanding advances at December 31, 20082009 (dollars in millions):
        
Maturity  
Overdrawn demand deposit accounts $1  $* 
Within one year 9,332  7,810 
After one but within five years 18,777  16,812 
After five years 12,553  10,410 
      
  
Total par value 40,663  35,032 
  
Hedging fair value adjustments  
Cumulative fair value gain 1,082  590 
Basis adjustments from terminated hedges and ineffective hedges 152 
Basis adjustments from terminated and ineffective hedges 98 
      
  
Total advances $41,897  $35,720 
      
*Amount is less than one million.

135


The following table details additional interest rate payment terms for advances at December 31, 20082009 (dollars in millions):
        
Par amount of advances  
Fixed rate maturity  
Overdrawn demand deposit accounts $1  $* 
Within one year 8,846  7,203 
After one year 19,203  17,398 
  
Variable rate maturity  
Within one year 486  607 
After one year 12,127  9,824 
      
  
Total $40,663  $35,032 
      

132


*Amount is less than one million.
Short-term Borrowings
Borrowings with original maturities of one year or less are classified as short-term. The following is a summary of short-term borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007 (dollars in millions):
                        
 2008 2007 2006  2009 2008 2007 
Discount notes  
Outstanding at period-end $20,061 $21,501 $4,685  $9,417 $20,061 $21,501 
Weighted average rate at period-end  1.83%  4.10%  5.02%  0.13%  1.83%  4.10%
Daily average outstanding for the period $26,543 $8,597 $5,423  $20,736 $26,543 $8,597 
Weighted average rate for the period  2.32%  4.93%  4.97%  0.64%  2.32%  4.93%
Highest outstanding at any month-end $41,753 $21,501 $6,791  $29,094 $41,753 $21,501 
Ratios
Financial ratios for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007 are provided in the following table:
             
  2008  2007  2006 
             
Return on average assets  0.18%  0.21%  0.20%
Return on average total capital  3.88%  4.25%  3.91%
Total average capital to average assets  4.71%  5.04%  5.21%
Dividends declared per share as a percentage of net income per share  90.77%  86.82%  83.09%
             
  2009  2008  2007 
             
Return on average assets  0.21%  0.18%  0.21%
Return on average equity  4.46%  3.88%  4.25%
Average equity to average assets  4.63%  4.71%  5.04%
Dividends declared per share in stated period as a percentage of net income per share in stated period  29.81%  90.77%  86.82%
                     
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(Dollars in millions)
 2008  2007  2006  2005  2004 
Earnings                    
Income before assessments $173.4  $139.0  $122.0  $301.4  $135.7 
Fixed charges  2,123.2   2,290.1   2,057.4   1,584.7   930.1 
                
Total earnings $2,296.6  $2,429.1  $2,179.4  $1,886.1  $1,065.8 
                
                     
Fixed charges                    
Interest expense $2,122.8  $2,289.7  $2,057.0  $1,584.4  $929.8 
Estimated interest component of net rental expense1
  0.4   0.4   0.4   0.3   0.3 
                
Total fixed charges $2,123.2  $2,290.1  $2,057.4  $1,584.7  $930.1 
                
                     
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges  1.08   1.06   1.06   1.19   1.15 
                
1Represents one-third of rental expense related to the Bank’s operating leases.

 

133136


ITEM 9-CHANGES9 — CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A-CONTROLS9A — CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures at December 31, 20082009
The Bank maintainsWe maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act)) that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by the Bank in reports that it fileswe file or submitssubmit under the Exchange Act is (1)(i) recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms; and (2)(ii) accumulated and communicated to the Bank’sour management, including itsour principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
In connection with the filing of this Form 10-K, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, the CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at December 31, 2008.2009.
Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting at December 31, 20082009
The Bank’sOur management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Bank’sOur internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and boardBoard of directorsDirectors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Bank’sOur internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Bank; (2)our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and thatour receipts and expenditures of the Bank are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors of the Bank;directors; and (3)(iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Bank’sour assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

137


Management assessed the effectiveness of the Bank’sour internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2008.2009. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control — Integrated Framework. Based on itsour assessment and those criteria, management believes, that, at December 31, 2008, the Bank2009, we maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.
PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP (PwC), the independent registered public accounting firm that audited our financial statements, issued an audit report on our internal control over financial reporting. PwC’s audit report appears in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data — Audited Financial Statements.”
ITEM 9B — OTHER INFORMATION
In accordance with the FHLBank Act and Finance Agency regulations, members now elect all directors that will serve on the Bank’s Board of Directors for terms beginning January 1, 2010. For details relating to the director election process see “Item 10 — Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance — Directors.”
Our Board of Directors does not solicit proxies, nor were member institutions permitted to solicit or use proxies to cast their votes in the election.
For 2010, the Finance Agency has designated seven independent directorships and nine member directorships for a 16-member board beginning January 1, 2010. See the “2009 Director Election Results” below.
2009 Director Election Results
Elections were held during the third and fourth quarters of 2009 for those industry directors elected by our member institutions (Member Directors) on a state-by-state basis and independent directors elected by a plurality of our members (Independent Directors) with terms ending December 31, 2009. On November 11, 2009, five individuals were elected to our Board of Directors. The following information summarizes the results of the elections:
Dale E. Oberkfell, president and chief operating officer of Reliance Bank in Frontenac, Missouri. Mr. Oberkfell, who serves as our vice chairman, was re-elected to a four-year Member Directorship term for the state of Missouri. Mr. Oberkfell has served on the Board of Directors since January 1, 2007.
Clair J. Lensing, president and chief executive officer of Security State Bank in Waverly, Iowa. Mr. Lensing was re-elected to a four-year Member Directorship term for the state of Iowa. Mr. Lensing has served on the Board of Directors since January 1, 2004.
Chris D. Grimm, president of Iowa State Bank in Wapello, Iowa. Mr. Grimm was newly elected to a two-year Member Directorship term for the state of Iowa.

 

134138


Labh S. Hira, Ph.D., Dean of the College of Business at Iowa State University in Ames, Iowa, was elected to a four-year Independent Directorship term. Dr. Hira has served on the Board of Directors since May 14, 2007.
ITEM 9B-OTHER INFORMATIONJohn H. Robinson, chairman of Hamilton Ventures, LLC in Kansas City, Missouri, was elected to a two-year Independent Directorship term. Mr. Robinson has served on the Board of Directors since May 14, 2007.
None.For further details of the results of the director elections, including the number of votes cast for, against or withheld, as well as the number of abstentions, see Item 5.02 of our current reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on November 12, 2009. See “Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance — Directors” for a list of directors at December 31, 2009, and for those whose terms will continue in 2010.
PART III
ITEM 10-DIRECTORS,10 — DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Directors
The Board of Directors is responsible for monitoring our compliance with Finance Agency regulations and establishing policies and programs that carry out our housing finance mission. The Board of Directors adopts, reviews, and oversees the implementation of policies governing our advance, mortgage loan, investment, and funding activities. Additionally, the Board of Directors adopts, reviews, and oversees the implementation of policies that manage our exposure to market, liquidity, credit, operational, and business risks.
In accordance with the FHLBank Act and Finance Agency regulations, a FHLBank’s board of directors shall beOur Board is comprised of Member Directors elected by our member institutions on a majoritystate-by-state basis and Independent Directors elected by a plurality of “member directors,” who are directors or officers of members, and a minority of non-member “independent directors”, who shall comprise not less than two-fifths of the members of the board of directors.our members. Prior to July 30, 2008, the Finance Agency was responsible for selecting independent directors, formally known as “appointive directors” to serve on the Bank’s Board of Directors. As a result of the passageenactment of the Housing Act, our Independent Directors were appointed by the Finance Agency. Our Board currently includes nine Member Directors and subsequentseven Independent Directors, two of which serve as public interest directors. Under the FHLBank Act, the only matter submitted to shareholders for votes is the annual election of our Directors. The Housing Act required all of our Directors to be elected by our members. No member of our management may serve as a director of an FHLBank.

139


For terms beginning January 1, 2010, with the exception of terms shortened by the Finance Agency rulemaking, all members withinfor staggering purposes, both Member and Independent Directors serve four-year terms. If any person has been elected to three consecutive full terms as a Member or Independent Director of our Board of Directors, the Bank’s five-state district will now electindividual is not eligible for election to a Member or Independent Directorship for a term which begins earlier than two years after the Bank’s member and independent directors.expiration of the last expiring four-year term.
Member directorshipsDirectorships are designatedallocated by the Finance Agency to one of the five states in the Bank’sour district and a member institution is entitledeligible to nominate and vote for candidatesparticipate in the election for the state in which the member’s principal place of businessit is located. Candidates for Member Directorships are not nominated by the Board. As provided for in the FHLBank Act, Member Directors are nominated by the members eligible to participate in the election in the relevant state. A member is entitled to cast, for each applicable member directorship,Member Directorship, one vote for each share of capital stock that the member is required to hold as of the record date for voting, subject to a statutory limitation. Under this limitation, the total number of votes that each member may cast is limited to the average number of shares of the Bank’sour capital stock that were required to be held by all members in that state as of the record date for voting. The remaining independent directorsUnder Finance Agency regulations no director, officer, employee, attorney or agent of the Bank (except in his/her personal capacity) may, directly or indirectly, support the nomination or election of a particular individual for a Member Directorship.
Member Directors are required, by statute and regulation, to meet certain eligibility requirements to serve as a director. To qualify as a Member Director an individual must: (i) be an officer or director of a member institution in compliance with the minimum capital requirements established by its regulator and located in the state in which there is an open Directorship and (ii) be a U.S. citizen. We are not permitted to establish additional qualifications to define eligibility criteria for Member Directors or nominees. Because of the structure of FHLBank Member Director nominations and elections, we may not know what factors our member institutions considered in selecting Member Director nominees or electing Member Directors.

140


Independent Directors are nominated by the Bank’sour Board of Directors after consultation with the FHLBank’sour Affordable Housing Advisory Council, and then voted upon by all members within the Bank’sour five-state district. For each independent directorship,Independent Directorship, a member is entitled to cast the same number of votes as it would for a member directorship. Candidates for independent directorships must receive at least 20 percent of the number of votes eligible to be cast in the election inMember Directorship.
In order to be elected.

135


For terms beginning January 1, 2009, witheligible to serve as an Independent Director on our Board, an individual must be a U.S. citizen and maintain a principal residence in a state in our district (or own or lease a residence in the exception of terms shortened bydistrict and be employed in the Finance Agency for staggering purposes, both member and independent directors serve four-year terms. If any person has been elected to three consecutive full terms as a member or independent director of the Bank and has served for all or part of each of the terms, the individual is not eligible for election to a member or independent elective directorship of the Bank for a term which begins earlier than two years after the expiration of the last expiring four-year term.district). In addition, the individual may not be an officer of any FHLBank Act, as amended by the Housing Act, requires thator a director, officer, or employee of any member institution or of any recipient of our advances. By Regulation, each FHLBank’s Board of Directors elect a chair and vice chair among its members to two-year terms.
For 2009, the Finance Agency has designated a 17-member board, which includes ten member directorships and seven independent directorships. By regulation, the Bank is required to have at least two public interest directors serving on its Board. Public interest directorsdirector must have more than four years of personal experience in representing consumer or community interests in banking services, credit needs, housing, or other financial consumer products. For 2009, the Bank has twoprotection. Each Independent Director, other than a public interest directors servingdirector, must have knowledge of, or experience in, financial management, auditing or accounting, risk management practices, derivatives, project development, organizational management, or the law.
On an annual basis, our Board of Directors performs a Board assessment that includes consideration of the directors’ backgrounds, expertise, qualifications, and other factors. Based in part on that assessment, the Board of Directors also annually reviews its Corporate Governance Principles, which include a statement of the skills and qualifications it desires on the Board. Furthermore, each director annually provides us a certification that the director continues to meet all applicable statutory and regulatory eligibility and qualification requirements. In connection with the election or appointment of an Independent Director, the Independent Director completes an application to serve on the Board of Directors. As a result of the annual Board assessment and as of the filing date of this Form 10-K, nothing has come to the attention of the Board or management to indicate that any of the current Board members do not continue to possess the necessary experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills expected of the directors that serve on our Board of Directors, as described in each director’s biography below.
Information regarding our current directors and executive officers is provided in the following sections. There are no family relationships among our directors or executive officers.

141


The table below shows membership information for the Bank’s Board of Directors at February 28, 2009:2010:
               
          Expiration of  
          Current Term As  
      Member or   Director as of Board
Director Age Independent Director Since December 31 Committees
Michael K. Guttau (chair)  63  Member January 1, 2003  2012  a, c, e, f
Dale E. Oberkfell (vice chair)  54  Member January 1, 2007  2013  a, b, e, g
Johnny A. Danos  70  Independent May 14, 2007  2010  a, b, d, f
Gerald D. Eid  69  Independent January 23, 2004  2010  b, d, f
Michael J. Finley  54  Member January 1, 2005  2010  c, d, g
Van D. Fishback  63  Member January 1, 2009  2012  c, e, f
David R. Frauenshuh  66  Independent January 23, 2004  2010  b, e, g
Chris D. Grimm  51  Member January 1, 2010  2013  c, d, g
Eric A. Hardmeyer  50  Member January 1, 2008  2010  a, b, d, g
Labh S. Hira  61  Independent May 14, 2007  2013  a, c, e, f
John F. Kennedy, Sr.  54  Independent May 14, 2007  2012  b, d, g
Clair J. Lensing  75  Member January 1, 2004  2013  b, d, g
Dennis A. Lind  59  Member January 1, 2006  2011  a, c, e, f
Paula R. Meyer  55  Independent May 14, 2007  2012  a, c, e, g
John H. Robinson  59  Independent May 14, 2007  2013  b, d, f
Joseph C. Stewart III  40  Member January 1, 2008  2010  c, e, f
   
a) Executive and Governance Committee
b) Audit Committee
c) Member orRisk Management Committee
d) Mission, Member, and Housing Committee
e) Expiration of CurrentFinance and Planning Committee
Director
f) AgeHuman Resource and Compensation Committee (Compensation Committee)
g) IndependentDirector SinceTerm As Director
Michael K. Guttau (chair)62MemberJanuary 1, 2003December 31, 2012
Dale E. Oberkfell (vice chair)53MemberJanuary 1, 2007December 31, 2009
Johnny A. Danos69IndependentMay 14, 2007December 31, 2010
Gerald D. Eid68IndependentJanuary 23, 2004December 31, 2010
Michael J. Finley53MemberJanuary 1, 2005December 31, 2010
David R. Frauenshuh65IndependentJanuary 23, 2004December 31, 2010
Van D. Fishback62MemberJanuary 1, 2009December 31, 2012
Eric A. Hardmeyer49MemberJanuary 1, 2008December 31, 2010
Labh S. Hira60IndependentMay 14, 2007December 31, 2009
John F. Kennedy, Sr.53IndependentMay 14, 2007December 31, 2012
D.R. Landwehr62MemberJanuary 1, 2004December 31, 2009
Clair J. Lensing74MemberJanuary 1, 2004December 31, 2009
Dennis A. Lind58MemberJanuary 1, 2006December 31, 2011
Paula R. Meyer54IndependentMay 14, 2007December 31, 2012
John H. Robinson58IndependentMay 14, 2007December 31, 2009
Lynn V. Schneider61MemberJanuary 1, 2004December 31, 2009
Joseph C. Stewart III39MemberJanuary 1, 2008December 31, 2010Business Operations and Technology Committee

 

136142


The following describes the principal occupation, business experience, qualifications, and skills, among other matters of the 16 Directors who currently serve on our Board of Directors. Except as otherwise indicated, each Director has been engaged in the principal occupation indicated for at least the past five years.
Michael K. Guttau, the Board’s chair, has been with Treynor State Bank in Treynor, Iowa, since 1978 where he has served as president, chairman, and CEO. He has been actively involved with the American Bankers Association, Iowa Bankers Association, Community Bankers of Iowa, and served as the Iowa superintendentSuperintendent of Banking from 1995 through 1999. Currently, Mr. Guttau is the chairman of the Council of FHLBanks, which is the non-profit trade association for the twelve FHLBanks located in Washington, D.C. He is co-chair of fund raisingfundraising for Southwest Iowa Hospice and serves on the Good News Jail and Prison Ministry, and chair of Deaf Missions. Mr. GuttauHe is also a board member and chair of the audit committee for the Southwest Iowa Renewable Energy ethanol plant. He served as the 2008-2009 chairman of the Council of FHLBanks, which is a non-profit trade association for the 12 FHLBanks located in Washington, D.C. He received the Allegiant Southwest Iowa Heritage Award for 2008. Mr. Guttau’s position as an officer of a member institution and his involvement in and knowledge of banking regulation and financial management, as indicated by his background, support his qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors. Mr. Guttau also serves onas chair of the following Bank committees: Executive and Governance Committee (chair), Risk Management Committee, Finance, Planning, and Technology Committee, and the Human Resources and Compensation Committee (Compensation Committee).Committee.
Dale E. Oberkfell, the Board’s vice chair, has served in a variety of banking positions during his nearly 30 years in the financial services industry. Since May 2005, Mr. Oberkfell has served as the president and chief operating officer of Reliance Bank in Des Peres, Missouri. Mr. OberkfellHe also currently serves as executive vice president and CFO of Reliance Bancshares, Inc. in Des Peres, Missouri, and as an executive officer of Reliance Bank, FSB in Fort Myers, Florida. Prior to joining Reliance Bank, Mr. Oberkfell was a partner at the Certified Public Accounting firm of Cummings, Oberkfell & Ristau, P.C. in St. Louis, Missouri. Mr. OberkfellHe is a licensed Certified Public Accountant and is active in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. OberkfellHe has held board positions for several organizations, including the West County YMCA, St. Louis Children’s Choir, and Young Audiences. Mr. Oberkfell’s position as an officer of a member institution and his involvement in and knowledge of finance, accounting, internal controls, and financial management, as indicated by his background, support his qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors. Mr. Oberkfell also serves onas vice chair of the following Bank committees: Executive and Governance Committee (vice chair), Audit Committee, Finance, Planning,and chair of the Business Operations and Technology Committee (chair), and the Compensation Committee.
Johnny A. Danosis Director of Strategic Development for LWBJ Financial in West Des Moines, Iowa. Previously, Mr. Danos was president of the Greater Des Moines Community Foundation in Des Moines, Iowa. He is the retired managing partner of the accounting firm of KPMG located in Des Moines, Iowa and has 31 years of public accounting experience serving commercial, retail, insurance, banks, and financial institutions. He serves on the board of directors of Casey’s General Stores and Wright Tree Service. Mr. Danos’ involvement and experience in auditing, accounting, and organizational management, as indicated by his background, support his qualifications to serve as an Independent Director on our Board of Directors. Mr. Danos also serves onas chair of the following Bank committees: Audit Committee, Business OperationsMission, Member, and Housing Committee, and the Compensation Committee.

143


Gerald D. Eidhas served as CEO of Eid-Co Buildings, Inc. in Fargo, North Dakota, since 1973. A second-generation builder, Mr. Eid has been in the building business and licensed as a realtor for more than 30 years. Founded in 1951, Eid-Co Buildings, Inc. is one of the largest single-family home builders in North Dakota. Mr. Eid has served as a member of the North Dakota Housing Finance Agency Advisory Board since 1998 and is currently its chair. He also has represented North Dakota on the executive committee of the National Association of Homebuilders. Mr. Eid servesEid’s involvement and experience in representing community interests in housing as well as housing finance, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Eid’s qualifications to serve as a public interest director on the following Bank committees: Audit Committee, Business Operations and Housing Committee (vice chair), and the Compensation Committee.our Board of Directors.

137


Michael J. Finleyhas served since 1992 as president of Janesville State Bank in Janesville, Minnesota. Mr. Finley serves on the Political Action Committee Board of the Minnesota Bankers Association. He is a founding member of the Minnesota Financial Group, a peer group of 15 bankers founded in 1988. He is currently the vice chairman of the Janesville Economic Development Authority and president-elect of the Janesville Rotary Club. Mr. Finley’s position as an officer of a member institution and his involvement in and knowledge of financial management, audit, internal controls, and economic development, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Finley’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors. Mr. Finley also serves onas the following Bank committees:vice chair of the Risk Management Committee (vice chair) and the Business Operations and Housing Committee.
Van D. Fishbackis executive vice presidentchairman of First Bank & Trust in Brookings, South Dakota. Mr. Fishback joined First Bank & Trust in 1972 and has previously served as its president and CEO. Mr. Fishback currently serves as president and CEO of Fishback Financial Corporation, South Dakota’s largest privately held bank holding company. Mr. Fishback also serves as executive vice president of Van Tol Surety Company, Inc. Mr. Fishback serves onis a licensed attorney and has been a member of the following Bank committees: Risk Management CommitteeSouth Dakota bar since 1972. Mr. Fishback’s position as an officer of a member institution and his involvement in and knowledge of finance, community development, and the law, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Fishback’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors. Mr. Fishback also serves as vice chair of the Finance Planning, and TechnologyPlanning Committee.
David R. Frauenshuhhas served since 1983 as CEO and owner of Frauenshuh Inc. headquartered in Minneapolis,Bloomington, Minnesota. He also is chairman of Cornerstone Capital Investments, Frauenshuh/Sweeney, VeriSpace, and VeriSpace.Fourteen Foods. Mr. Frauenshuh has more than 30 years of experience in commercial real estate with ownership interest in approximately 2.53.5 million square feet of real estate. He currently serves as chairtreasurer of the Christmas Campaign of the Salvation ArmyEconomic Club of Minnesota, and has been chair of the Children’s House based in Hawaii. He also serves on the Salvation Army National Advisory Board, and Concordia University President’s Advisory Board, as well as onand the boards of the Capital City Partnership and Crossways International.Minnesota Military Foundation. Mr. Frauenshuh served as chair of the 2001 Minnesota Prayer Breakfast and is a CEO committee member of The National Prayer Breakfast. Mr. Frauenshuh’s involvement and experience in finance, real estate, project development, and financial management, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Frauenshuh’s qualifications to serve as an Independent Director on our Board of Directors. Mr. Frauenshuh also serves as vice chair of the Audit Committee.

144


Chris D. Grimmjoined Iowa State Bank as its President and CEO in 2001. Prior to accepting his current role at Iowa State Bank, Mr. Grimm held a number of positions unrelated to the financial services industry. Mr. Grimm’s position as an officer of a member institution and his involvement in and knowledge of financial management, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Grimm’s qualifications to serve on the following Bank committees: Audit Committee (vice chair) and the Finance, Planning, and Technology Committee.our Board of Directors.
Eric A. Hardmeyerjoined the Bank of North Dakota in 1985 as a loan officer and served as senior vice president of lending before becoming president and CEO in 2001, a position he currently maintains. Mr. Hardmeyer is the past chairman of the North Dakota Bankers Association and also serves on the board of directors of the Bismarck-Mandan Chamber of Commerce, Bismarck Public Schools Foundation,YMCA, and Bismarck YMCA.the North Dakota Rural Development Council. Mr. Hardmeyer’s position as an officer of a member institution and his involvement in and knowledge of economic development and financial management, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Hardmeyer’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors. Mr. Hardmeyer also serves onas the following Bank committees: Executive and Governance Committee,chair of the Audit Committee (chair), and the Business Operations and Housing Committee.
Labh S. Hira, PhD,Ph.D.,is Dean of the College of Business at Iowa State University in Ames, Iowa. Dr. Hira has held a variety of positions at Iowa State University since 1982. He was an accounting professor, department chair, and associate dean before being named Dean of the College of Business in 2001. Dr. Hira’s involvement and experience in finance and accounting, as indicated by his background, support Dr. Hira’s qualifications to serve as an Independent Director on our Board of Directors. Dr. Hira also serves on the following Bank committees: Risk Management Committee andas chair of the Finance and Planning and Technology Committee.

138


John FrancisF. Kennedy, Sr.is senior vice president and CFO for the St. Louis Equity Fund, Inc. in St. Louis, Missouri which invests in decent affordable housing developments financed through corporate investment and in cooperation with local, state, and federal governments. Mr. Kennedy has been with the St. Louis Equity Fund since 1998 and has more than 30 years of experience in affordable housing development and financial/banking services. He is a CPA and managed the development ofTax Credit Manager,an internet database and reporting software. Mr. Kennedy’s involvement and experience in accounting, finance, and representing community interests in housing, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Kennedy’s qualifications to serve as a public interest director on our Board of Directors. Mr. Kennedy also serves on the following Bank committees: Risk Management Committee andas vice chair of the Business Operations and HousingTechnology Committee.

145


D.R. Landwehris the chairman, president, and CEO of Community Bank of Missouri in Richmond, Missouri, a bank he organized in May 2001. From 1993 until 1999, he served as chairman, president, and CEO of Condon National Bank. Mr. Landwehr organized and obtained regulatory approval for the Community Bank of Missouri from 1999 until the Bank opened in 2001. Mr. Landwehr has been active in civic organizations during his professional career and is currently a director of Missouri Bancorp, Inc. He is a member of the Richmond Rotary Club, chair of the Hardin United Methodist Church, past president of the Richmond Chamber of Commerce, and an alumnus of Leadership Missouri and Leadership Kansas. Mr. Landwehr has been recognized as a Paul Harris Fellow by Rotary International. Mr. Landwehr serves on the following Bank committees: Risk Management Committee and the Finance, Planning, and Technology Committee (vice chair).
Clair J. Lensinghas served as the president, CEO, and owner of Security State Bank in Waverly, Iowa, since 1999. He also owns the Citizens Savings Bank in Hawkeye, Iowa, and the Maynard Savings Bank in Maynard, Iowa. Previously he served as president and CEO of Farmers State Bank in Marion, Iowa and as a bank examiner with the Iowa Division of Banking. Mr. Lensing has served as president of the Iowa Bankers Association, chairman of the Board of Shazam Network, and board member of the Iowa Independent Bankers. He also has been active in numerous other professional, educational, and community organizations. Mr. Lensing’s position as an officer of a member institution and his involvement in and knowledge of economic development and financial management, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Lensing’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors. Mr. Lensing also serves onas vice chair of the following Bank committees: Audit Committee, Business OperationsMission, Member and Housing Committee, and the Compensation Committee.
Dennis A. Lind isthe president of Midwest Bank Group, Incorporated, a bank holding company, and chairman of its subsidiary member bank, Midwest Bank, in Detroit Lakes, Minnesota. Mr. Lind has over 30 years of experience in banking, capital markets and investments. He previously served as senior vice president of The Marshall Group, IncorporatedInc. in Minneapolis, Minnesota, and worked for 13 years at Norwest Bank (now Wells Fargo Bank) where he most recently held the position of executive vice president at Norwest Investment Services, Incorporated.Inc. Mr. Lind began his career in the Bond Department at First National Bank of Minneapolis, Minnesota (now US Bank). Mr. Lind’s position as an officer of a member institution and his involvement in and knowledge of investments, capital markets, and financial management, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Lind’s qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors. Mr. Lind also serves on the following Bank committees: Executive and Governance Committee, Risk Management Committee, Finance, Planning, and Technology Committee, andas chair of the Compensation Committee (chair).Committee.

139


Paula R. Meyerhas 2530 years of experience in the financial services industry as a senior manager encompassing marketing, operations, and management of mutual funds, investments and insurance companies. She recently retired in 2006 as the president of the mutual fund and certificate businesses at Ameriprise Financial.Financial and has focused on board service since 2007. Prior to that, Ms. Meyer was president of Piper Capital Management. Ms. Meyer also serves on the board of directors of Mutual of Omaha in Omaha, NE, First Command Financial Services in Fort Worth, Texas, and is board chair of Luther College in Decorah, Iowa. She is co-founder and director of Women Corporate Directors of Minneapolis/St. Paul, a professional association of women who serve on corporate boards. She founded and serves on the board of directors of Friends of Ngong Road, a non-profit organization dedicated to helping children in Narobi,Nairobi, Kenya who have been affected by HIV/AIDS. Ms. Meyer’s involvement and experience in risk management, investments, marketing, and financial management, as indicated by her background, support Ms. Meyer’s qualifications to serve as an Independent Director on our Board of Directors. Ms. Meyer also serves onas chair of the following Bank committees: Executive and Governance Committee, Risk Management Committee (chair), Finance, Planning, and Technology Committee, and the Compensation Committee.

146


John H. Robinsonis chairman of Hamilton Ventures, LLC, a consulting and investment company in Kansas City, Missouri. Mr. Robinson is an engineer with international experience as chairman of EPCglobal Ltd in Sheffield, England from 2003 to 2004 and executive director of Amey Plc in London, England from 2000 to 2002. He was managing partner and vice chairman of Black & Veatch, Inc. from 1989 to 2000. He serves on the board of directors of COMARK Building Systems, Olsson Associates, Alliance Resources MLP, and Coeur Precious Metals. Mr. Robinson’s involvement and experience in financial management, project development, and organizational management, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Robinson’s qualifications to serve as an Independent Director on our Board of Directors. Mr. Robinson also serves on the following Bank committees: Audit Committee, Business Operations and Housing Committee, and the Compensation Committee (vice chair).
Lynn V. Schneiderof Huron, South Dakota, has served since 2002 as president and CEOvice chair of American Bank and Trust of Huron, South Dakota. He previously was president and regional manager of Marquette Bank in Huron. He also served for 11 years as president, CEO, and chairman of the board of Farmers and Merchants Bank, also in Huron. He currently is chairman of the board for William Griffith Foundation, Inc., chairman of the board for Mennonite Brethren Foundation, Inc., and serves on the boards of Bethesda Church of Huron, Huron Regional Medical Center, and American Trust Insurance, LLC as secretary. Mr. Schneider serves on the following Bank committees: Executive and Governance Committee, Risk Management Committee, Business Operations and Housing Committee (chair), and the Compensation Committee.
Joseph C. Stewart IIIhas served since 2004 as chairman of the board of BancStar, Inc., a four bank holding company in Festus, Missouri, and as CEO and director of Bank Star in Pacific, MO,Missouri, where he has worked in various capacities since 1994. In addition, Mr. Stewart also serves as CEO and director for Bank Star of the LeadBelt in Park Hills, Missouri, Bank Star One in Fulton, Missouri, and Bank Star of the BootHeel in Steele, Missouri. Mr. Stewart currently serves on the board of directors for the Missouri Independent Bankers Association as well as the government relations committee of the Missouri Bankers Association. Mr. Stewart servesStewart’s position as an officer of a member institution and his involvement in and knowledge of finance, accounting, financial reporting, risk management, and financial management, as indicated by his background, support Mr. Stewart’s qualifications to serve on the following Bank committees: Audit Committee and the Finance, Planning, and Technology Committee.our Board of Directors.

140


Executive Officers
The following persons currently serve as executive officers of the Bank:
         
        Employee of the
Executive Officer Age Position Held Bank Since
Richard S. Swanson  5960  President and CEO June 1, 2006
Edward J. McGreen  4142  Executive Vice President and Chief Capital Markets Officer (CCMO) November 8, 2004
Steven T. Schuler  5758  Executive Vice President and CFO September 18, 2006
Nicholas J. SpaethDusan Stojanovic  5950  Executive Vice President and Corporate Secretary — Chief Risk Officer (CRO) and General Counsel May 1, 2007August 17, 2008
Michael L. Wilson  5253  Executive Vice President and Chief Business Officer (CBO) August 21, 2006
Richard S. Swansonhas been president and CEO since June 2006. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Swanson was a principal of the Seattle law firm of Hillis, Clark, Martin & Peterson for two years where he provided counsel in the areas of finance, banking law, and SEC regulation. Previously Mr. Swanson served as chairman and CEO of HomeStreet Bank in Seattle, Washington, and had served as its CEO since 1990. As a member director from HomeStreet Bank, Mr. Swanson served on the board of directors of the FHLBank of Seattle from 1998 to 2003, and served as the board’s vice chair from 2002 to 2003. He is currently serving as chair of the Bank Presidents’ Conference for the twelve FHLBanks.

147


Edward J. McGreenhas been with the Bank since November 2004 and is currently serving as the Bank’s Executive Vice President and CCMO, a position he has held since July 2005. Mr. McGreen’s management responsibilities include treasury asset/liability analytics, and financial technology and research.portfolio strategy. Mr. McGreen joined the Bank as director of mortgage portfolio management. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. McGreen held various finance and portfolio management positions at Fannie Mae from 1996 to 2001 and 2002 to 2004. From 2001 to 2002, Mr. McGreen was senior interest rate risk manager for GE Asset Management.
Steven T. Schulerhas been with the Bank since September 2006 and is currently serving as the Bank’s Executive Vice President and CFO. Mr. Schuler has management responsibility for general accounting, external reporting, financial analysis and internal reporting, specialized accounting includingasset-liability and derivative accounting, accounting policy, accounting systems, business process management, and information technology. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Schuler was CFO, treasurer, and secretary for Iowa Wireless Services.Services from 2001 to 2006. In 1977 Mr. Schuler began a long and distinguished career at Brenton Banks where he held a variety of positions eventually serving as the corporate senior vice president, CFO, secretary and treasurer until 2001 when Brenton Banks were acquired by Wells Fargo.

141


Nicholas J. SpaethDusan Stojanovicjoinedhas been with the Bank in May 2007since March 2008 and is currently serving as executive vice president, general counselour Executive Vice President and CRO. Mr. Spaeth’sStojanovic has management responsibilities include the legal department,responsibility for enterprise risk management, including credit risk, market risk, operational risk, and compliance. Priormodel validation. Mr. Stojanovic held a variety of positions of increasing responsibility with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago from 2006 to joining2008, Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond from 2005 to 2006, and the Federal Reserve Bank Mr. Spaeth was a partner at Kirkpatrick & Lockhart Preston Gates Ellis LLP in 2007.of St. Louis from 1995 to 2003. From 2004 to 2007, Mr. Spaeth served as Senior Vice President, Law and Public Policy, and Chief Legal Officer of H&R Block, Inc. Mr. Spaeth served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Intuit, Inc. from 2003 to 2004, andMr. Stojanovic served as the vice governor for banking supervision at the National Bank of GE Employers Reinsurance Corporation from 2000 to 2003. Mr. Spaeth is currently a gubernatorial appointee to the Iowa Student Loan Liquidity Corporation.Serbia.
Michael L. Wilsonhas been with the Bank since August 2006 and currently serves as the Bank’s Executive Vice President and CBO. Mr. Wilson’s management responsibilities include member-facing functions (including credit and mortgage sales, member financial services, collateral management, and community investment), human resources, project management, and administration. Mr. Wilson currently serves as chair of the FHLBank MPF Governance Committee. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Wilson had served as senior executive vice president and COO of the FHLBank of Boston since August 1999, and had served in other senior leadership roles with the FHLBank of Boston since 1994.

148


Code of Ethics
The Bank hasWe have adopted a Code of Ethics that sets forth the guiding principles and rules of conduct by which we operate the Bank and conduct our daily business with our customers, vendors, shareholders, and fellow employees. The Code of Ethics applies to all of theour directors, officers, and employees of the Bank.employees. The purpose of the Code of Ethics is to promote honest and ethical conduct and compliance with the law, particularly as it relates to the maintenance of the Bank’sour financial books and records and the preparation of itsour financial statements. The Code of Ethics can be found on our website atwww.fhlbdm.com. We disclose on our website any amendments to, or waivers of, the Code of Ethics. The information contained in or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K and should not be considered part of this or any report filed with the SEC.

142


Audit Committee
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (1)(i) directs senior management to maintain the reliability and integrity of the accounting policies and financial reporting and disclosure practices of the Bank; (2)practices; (ii) reviews the basis for the Bank’sour financial statements and the external auditor’s opinion with respect to such statements; (3)(iii) ensures that policies are in place that are reasonably designed to achieve disclosure and transparency regarding the Bank’sour financial performance and governance practices; and (4)(iv) oversees the internal and external audit functions. The Audit Committee has adopted a charter outlining its roles and responsibilities, which is available on the Bank’sour website atwww.fhlbdm.com.The information contained in or connected to our website is not incorporated by reference into this annual report on Form 10-K and should not be considered part of this or any report filed with the SEC. The members of the Bank’sour Audit Committee for 20092010 are Eric Hardmeyer (chair), David Frauenshuh (vice chair), Johnny Danos, Gerald Eid, Clair Lensing, Dale Oberkfell, John Robinson, and Joseph Stewart.John Kennedy. The Audit Committee held a total of six in-person meetings and onetwo telephonic meetingmeetings in 2008.2009. As of February 28, 2009,2010, the Audit Committee has held one in-person meeting and is scheduled to hold five additional in-person meetings and onethree telephonic meetingmeetings throughout the remainder of 2009.2010.
Audit Committee Financial Expert
The Bank’sOur Board of Directors has determined that the following members of its Audit Committee qualify as audit committee financial experts under Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K: Eric Hardmeyer, Johnny Danos, and Dale Oberkfell. Refer to “Item 13-Certain13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence” at page 165 for details on the Bank’sour director independence.

149


ITEM 11-EXECUTIVE11 — EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
TheThis Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides information on the Bank’sour executive compensation and benefit programs for itsour named executive officers (Executives), who are listed in the “Summary Compensation Table” at page 154. The informationunder this Item 11. Specifically, this CD&A describes our executive compensation philosophy and providespolicies in 2009, and the elements of compensation that were paid to our Executives in 2009. It also describes the analysis related to, among other things, the role ofundertaken by the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors in recommending and approving compensation of the President in 2009, and the analysis of the President in determining and approving the compensation of our other Executives in 2008, the executive compensation philosophy of the Bank, and the components of compensation and benefits, including the retirement benefits provided by the Bank to its Executives.2009.

143


Compensation Philosophy
The Bank’sOur executive compensation philosophy related to compensation of its Executives is to provide a competitive total compensation package and to reward performance based on theeach Executive’s achievement of applicable objective and subjective Bank-wide andgoals, as well as individual goals that are aligned with the Bank’sour strategic business plan. We believe that in order to attract, retain, and motivate our Executives, we must provide a total compensation package that is appropriate within a competitive with similarrange of the market data of executive positions withinthat the financial services industry, focusing onCompensation Committee has determined are similar to those of our Executives with reference to a benchmark group consisting of certain commercial and regional banks, mortgage banks, and Banks withinthe other 11 FHLBanks (Financial Services Industry Group). The Committee has determined that more emphasis should be placed on the FHLBank System. The Bank also strives to structure ExecutiveSystem and the regression analysis of asset and member sizes when reviewing the market data. In implementing this philosophy, we have structured the total compensation of our Executives to appropriately reward Executivesthem based on their performance and contributions to the success of our business as primarily reflected by the Bank’s business. Therefore,achievement of Bank-wide goals and initiatives under our 2008 executive compensation is closely aligned with the performance of the Bank and its strategic business plan.

150


Human Resources and Compensation Committee
The primary objectiveresponsibility of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors is to ensure that the Bank meets itswe meet our objectives of attracting, rewarding, and retaining a well-qualified executive workforce through structuring and diverse workforce.evaluating appropriate total compensation opportunities and payouts for our Executives. In carrying out this objective,responsibility, the Compensation Committee is responsible for considering, recommending,carefully considers, recommends, and approvingapproves all executive compensation plan designs, policies, and Bank-wideprograms, including incentive goals thatopportunities, to ensure they are consistent with the Bank’sour strategic business plan and that support the Bank’sour compensation philosophy and objectives. Compensation plan design and Bank-wide goals, which represent the primary components of the Bank’s total compensation paid to Executives, are recommended to the Compensation Committee by theThe President, CBO, and the Director of Human Resources provide the Compensation Committee with a draft framework of the Bank-wide goals for their input and suggestions. The President, CBO, and Director of Human Resources then finalize the goals based on the Compensation Committee’s input and present them to the Compensation Committee for final approval. The Bank-wide goals are aligneddesigned to align reward opportunities for the Executives with the Bank’sachievement of objectives under our strategic business plan. The Compensation Committee is also responsible for reviewing and recommending to the Board of Directors the employment and severance agreement for the President and for hiring and terminating outside advisors that assist the Compensation Committee with performing its duties. The Compensation Committee is also responsible for advising and making recommendations to the Board of Directors on the following:
Approval of theThe President’s total compensation based on hisBank-wide performance, appraisalindividual performance, and the Committee’s recommendations for his base salary and incentive compensation.
ApprovalPayouts of payouts of annual incentive awards for all eligible employees upon the Compensation Committee’s review of Bank-wide performance relative to performance goals and targets established under the annual incentive plan (AIP).plans.
ReviewApproval of total compensation recommendations for base salary and incentive compensation submitted by the President for the other Executives.Executives (effective February 2010).
Director compensation, including the annual director fee policy.
Employee compensation and policy issues including the Bank’s salary structure, AIP, long-term incentive planAnnual Incentive Plan (AIP), the Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), and other benefits including the Bank’sour retirement plans and non-qualified plans.
Our vision is to be the preferred financial provider of our members in meeting housing and economic development needs of the communities we serve together. We strive to achieve our vision within an operating principle that balances the trade-off between attractively priced products, dividends, and maintaining adequate capital and retained earnings based on the Bank’s risk profile as well as to support safe and sound business operations. We attempt to accomplish this while requiring accountability for actual performance. Therefore, the Compensation Committee and the President have the discretion to adjust the total compensation of our Executives to above or below the competitive range of the market data when our performance and/or Executive performance warrants such an adjustment.

 

144151


Overview of Executive Compensation
In 2008, the Bank2009, we compensated itsour Executives through base salary, annual cash incentive awards, the opportunity for long-term incentive awards, and other benefits, including retirement benefits and perquisites. In striving to meet our objective to attract and retain executive talent, total compensation in 2008 for each Executive was intended to be competitive based on a benchmark analysis for each Executive position. The benchmarks were recommended by a third-party consultant to the Compensation Committee and represented the 50th percentile of the market identified for the respective Executive’s position within the financial services industry.
Components of Executive Compensation Package
Base Salary
Base salary is a key component of the Executive’sour Executives’ total compensation package. The overall goal of this component is to ensure the Bank’sachieve success in attracting and retaining the executive talent needed to execute the Bank’sour short- and long-term business strategies.
Base salary in 2008Until April 2009, the base salaries for certain of our Executives was established pursuant to individual employment agreements. The employment agreements with the President, the CBO, and the former General Counsel/CRO provide these Executives with a(former General Counsel) were established primarily by their respective Employment Agreements, entered into when they joined the Bank in 2006 and 2007, that provided for guaranteed minimum base salary and increases to suchincreases. The base salarysalaries for the effective period of the agreement.
In addition to the guaranteed minimum base salary increases, an Executive may receive a discretionary salary increase above the minimum amount. The President annually reviewsCFO and approves all salary increase recommendations for the other Executives with the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee approves discretionary salary increases for the President.
For the Executives that did not have employment agreements in 2008, base salary decisionsCCMO were madedetermined by the President based on their performance contributionand on market data for similar positions in the Financial Services Industry Group.
Effective April 2009, we entered into new Employment Agreements with the President, CBO, CFO, and CCMO. These new employment agreements establish a base salary for each Executive but do not include the minimum base salary increases provided in the President’s and CBO’s previous employment agreements with us. We did not enter into a new employment agreement with our former General Counsel due to the Bank’s strategic business planexpiration of his employment agreement at the end of it’s initial term on June 30, 2009.
In July 2009, subsequent to the expiration of our employment agreement with the former General Counsel, the base salary for our new CRO was determined by the President based on market data for similar positions in the Financial Services Industry Group.
The President, CBO, CFO, CCMO and an analysisformer General Counsel did not receive increases in base salary in 2009 from 2008 levels as a result of the competitive market data.their own recommendations to maintain their 2008 base salary levels, as discussed in more detail under “Analysis Related to 2009 Compensation Decisions” in this Item 11.

 

145152


Annual Incentive Plan
The AIP is a cash-based incentive plan designed to promote higher levels of performance through the involvement and participation of the Executives and other Bank personnel in goals developed to implement and achieve the objectives of our strategic goals of the Bank.business plan. The AIP includes two components:
 1. Part I goals arefor 2009 were weighted in aggregate at 60 percent of the total AIP award opportunity for each Executive and for 2008 were based on Bank-wide financial,goals of a net income trigger, profitability measures, business maintenancewith our members measures, and growth, customer satisfaction, anda risk management goals.measure.
 2. Part II goals for 2009 were weighted in aggregate at 40 percent of the total AIP award opportunity for each Executive. For the President, Part II goals are established annually by the President and the Board of Directors and forDirectors. For each other Executive, Part II goals are established annually by the Executive and the PresidentPresident. In each case, Part II goals are based upon the strategic imperatives for which thea particular Executive is responsible under the Bank’sour strategic business plan. These Part II goals are qualitative in nature and their achievement is subjectively determined by the Board of Directors for the President and by the President for the other Executives in determining ultimatethe payment of awards under the AIP. Aggregate achievement of the Part II goals is weighted at 40 percent of the total award opportunity for each Executive.
Incentive targetsaward opportunities for each of the Executives under the AIP are established based upon the comparative data of the financial services industry.Financial Services Industry Group. The targets for the AIPaward opportunities range from 0-500 to 50 percent of base salary for the President and 0-40President; 0 to 40 percent of base salary for the other Executives.CBO, CFO, and CCMO; and 0 to 30 percent of base salary for the CRO.
Long-Term Incentive Plan
In July 2008, the Compensation Committee and Board of Directors approved the LTIP for the Executives. Effective January 1, 2008, theThe LTIP is a cash-based incentive plan withthat provides incentive awards for an Executive’s achievement over three-year rolling performance periods. Awards are determined based on individual performance, contribution, and achievement of annual Bank-wide and individual/team goals as established under(i) the AIP as discussed above. Additionally, the LTIP includes subjective criteria based onPart I and Part II goals and (ii) the demonstration by each Executive of leadership capability that is aligned with the Bank’scompetencies and of our shared values of positive engagement, collaboration, trust, excellence, agility, and the leadership competencies that have been defined for the Bank.
pride. The LTIP is a three-year rolling plan, with the first performance period being 2008-2010. The first award was grantedbegan in February 20092008 and will be paid inend December 31, 2010, with payouts scheduled for March 2011. The second performance period of the plan is 2009-2011 with the second awardbased on 2009 performance and is scheduled to be granted in February 2010 and paid in March 2012. The Compensation Committee approved
Award levels for each of the first grant for the LTIP in February 2009 for the President. The President reviewed the award recommendations with the Compensation Committee for the other Executives and approved their first grant.
The target awards forunder the LTIP are established in a similar manner as the AIP targets and are based upon the comparative data of the financial services industry.Financial Services Industry Group as a part of an Executive’s opportunity for competitive total compensation. The targetsaward opportunities for the LTIP range from 0-37.50 to 37.5 percent of base salary for the President, and 0-250 to 30 percent of base salary for the other Executives. The goals underCBO, CFO, and CCMO, and 0 to 22.5 percent of base salary for the LTIP align with the AIP goals and weightings for each Executive.CRO.

 

146153


The Compensation Committee determined LTIP awards for 2008 would be granted at no more than target since the plan was approved mid-year.
Retirement Benefits
The Bank established and maintainsWe maintain a comprehensive retirement program for itsour Executives comprised of two qualified pension plans: a defined benefit plan (established in 1943) and a defined contribution plan (established in 1972). For its qualified pension plans, the Bank participates in the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions (DB Plan) and the Pentegra Defined Contribution Plan for Financial Institutions (DC Plan).
In 1994, in response to federal legislation which imposed restrictions on the pension benefits payable to its Executives, the Bankwe established a third retirement plan entitled the Benefit Equalization Plan (BEP)., which was amended and restated in November 2008 in order to bring the BEP into compliance with IRS Code Section 409A. The BEP is a non-qualified plan available to the Executives that restores the pension benefits an Executive is restricted from receiving (due to the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS)) on the benefits received from or contributions made to the Bank’sour two qualified pension plans. (See tables at pages 158 and 159 for additional information on the retirement benefits.)
In November 2008 the Committee adopted the Third Amended and Restated Benefit Equalization Plan. The Amended and Restated BEP was presented and approved by the Committee in order to bring the BEP into compliance with Code Section 409A. A summary of the changes are as follows:
Deferral elections must be made before any fees or compensation are earned.
Election changes must comply with 409A timing rules.
��Links between the qualified and nonqualified plans are severed.
If a participant dies or becomes disabled during the installment payout period, the installment payments will cease and all benefits will be paid out in a lump sum.
Earnings on deferred compensation can be tied to internal or external benchmarks.
Terminates the Directors Deferred Compensation Plan and merges the Plan into the BEP.
Directors may elect to defer all of their fees.
Elections must specify the payment terms and the date for payment of the deferred compensation.
Director payment terms must be either lump sum or ten or fewer annual installments.
Executive Perquisites
Perquisites are a de minimis element of total compensation and as such are provided to Executives as a convenience associated with their overall duties and responsibilities. It is the Bank’s practice to provideIn 2009, we provided the President with a monthly automobile allowance, the CRO with relocation assistance,and certain of the Executives with relocation assistance and financial planning as needed.assistance.

147


Finance Agency Oversight — Executive Compensation
Section 1113 of the Housing Act amended the Federal Housing Enterprises Financial Safety and Soundness Act of 1992 (the Housing Enterprises Act) and requires that the Director of the Finance Agency prevent anto prohibit any FHLBank from paying compensation to its executive officers that is not reasonable and comparable to that paid for employment in similar businesses involving similar duties and responsibilities. TheOn June 5, 2009, the Finance Agency recently initiatedpublished a project to determine how bestproposed regulation designed to implement these statutory requirements with respectrequirements. The proposed regulation covers compensation payable to members of an FHLBank’s senior executive team and defines reasonable and comparable compensation. “Reasonable” compensation, taken in total or in part, would be customary and appropriate for the FHLBanks. Until such time as further guidance isposition based on a review of the relevant factors. These factors include the unique duties and responsibilities of the executive’s position. “Comparable” compensation, taken in total or in part, does not materially exceed benefits paid at similar institutions for similar duties and responsibilities. Comparable benefit levels are considered to be at or below the median compensation for a given position at similar institutions (i.e., those institutions that are similar in size, complexity and function). In addition, under the proposed regulation, the Director would have authority to approve certain compensation and termination benefits.

154


On October 27, 2009, the Finance Agency issued an advisory bulletin establishing certain principles for executive compensation at the FHLBanks have beenand the Office of Finance. These principles include that: (i) such compensation must be reasonable and comparable to that offered to executives in similar positions at comparable financial institutions; (ii) such compensation should be consistent with sound risk management and preservation of the par value of FHLBank capital stock; (iii) a significant percentage of an executive’s incentive based compensation should be tied to longer-term performance and outcome-indicators and be deferred and made contingent upon performance over several years; and (iv) the Board of Directors should promote accountability and transparency in the process of setting compensation.
As part of its January 2010 telephonic meeting and the February 2010 meeting, the Compensation Committee reviewed base salary and incentive compensation information, focusing on the other 11 FHLBanks. Based on that review, the Compensation Committee believes the compensation payable to our Executives is reasonable and comparable to that paid within the FHLBank System.
Beginning in November of 2008, the FHLBanks were directed to provide all compensation actions affecting their five most highly compensated officers (or Named Executive Officers) to the Finance Agency for prior review. Accordingly, following our Board of Director’s January 2009Directors’ February 2010 meeting, we submitted the 2009 base salary/merit increases,amounts of annual incentive payments earned for 2008,awards and long-term incentive awards earned for 2008 and to be paid in 2011 and the form of Executive Employment Agreements to the Finance Agency. AtAgency for its review, along with 2010 merit increases to base salaries for the Executives. The Finance Agency review period expires on March 22, 2010 and we have not received an objection to the amounts of annual incentive awards, long-term incentive awards, and merit increases at the time of this time, we do not expect the statutory requirements to have a material impact on our executive compensation plans.filing.
Analysis Related to 20082009 Compensation Decisions
The President approveswould approve annual base salary increases for the other Executives based on a number of factors including: (i) each Executive’s individual performance and contribution to the Bank’s achievement of itsour strategic business plan as well as theand other leadership responsibilities; (ii) our achievement of overall Bank-wide goal resultsgoals for the year. These approvals also includecalendar year; and (iii) an assessment of whether the current base salary remains competitive relativecompetitive. However, in February 2009 the President, CBO, CFO, CCMO, and former General Counsel recommended to executives in comparable positions in the financial services industry. If the salary has lagged behind the market and/or the President’s performance warrants it, the Compensation Committee has the discretion to grant the President additional compensation, above the guaranteed minimum amount providedthat they not receive any increases in his employment agreement thatbase salary in 2009. This recommendation was in effect in 2008.
Base salary paid to eachmade as a result of the Executives in 2008 was commensurate withuncertain economic conditions that contractually required to be paid pursuant tofaced the employment agreement withbanking industry at the President, CBO, and CRO. As such,beginning of 2009.
Therefore, despite the Compensation Committee and Board approvals in October 2008 of a budget for the provision of merit increases Bank-wide averaging four percent for 2009, the Executives suggested that their base salaries remain unchanged for 2009. Consequently, the Board approved a salarythe Compensation Committee’s recommendation of no merit increase for the President and the President approved salary increases for the CBO and CRO based uponother Executive’s requests of no merit increase in 2009. In 2009, each Executive received the guaranteed minimum annual increases stated in the then-current employment agreements, which resulted in a four percent increase to thesame respective base salary of each such Executive. The President also approved a four percent increase to the base salary of the CFO and the CCMO. The CFO was also given a 16 percent market adjustment in base salary based on the competitive data of comparable positions in the financial services industry.
The Compensation Committee discussed a discretionary increase for the President, above the guaranteed amount set forth in the employment agreement, but chose not to do so because it determined a discretionary increase would be more appropriate if tied to long-term performance. This decision was a significant factor in establishing the LTIPsalaries paid in 2008.

 

148155


The Compensation Committee committed to an evaluation to consider the establishment of an LTIP once the President was hired and his executive team was in place. During the first six months of 2008, the Board of Directors andIn November 2009, the Compensation Committee reviewed and analyzed the need for establishing the LTIP for the benefit of the Executives. In the process, the Board of Directors engaged anrequested its independent compensation consultant, Towers Perrin (now Towers Watson, and further referenced in this Item 11 as Towers Watson), to provide on-going consultation witha review of our compensation programs (primarily our AIP and LTIP) from a risk perspective. This risk assessment included a review of the oversight of our pay programs, the incorporation of risk measures into our pay philosophy, the balance in the mix of pay between base, annual and long-term incentives, and the Bank-wide and individual performance goals. The risk assessment also considered the design of our AIP and LTIP, the metrics used to measure performance, and our overall governance processes involving executive compensation. Based on this risk assessment, the Compensation Committee onbelieves we took a conservative approach to executive compensation matters.and do not have high risk factors in our executive compensation design that would encourage excessive risk taking. We will consider future enhancements to our executive compensation plan designs based on this review by Towers PerrinWatson.
Use of Benchmarks
In striving to meet our objective to attract and retain executive talent, total compensation in 2009 for each Executive was analyzed as to its competitive position within a range of total compensation paid to executives determined to be in similar positions in the identified benchmark group, the Financial Services Industry Group. However, as appropriate and at the discretion of the Compensation Committee and/or the President, we may pay above or below the competitive range of the compensation data based on the experience and performance of the Executives and our overall performance during the year.
As part of their consultation services to the Compensation Committee, Towers Watson analyzed the comparative position of the total compensation of the Executives, utilizing their survey data and the data from McLagan Partners, a nationally recognized compensation consulting firm within the financial services industry. ThisIn addition, Towers Watson completed an in-depth regression analysis confirmed that,of the Executive’s compensation based on compensation packages offeredour asset size and member size compared to Executives in the financial services industry (the McLagan data), an LTIP was appropriate in order for the Bank to attract, reward and retain executive talent in the Bank and ensure the Bank is compensating the Executives competitively within the financial services industry. For more details regarding the McLagan data see “Use of Benchmarks” below. At the time the LTIP was implemented the Bank’s financial performance was exceeding its financial goals outlined in its 2008 financial plan and budget. The Compensation Committee decided to limit LTIP payouts for 2008 to no more than target since the plan was implemented mid-year.
Use of Benchmarks
We strive to provide executive compensation targeting the 50th percentile of the market for total compensation of executives in the financial services industry, including commercial and regional banks, mortgage banks, and the FHLBank System. However, as appropriate and at the discretion of the Compensation Committee and/or the President, the Bank may pay above or below the 50th percentile based on the experience and performance of the Executives.
In early 2008 the Compensation Committee obtainedThe compensation data representinganalyzed represented a composite of resources from McLagan Partners for executive positions determined to be comparable to, and arepresentative of realistic employment opportunityopportunities for theour Executives. McLagan Partners also conducted a custom survey of executive compensation among the FHLBanks. This survey data was incorporated into their analysis and provided another source of competitive data. The benchmark data used was based onconsidered, specifically, the individual’sExecutive’s management role, decision making capacity, and the scope of the departmentsfunctions for which the executive would beExecutive is responsible. For example, our Executives are required to have the depth of knowledge and experience that is required of comparable financial service industrythose serving organizations within the Financial Services Industry Group, however, our focus is narrower due to theour smaller size of the Bank than many of the organizations in this group. Therefore, total compensation for our President was compared to that of a subsidiary or division President in theat larger financial services industry.organizations. In analyzing thisthe compensation data and the regression analysis, the Compensation Committee determined that targeting total compensation for our Executives at the 50th percentilewithin a competitive range of the applicable benchmarkFinancial Services Industry Group, with an emphasis on the FHLBank System, would facilitate our objectiveobjectives to fairly compensate and retain our Executives.

156


The Compensation Committee uses these estimatedused this comparable valuesdata as a guideline for evaluating the President’s salary and incentive pay.pay in 2009. The same source ofPresident also used this comparable data is used when the Compensation Committee reviewsfor determining the salary and incentive pay recommendations made by the President for the other Executives.Executives in 2009. Although the Compensation Committee and President undertook this benchmarking analysis in 2009 in order to determine the competitive pay position for total compensation of the Executives, the ultimate decision for appropriate base salaries of the Executives in 2009 was not affected by this analysis due to the decision to make no changes in 2009 base salaries for the Executives as discussed above.
A representative list of peer companies, other than the other FHLBanks, that were used in the Financial Services Industry Group from the McLagan Market Survey data is set forth below.
American Home MortgageAviva Investors
Aegon USA Realty AdvisorsAIG
Allstate Investments, LLCAllstate Investments, LLC
American CapitalAmeriprise Financial, Inc.
AXA Investment ManagersB.F. Saul Mortgage
Bank of AmericaBMO Financial Group
Babson Capital Management LLCBloomberg
CIBC World MarketsThe CIT Group
CitigroupCarval Investors
Discover Financial GroupFannie Mae
Fidelity InvestmentsFortis Financial Services LLC
Freddie MacFiserv
The HartfordHSBC Global Banking and Markets
Harvard Management Company, Inc.ING Mortgage
INGInvesco Ltd.
ING Investment ManagementJP Morgan
Johnson Financial Group, Inc.JP Morgan Chase
Legg Mason & Co., LLCLPL Financial Services
McGladrey Capital MarketsMetropolitan Life Insurance Company
Marshall & Ilsley CorporationThe Northern Trust Corporation
Northwestern Mutual Life InsurancePiper Jaffray
Prudential FinancialSaxon Mortgage
Schroder Investment ManagementCharles Schwab & Co., Inc.
SVB Financial GroupState Street Bank & Trust Company
TD SecuritiesTIAA-CREF
TD AmeritradeUniversal American Mortgage Co, LLC
The Vanguard Group, IncWachovia Corporation
Wells Fargo BankWestern Asset Management Company

 

149157


Establishment of Performance MeasuresPay Targets and Ranges
AIP and LTIP performancepay targets established for each Executive take into consideration total compensation practices (base salary, annual incentives, long-term incentives, and benefits) of the financial services industry.Financial Services Industry Group with emphasis placed on the FHLBank System regression analysis. Each Executive is assigned a target award opportunity,opportunities, stated as a percentagepercentages of base salary.salary, under the AIP and the LTIP. The target award opportunity correspondsopportunities correspond to determinations made by the individual’sCompensation Committee and the President on each Executive’s level of organizational responsibility and ability to contribute to and influence the Bank’sour overall performance. Awards are paid to the Executives based upon the achievement level of the Bank’sBank-wide Part I goals and upon a subjective determination by the Compensation Committee for the President and by the President for the other Executives regarding individual performance, and achievement level of Part II individual and/or departmental team goals. goals and other leadership competencies.
The range ofincentive compensation award opportunities under the potential awardsAIP and LTIP for each Executive is 0-50for 2009 were a percent of base salary as follows:
               
    Threshold  Target  Maximum 
  Incentive percent of  percent of  percent of 
Executive Plan base salary  base salary  base salary 
               
President AIP  25%  37.5%  50%
  LTIP  12.5%  25%  37.5%
CBO, CFO, CCMO AIP  20%  30%  40%
  LTIP  10%  20%  30%
CRO AIP  20%  25%  30%
  LTIP  7.5%  15%  22.5%
LTIP awards earned and granted for 2009 will be payable in the President and 0-40 percentfirst quarter of base salary for2012 in accordance with the other Executives.terms of the LTIP.
Establishment of Performance Measures
In February 2008,April 2009, the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors approved fivethe following Part I Bank-wide goals:
Net Income trigger;
Profitability measured by the spread between adjusted return on capital stock and average 3-month LIBOR for 2009;
Business with our Members measured by member borrowing penetration, member product usage index, business with relatively inactive “core” members, and customer satisfaction; and
Risk Management measured by (i) a finding of no material weaknesses or significant deficiencies for 2009 upon analysis of our internal control over financial reporting and (ii) a determination by our Board concerning the overall quality of our risk management.

158


The Part I goals that included financial,and measurements for profitability, business maintenance, growth, customer satisfaction,with our members, and risk management goals.were established in alignment with our 2009 strategic business plan and strategic imperatives, current and anticipated market conditions, and 2008 performance results. Each goal iswas assigned a weighting factor and includesincluded a threshold, target, and maximum level of performance.
Due to the economic uncertainties at the time, a net income trigger of $30 million was added for 2009, based on a level of income that would ensure stable retained earnings, a sustainable dividend equal to or above the average three-month LIBOR rate for the covered period, and a contribution to our affordable housing program.
Achievement of the Net Income Trigger goal was a prerequisite for a payout under the Profitability goal in Part I for the Executives. If the Net Income Trigger was not achieved, the Executives would not receive payouts for the Profitability goal or for Part II goals, but the Executives would remain eligible for payouts under the Business with Members and Risk Management goals.
On a regular basis, in 2009 management provided an update to the Compensation Committee on the status of performance relative to Bank-wide goals. In August 2009, the President, CBO, and Human Resources Director recommended and the Compensation Committee approved changes to the Bank-wide goals as a result of changing conditions in the marketplace and our year-to-date performance on established goals. The changes, which increased the profitability target and placed greater weight on risk management, included:
Modifying the definition “Adjusted return on Capital Stock” for the Profitability goal so that it better approximates our core earnings.
Increasing the Threshold/Target/Maximum achievement levels for the Profitability goal from zero/50/100 basis points to 50/250/400 basis points.
Reducing the overall weight on the “Business with Members” goal from 50 percent to 40 percent.
Increasing the overall weight on the “Risk Management” goal from 20 percent to 30 percent.
Simplifying the measurement of the Risk Management goal related to internal controls so that it is determined solely by whether or not we had a significant deficiency or material weakness for fiscal year 2009. The weight on this goal increased from 5 percent to 15 percent.
When establishing the Part I AIP performance goals, the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors anticipates that the Bankwe will successfully achieve the target level of performance the majority of the time.performance. The target level is aligned with the overall strategic business plan and is expected to be reasonably achievable. The maximum level provides a goal that is anticipated to be more challenging to reach, based on the previous year’s performance results and current market conditions. The Part I incentive awards are paid based on the actual results achieved by the Bank. For calendar year 2008, the Bank2009, we achieved an overall level of performance on Part I performance goals at 95.5114 percent of the maximumtarget achievement level. The Bank achieved the maximum performance level in all but the risk management goal which was achieved at the target level of performance as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

150159


The following table provides the 2008revised 2009 AIP and LTIP Bank-wide goals and performance results approved by the Board of Directors in FebruaryAugust 2009 and our performance results for 2009:
                 
  Results at          
Goals December 31, 2008  Threshold  Target  Maximum 
Spread between the earned
dividend and average 3-month
LIBOR1 (30 percent weight)
 1.51%  (0.60)%  (0.36)%  (0.12)% 
Ratio of Advances+Letters of Credit to
Assets for “Active” Members (G goal)2
(15 percent weight)
 13.92%  10.90%  11.50%  12.00% 
Ratio of Advances+Letters of Credit) to
Assets for “Relatively Inactive”
Members (L goal)3 (15 percent weight)
 4.94%  2.30%  2.50%  2.75% 
Customer satisfaction4
(20 percent weight)
 94% + “very
satisfied” up by
nine points
 94% 94% +
“very satisfied” up
two points
 94% +
“very satisfied” up
four points
Risk profile (20 percent weight) Target As rated by the Board of Directors; no material weakness; degree of compliance with FRMP; percentage of exam and audit issues addressed.
           
          Results
          And
          Achievement
Bankwide Goals Weight Threshold Target Maximum Level
           
Net Income Trigger          
GAAP Net Income in Millions of Dollars NA $30.0 NA NA $145.9
(Trigger met)
           
Profitability (30% Total Weight)          
Spread Between Adjusted Return on Capital Stock and Average 3-month LIBOR for the year 30% 0.50% 2.50% 4.00% 5.38%
(Maximum)
           
Business with Members (40% Total Weight)          
Member Borrowing Penetration 10% 73.0% 76.5% 80% 75.4%
(Threshold)
Member Product Usage Index (“Touch Points”) 10% 1.50 1.60 1.70 1.66
(Target)
Business with Relatively Inactive “Core” Members 10% 2.3% 2.4% 2.6% 2.73%
(Maximum)
Customer Satisfaction 10% At least 85%
 At lease 88%
 92% or more
 93% or more
    “satisfied” “satisfied” “satisfied”
 “satisfied” with
        with 71% or more 68% or more
        “very satisfied” “very satisfied”
          (Target)
           
Risk Management (30% Total Weight)          
SOX 404 Status: No Material
Weaknesses or Significant
Deficiencies for fiscal year 2009
 15% If there is no material weakness or
significant deficiency, payout on this goal
will be at “target”, otherwise there will be no payout on this goal.
 Target
Overall Quality of Risk Management 15% As Determined by the Board of Director’s Target
    Risk Management Committee  
1Excludes unrealized gains or losses relating to hedge ineffectiveness and related to certain advance economic hedge relationships that lost hedge accounting during the restatement as these were excluded for the 2008 plan and thus are excluded from the threshold, target and maximum requirements. The calculation does include the cost of economic derivatives used to hedge the mortgage bank.
2The “G goal” represents those members with a penetration ratio greater than 6 percent. This group is composed of 456 members with assets totaling $118.3 billion. In 2007 this group’s average penetration ratio was 11.54 percent of assets. The objective in 2008 for this group of members is to maintain the high penetration ratio. The G group is highly active and no significant increase in activity levels is expected for this group. The target that has been set represents a maintenance level with expectations being very little increase or decrease in activity. The following borrowers are not included: housing associates, insurance companies, and certain other large members.
3The “L goal” represents those members with a penetration ratio less than 6 percent. This group is composed of 752 members with assets totaling $154.1 billion. In 2007 this group’s average penetration ratio was 2.38 percent of assets. The objective in 2008 is to increase the penetration ratio for this particular member grouping. This group has the greatest potential to increase their activity levels with the Bank as compared to the G group who are already very active. The L group is considered “relatively” inactive. The target has been set to increase the penetration level by 0.12 percent of assets for this member grouping. The year over year increase is aggressive but achievable. The following borrowers are not included: housing associates, insurance companies, and certain other large members.
4Survey was conducted and validated by an external, independent organization.
AIP and LTIP Part II Performance Goals
Part II AIP performance goals for each Executive are established by the Executive and the President based on the strategic imperatives and action steps outlined in the strategic business plan for which each Executive is responsible. Each Executive has overallprimary responsibility for setting, implementing, executing, and achieving the action items associated with one or more strategic imperatives as outlined in the strategic business plan. Performance ratings for the Executives are based on their contribution and accomplishment of the strategic imperatives, the Bank-wide goals, additional leadership responsibilities and their overall job performance based on established competencies for the Executives.performance.

 

151160


The 2008-20102009 to 2011 strategic business plan was approved by the Board of Directors in December 20072008 and included the following strategic imperatives for which strategies and actions steps were developed:developed that formed the basis for Part II goals:
Deliver Member Value
Leverage Technology to Drive Business Results
Develop a High Performing Organization
Seek and Sustain Operational Excellence
Inspire Confidence
1.Deliver Member Value
2.Seek and Sustain Operational Excellence
3.Manage Risk Prudently in a Dynamic, Volatile Market
4.Ensure a Sustainable Business Model
5.Lead Effectively and Communicate Strategically Within the Bank and the FHLBank System
The Part II AIP performance goals for the President are established by the President and the Board of Directors in a similar manner as outlined above for the other four Executives. As stated above for each Executive, the President also has responsibility for setting, implementing, executing, and achieving the action items associated with one or more strategic imperatives as well as the overall strategic business plan. Performance ratings for the President are based on his contribution and accomplishment of the strategic imperatives, the Bank-wide goals, leadership responsibilities, and his overall job performance.
20082009 AIP and LTIP Performance Results
In February 2009,2010, the Compensation Committee subjectively determined thatreviewed results of the annual performance evaluation of the President exceeded expectations in his Part II performance goals underconducted by the AIP. In conjunction withBoard of Directors. Based on this review, the Bank’s achievement of Part I performance goals under the AIP at 95.5 percent of maximum,Compensation Committee determined the President was awarded $270,147 or 46.25 percent of base salary for Parts I and II under the AIP.
In February 2009, the President reviewed the performance of each of the other four Executives with the Committee. For each of the four Executives, the President determined they had each exceeded expectations on the strategic imperatives and overall job performance set forthgoals established for Part II of the AIP. In conjunction with the Bank’s achievement of Part I performance goals under the AIP at 95.5114 percent of maximum,target, the Compensation Committee awarded the President the amounts identified in the chart below.
In February 2010, the President reviewed the performance of each of the other four Executives with the Compensation Committee. The President determined that each of the other Executives had exceeded expectations on their respective strategic imperatives and job performance goals established for Part II of the AIP. In conjunction with the Bank’s achievement of Part I performance goals under the AIP at 114 percent of target, the Compensation Committee awarded each Executive the following underamounts identified in the AIP:chart below.
        
 Percent of Base         
 Salary for  Percent of Base 
Title Actual Award Parts I and II  AIP Award Salary 
President $255,348  43.7%
CBO $145,080  37.2% $133,275  34.2%
CRO $124,238  36.2% $65,488  27.3%
CFO $108,229  36.8% $99,327  33.8%
CCMO $108,155  36.8% $154,5121  52.6%
1Includes an additional $50,000 discretionary award described as follows.

 

152161


An additional one-time discretionary award was granted to the CCMO for his significant contribution prior to 2009 to the quality of our investment portfolio by consistently recommending that we not purchase private label MBS. Private label MBS have resulted in OTTI at most FHLBanks, in some cases with significant adverse financial impact. During this period when other FHLBanks were investing in these securities, the CCMO was a consistent voice of caution advocating that we not purchase these investments. The Committee had initially approved a discretionary bonus award for the CCMO in early 2009. However, since economic conditions were uncertain at that time and no salary increases were taken by the Executives, this discretionary bonus award was deferred until the end of the 2009 performance year when the success of the Bank in dealing with the difficult economic environment could be fully assessed. This additional discretionary award was approved at the February 2010 Board of Directors meeting in the amount of $100 thousand and payable as follows:
$50 thousand payable as an addition to the regular AIP award for 2009; and
$50 thousand deferred for three years and payable in March 2012 in accordance with the 2009 LTIP Plan Document.
We submitted information concerning this one-time discretionary award to the Finance Agency for its review. We have not yet received a response from the Finance Agency.
Under the Bank’s LTIP, the Executives, including the President, were awarded targetincentives for 2008. The Board of Directors established in July 2008 that the LTIP awards if achieved in 2008 would be at a maximum of target. This was due to the Board of Director’s decision to implement the LTIP for calendar year 2008 mid-year.2009 based on our Bank-wide performance and each Executives’ individual performance against their individual goals. The following LTIP awards were approved for the President and bythe other Executives:
         
      Percent of Base 
Title LTIP Award  Salary 
President $185,256   31.7%
CBO $92,195   23.6%
CRO $35,059   14.6%
CFO $68,740   23.4%
CCMO $122,2201  41.6%
1Includes the additional $50,000 discretionary award deferred for three years as previously discussed.

162


The first LTIP award was granted in February 2009 for the 2008 to 2010 performance period and will be paid in March 2011 subject to satisfaction of the conditions under the Plan as described at “Grants of Plan Based Awards Table” in this Item 11. In February 2010, the Compensation Committee approved the LTIP awards for the 2009 to 2011 performance period for the President forand the other Executives. These awards are payable to the Executives as follows:
         
      Percent of Base 
  Dollar Value of  Salary for 
Title Award  Parts I and II 
CEO $146,025   25%
CBO $78,000   20%
CRO $68,640   20%
CFO $58,820   20%
CCMO $58,780   20%
in March 2012 subject to the terms of the LTIP.
Compensation Committee Report
The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Bank has furnished the following report for inclusion in this annual report on Form 10-K:
The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the 20082009 Compensation Discussion and Analysis set forth above with the Bank’s management. Based on such review and discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this annual report on Form 10-K. The Compensation Committee includes the following individuals:
2009 Human Resources and Compensation Committee
Dennis A. Lind, Chair
John H. Robinson, Vice Chair
Johnny A. Danos
Gerald D. Eid
Michael K. Guttau
Clair J. Lensing
Paula R. Meyer
Dale E. Oberkfell
Lynn V. Schneider
2010 Human Resources and Compensation Committee
Dennis A. Lind, Chair
John H. Robinson, Vice Chair
Johnny A. Danos
Gerald D. Eid
Van D. Fishback
Michael K. Guttau
Labh S. Hira, Ph.D.
Joseph C. Stewart III

 

153163


Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides compensation information for the year ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 for our 2009 “named executive officers,” as that term is defined in Item 402(a)(3) of Regulation S-K, comprised of our President, CFO, CCMO, CBO, CRO, and 2006 for (1) the Bank’s current President and (2) all individuals that were serving as Executives at December 31, 2008.former General Counsel.
                                                        
Summary Compensation TableSummary Compensation TableSummary Compensation Table 
 Changes in      Changes in     
 Pension Value      Pension Value     
 and      and     
   Nonqualified      Nonqualified     
 Non-Equity Deferred      Non-Equity Deferred     
Name and Principal Incentive Plan Compensation All Other    Incentive Plan Compensation All Other   
Position Year Salary Bonus Compensation1 Earnings2 Compensation1 Total  Year Salary Bonus Compensation1 Earnings2 Compensation1 Total 
Richard Swanson, 2008 $584,100  $416,172 $182,000 $41,627 $1,223,899 
Richard S. Swanson, 2009 $584,100  $440,604 $234,000 $46,624 $1,305,328 
President and Chief 2007 $561,600  $278,460 $69,000 $227,638 $1,136,698  2008 $584,100  $416,172 $182,000 $41,627 $1,223,899 
Executive Officer 2006 $315,000 $118,125   $35,606 $468,731  2007 $561,600  $278,460 $69,000 $227,638 $1,136,698 
  
Steven T. Schuler, 2008 $285,933  $167,049 $68,000 $11,825 $523,807  2009 $294,1004  $168,067 $102,000 $14,763 $578,930 
Chief Financial Officer 2007 $244,250  $97,223 $10,000 $3,913 $355,386 
 2006 $70,000  $15,625   $85,625 
Chief Financial 2008 $285,933  $167,049 $68,000 $11,825 $532,807 
Officer 2007 $244,250  $97,223 $10,000 $3,913 $355,386 
  
Edward J. McGreen, 2008 $292,017  $166,935 $38,000 $18,008 $514,960  2009 $293,9004  $276,732 $64,000 $23,231 $657,863 
Chief Capital Markets Officer 2007 $281,467 $3,978 $100,794 $18,000 $9,151 $413,390 
and Interim Chief Financial Officer 2006 $270,500 $39,378 $71,821 $18,000 $8,115 $407,814 
Chief Capital 2008 $292,017  $166,935 $38,000 $18,008 $514,960 
Markets Officer 2007 $281,467 $3,978 $100,794 $18,000 $9,151 $413,390 
  
Nicholas J. Spaeth,
General Counsel and
 2008 $343,200  $192,878 $53,000 $12,591 $601,670 
Chief Risk Officer 2007 $220,000 $66,000 $12,467  $12,793 $311,260 
Dusan Stojanovic, 2009 $220,667  $100,547 $26,000 $35,587 $382,801 
Chief Risk Officer3
 
  
Michael L. Wilson, 2008 $390,000  $223,080 $126,000 $32,105 $771,185  2009 $390,000  $225,470 $213,000 $31,397 $859,867 
Chief Business Officer 2007 $375,000  $148,750 $72,000 $93,870 $689,620 
Chief Business 2008 $390,000  $223,080 $126,000 $32,105 $771,185 
Officer 2007 $375,000  $148,750 $72,000 $93,870 $689,620 
 2006 $131,461 $98,654  $25,000 $69,452 $325,567  
Nicholas J. Spaeth, 2009 $171,600   $14,000 $269,298 $454,898 
Former General 2008 $343,200  $192,878 $53,000 $12,591 $601,669 
Counsel and Chief 2007 $220,000 $66,000 $12,467  $12,793 $311,260 
Risk Officer 
   
1 The components of these columns for 20082009 are provided in the tables below.that follow.
 
2 Represents change in value of pension benefits only. All returns on non-qualified deferred compensation are at the market rate.
3Mr. Stojanovic was promoted to the position of Chief Risk Officer on July 1, 2009 with an annual salary of $240,000 as of that date. Previously he served as the Bank’s Financial Risk Officer.
4While the Executives received no salary increases in 2009, the increase shown in salary from 2008 to 2009 reflects the 2008 merit increase which was effective March 1, 2008 through March 1, 2009.
Components of 2008 Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
         
  Annual Incentive  Long Term 
Name Plan  Incentive Plan 
Richard Swanson $270,147  $146,025 
Steven Schuler $108,229  $58,820 
Edward McGreen $108,155  $58,780 
Nicholas Spaeth $124,238  $68,640 
Michael Wilson $145,080  $78,000 

 

154164


Components of 20082009 Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
         
  Annual Incentive  Long Term 
Name Plan  Incentive Plan 
Richard Swanson $255,348  $185,256 
Steven Schuler $99,327  $68,740 
Edward McGreen $154,5121 $122,2202
Dusan Stojanovic $65,488  $35,059 
Michael Wilson $133,275  $92,195 
1Includes the additional $50,000 discretionary award under the AIP as previously discussed.
2Includes the additional $50,000 discretionary award deferred for three years as previously discussed.
Components of 2009 All Other Compensation
                        
                 Bank Contributions         
 Bank Contributions to Vested      to Vested         
 Defined Contribution Plans      Defined Contribution Plans         
 Non-qualified      Non-qualified         
 Deferred      Deferred         
 401(k)/Thrift Compensation Car Financial  401(k)/Thrift Compensation Car Financial Relocation Release 
Name Plan Plan (BEP) Allowance Planning  Plan Plan (BEP) Allowance Planning Assistance Consideration 
Richard Swanson $6,900 $18,727 $9,000 $7,000  $7,593 $26,531 $9,000 $3,500 $ $ 
Steven Schuler $6,900 $4,925    $8,346 $6,417 $ $ $ $ 
Edward McGreen $7,900 $10,108    $11,247 $11,984 $ $ $ $ 
Dusan Stojanovic $ $982 $ $ $34,605 $ 
Michael Wilson $14,309 $17,088 $ $ $ $ 
Nicholas Spaeth $3,674 $6,917  $2,000  $4,839 $309 $ $1,750 $ $262,4001
Michael Wilson $13,800 $18,305   
1Includes $257,400 in cash and $5,000 in out-placement services.
The following table provides estimated potential payouts under the Bank’s AIP and LTIP of non-equity incentive plan awards:
               
2009 Grants of Plan-Based Awards 
    Estimated Potential Payouts Under 
    Non-Equity Incentive Plan 
Name Plan Threshold  Target  Maximum 
Richard S. Swanson AIP $146,025  $219,038  $292,050 
  LTIP $73,013  $146,025  $219,038 
Steven T. Schuler AIP $58,820  $88,230  $117,640 
  LTIP $29,410  $58,820  $88,230 
Edward J. McGreen AIP $58,780  $88,170  $117,560 
  LTIP $29,390  $58,780  $88,170 
Dusan Stojanovic AIP $48,000  $60,000  $72,000 
  LTIP $15,000  $30,000  $45,000 
Michael L. Wilson AIP $78,000  $117,000  $156,000 
  LTIP $39,000  $78,000  $117,000 

165


Refer to the discussion of AIP and LTIP under “2009 AIP and LTIP Performance Results” in this Item 11 for additional information on the levels of awards under each plan. Actual award amounts granted for the year ended December 31, 2009 are included in the non-equity incentive plan compensation column under the “Summary Compensation Table” in this Item 11.
The payouts of AIP awards are subject to the Executives achieving a performance level of “meets expectations” or higher evaluation subjectively determined by the Compensation Committee or President, as applicable, and must not be subject to any disciplinary action or probationary status at the time of payout. Furthermore, if an Executive fails to comply with regulatory requirements or standards, internal control standards, the standards of his profession, any internal Bank standard, or fails to perform responsibilities assigned under the Bank’s strategic business plan, the Compensation Committee may determine the Executive is not eligible to receive part or all of any payout depending on the severity of the failure, as determined by the Compensation Committee.
Under the LTIP, the Compensation Committee may determine an Executive is not eligible to receive part or all of any payout depending on the severity of the following: if an Executive (i) for any Plan Year during a Performance Period has not achieved a performance level of “meets expectations” or higher evaluation of overall performance; (ii) has not achieved a “meets expectations” or higher evaluation of overall performance at the time of payout; (iii) is subject to any disciplinary action or probationary status at the time of payout; or (iv) fails to comply with regulatory requirements or standards, internal control standards, the standards of his profession, any internal standard, or fails to perform responsibilities assigned under our strategic business plan.
Employment Agreements
Until April 2009, the terms of employment for the President, CBO, and former General Counsel were set forth in Employment Agreements entered into when they were recruited to the Bank. These Employment Agreements included an annual guaranteed minimum increase of four percent of base salary for each of the President, CBO, and former General Counsel. The Employment Agreements with the President and CBO were superseded and replaced by new Employment Agreements on April 17, 2009. The former General Counsel’s Employment Agreement expired at the end of its initial term on June 30, 2009, and we did not enter into a new agreement with him.
In addition to entering into new Employment Agreements with the President and CBO, we also entered into Employment Agreements with the CFO and the CCMO. These agreements became effective on April 17, 2009. The CFO and CCMO did not have Employment Agreements prior to April 2009, however they were subject to separate management agreements.
Each respective Employment Agreement provides that either we or the Executive may terminate the agreement for any reason other than for good reason or cause on 90 days written notice to the other party.

166


Each of the Employment Agreements provides that we shall initially pay each Executive an annualized base salary of not less than the amount set forth in the respective agreement and that each Executive’s salary is subject to annual review. However, each Executive’s salary may only be adjusted upward from the 2009 salary as a result of such review and may not be adjusted downward unless as part of a nondiscriminatory cost reduction plan applicable to our total compensation budget.
Additionally, the respective agreements provide that each Executive is entitled to participate in the AIP and the LTIP. Each agreement provides that the incentive targets for the AIP and LTIP are to be established by the Bank’s Board of Directors and that the target for the AIP shall not be set lower than the designated percentage of base salary set forth in the Agreement unless such reduced target is part of a nondiscriminatory cost reduction plan applicable to our total compensation budget. The agreements further provide that each Executive is entitled to participate in the BEP, and in all pension, 401(k), and similar benefit plans that we offer.
The following sets out the material terms of employment agreementseach Employment Agreement with the Bank's Executives:our Executives that are in addition to those terms previously discussed:
Richard S. Swanson Employment Agreement.Agreement On June 28, 2006 we entered into an employment agreement with Richard S. Swanson, our President and Chief Executive Officer, effective as of June 1, 2006. The initial term of the employment agreement is for three years and seven months, beginning June 1, 2006, and the initial term will automatically be extended by one year effective January 1, 2010 and each year thereafter until such date as either the Bank or. Mr. Swanson terminate such automatic extension. The employment agreementSwanson’s Employment Agreement provides that the Bankwe shall pay an annualized base salary of not less than $540,000 (prorated)$584,100 in 2006, $561,600 in 20072009 and $584,064 in 2008.
Additionally, Mr. Swanson is entitled to participate in the Bank's AIP. The employment agreement sets forth an annual target of 37.5 percent up to 50 percent of his base salary, which may be granted in incentive awards under the AIP. Mr. Swanson will also be entitled to participate in all pension, 401(k), and similar benefit plans offered by the Bank at terms generally applicable to the Bank’s other Executives. Furthermore, Mr. Swanson is entitled to participate in the Bank’sestablishes a BEP that provides, beginning June 1, 2009, comparable benefits to Mr. Swanson as if he were fully vested under the Bank’sour pension plan.
Mr. Swanson’s Employment Agreement also provides that incentive targets and maximums under the AIP and LTIP are set by the Board and may increase or decrease based upon market data and/or other studies we and the Board conduct, but in no event shall Mr. Swanson’s target under our AIP be set lower than 37.5 percent of base salary unless as part of a nondiscriminatory cost reduction plan applicable to our total compensation budget.
Michael L. Wilson Employment Agreement. On August 2, 2006, Mr. Wilson and the Bank entered into an employment agreement with an initial term under the agreement beginning August 21, 2006 and ending on December 31, 2008. The initial term will automatically be extended by one year effective January 1, 2009 and each year thereafter until such date as either the Bank or Mr. Wilson terminate such automatic extension. The employment agreementWilson’s Employment Agreement provides that the Bankwe shall pay an annualized base salary of not less than $360,000 (prorated) in 2006, $375,000 in 2007, and $390,000 in 2008.2009.
Mr. Wilson is entitled to participateWilson’s Employment Agreement also provides that incentive targets and maximums are set by the Board and may increase or decrease based upon market data and/or other studies we and the Board conduct, but in the Bank’s Annual Incentive Plan, with an annualno event shall Mr. Wilson’s target of 20 percent up to 40under our AIP be set lower than 30 percent of his base salary which may be grantedunless as part of a nondiscriminatory cost reduction plan applicable to our total compensation budget.
Steven T. Schuler Employment Agreement.Mr. Schuler’s Employment Agreement provides that we shall pay an annualized base salary of not less than $294,100 in 2009.

167


Mr. Schuler’s Employment Agreement also provides that incentive awards under the AIP. Mr. Wilson is also entitled to participate in all pension, 401(k),targets and similar benefit plans offeredmaximums are set by the Bank at terms generallyBoard and may increase or decrease based upon market data and/or other studies we and the Board conduct, but in no event shall Mr. Schuler’s target under our AIP be set lower than 30 percent of base salary unless as part of a nondiscriminatory cost reduction plan applicable to our total compensation budget.
Edward J. McGreen Employment Agreement.Mr. McGreen’s Employment Agreement provides that we shall pay an annualized base salary of not less than $293,900 in 2009.
Mr. McGreen’s Employment Agreement also provides that incentive targets and maximums are set by the Bank’sBoard and may increase or decrease based upon market data and/or other Executives.studies we and the Board conduct, but in no event shall Mr. McGreen’s target under our AIP be set lower than 30 percent of base salary unless as part of a nondiscriminatory cost reduction plan applicable to our total compensation budget.
Nicholas J. Spaeth Employment Agreement.Agreement and Agreement and General Release.On May 1, 2007, Mr. Spaeth and the Bankwe entered into an employment agreementEmployment Agreement with Mr. Spaeth with an initial term under the agreement beginning May 1, 2007 and extending through June 30, 2009. TheUnder the terms of his Employment Agreement, the initial term willwould be automatically be extended by one year effectiveon July 1 2009 andst of each year thereafter until such date asunless either the Bankwe or Mr. Spaeth terminate such automatic extension. The employment agreement provides that the Bank shall pay an annualized base salary of notextension by giving no less than $330,000 (prorated) in 2007 and $343,200 in 2008.
30 days written notice to the other prior to the end of the initial Period of Employment or any extension. We provided notice to Mr. Spaeth ison May 1, 2009 that his Employment Agreement would expire at the end of its initial term on June 30, 2009.
Until the expiration of Mr. Spaeth’s Employment Agreement, he was entitled to participate in the Bank's Annual Incentive Plan, with an annual target of 20 percent up to 40 percent of his base salary which may be granted in incentive awards under the AIP. Mr. Spaeth is also entitled to participateAIP and in all pension, 401(k), and similar benefit plans offered by the Bankwe offer at terms generally applicable to the Bank’sour other Executives. In addition, Mr. Spaeth iswas entitled to participate in the Bank’sour BEP that providesprovided retirement benefits comparable to the benefits Mr. Spaethhe would have received under the Bank’sour defined benefit pension plan had its vesting schedule been as follows: on or after two years from the effective date, 50 percent vested; on or after three years from the effective date, 60 percent vested; on or after four years from the effective date, 80 percent vested.
Therefore, Mr. Spaeth was 50 percent vested in his BEP retirement benefit as of June 30, 2009. The employment agreements of Messrs Swansonamounts included in the “Summary Compensation Table” for Mr. Spaeth in this Item 11, include $171,600 in base salary, $257,400 in Agreement and Spaeth also include guaranteed 2009 salaries of $607,427General Release provisions, $5,148 in Bank matching contribution to his 401(k), and $357,000, respectively. However, the Executives jointly agreed that, due to the current stressed economic environment, it would be prudent to set 2009 Executive salaries that did not exceed those paid$5,000 in 2008. This decision received the support of the Bank’s Board. Therefore, 2009 salaries for all Executives are the same as those established in 2008. As such, Messrs Swanson and Spaeth have agreed to 2009 salaries below those contractually guaranteed under their respective employment agreements. The Bank is currently negotiating new employment agreements for Messrs Swanson, Spaeth, Wilson, Schuler, and McGreen.outplacement services.

 

155168


The following table provides estimated future payouts under the Bank’s AIP and LTIP of non-equity incentive plan awards:
                 
2008 Grants of Plan-Based Awards
 
      Estimated Future Payouts Under 
      Non-Equity Incentive Plan 
Name Plan  Threshold  Target  Maximum 
Richard S. Swanson AIP $146,025  $219,038  $292,050 
  LTIP $73,013  $146,025  $219,038 
Steven T. Schuler AIP $58,820  $88,230  $117,640 
  LTIP $29,410  $58,820  $88,230 
Edward J. McGreen AIP $58,780  $88,170  $117,560 
  LTIP $29,390  $58,780  $88,170 
Nicholas J. Spaeth AIP $68,640  $102,960  $137,280 
  LTIP $34,320  $68,640  $102,960 
Michael L. Wilson AIP $78,000  $117,000  $156,000 
  LTIP $39,000  $78,000  $117,000 
Refer to the discussion of AIP and LTIP at page 146 for additional information on the levels of awards under each plan. Actual award amounts granted for the year ended December 31, 2008 are included in the non-equity incentive plan compensation column of the “Summary Compensation Table” at page 154.
The payouts of AIP awards are subject to the Executives achieving a performance level of “meets expectations” or higher evaluation and must not be subject to any disciplinary action or probationary status at the time of payout. Furthermore, if an Executive fails to comply with regulatory requirements or standards, internal control standards, the standards of his or her profession, any internal Bank standard, or fails to perform responsibilities assigned under the Bank’s strategic business plan, the Committee may determine the Executive is not eligible to receive part or all of any payout depending on the severity of the failure, as determined by the Committee.
Under the LTIP, the Committee may determine an Executive is not eligible to receive part or all of any payout depending on the severity of the following if an Executive: a) for any Plan Year during a Performance Period has not achieved a performance level of “meets” or higher evaluation of overall performance; b) has not achieved a “meets” or higher evaluation of overall performance at the time of payout; c) is subject to any disciplinary action or probationary status at the time of payout; or d) fails to comply with regulatory requirements or standards, internal control standards, the standards of his profession, any internal Bank standard or fails to perform responsibilities assigned under the Bank’s strategic business plan.
Retirement Benefits and Pension Plan Tables
The Bank providesWe provide the following retirement benefits to itsour Executives.

156


Qualified Defined Benefit Plan
All employees who have met the eligibility requirements participate in the Bank’sour DB Plan, administered by Pentegra, which is a tax-qualified multiple-employer defined-benefit plan. These include the Executives. The plan requires no employee contributions. All of our Executives participate in the DB Plan.
The pension benefits payable under the DB Plan are determined under a pre-established formula that provides a retirement benefit payable at age 65 or normal retirement under the DB Plan. The benefit formula is 2.25 percent per each year of the benefit service multiplied by the highest three consecutive years’ average compensation. Average compensation is defined as the total taxable compensation as reported on the IRS Form W-2. In the event of retirement prior to attainment of age 65, a reduced pension benefit is payable under the plan. Upon termination of employment prior to age 65, Executivesparticipants meeting the five year vesting and age 55 early retirement eligibility criteria are entitled to an early retirement benefit. The regular form of retirement benefits provides a single life annuity, with a guaranteed 12-year payment, or additional payment options are also available. The benefits are not subject to offset for Social Security or any other retirement benefits received.
In November, 2008, the Compensation Committee approved an amendment to the salary definition under the DB Plan. This amendment excludes the LTIP from the existing definition of salary under the plan and isbecame effective January 1, 2009.
Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plan
The Executives are eligible to participate in the defined benefit component of the Bank’sour BEP (BEP DB Plan), an unfunded, non-qualified pension plan that mirrors the DB Plan.
In determining whether a restoration of retirement benefits is due an Executive, the BEP DB Plan utilizes the identical benefit formulas applicable to the Bank’sour DB Plan,Plan; however, the BEP DB Plan does not limit the annual earnings or benefits of the Executives. Rather, if the benefits payable from the DB Plan have been reduced or otherwise limited, the Executives’ lost benefits are payable under the terms of the BEP DB Plan. As a non-qualified plan, the benefits received from the BEP DB Plan do not receive the same tax treatment and funding protection as with the Bank’sour qualified plans. Payment options under the BEP DB Plan include a lump-sum distribution, annuity payments, or installment payment options.

 

157169


The following table provides the present value of the current accrued benefits payable to the Executives upon retirement at age 65 from the DB Plan and the BEP DB Plan, and is calculated in accordance with the formula currently in effect for specified years-of-service and remuneration for participating in both plans. The Bank’sFor pension plan purposes, prior membership in the Pentegra DB Plan is included in the Number of Years of Credited Service. Assets under the prior membership are transferred to the current plan. Prior service credit is not included in the Number of Years of Credited Service under the BEP DB plan. Prior service does allow for immediate enrollment in the plan. Our pension benefits do not include any reduction for a participant’s Social Security benefits. The vesting period for the pension plans are five years, however Mr. Swanson and Mr. Spaeth negotiated an accelerated vesting schedule of the BEP DB Plan. See “Note 17” of the Notes to Financial Statements for details regarding valuation method and assumptions.
                   
2008 Pension Table
2009 Pension Table2009 Pension Table 
 Present Value of  Present Value of 
 Number of Years Accumulated  Number of Years Accumulated 
Name Plan Name of Credited Service Benefit1  Plan Name of Credited Service Benefit1 
Richard S. Swanson Pentegra DB 1.58 yrs $62,000  Pentegra DB Plan 2.58 yrs $136,000 
 BEP DB Plan/DB Plan 1.58 yrs $189,000  BEP DB Plan 2.58 yrs $349,000 
Steven T. Schuler Pentegra DB 1.25 yrs $46,000  Pentegra DB 2.25 yrs $111,000 
 BEP DB Plan/DB Plan 1.25 yrs $32,000  BEP DB Plan 2.25 yrs $69,000 
Edward J. McGreen Pentegra DB 3.08 yrs $41,000  Pentegra DB 4.08 yrs $82,000 
 BEP DB Plan/DB Plan 3.08 yrs $34,000  BEP DB Plan 4.08 yrs $57,000 
Michael L. Wilson Pentegra DB 13.92 yrs2 $318,000  Pentegra DB 14.92 yrs1 $468,000 
 BEP DB Plan/DB Plan 2.33 yrs3 $87,000  BEP DB Plan 3.33 yrs $150,000 
Nicholas J. Spaeth Pentegra DB .67 yrs $26,000 
Dusan Stojanovic Pentegra DB 0.75 yrs $24,000 
 BEP DB Plan/DB Plan .67 yrs $27,000  BEP DB Plan 0.75 yrs $2,000 
Nicholas Spaeth Pentegra DB 1.20 yrs $ 
 BEP DB Plan 1.20 yrs $67,000 
   
1 See Note 17 of the Notes to Financial Statements for details regarding valuation method and assumptions.
2For pension plan purposes, prior membership in the Pentegra DB Plan (formerly known as Financial Institution Retirement Fund) is included in the Number of Years of Credited Service. Assets under the prior membership are transferred to the current plan. Mr. Wilson has 2.333.33 years of credited service with the Bank and 11.59 years of prior service credit.
3Prior service credit is not included inwith the NumberFHLBank of Years of Credited ServiceBoston under the BEP/Pentegra DB plan. Prior service does allow for immediate enrollment in the plan.Plan.
Qualified Defined Contribution Plan
All employees who have met the eligibility requirements may elect to participate in the Bank’sour DC Plan, a retirement savings plan qualified under the Internal Revenue Code for employees of the Bank. The Bank matchesCode. We match employee contributions based on the length of service and the amount of employee contributions to the DC Plan. The matching contribution begins at three percent of eligible compensation upon completion of one year of employment and increases to four and a half percent of eligible compensation upon completion of three years of employment with a maximum of six percent of eligible compensation.compensation upon completion of five years of employment. Eligible compensation is defined as base salary.

170


In November 2008, the Compensation Committee approved an amendment to the DC Plan. The amendment authorizes employees to contribute up to 100%100 percent of their salary into the DC Plan.

158


Non-Qualified Defined Contribution Plan
The Executives are eligible to participate in the defined contribution component of the BEP (BEP DC Plan), a non-qualified defined contribution plan that mirrors the DC Plan. The BEP DC Plan ensures, among other things, that participants whose benefits under the DC Plan would otherwise be restricted by certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code are able to make elective pretax deferrals and to receive the Banka matching contribution relating to such deferrals. The investment returns credited to a participating Executive’s account are at the market rate for the selected investment. Aggregate earnings are calculated by subtracting the 2008 year end balance from the 2009 year end balance less the Executive’s and our contributions.
                                
2008 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table
2009 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table2009 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table 
 Executive Registrant Aggregate Aggregate  Executive Registrant Aggregate Aggregate 
 Contributions Contributions Earnings Balance  Contributions Contributions Earnings Balance 
Name During 20081 During 20082 During 20083 During 2008  In Last FY1 In Last FY2 In Last FY At Last FY 
Richard S. Swanson $51,754 $18,977 $3,223 $164,696  $170,119 $23,145 $783 $358,743 
Steven T. Schuler $28,823 $4,595 $(12,474) $32,887  $40,233 $5,194 $20,955 $99,269 
Edward J. McGreen $132,162 $9,777 $(95,707) $220,420  $71,712 $7,580 $93,222 $392,934 
Nicholas J. Spaeth $59,825 $3,190 $(58,856) $113,700 
Dusan Stojanovic $ $ $ $ 
Michael L. Wilson $27,863 $14,063 $(17,042) $58,311  $36,005 $17,797 $25,800 $137,913 
Nicholas Spaeth $72,415 $4,036 $57,318 $247,469 
   
1 These amounts are included in the Salary column of the “Summary Compensation Table” at page 154.in this Item 11.
 
2 These amounts are included in the All Other Compensation column of the “Summary Compensation Table” at page 154.
3Aggregate earnings are calculated by subtracting the 2007 year end balance from the 2008 year end balance less Executive and Registrant contributions.in this Item 11.
Potential Payments Upon Terminationpayments upon termination and change of control
Until April 2009, the President, CBO, and former General Counsel were operating under Employment Agreements that provided terms for termination of these Executives’ employment. The CFO and CCMO had Management Agreements that provided similar terms for termination.
Effective April 17, 2009, we entered into new Employment Agreements with the President, CBO, CFO, and CCMO. The former General Counsel’s Employment Agreement expired on June 30, 2009 and was not renewed or Changereplaced. The following paragraphs set out the material terms relating to termination of each Executive and the compensation due to each upon termination under the current Employment Agreements.

171


For purposes of the discussion below regarding potential payments upon termination or change in Controlcontrol, the following are the definitions of “Cause,” “Disability,” and “Good Reason.” These definitions are summaries and each respective Employment Agreement between us and each Executive sets forth the relevant definition in full. Each Employment Agreement is available as an exhibit to the report on Form 8-K we filed on April 20, 2009. “Cause” generally means a felony conviction, a willful act committed in bad faith that materially impairs our business or goodwill, a willful act committed in bad faith that constitutes a continued failure to perform duties, or a willful violation of our Code of Ethics. “Disability” means the Executive’s inability, as the result of illness or incapacity, to substantially perform his duties with reasonable accommodation. “Good Reason” generally means an assignment of duties to an Executive that are inconsistent with his position, a material diminution in his duties or responsibilities, a reduction in his base salary, or annual and long-term bonus compensation, a material change in our geographic location, or a material breach of the employment agreement.
Each of the Employment Agreements provide for payments to a terminated Executive in two different scenarios. If an Executive’s employment is terminated by us for Cause, the Executive’s death or Disability, or by the Executive without Good Reason, the Executive is entitled to the following:
Base Salary through the date of termination
Accrued but unpaid AIP for any year prior to the year of termination
Accrued vacation through the date of termination
All other vested benefits under the terms of our employee benefit plans, subject to the terms of such plans.
If, however, the Executive’s employment is terminated by us without Cause, by the Executive for Good Reason, or as a result of a merger or change in control, the Executive is entitled to severance payments equal to a certain number times the Executive’s base salary as described for each Executive as follows:
One times the Executive’s target AIP award in effect for the calendar year in which the date of termination occurs.
The AIP award for the calendar year in which the date of termination occurs and prorated for the portion of the calendar year in which the Executive was employed.
The unpaid LTIP award for any Performance Period (as such term is defined under our LTIP) ending prior to the year in which the date of termination occurs.
A pro-rated LTIP award for any LTIP awards for which the Performance Period has not ended as of the date of termination.
COBRA-like benefits, provided that we will continue paying our portion of the medical and/or dental insurance premiums for the Executive for the one year period following the date of termination.

172


The AIP and LTIP awards would be paid at target for individual/team goals and based on the calendar year actual results for Bank-wide goals, and would be paid at the regular time that such payments are made to all employees enrolled in the plans. The base salary amount and the pro-rated amounts of the AIP and LTIP awards would be paid in lump sum within ten days following the Executive executing a release of claims against us, which would entitle him to the payments described.
The following sets outforth the material terms of employment agreementseach Employment Agreement with our Executives that differ from the Bank’s Executives regarding termination and change in control benefits:terms previously discussed.
Richard S. Swanson Employment Agreement. Mr. Swanson’s employment agreement will be terminated upon the occurrence of any one of the following events: his death; he is incapacitated from illness, accident, or other disability and is unable to perform his normal duties for a period of ninety consecutive days, upon thirty days’ written notice; or the expiration of the term of the employment agreement, or any extension or renewal thereof. Additionally, Mr. Swanson’s employment agreement may be terminated by the Bank for cause or by Mr. Swanson for good reason; or by the Bank or Mr. Swanson without cause upon thirty days written notice to the other party. If Mr. Swanson’s employment is terminated by the Bankus without cause orCause, by Mr. Swanson with good reason, he shall befor Good Reason, or as a result of a merger or change in control, Mr. Swanson is entitled to (1) severance payments equal to two times his base salary, for the calendarone year in which theof AIP at target, earned but unpaid AIP, prorated share of LTIP if termination occurs, (2) the minimum total incentive compensation for the calendar year in which the termination occurs prorated as of suchoccurred from death, disability, normal retirement, or agreed upon retirement date, and (3) the benefit to which he would be entitled to receive beginning June 1, 2009 under the BEP, which shall automatically vest. No severance shall be paid in connection with the expiration or non-renewal of the employment agreement. medical and dental insurance premiums.
Assuming one or more of these triggering events for the receipt of severance payments occurred as of December 31, 2008,2009, the total value of severance payable to Mr. Swanson is $1.3would have been $1.8 million.
Michael L. Wilson Employment Agreement. Mr. Wilson’s employment agreement will be terminated upon the occurrence of any one of the following events: his death; he is incapacitated from illness, accident, or other disability and is unable to perform his normal duties for a period of ninety consecutive days, upon thirty days’ written notice; or the expiration of the term of the employment agreement, or any extension or renewal thereof. Additionally, Mr. Wilson’s employment agreement may be terminated by the Bank for cause or by Mr. Wilson for good reason; or by the Bank or Mr. Wilson without cause upon thirty days written notice to the other party. If Mr. Wilson’s employment is terminated by the Bankus without cause orCause, by Mr. Wilson with good reason, he shall befor Good Reason, or as a result of a merger or change in control, Mr. Wilson is entitled to severance payments equal to one times his base salary, for the calendarone year in which theof AIP at target, earned but unpaid AIP, prorated share of LTIP if termination occurs, plus the minimum total incentive compensation for the calendar year in which the termination occurs prorated as of such date. No severance shall be paid in connection with the expirationoccurred from death, disability, normal retirement, or non-renewal of the employment agreement. agreed upon retirement date, and medical and dental insurance premiums.
Assuming one or more of the triggering events for the receipt of severance payments occurred as of December 31, 2008,2009, the total value of severance payable to Mr. Wilson is $0.5would have been $0.7 million.
Nicholas J. SpaethSteven T. Schuler Employment Agreement. Mr. Spaeth’s employment agreement will be terminated upon the occurrence of any one of the following events: his death; he is incapacitated from illness, accident, or other disability and is unable to perform his normal duties for a period of ninety consecutive days, upon thirty days’ written notice; or the expiration of the term of the employment agreement, or any extension or renewal thereof. Additionally, Mr. Spaeth’s employment agreement may be terminated by the Bank for cause or by Mr. Spaeth for good reason; or by the Bank or Mr. Spaeth without cause upon thirty days written notice to the other party. If Mr. Spaeth’sSchuler’s employment is terminated by the Bankus without cause orCause, by Mr. Spaeth with good reason, he shall beSchuler for Good Reason, or as a result of a merger or change in control, Mr. Schuler is entitled to severance payments equal to one times his base salary, for the calendarone year in which theof AIP at target, earned but unpaid AIP, prorated share of LTIP if termination occurs, plus the minimum total incentive compensation for the calendar year in which the termination occurs prorated as of such date. No severance shall be paid in connection with the expirationoccurred from death, disability, normal retirement, or non-renewal of the employment agreement. agreed upon retirement date, and medical and dental insurance premiums.
Assuming one or more of the triggering events for the receipt of severance payments occurred as of December 31, 2008,2009, the total value of severance payable to Mr. Spaeth is $0.4Schuler would have been $0.6 million.

173


Steven T. Schuler ManagementEdward J. McGreen Employment Agreement.If Mr. Schuler and the Bank entered into a management agreement, effective July 10, 2007. The purpose of the agreement is to establish certain severance arrangements in the event of termination of employment. The terms of the agreement regarding triggering events for termination are consistent with the related provisions of the current employment agreements between the Bank and its other Executives.
Under the agreement, if Mr. Schuler’sMcGreen’s employment is terminated by the Bankus without cause orCause, by Mr. SchulerMcGreen for good reason,Good Reason, or as a result of a merger or change in control, Mr. Schuler shall beMcGreen is entitled to severance payments equal to one year oftimes his base salary, for the calendar year in which the termination occurs, plus a prorated portion of the minimum total incentive compensation for the calendar year in which termination occurs. Assuming one or more triggering events for receipt of severance payment occurred as of December 31, 2008, the total value is $0.4 million.
Edward McGreen Management Agreement. Mr. McGreen and the Bank entered into a management agreement, effective July 10, 2007. The purpose of the agreement is to establish certain severance arrangements in the event of termination of employment. The terms of the agreement regarding triggering events for termination are consistent with the related provisions of the current employment agreements between the Bank and its other Executives.
Under the agreement, if Mr. McGreen’s employment is terminated by the Bank without cause or by Mr. McGreen for good reason, Mr. McGreen shall be entitled to severance payments equal to one year of his base salary for the calendar year in which theAIP at target, earned but unpaid AIP, prorated share of LTIP if termination occurs, plus a prorated portion of the minimum total incentive compensation for the calendar year in which termination occurs. occurred from death, disability, normal retirement, or agreed upon retirement date, and medical and dental insurance premiums.
Assuming one or more of the triggering events for the receipt of severance paymentpayments occurred as of December 31, 2008,2009, the total value is $0.4of severance payable to Mr. McGreen would have been $0.6 million.

159

Nicholas J. Spaeth Agreement and General Release. Subsequent to the expiration of his Employment Agreement with us on June 30, 2009, Mr. Spaeth entered into an Agreement and General Release, dated January 7, 2010 pursuant to which he received consideration in the amount of $257,400 and $5,000 in outplacement counseling services in exchange for his irrevocable and unconditional release of any and all actions of any nature whatsoever arising from or otherwise related to his employment relationship with us or termination thereof.


In addition to the amounts previously indicated, our Executives would be entitled to receive benefits under the BEP in accordance with the terms of that plan. See the “2009 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Table” and the “2009 Pension Table” as well as the accompanying narratives in this Item 11 for a discussion of the retirement benefits available under the BEP. The present value of accumulated benefits under the BEP DB Plan may be subject to vesting, early retirement, or acceleration conditions for payout of these benefits, which may adjust the amounts that would be available to each Executive as of December 31, 2009.
Compensation of Directors
The GLBPrior to the passage of the Housing Act, we established statutory limits on director compensation that were adjusted annually by the Finance Agency based on the Consumer Price Index for urban consumers as published by the U.S. Department of Labor. The BoardHousing Act removed the statutory caps on FHLBank Director Compensation. In 2008, the FHLBank of DirectorsIndianapolis engaged McLagan Partners to conduct an analysis and evaluation of Director Compensation for similar financial institutions. That report was shared at the Council of FHLBanks and each FHLBank agreed to consistent compensation limits. We adopted this recommended director compensation structure, which is responsible for adopting an annual fee schedule based onconsistent with the Finance Agency’s actions. In 2007, the Board’s Director Fee Policy established a “per meeting” fee based on the adjusted statutory limits for 2008. The Policy allowedcompensation policy to directors who attend a specified number of in-person Board and committee meetings each year to receive the maximum statutory limit for the year. in 2009.
During 2008,2009, the Board of Directors held sixeight in-person Board meetings and 2824 in-person committee meetings. In addition, there were sevenfour telephonic Board meetings and sixnine telephonic committee meetings held throughout the year. Pursuant to the Bank’s 2008our 2009 Director Fee Policy, Directors are paid one quarter of the compensation limit following the end of each quarter if they attended at least 75 percent of the meetings they were required to attend during such quarter.year.

174


The annual statutory compensation limits established by the Finance Agency fortotal expenses paid on behalf of the Board of Directors for 2008 weretravel and other reimbursed expenses for 2009 was $76,781 and annual compensation paid to the Board of Directors by position for 2009 was as follows:
        
 2008  2009 
  
Chair $31,232  $60,000 
Vice Chair $24,986  $55,000 
Directors $18,739 
Audit Committee Chair $55,000 
Committee Chairs $50,000 
Other Directors $45,000 
Under the BEP DC Plan the directors may defer and contribute a portion of their directors fees to the plan and self-direct investment elections into one or more investment funds. The Housing Act includedinvestment returns credited to a provision removingparticipating Director’s account are at the statutory capsmarket rate for the selected investment. We do not contribute to the plan on FHLBank Director compensation that were established bybehalf of the GLB ActDirectors. During 2009, none of 1999.

160


At the September 2008 FHLBank Chairs and Vice-Chairs meeting, FHLBank Director compensation was considered. The Chairs and Vice-Chairs were briefed by McLagan Partners onDirectors opted to participate in the results of an analysis that McLagan prepared for another Federal Home Loan Bank on director compensation at a number of financial services firms. At that meeting, the Chairs and Vice-Chairs agreed that the FHLBanks should adopt the same Director compensation amounts based upon the McLagan study.BEP DC Plan.
In December 2008,January 2010, the Compensation Committee approved the Director Fee Policy for 2009.2010. Under the policy, a Director shall receive one quarter of the total compensation fee following the end of each calendar quarter. If it is determined at the end of the calendar year that a Director has attended less than 75 percent of the meetings the Director was required to attend during such year, the Director will not receive one quarter of the annual compensation fee for the fourth quarter of such calendar year.they would have received. Furthermore, the Board of Directors reserves the right to make appropriate adjustments in the payments to any Director who regularly fails to attend Board meetings or meetings of Committees on which the Director serves.serves, or who consistently demonstrates a lack of participation in or preparation for such meetings. The 2010 Director compensation fees are unchanged from 2009 directorand the annual aggregate fees by position are as follows:
     
  2009 
     
Chairperson $60,000 
Vice Chairperson $55,000 
Audit Committee Chair $55,000 
Committee Chairs $50,000 
Other Directors $45,000 
In November 2008, the Board of Directors approved the termination of the Directors Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for members of the Board of Directors (Directors’ Plan). The Directors’ Plan is now merged into the Bank’s BEP DC Plan. Under the BEP DC Plan the directors may self-direct investment elections into one or more investment funds. The investment returns credited to a participating director’s account are at the market rate for the selected investment. The Bank does not contribute to the plan on behalf of the Directors.
     
  2010 
     
Chairperson $60,000 
Vice Chairperson $55,000 
Audit Committee Chair $55,000 
Committee Chairs $50,000 
Other Directors $45,000 

 

161175


The following table sets forth each Director’s compensation for the year ended December 31, 2008.2009:
            
2008 Director Compensation
2009 Director Compensation2009 Director Compensation 
 Fees earned or    Fees earned or 
Name paid in cash Total  paid in cash 
Michael J. Guttau, Chair $31,232 $31,232  $60,000 
Dale E. Oberkfell, Vice Chair $24,986 $24,986  $55,000 
Johnny A. Danos $18,739 $18,739  $45,000 
Gerald D. Eid $18,739 $18,739  $45,000 
Michael J. Finley $18,739 $18,739  $45,000 
Van Dusen Fishback $45,000 
David R. Frauenshuh $18,739 $18,739  $45,000 
Lorna P. Gleason* $4,685 $4,685 
Eric Hardmeyer $55,000 
Labh S. Hira $18,739 $18,739  $45,000 
John F. Kennedy Sr. $18,739 $18,739  $45,000 
D.R. Landwehr $18,739 $18,739  $45,000 
Clair J. Lensing $18,739 $18,739  $45,000 
Dennis A. Lind $18,739 $18,739  $50,000 
Paula R. Meyer $18,739 $18,739  $50,000 
Kevin E. Pietrini $18,739 $18,739 
John H. Robinson $18,739 $18,739  $45,000 
Lynn V. Schneider $18,739 $18,739  $50,000 
Joseph C. Stewart III $18,739 $18,739  $45,000 
William L. Trubeck* $9,370 $9,370 
*Indicates board members that served a partial year in 2008.

 

162176


ITEM 12-SECURITY12 — SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Membership
The following tables present members (or combination of members within the same holding company) holding five percent or more of the Bank’sour outstanding capital stock (including mandatorily redeemable capital stock) at February 28, 20092010 (shares in thousands):
              
             Shares of   
 Shares of    Capital   
 Capital Stock    Stock Percent of 
 Owned at Percent of  Owned at Total 
 February Total  February Capital 
Name City State 28, 2009 Capital Stock  Address City State 28, 2010 Stock 
            
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company1
 Minneapolis MN 4,499  15.7%
Transamerica Life Insurance Company2
 Cedar Rapids IA 2,525 8.8 
Transamerica Life Insurance Company1
 4333 Edgewood Rd NE Cedar Rapids IA 2,525  10.6%
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company2
 90 S 7th St. Minneapolis MN 2,357 9.9 
Aviva Life and Annuity Company Des Moines IA 1,494 5.2  699 Walnut St. Ste 1700 Des Moines IA 1,404 5.9 
ING USA Annuity and Life Insurance Company Des Moines IA 1,432 5.0 
TCF National Bank 2508 S Louise Ave Sioux Falls SD 1,258 5.3 
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.2
 101 N Phillips Ave Sioux Falls SD 412 1.7 
Monumental Life Insurance Company1
 4333 Edgewood Rd NE Cedar Rapids IA 278 1.1 
                    
     9,950 34.7        8,234 34.5 
            
All others     18,696 65.3        15,650 65.5 
                    
            
Total capital stock     28,646  100.0%       23,884  100.0%
                    
   
1Monumental Life Insurance Company is an affiliate of Transamerica Life Insurance Company.
2 Superior Guaranty Insurance Company is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
2Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company merged into Transamerica Life Insurance Company on October 1, 2008.

 

163177


All of the Board of Directors, including both member and independent directors, are now elected by and from the membership of the Bank.our membership. Member directors are required by regulation to serve as directorsa director or officersofficer of certain membersa member institution and may have voting or investment power over the shares owned by the member with which such members.director is affiliated. These directors may be deemed beneficial owners of the shares owned by their respective institutions. Each such director disclaims beneficial ownership of Bankour capital stock held by the respective member institution. The following tables list the number of shares of the Bank’sour capital stock (including mandatorily redeemable capital stock) owned by those members who had an officer or director serving on the Bank’sour Board of Directors at February 28, 20092010 (shares in thousands):
              
             Shares of   
 Shares of    Capital   
 Capital Stock    Stock Percent of 
 Owned at Percent of  Owned at Total 
 February 28, Total Capital  February Capital 
Name City State 2009 Stock  Address City State 28, 2010 Stock 
            
Bank of North Dakota Bismarck ND 180  0.63% 1200 Memorial Hwy Bismarck ND 222  0.93%
Reliance Bank Des Peres MO 82 0.28  11781 Manchester Rd Des Peres MO 62 0.26 
First Bank & Trust Brookings SD 66 0.23  520 6th St. Brookings SD 49 0.21 
Treynor State Bank Treynor IA 17 0.06  15 E Main St. Treynor IA 18 0.08 
American Bank & Trust Wessington Springs SD 14 0.05 
First Bank & Trust, N.A. 101 2nd St. NW Pipestone MN 12 0.06 
Iowa State Bank 409 Hwy 615 Wapello IA 12 0.06 
Midwest Bank Detroit Lakes MN 12 0.04  613 Hwy 10 E Detroit Lakes MN 11 0.05 
Bank Star One Fulton MO 5 0.02 
First Bank & Trust 110 N Minnesota Ave Sioux Falls SD 9 0.05 
Security State Bank Waverly IA 5 0.02  933 16th St. SW Waverly IA 5 0.02 
Bank Star Pacific MO 4 0.01 
Community Bank of Missouri Richmond MO 4 0.01 
First Bank & Trust of Milbank 215 W 4th Ave Milbank SD 5 0.02 
Janesville State Bank Janesville MN 3 0.01  210 N Main St. Janesville MN 3 0.01 
Maynard Savings Bank Maynard IA 2 0.01  310 Main St. W Maynard IA 2 0.01 
Bank Star of the LeadBelt 365 W Main St. Park Hills MO 2 0.01 
Bank Star One 118 W 5th St. Fulton MO 2 0.01 
Citizens Savings Bank Hawkeye IA 2 0.01  133 E Main St. Hawkeye IA 2 0.01 
Bank Star of the LeadBelt Park Hills MO 2 0.01 
First Bank of White 301 W Main St. White SD 2 0.01 
Bank Star of the BootHeel Steele MO 1 *  100 S Walnut St. Steele MO 1 * 
Bank Star 1999 W Osage Pacific MO 1 * 
Van Tol Surety Company, Inc. 520 6th St. Brookings SD 1 * 
                    
            421 1.80 
Total     399  1.39%
                
All others       23,463 98.20 
           
       
Total capital stock       23,884  100.0%
           
   
* Amount is less than 0.01 percent.

 

164178


ITEM 13-CERTAIN13 — CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
We are a cooperative, and ownership of our capital stock is a statutory requirement for our members to transact business with us. In recognition of this organizational structure, the SEC granted us an accommodation pursuant to a “no action letter,” dated May 23, 2006, which relieves us from the requirement to make disclosures under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K for transactions with related persons in the ordinary course of business. Further, the Housing Act codified this accommodation.
Members with beneficial ownership of more than five percent of theour total outstanding capital stock, of the Bank, our directors and executive officers, and their immediate family members are classified as “related persons” under SEC regulations. In the ordinary course of business we transact business with members deemed related persons and with members whose officers or directors serve as our directors,Directors, including extensions of credit and transactions in Federal funds, interest bearing deposits, member CDs, TLGP debt, commercial paper, and MBS. These transactions are on market terms that are no more favorable to those members than the terms of comparable transactions with other members. Additionally, the Bankwe may also use members deemed related persons and members whose officers or directors serve as our directors as securities custodians and derivatives dealer counterparties in the ordinary course of business on terms and conditions similar to those that would be available for comparable services if provided by unaffiliated entities.
Information with respect to our directors who are officers or directors of our members is set forth under Item 10 — “Directors“Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the FHLBank and Corporate Governance — Directors.” Additional information regarding members that are beneficial owners of more than five percent of our total outstanding capital stock is provided in Item 12 — “Security“Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”
The Bank doesWe do not have a written policy to have the Board review, approve, or ratify transactions with related persons outside the ordinary course of business. However, the Board is empowered to review, approve, and ratify such transactions between the Bankus and itsour related persons when circumstances warrant such consideration. The Board would consider such transactions in the context of the materiality of the transaction to the Bankus and to the related person and whether the transaction is likely to affect the judgments made by the affected officer or director on behalfour behalf. Furthermore, our code of ethics requires Directors to disclose all actual or apparent conflicts of interest to the Bank.
Bank Headquarters Lease Transaction
The Bank occupies approximately 43,000 square feet of space for its headquarters in Des Moines, Iowa pursuant to a Lease Agreement (Lease) with an affiliate of a member of the Bank, Wells Fargo N.A., effective January 2, 2007. The term of the lease is 20 years. An independent third party representative was retained by the Bank to negotiate the Lease on its behalf. See exhibits 10.3Board and, 10.3.1 as filed with our 2006 annual report on Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2007, for more information on the Lease.appropriate or required, furnish any necessary reports.

 

165179


Director Independence
General
As of the date of this annual report on Form 10-K, we have 1716 directors, 12all of whom were elected by our member institutions and five of whom were appointed by the Finance Agency based on recommendations submitted by the Bank’s Board of Directors.institutions. Pursuant to the passage of the Housing Act, the Finance Agency implemented regulations whereby all new or re-elected directors will be elected by our member institutions. All directors are independent of management from the standpoint that they are not Bankour employees, officers, or stockholders. Only members, which aremember institutions can own the Bank’sour capital stock. Thus, our directors do not personally own stock or stock options in the Bank.our stock. In addition, we are required to determine whether our directors are independent under three distinct director independence standards. Finance Agency regulations and the Housing Act, which applied Section 10A(m) of the Exchange Act to the FHLBanks, provide independence criteria for directors who serve as members of our Audit Committee. Additionally, SEC rules require that our Board of Directors to apply the independence criteria of a national securities exchange or automated quotation system in assessing the independence of our directors.
Finance Agency Regulations
The Finance Agency director independence standards prohibit individuals from serving as members of our Audit Committee if they have one or more “disqualifying relationships” with us or our management that would interfere with the exercise of that individual’s independent judgment. Disqualifying relationships considered by our Board are: (1)(i) employment with the Bankus at any time during the last five years; (2)(ii) acceptance of compensation from the Bankus other than for service as a director; (3)(iii) being a consultant, advisor, promoter, underwriter, or legal counsel for the Bankus at any time within the last five years; and (4)(iv) being an immediate family member of an individual who is or who has been, within the past five years, a Bankone of our executive officer.officers. The Board assesses the independence of all directors under the Finance Agency’s independence standards, regardless of whether they serve on our Audit Committee. As of February 28, 2009,2010, all of our directors, including all members of our Audit Committee, were independent under these criteria.
Exchange Act
Section 10A(m) of the Exchange Act sets forth the independence requirements of directors serving on the Audit Committee of a reporting company. Under Section 10A(m), in order to be considered independent, a member of the Audit Committee may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the Board or any other Board Committee (1)(i) accept any consulting, advisory, or other compensation from the Bankus or (2)(ii) be an affiliated person of the Bank. As of February 28, 2009,2010, all of our directors, including all members of our Audit Committee, were independent under these criteria.

 

166180


SEC Rules
In addition, pursuant to SEC rules, we adopted the independence standards of the NYSENew York Stock Exchange (NYSE) to determine which of our directors are independent for SEC disclosure purposes. In making an affirmative determination of the independence of each director, the Board first applied the objective measures of the NYSE independence standards to assist the Board in determining whether a particular director has a material relationship with the Bank.us.
Based upon the fact that each of the Bank’sour member directors are officers or directors of member institutions, and that each such member routinely engages in transactions with the Bank,us, the Board affirmatively determined that none of the member directors on the Board meet the NYSE independence standards. In making this determination, the Board recognized that a member director could meet the NYSE objective standards on any particular day. However, because the volume of business between a member director’s institution and the Bankus can change frequently, and because the Bankwe generally encouragesencourage increased business with all members, the Board determined to avoid distinguishing among the member directors based upon the amount of business conducted with the Bankus and theirour respective members at a specific time, resulting in the Board’s categorical finding that no member director is independent under an analysis using the NYSE standards.
With regard to the Bank’sour independent directors, the Board affirmatively determined, that, at February 28, 2009,2010, Johnny Danos, Gerald Eid, David Frauenshuh, Labh Hira, John Kennedy, Paula Meyer, and John Robinson are each independent in accordance with NYSE standards. In concluding that itsour seven independent directors are independent under the NYSE rules, the Board first determined that all independent directors met the objective NYSE independence standards. In further determining that none of its independent directors had a material relationship with the Bank,us, the Board noted that the independent directors are specifically prohibited from being an officer of the Bank or an officer or director of a member.
Our Board has a standing Audit Committee. All Audit Committee members are independent under the Finance Agency’s independence standards and the independence standards under Section 10A(m) of the Exchange Act in accordance with the Housing Act. For the reasons described above, our Board has determined that none of the current member directors serving on ourthe Audit Committee includingare independent using the Exchange Act standards for audit committee member independence. These member directors serving on the Audit Committee are Eric Hardmeyer, Clair Lensing, and Dale Oberkfell, and Joseph Stewart, are independent under the NYSE standards for audit committee members.Oberkfell. Our Board has determined, that David Frauenshuh, Johnny Danos, Gerald Eid, and John Robinson,however, the independent directors who serveserving on the Audit Committee are independent under the NYSE independenceExchange Act standards for audit committee members.member independence. These independent directors serving on the Audit Committee are Johnny Danos, Gerald Eid, David Frauenshuh, John Kennedy, and John Robinson.

 

167181


Compensation Committee
The Board has a standing Compensation Committee. Our Board has determined that all members of the Compensation Committee are independent under the Finance Agency’s independence standards. For the reasons described above, our Board has determined that none of the current member directors serving on the Compensation Committee are independent using the NYSE standards for compensation committee member independence. These member directors serving on the Compensation Committee are Van Fishback, Michael Guttau, Joseph Stewart, and Dennis Lind, Clair Lensing, Dale Oberkfell, and Lynn Schneider.Lind. Our Board has determined, however, that the independent directors serving on the Compensation Committee are independent under the NYSE standards for compensation committee member independence. These independent directors serving on the Compensation Committee are John Robinson, Johnny Danos, Gerald Eid, Labh Hira, and Paula Meyer.John Robinson.
ITEM 14-PRINCIPAL14 — PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Audit Fees
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLPThe following table sets forth the aggregate fees billed by PwC for professional services rendered in 2008 and 2007 related toconnection with the audit of the Bank’sour financial statements were $0.9 millionfor 2009 and $1.2 million, respectively.
Audit-Related Fees
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP2008, as well as the fees billed the Bank $0.1 millionby PwC for audit-related feesand other services to us during 2009 and 2008 (dollars in 2008 and 2007, which included other audit and attest services and technical accounting consultation.millions).
Tax Fees
         
  2009  2008 
         
Audit fees1
 $0.6  $0.9 
Audit-related fees2
  0.1   0.1 
All other fees      
Tax fees3
      
       
         
Total $0.7  $1.0 
       
The Bank is exempt from all federal, state, and local taxation except for real property taxes. Therefore, no fees were paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP during 2008 and 2007 for tax advice.
All Other Fees
The Bank paid no other fees to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP during 2008 and 2007.
1Audit fees consist of fees incurred in connection with the integrated audit of our financial statements, review of quarterly or annual management’s discussion and analysis, and participation and review of financial information filed with the SEC. We paid assessments to the Office of Finance of $60,000 and $29,000 for audit fees on the OF Combined Financial report for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008.
2Audit-related fees consist of fees related to other audit and attest services and technical accounting consultation.
3The Bank is exempt from all federal, state, and local taxation except for real property taxes. Therefore, no fees were paid to PwC during 2009 or 2008.
Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy
The Board of Directors prohibits management from using the Bank’sour external audit firm for services not related to the external audit of our financial statements without prior approval of the Audit Committee. Non-audit services that are permitted by the Board of Directors and are for fees payable by our Bankus of $5,000 or less may be pre-approved by the Audit Committee Chair with subsequent ratification by the Audit Committee at its next, regularly scheduled meeting.
All of the We did not have any non-audit services provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLPPwC in 20082009 and 2007 (and the fees paid for those services) were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.2008.

 

168182


PART IV
ITEM 15-EXHIBITS15 — EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)Financial Statements
The financial statements included as part of this report are identified in Item 8 — ““Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” at page 124 and are incorporated by reference into Item 15 — ““Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.”
(b)Exhibits
     
 3.1  Organization Certificate of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines dated October 13, 1932.*
     
 3.2  Bylaws of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines as amended and restated effective February 26, 2009 incorporated by reference to the exhibit to our Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 2, 2009.
     
 4.1  Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Capital Plan, as amended, dated July 8, 2002,March 21, 2009, approved by the Federal Housing Finance Board July 10, 2002.*Agency on March 6, 2009, incorporated by reference to the exhibit to our Form 8-K/A filed with the SEC on March 31, 2009.
     
 10.1  Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Third Amended and Restated Benefit Equalization Plan effective January 1, 2009.**
     
 10.2  Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions effective January 1, 2009.**
     
 10.3  Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Pentegra Defined Contribution Plan for Financial Institutions effective January 1, 2009.**
     
 10.1710.4  U.S. Department of Treasury Lending Agreement incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 9, 2008.

169


     
 10.1810.5Director Fee Policy approved by the Board of Directors on February 18, 2010.
10.6  Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Long-Term Incentive Plan Document effective January 1, 2008, incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Form 10-Q/A filed with the SEC on January 12, 2009.
     
 10.7Federal Home Loan Bank Annual Incentive Plan Document effective October 8, 2009.
12.1  Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

183


     
 31.1  Certification of the president and chief executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
 31.2  Certification of the executive vice president and chief financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
 32.1  Certification of the president and chief executive officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
     
 32.2  Certification of the executive vice president and chief financial officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
   
* Incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the SEC on May 12, 2006.
**Incorporated by reference to the exhibits to our annual report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 13, 2009

 

170184


SIGNATURE
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
     
 FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
(Registrant)
 
 
 By:  /s/ Richard S. Swanson   
  Richard S. Swanson  
  President and Chief Executive Officer  
March 13, 200918, 2010
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
March 13, 200918, 2010
   
Signature Title
   
Chief Executive Officer:
  
   
/s/ Richard S. Swanson
President & Chief Executive Officer
 
Richard S. Swanson
 President and Chief Executive Officer 
   
Chief Financial Officer:
  
   
/s/ Steven T. Schuler
Steven T. Schuler
 Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
Steven T. Schuler
 
   
Directors:
  
   
/s/ Michael K. Guttau
Michael K. Guttau
 Chairman of the Board of Directors
Michael K. Guttau
 
   
/s/ Dale E. Oberkfell
Dale E. Oberkfell
 Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors
Dale E. Oberkfell
 
   
/s/ Johnny A. Danos
Director
 
Johnny A. Danos
 Director 
   
/s/ Gerald D. Eid
Director
 
Gerald D. Eid
 Director 
   
/s/ Michael J. Finley
Director
 
Michael J. Finley
 Director 

 

171185


   
Signature Title
   
/s/ Van D. Fishback
Director
 
Van D. Fishback
 Director 
   
/s/ David R. Frauenshuh
Director
 
David R. Frauenshuh
 Director 
   
/s/ Eric A. HardmeyerChris D. Grimm
Director
 
Eric A. HardmeyerChris D. Grimm
 Director 
   
/s/ Labh S. HiraEric A. Hardmeyer
Director
 
Labh S. HiraEric A. Hardmeyer
 Director 
   
/s/ Labh S. HiraDirector
Labh S. Hira
/s/ John F. Kennedy, Sr.Director
 
John F. Kennedy, Sr.
 Director 
   
/s/ D.R. LandwehrClair J. Lensing
Director
 
D.R. LandwehrClair J. Lensing
 Director 
   
/s/ Clair J. LensingDennis A. Lind
Director
 
Clair J. LensingDennis A. Lind
 Director 
   
/s/ Dennis A. LindPaula R. Meyer
Director
 
Dennis A. LindPaula R. Meyer
 Director 
   
/s/ Paula R. MeyerJohn H. Robinson
Director
 
Paula R. MeyerJohn H. Robinson
 Director 
   
/s/ John H. Robinson
John H. Robinson
Director 
/s/ Lynn V. Schneider
Lynn V. Schneider
Director 
/s/ Joseph C. Stewart III
Director
 
Joseph C. Stewart III
 Director 

 

172


EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
NumberDescription
3.1Organization Certificate of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines dated October 13, 1932.*
3.2Bylaws of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines as amended and restated effective February 26, 2009.
4.1Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Capital Plan dated July 8, 2002, approved by the Federal Housing Finance Board July 10, 2002.*
10.1Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Third Amended and Restated Benefit Equalization Plan effective January 1, 2009.
10.2Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions effective January 1, 2009.
10.3Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Pentegra Defined Contribution Plan for Financial Institutions effective January 1, 2009.
10.17U.S. Department of Treasury Lending Agreement incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 9, 2008.
10.18Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines Long-Term Incentive Plan effective January 1, 2008, incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Form 10-Q/A filed with the SEC on January 12, 2009.
12.1Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
31.1Certification of the president and chief executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


Exhibit
NumberDescription
31.2Certification of the executive vice president and chief financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1Certification of the president and chief executive officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2Certification of the executive vice president and chief financial officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*Incorporated by reference to the correspondingly numbered exhibit to our Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the SEC on May 12, 2006.

186


Table of Contents to Financial Statements
Audited Financial Statements
     
  S-2 
     
  S-3 
     
  S-4 
     
  S-5 
     
  S-8 
     
  S-10
 

 

S-1


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of the
Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines:
In our opinion, the accompanying statementstatements of condition and the related statements of income, capital, and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (the “Bank”)Bank) at December 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 20082009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Bank maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008,2009, based on criteria established inInternal Control - Integrated Frameworkissued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Bank’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Bank’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits (which were integrated audits in 2008 and 2007).audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chicago, Illinois
March 13, 200918, 2010

 

S-2


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
STATEMENTS OF CONDITION
(In thousands, except shares)
                
 December 31,  December 31, 
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
 
ASSETS  
Cash and due from banks (Note 3) $44,368 $58,675  $298,841 $44,368 
Interest-bearing deposits 152 136  10,570 152 
Federal funds sold 3,425,000 1,805,000  3,133,000 3,425,000 
Investments  
Trading securities (Note 5) 2,151,485  
Available-for-sale securities include $0 and $208,892 pledged as collateral in 2008 and 2007 that may be repledged (Note 6) 3,839,980 3,433,640 
Held-to-maturity securities include $0 pledged as collateral in 2008 and 2007 that may be repledged (estimated fair value of $5,917,288 and $4,000,715 in 2008 and 2007) (Note 7) 5,952,008 4,005,017 
Trading securities (Note 4) 4,434,522 2,151,485 
Available-for-sale securities (Note 5) 7,737,413 3,839,980 
Held-to-maturity securities (estimated fair value of $5,535,975 and $5,917,288 at December 31, 2009 and 2008) (Note 6) 5,474,664 5,952,008 
Advances (Note 8) 41,897,479 40,411,688  35,720,398 41,897,479 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans of $500 and $300 in 2008 and 2007 (Note 9) 10,684,910 10,801,695 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net of allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans of $1,887 and $500 at December 31, 2009 and 2008 (Note 9) 7,716,549 10,684,910 
Accrued interest receivable 92,620 129,758  81,703 92,620 
Premises and equipment, net 8,550 6,966 
Premises, software, and equipment, net 9,062 8,550 
Derivative assets (Note 10) 2,840 60,468  11,012 2,840 
Other assets 29,915 22,563  28,939 29,915 
     
      
Total assets $68,129,307 $60,735,606  $64,656,673 $68,129,307 
          
  
LIABILITIES AND CAPITAL  
 
LIABILITIES  
Deposits (Note 11)  
Interest-bearing $1,389,642 $841,762  $1,144,225 $1,389,642 
Non-interest-bearing demand 106,828 20,751  80,966 106,828 
          
Total deposits 1,496,470 862,513  1,225,191 1,496,470 
          
Consolidated obligations (Note 12) 
Discount notes 9,417,182 20,061,271 
Bonds (includes $5,997,867 at fair value under the fair value option at December 31, 2009) 50,494,474 42,722,473 
     
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (Note 12)  200,000 
 
Consolidated obligations, net (Note 13) 
Discount notes 20,061,271 21,500,946 
Bonds 42,722,473 34,564,226 
     
Total consolidated obligations, net 62,783,744 56,065,172 
Total consolidated obligations 59,911,656 62,783,744 
          
  
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock (Note 16) 10,907 46,039 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock (Note 15) 8,346 10,907 
Accrued interest payable 320,271 300,907  243,693 320,271 
Affordable Housing Program (Note 14) 39,715 42,622 
Payable to REFCORP (Note 15) 557 6,280 
Affordable Housing Program (AHP) Payable (Note 13) 40,479 39,715 
Payable to REFCORP (Note 14) 10,124 557 
Derivative liabilities (Note 10) 435,015 138,252  280,384 435,015 
Other liabilities 25,261 21,598  26,245 25,261 
     
      
Total liabilities 65,111,940 57,683,383  61,746,118 65,111,940 
          
  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 20) 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 19) 
  
CAPITAL (Note 16) 
Capital stock — Class B putable ($100 par value) issued and outstanding shares: 
27,809,271 and 27,172,465 shares in 2008 and 2007 2,780,927 2,717,247 
CAPITAL (Note 15) 
Capital stock — Class B putable ($100 par value) authorized, issued, and outstanding 24,604,186 and 27,809,271 shares at December 31, 2009 and 2008 2,460,419 2,780,927 
Retained earnings 381,973 361,347  484,071 381,973 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss: 
Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities (Note 6)  (144,271)  (25,467)
Employee retirement plans (Note 17)  (1,262)  (904)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 
Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities (Note 5)  (32,533)  (144,271)
Pension and postretirement benefits (Note 16)  (1,402)  (1,262)
          
Total capital 3,017,367 3,052,223  2,910,555 3,017,367 
          
 
Total liabilities and capital $68,129,307 $60,735,606  $64,656,673 $68,129,307 
          
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

S-3


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands)
                        
 For the Years Ended December 31,  For the Years Ended December 31, 
 2008 2007 2006  2009 2008 2007 
INTEREST INCOME  
Advances $1,417,661 $1,312,133 $1,136,091  $657,913 $1,417,661 $1,312,133 
Prepayment fees on advances, net 943 1,527 514  10,270 943 1,527 
Interest-bearing deposits 107 401 2,456  422 107 401 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell  11,904 15,457  1,855  11,904 
Federal funds sold 72,044 188,668 138,716  17,369 72,044 188,668 
Investments  
Trading securities 1,052  311  66,350 1,052  
Available-for-sale securities 133,443 111,548 21,939  61,943 133,443 111,548 
Held-to-maturity securities 209,407 272,996 281,177  173,954 209,407 272,996 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio 533,648 561,660 614,753 
Mortgage loans 443,581 533,648 561,660 
Loans to other FHLBanks 93  7   93  
              
Total interest income 2,368,398 2,460,837 2,211,421  1,433,657 2,368,398 2,460,837 
              
  
INTEREST EXPENSE  
Consolidated obligations  
Discount notes 616,394 424,052 269,278  132,171 616,394 424,052 
Bonds 1,481,232 1,786,215 1,721,022  1,101,358 1,481,232 1,786,215 
Deposits 22,181 51,363 35,173  2,389 22,181 51,363 
Borrowings from other FHLBanks 26 119 147  21 26 119 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase 1,961 25,045 28,462   1,961 25,045 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock 1,029 2,902 2,972  283 1,029 2,902 
Other borrowings   31 
              
Total interest expense 2,122,823 2,289,696 2,057,085  1,236,222 2,122,823 2,289,696 
              
  
NET INTEREST INCOME 245,575 171,141 154,336  197,435 245,575 171,141 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses on mortgage loans held for portfolio 295 69  (513)
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans 1,475 295 69 
              
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR (REVERSAL OF) CREDIT LOSSES 245,280 171,072 154,849 
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR CREDIT LOSSES 195,960 245,280 171,072 
              
  
OTHER INCOME 
OTHER INCOME (LOSS) 
Service fees 2,341 2,217 2,423  2,081 2,341 2,217 
Net gain (loss) on trading securities 1,485   (17)
Net realized gain on held-to-maturity securities 1,787 545  
Net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities  (33,175) 4,491 2,278 
Net gain on trading securities 19,040 1,485  
Net realized loss on sale of available-for-sale securities  (10,912)   
Net realized gain on sale of held-to-maturity securities  1,787 545 
Net loss on bonds held at fair value  (4,394)   
Net gain on loans held for sale 1,342   
Net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities 133,779  (33,175) 4,491 
Net (loss) gain on extinguishment of debt  (89,859) 698  
Other, net  (277) 3,080 4,003  4,708  (975) 3,080 
              
Total other (loss) income  (27,839) 10,333 8,687 
Total other income (loss) 55,785  (27,839) 10,333 
              
  
OTHER EXPENSE  
Compensation and benefits 26,274 24,828 22,577  31,857 26,274 24,828 
Operating 14,118 14,589 16,478  16,586 14,118 14,589 
Federal Housing Finance Agency 1,852 1,561 1,530  2,414 1,852 1,561 
Office of Finance 1,843 1,476 982  2,203 1,843 1,476 
              
Total other expense 44,087 42,454 41,567  53,060 44,087 42,454 
              
  
INCOME BEFORE ASSESSMENTS 173,354 138,951 121,969  198,685 173,354 138,951 
              
 
Affordable Housing Program 14,168 12,094 10,260 
AHP 16,248 14,168 12,094 
REFCORP 31,820 25,462 22,342  36,488 31,820 25,462 
              
Total assessments 45,988 37,556 32,602  52,736 45,988 37,556 
              
  
NET INCOME $127,366 $101,395 $89,367  $145,949 $127,366 $101,395 
              
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

S-4


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN CAPITAL
(In thousands)
                                        
 Accumulated    Accumulated   
 Capital Stock Other    Capital Stock Other   
 Class B (putable) Retained Comprehensive Total  Class B (putable) Retained Comprehensive Total 
 Shares Par Value Earnings Loss Capital  Shares Par Value Earnings Loss Capital 
  
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2007 27,173 $2,717,247 $361,347 $(26,371) $3,052,223 
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2008 27,809 $2,780,927 $381,973 $(145,533) $3,017,367 
                      
  
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock 55,797 5,579,766   5,579,766  2,687 268,708   268,708 
  
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock  (55,132)  (5,513,225)    (5,513,225)  (5,700)  (570,046)    (570,046)
  
Net shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (29)  (2,861)    (2,861)  (192)  (19,170)    (19,170)
  
Comprehensive income:  
  
Net income   127,366  127,366    145,949  145,949 
  
Other comprehensive loss: 
Other comprehensive income: 
  
Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities
     (118,804)  (118,804)
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities    176,698 176,698 
  
Employee retirement plans     (358)  (358)
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income relating to sale of available-for-sale securities     (64,960)  (64,960)
 
Pension and postretirement benefits     (140)  (140)
              
  
Total comprehensive income 8,204  257,547 
  
Cash dividends on capital stock (3.87% annualized)    (106,740)   (106,740)
Cash dividends on capital stock (1.50% annualized)    (43,851)   (43,851)
                      
  
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2008 27,809 $2,780,927 $381,973 $(145,533) $3,017,367 
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2009 24,604 $2,460,419 $484,071 $(33,935) $2,910,555 
                      
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

S-5


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN CAPITAL
(In thousands)
                                        
 Accumulated    Accumulated   
 Capital Stock Other    Capital Stock Other   
 Class B (putable) Retained Comprehensive Total  Class B (putable) Retained Comprehensive Total 
 Shares Par Value Earnings Loss Capital  Shares Par Value Earnings Loss Capital 
  
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2006 19,059 $1,905,878 $344,246 $(1,153) $2,248,971 
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2007 27,173 $2,717,247 $361,347 $(26,371) $3,052,223 
                      
  
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock 20,047 2,004,664   2,004,664  55,797 5,579,766   5,579,766 
  
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock  (12,111)  (1,211,081)    (1,211,081)  (55,132)  (5,513,225)    (5,513,225)
  
Net shares reclassified from mandatorily redeemable capital stock 178 17,786   17,786 
Net shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (29)  (2,861)    (2,861)
  
Comprehensive income:  
  
Net income   101,395  101,395    127,366  127,366 
  
Other comprehensive (loss) income: 
Other comprehensive loss: 
  
Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities
     (25,655)  (25,655)     (118,804)  (118,804)
  
Employee retirement plans 437 437 
Pension and postretirement benefits     (358)  (358)
      
  
Total comprehensive income 76,177  8,204 
  
Cash dividends on capital stock (4.31% annualized)    (84,294)   (84,294)
Cash dividends on capital stock (3.87% annualized)    (106,740)   (106,740)
                      
  
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2007 27,173 $2,717,247 $361,347 $(26,371) $3,052,223 
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2008 27,809 $2,780,927 $381,973 $(145,533) $3,017,367 
                      
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

S-6


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN CAPITAL
(In thousands)
                     
              Accumulated    
  Capital Stock      Other    
  Class B (putable)  Retained  Comprehensive  Total 
  Shares  Par Value  Earnings  Loss  Capital 
                     
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2005  19,321  $1,932,054  $329,241  $(827) $2,260,468 
                
                     
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock  6,802   680,213         680,213 
                     
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock  (7,037)  (703,672)        (703,672)
                     
Net shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (27)  (2,717)        (2,717)
                     
Comprehensive income:                    
                     
Net income        89,367      89,367 
                     
Other comprehensive income (loss):                    
                     
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities           246   246 
                     
Employee retirement plans              (657)  (657)
                    
                     
Total comprehensive income                  88,956 
                     
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS 158           85   85 
                     
Cash dividends on capital stock (3.83% annualized)        (74,362)     (74,362)
                
                     
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2006  19,059  $1,905,878  $344,246  $(1,153) $2,248,971 
                
                     
              Accumulated    
  Capital Stock      Other    
  Class B (putable)  Retained  Comprehensive  Total 
  Shares  Par Value  Earnings  Loss  Capital 
                     
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2006  19,059  $1,905,878  $344,246  $(1,153) $2,248,971 
                
                     
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock  20,047   2,004,664         2,004,664 
                     
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock  (12,111)  (1,211,081)        (1,211,081)
                     
Net shares reclassified from mandatorily redeemable capital stock  178   17,786         17,786 
                     
Comprehensive income:                    
                     
Net income        101,395      101,395 
                     
Other comprehensive (loss) income:                    
                     
Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities           (25,655)  (25,655)
                     
Pension and postretirement benefits           437   437 
                    
                     
Total comprehensive income                  76,177 
                     
Cash dividends on capital stock (4.31% annualized)        (84,294)     (84,294)
                
                     
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2007  27,173  $2,717,247  $361,347  $(26,371) $3,052,223 
                
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

S-7


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
            
 For the Years Ended December 31,             
 2008 2007 2006  For the Years Ended December 31, 
  2009 2008 2007 
OPERATING ACTIVITIES  
Net income $127,366 $101,395 $89,367  $145,949 $127,366 $101,395 
  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used) provided by operating activities 
Depreciation and amortization  
Net premiums, discounts, and basis adjustments on investments advances, mortgage loans, and consolidated obligations 39,905 64,147 47,470 
Concessions on consolidated obligation bonds 7,559 6,079 5,960 
Premises and equipment 1,026 992 460 
Net premiums, discounts, and basis adjustments on investments, advances, mortgage loans, and consolidated obligations  (58,636) 39,905 64,147 
Concessions on consolidated obligations 4,990 7,559 6,079 
Premises, software and equipment 1,562 1,026 992 
Other  (103)  (161) 68  165  (103)  (161)
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses on mortgage loans held for portfolio 295 69  (513)
Gain on extinguishment of debt  (698)   
Net realized gain from sale of held-to-maturity securities  (1,787)  (545)  
Net change in fair value adjustment on trading securities  (1,485)  58 
Net change in fair value adjustment on derivatives and hedging activities 20,773  (10,788)  (3,134)
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans 1,475 295 69 
Net loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt 89,859  (698)  
Net change in fair value on trading securities  (19,040)  (1,485)  
Net realized loss on sale of available-for-sale securities 10,912   
Net realized gain on sale of held-to-maturity securities   (1,787)  (545)
Net gain on loans held for sale  (1,342)   
Net change in fair value on bonds held at fair value 4,394   
Net change in fair value on derivatives and hedging activities  (161,679) 20,773  (10,788)
Net realized loss on disposal of premises and equipment 12 77 20  4 12 77 
Net change in:  
Accrued interest receivable 37,117  (36,826) 6,800  10,930 37,117  (36,826)
Accrued interest on derivatives 59,498  (36,046)  (17,805) 27,011 59,498  (36,046)
Other assets  (1,341) 224 391  1,360  (10,945)  (8,794)
Accrued interest payable 19,231 900  (15,518)  (73,104) 19,231 900 
Affordable Housing Program (AHP) liability and discount on AHP advances  (2,963)  (2,124)  (1,972)
AHP Payable and discount on AHP advances 744  (2,963)  (2,124)
Payable to REFCORP  (6,132) 335  (44,999) 9,977  (6,132) 335 
Other liabilities 3,305 1,199  (2,661)  (1,662) 1,457 255 
              
  
Total adjustments 174,212  (12,468)  (25,375)  (152,080) 162,760  (22,430)
              
  
Net cash provided by operating activities 301,578 88,927 63,992 
Net cash (used) provided by operating activities  (6,131) 290,126 78,965 
              
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

S-8


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued from previous page)
(In thousands)
            
 For the Years Ended December 31,             
 2008 2007 2006  For the Years Ended December 31, 
 2009 2008 2007 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES  
Net change in:  
Interest-bearing deposits  (267,916) 11,256 53,633  201,481  (267,916) 11,256 
Securities purchased under agreements to resell  305,000     305,000 
Federal funds sold  (1,620,000)  (180,000) 1,360,000  292,000  (1,620,000)  (180,000)
Trading securities 
Proceeds from maturities and sales   8,635 
Trading securities: 
Proceeds from sales 2,170,339   
Purchases  (2,150,000)     (4,434,336)  (2,150,000)  
Available-for-sale securities:  
Proceeds from maturities and sales 2,881,611 5,734,866 875,093 
Net decrease (increase) in short-term  218,296  (69,217)
Proceeds from sales and maturities 3,568,739 520,755 1,038,742 
Purchases  (3,406,551)  (8,630,106)  (1,188,888)  (7,367,055)  (1,263,991)  (3,864,765)
Held-to-maturity securities:  
Net (increase) decrease in short-term  (84,461) 1,019,679 356,806 
Net decrease (increase) in short-term 384,935  (84,461) 1,019,679 
Proceeds from maturities 703,616 762,400 1,047,376  1,352,466 703,616 762,400 
Purchases  (2,564,821)  (70,000)  (494,584)  (1,249,912)  (2,564,821)  (70,000)
Advances to members:  
Principal collected 329,770,015 93,835,701 96,517,717  43,592,197 329,770,015 93,835,701 
Originated  (330,411,026)  (112,007,019)  (96,138,800)  (37,961,679)  (330,411,026)  (112,007,019)
Mortgage loans held for portfolio:  
Principal collected 1,294,677 1,339,811 1,596,111  2,265,782 1,294,677 1,339,811 
Originated or purchased  (1,184,389)  (370,977)  (358,595)  (1,578,444)  (1,184,389)  (370,977)
Additions to premises and equipment  (2,632)  (1,922)  (5,050)
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment 10 131 60 
Mortgage loans held for sale: 
Principal collected 128,045   
Proceeds from sales 2,123,595   
Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets 16,004 11,452 9,962 
Additions to premises, software, and equipment  (2,263)  (2,632)  (1,922)
Proceeds from sale of premises, software, and equipment 185 10 131 
              
  
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities  (7,041,867)  (18,251,180) 3,629,514 
Net cash provided (used) by investing activities 3,502,079  (7,030,415)  (18,241,218)
              
  
FINANCING ACTIVITIES  
Net change in:  
Deposits 602,657  (47,635) 76,741   (268,529) 602,657  (47,635)
Net decrease in securities sold under agreement to repurchase  (200,000)  (300,000)     (200,000)  (300,000)
Net proceeds on derivative contracts with financing elements 24,919     (11,050) 24,919  
Net proceeds from issuance of consolidated obligations:  
Discount notes 1,143,298,513 619,804,146 738,751,137  719,301,475 1,143,298,513 619,804,146 
Bonds 21,122,613 8,681,550 5,857,701  32,407,277 21,122,613 8,681,550 
Payments for maturing and retiring consolidated obligations: 
Payments for maturing, transferring and retiring consolidated obligations: 
Discount notes  (1,144,771,902)  (603,019,683)  (738,144,635)  (729,868,518)  (1,144,771,902)  (603,019,683)
Bonds  (13,272,626)  (7,635,893)  (10,125,865)  (24,435,210)  (13,272,626)  (7,635,893)
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock 5,579,766 2,004,664 680,213  268,708 5,579,766 2,004,664 
Net payments for repurchase/issuance of mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (37,993)  (1,027)  (22,949)  (21,731)  (37,993)  (1,027)
Payments for repurchase/redemption of capital stock  (5,513,225)  (1,211,081)  (703,672)  (570,046)  (5,513,225)  (1,211,081)
Cash dividends paid  (106,740)  (84,294)  (74,362)  (43,851)  (106,740)  (84,294)
              
  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 6,725,982 18,190,747  (3,705,691)
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities  (3,241,475) 6,725,982 18,190,747 
              
  
Net (decrease) increase in cash and due from banks  (14,307) 28,494  (12,185)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks 254,473  (14,307) 28,494 
Cash and due from banks at beginning of the year 58,675 30,181 42,366  44,368 58,675 30,181 
              
  
Cash and due from banks at end of the year $44,368 $58,675 $30,181  $298,841 $44,368 $58,675 
              
  
Supplemental Disclosures  
Cash paid during the period for 
Cash paid during the period for: 
Interest $2,061,098 $2,239,561 $2,017,236  $2,061,862 $2,061,098 $2,239,561 
AHP 17,075 14,186 12,200  15,586 17,075 14,186 
REFCORP 37,952 25,127 67,341  26,511 37,952 25,127 
Transfers of mortgage loans to real estate owned 12,291 9,221 9,988 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio transferred to mortgage loans held for sale 2,413,843   
Mortgage loans held for sale transferred to mortgage loans held for portfolio 162,800   
Unpaid principal balance transferred from mortgage loans held for portfolio to real estate owned 19,172 12,291 9,221 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

S-9


FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF DES MOINES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Background Information
The Federal Home Loan Bank of Des Moines (the Bank) is a federally chartered corporation organized on October 31, 1932, that is exempt from all federal, state, and local taxation except real property taxes and is one of 12 district Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLBanks). The FHLBanks were created under the authority of the Federal Home Loan Bank Act of 1932 (FHLBank Act). On July 30, 2008, which was amended by the passage of the “HousingHousing and Economic Recovery Act of 2008”2008 (Housing Act) amended certain provisions of the FHLBank Act. Prior to the passage of the Housing Act, the Federal Housing Finance Board (Finance Board), an independent agency in the executive branch of the U.S. government, supervised and. The FHLBanks are regulated the FHLBanks and the Federal Home Loan Bank’s Office of Finance (Office of Finance). With the passage of the Housing Act,by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (Finance Agency) was established, whose mission is to provide effective supervision, regulation, and became the new independent Federal regulatorhousing mission oversight of the FHLBanks to promote their safety and the Office of Finance, as well as for Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae)soundness, support housing and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac). The Finance Board will be abolished one year after the date of enactment of the Housing Act, which will be on July 30, 2009. During the one-year transition period, the Finance Board will be responsible for winding up its affairs. The Finance Agency’s principal purpose is to ensure that the FHLBanks operate infinance and affordable housing, and support a safestable and sound manner. In addition, the Finance Agency ensures that the FHLBanks carry out their housing finance mission and remain adequately capitalized.liquid mortgage market. The Finance Agency establishes policies and regulations governing the operations of the FHLBanks. Each FHLBank operates as a separate entity with its own management, employees, and boardBoard of directors.Directors.
The FHLBanks serve the public by enhancing the availability of funds (advances and mortgage loans) for residential mortgages and targeted community development. The Bank provides a readily available, low cost source of funds to its member institutions and eligible housing associates in Iowa, Minnesota, Missouri, North Dakota, and South Dakota. Regulated financial depositories, community development financialCommercial banks, savings institutions, credit unions, and insurance companies may apply for membership. State and local housing associates that meet certain statutory criteria may also borrow from the Bank; while eligible to borrow;borrow, housing associates are not members of the Bank and, as such, are not permitted to hold capital stock.
The Bank is a cooperative. This means the Bank is owned by its customers, whom the Bank calls members. AllAs a condition of membership in the Bank, all members must purchase and maintain membership capital stock based on the amounta percentage of their total assets as a condition of membership in the Bank.preceding December 31st. Each member is also required to purchase and maintain activity-based capital stock to support certain business activities with the Bank. The Bank conducts business with its stockholders in the normal course of business.

S-10


The Bank’s current members own nearly all of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank. Former members own the remaining capital stock to support business transactions still carried on the Bank’s Statements of Condition. All stockholders, including current members and former members, may receive dividends on their investment to the extent declared by the Bank’s Board of Directors.

S-10


Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The Bank prepares its financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (GAAP). The preparation of financial statements requires management to make assumptions and estimates that may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported amounts of income and expense. Actual results could significantly differ from these estimates significantly.estimates.
Interest-Bearing Deposits, Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell, and Federal Funds Sold
These investments provide short-term liquidity and are carried at cost. See Note 4 for more information onInterest-bearing deposits include certificates of deposit purchased by the Bank’sBank from its members. Certificates of deposit and bank notes purchased by the Bank that meet the definition of a security are recorded as held-to-maturity securities. The Bank treats securities purchased under agreements to resell.resell as collateralized financings.
InvestmentsInvestment Securities
The Bank classifies certain investments acquired for purposes of liquidity and asset/liability management as trading, available-for-sale and held-to-maturity at the date of acquisition. Purchases and sales of securities are recorded on a trade date basis.
Securities classified as trading are generally held for liquidity purposes and carries themare carried at fair value. The Bank records changes in the fair value of these investments through other income (loss) income as “Net gain (loss) on trading securities.”
TheSecurities for which the Bank classifies certainhas the ability and intent to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity. Held-to-maturity investments it may sell before maturityare carried at amortized cost, adjusted for periodic principal repayments, amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.
Securities that are not trading or held-to-maturity are classified as available-for-sale and carries themare carried at fair value. The changeBank records changes in the fair value of the available-for-sale securities not being hedged by derivative instruments is recorded inthrough accumulated other comprehensive loss as “Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities.” For available-for-sale securities that have been hedged and qualify as a fair value hedge, the Bank first records the portion of the change in fair value related to the risk being hedged in other (loss) income as “Net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities” together with the related change in the fair value of the derivative through other income (loss) as “Net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.” The Bank records the remainder of the change in fair value through accumulated other comprehensive loss as “Net unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities.”
The Bank classifies certain investments as held-to-maturity when it has both the ability and intent to hold them to maturity. Held-to-maturity investments are carried at cost, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts using the effective-yield method.

 

S-11


Amortization. For mortgage-backed securities (MBS), the Bank amortizes premiums and accretes discounts using the effective-yield method, adjusted for prepayment activity, over the contractual life of the securities. For non-MBS, the Bank amortizes premiums and accretes discounts using the effective-yield method over the contractual life of the securities. Amortization and accretion are recorded as a component of investment interest income.
Sale or transfer of held-to-maturity securities.securitiesUnder Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) 115,Accounting for. Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, changes in circumstances may cause the Bank to change its intent to hold a certain security to maturity without calling into question its intent to hold other debt securities to maturity in the future. Thus, the sale or transfer of a held-to-maturity security due to certain changes in circumstances, such as evidence of significant deterioration in the issuer’s creditworthiness or changes in regulatory requirements, is not considered to be inconsistent with its original classification. Other events that are isolated, nonrecurring, and unusual for the Bank that could not have been reasonably anticipated may cause the Bank to sell or transfer a held-to-maturity security without necessarily calling into question its intent to hold other debt securities to maturity.
In addition, in accordance with SFAS 115, sales of debt securities that meet either of the following two conditions may be considered maturities for purpose of the classification of securities: 1)(i) the sale occurs near enough to its maturity date (or call date if exercise of the call is probable) that interest-rate risk is substantially eliminated as a pricing factor and the changes in market interest rates would not have a significant effect on the security’s fair value, or 2)(ii) the sale of a security occurs after the Bank has already collected a substantial portion (at least 85 percent) of the principal outstanding at acquisition due either to prepayments on the debt security or to scheduled payments on a debt security payable in equal installments (both principal and interest) over its term.
Amortization.The Bank amortizes premiums and accretes discounts on mortgage-backed securities (MBS) using the effective-yield method over the contractual lifeSale of theinvestment securities adjusted for prepayment activity. For non-MBS, the Bank amortizes premiums and accretes discounts using the effective-yield method over the contractual life. Amortization and accretion is recorded as a component of interest income.
. The Bank computes gains and losses on sales of investment securities using the specific identification method and includes these gains and losses in other income (loss) income..

 

S-12


Impairment.Impairment AnalysisIn accordance with SFAS 115, as amended by FSP FAS 115-1 and SFAS 124-1,. The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments, the Bank regularly evaluates its outstandingindividual available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investmentssecurities in an unrealized loss position for other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) on a quarterly basis. As part of this process, the Bank considers its intent to sell each debt security before its anticipated recovery and whether it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions is met, the Bank will recognize an OTTI charge in earnings equal to the entire unrealized loss amount. If neither of these conditions is met, the Bank will perform cash flow analysis to determine if it will recover the entire amortized cost basis of the debt security. The present value of the cash flows expected to be collected is compared to the amortized cost basis of the debt security to determine whether a credit loss exists. If there is a credit loss (the difference between the investment securities have incurred any other-than-temporary impairment. When evaluating whether the impairment is other-than-temporary, the Bank takes into consideration whether or not it is going to receive allpresent value of the investment’s contractual cash flows based on factors that include, but are not limited to:expected to be collected and the creditworthinessamortized cost basis of the issuer (rating agency actions) anddebt security), the underlying collateral;carrying value of the length of time and extent thatdebt security is adjusted to its fair value has been lessvalue. However, rather than amortized cost; and the Bank’s intent and ability to hold the investment for a sufficient amount of time to recover the unrealized losses. The Bank may also evaluate the issuer’s business and financial outlook as well as broader industry and sector performance indicators. If the Bank determines that an other-than-temporary impairment exists, the impairment loss shall be recognized in other (loss) income equal torecognizing the entire difference between the investment’samortized cost basis and the fair value atin earnings, only the balance sheet dateamount of the reporting periodimpairment representing the credit loss (i.e., the credit component) is recognized in earnings, while the amount related to all other factors (i.e., the non-credit component) is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The total OTTI is presented in the Statements of Income with an offset for which the assessmentamount of the total OTTI that is made. Therecognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss.
Subsequent non-OTTI-related increases and decreases in the fair value of available-for-sale securities will be included in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The OTTI recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss for debt securities classified as held-to-maturity will be accreted over the investment would then become the new cost basisremaining life of the investment and shall not be adjusted for subsequent recoveries in fair value. The Bank did not experience any other-than-temporary impairmentdebt security as an increase in the carrying value of its investments during 2008, 2007,the security (with no effect on earnings unless the security is subsequently sold or 2006. For more information on the Bank’s available-for-sale and held-to-maturity investments see Notes 6 and 7.there is additional OTTI related to credit loss recognized).
Advances
The Bank reports advances (loans to members or eligible housing associates) at amortized cost, net of unearned commitment fees,premiums and discounts, and premiums, discounts on AHP advances, and hedging fair value adjustments. Premiums and discounts are derived based on market conditions when
Following the requirements of the FHLBank Act, the Bank purchases advances from another FHLBank as a result of members consolidating their advance business into the Bank. The Bank amortizes the premiums and discountsobtains sufficient collateral on advances to interest income using the effective-yield method over the contractual life of the advances.protect it from losses. The Bank credits interest on advancesFHLBank Act limits eligible collateral to income as earned.
residential mortgage loans, certain investment securities, cash or deposits, and other eligible real estate-related assets. As “Note 8 — Advances” more fully describes, Community Financial Institutions (CFIs) are eligible to utilize expanded statutory collateral rules. The Bank has not incurred any credit losses on advances since its inception. Based upon theinception and, based on its credit extension and collateral held for the advances and the repayment history of the Bank’s advances,policies, Bank management believes an allowance fordoes not anticipate any credit losses on its advances. Accordingly, the Bank has not provided any allowance for losses on advances is unnecessary. See Note 8 for more information.at December 31, 2009.
Amortization. The Bank amortizes premiums and accretes discounts on advances using the effective-yield method over the contractual life of the advances. Amortization and accretion are recorded as a component of advance interest income.

S-13


Prepayment Fees.Fees. The Bank may charge a prepayment fee when a borrower prepays certain advances before the original maturity.
In cases in which the Bank funds a new advance concurrent with or within a short period of time ofafter the prepayment of an existing advance, the Bank evaluates whether the new advance meets the accounting criteria to qualify as a modification of an existing advance or whether it constitutes a new advance. If the new advance qualifies as a modification of the existing advance, the prepayment fee on the prepaid advance is deferred, recorded in the basis of the modified advance and amortized over the life of the modified advance using the effective-yield method. This amortization is recorded in advance interest income.

S-13


For prepaid advances that are hedged and meet the hedge accounting requirements, of SFAS 133, the Bank terminates the hedging relationship upon prepayment and records the associated fair value gains and losses, adjusted for the prepayment fees, in advance interest income. If the Bank funds a new advance to a member concurrent with or within a short period of time after the prepayment of a previousan existing hedged advance, to that member, the Bank evaluates whether the new advance qualifies as a modification of the original hedged advance. If the new advance qualifies as a modification of the original hedged advance, the fair value gains or losses of the prepaidoriginal hedged advance and the prepayment fees are included in the carrying amount of the modified advance, and gains or losses and prepayment fees are amortized into advance interest income over the life of the modified advance using the effective-yield method. If the modified advance is also hedged and the hedge meets the hedging criteria in accordance with SFAS 133, ithedge accounting requirements, the modified advance is marked to fair value and subsequent fair value changes are recorded in other income (loss) income..
If the Bank determines that the transaction does not qualify as a modification of an existing advance, it is treated as an advance termination with subsequent funding of a new advance and the existing fees net feesof related hedging adjustments are recorded as “Prepayment fees on advances, net” in the Statements of Income.
Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio
The Bank participates in the Mortgage Partnership Finance (MPF) program (Mortgage Partnership Finance and MPF are registered trademarks of the FHLBank of Chicago) under which the Bank invests in conventional and government-insured (Federal(i.e., Federal Housing Administration, Veterans Administration, and U.S. Department of Agriculture) residential mortgage loans that are acquired through or purchased from a participating financial institution member (PFI). member. MPF loans may also be participations in pools of eligible mortgage loans purchased by the Bank through participations withfrom other FHLBanks. For one of the Bank’s MPF products, a PFI originates mortgage loans as an agent for the Bank and the loans are funded and owned by the Bank. This process is commonly known as table funding. For all other MPF products, a PFI sells closed loans to the Bank. The Bank does not purchase mortgage loans through an intermediary such as a trust.
The Bank manages the liquidity, interest rate, and prepayment risk of the loans while the PFI retains the customer relationship and loan servicing activities. If the memberPFI is participating in the servicing released program, the memberPFI concurrently sells the servicing of the mortgage loans to a designated mortgage service provider. The Bank and the PFI share the credit risk on the conventional loans. The PFI assumes credit losses up to a contractually specified credit enhancement obligation amount.

S-14


The Bank classifies mortgage loans as held for portfolio and reports them at their principal amount outstanding, net of premiums and discounts, hedging fair value adjustments, basis adjustments on loans initially classified as mortgage delivery commitments, and the allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans.
Amortization. The Bank computes amortizationhas the ability and accretion of premiums, discounts, and other nonrefundable fees onintent to hold these mortgage loans using the effective-yield method over the contractual life. Amortization and accretion is recorded as a component of interest income.

S-14


The Bank and the PFI share in the credit risk of the loans which involves several layers of legal loss protection that are defined in agreements among the Bank and its participating members. Though the structuring of these layers of loss protection differs slightly between the MPF products the Bank offers, each product contains the same credit risk structure.
Credit Enhancement Fees.For managing the inherent credit risk, the participating member receives credit enhancement fees from the Bank. This fee is accrued monthly based on the remaining unpaid principal balance. When the Bank incurs losses for certain MPF products, it reduces credit enhancement fee payments until the amount of the loss is recovered up to the limit of the First Loss Account (FLA).
The Bank records credit enhancement fees paid to PFIs as a reduction to mortgage loan interest income. The Bank records non-origination fees received from its PFIs, such as delivery commitment extension fees, pair off fees, and price adjustment fees, as part of the mark-to-market on derivatives to which they relate or as part of the loan basis, as applicable. Delivery commitment extension fees are received when the PFI requires an extension of the delivery commitment on an MPF loan beyond the original stated maturity date. These fees compensate the Bank for interest lost as a result of the late funding of the loan and represent the member purchasing a derivative from the Bank. Pair-off fees represent a make-whole provision and are received when the amount funded is less than a specific percentage of the delivery commitment amount. Price adjustment fees are received when the amount funded is greater than a specified percentage of the delivery commitment amount. These fees compensate the Bank for hedge costs associated with the under delivery or over delivery, respectively. To the extent that pair off fees relate to under deliveries of loans, they are included in the mark-to-market of the related delivery commitment derivative. To the extent that price adjustment fees relate to over deliveries, they represent purchase price adjustments to the related loans acquired and are recorded as part of the loan basis.maturity.
The Bank places a conventional mortgage loan on nonaccrual status when the collection of the contractual principal or interest is 90 days or more past due. When a mortgage loan is placed on nonaccrual status, accrued but uncollected interest is reversed against interest income. The Bank records cash payments received on nonaccrual loans as a reduction of principal. A government-insured loan is not placed on nonaccrual status when the collection of the contractual principal or interest is 90 days or more past due because of the (1)(i) U.S. governmentGovernment guarantee of the loan and (2)(ii) contractual obligation of the loan servicer to repurchase the loan when certain delinquency criteria are met.
Amortization. The Bank computes amortization and accretion of premiums, discounts, and other nonrefundable fees on mortgage loans using the effective-yield method over the contractual life of the mortgage loan. Amortization and accretion is recorded as a component of mortgage loan interest income.
Credit Enhancement Fees.For conventional MPF loans, PFIs retain a portion of the credit risk on the MPF loans they sell to the Bank by providing credit enhancement either through a directly liability to pay credit losses up to a specified amount or through a contractual obligation to provide supplemental mortgage insurance (SMI). The required PFI credit enhancement may vary depending on the MPF product alternatives selected.
PFIs are paid a credit enhancement fee for managing credit risk, and in some instances all or a portion of the credit enhancement fee may be performance based. Credit enhancement fees are paid monthly and are determined based on the remaining unpaid principal balance of the MPF loans in the master commitment. Credit enhancement fees, payable to a PFI as compensation for assuming credit risk, are recorded as an offset to mortgage loan interest income. To the extent the Bank experiences losses in a master commitment, the Bank may be able to recapture credit enhancement fees paid to the PFI to offset these losses.
Other Fees. The Bank may receive other non-origination fees, such as delivery commitment extension fees, pair-off fees and price adjustment fees. Delivery commitment extension fees are received when the PFI requires an extension of the delivery commitment on an MPF loan beyond the original stated maturity date. These fees compensate the Bank for interest lost as a result of the late funding of the loan and are recorded in other income (loss). Pair-off fees represent a make-whole provision and are received when the amount funded is less than a specific percentage of the delivery commitment amount. Price adjustment fees are received when the amount funded is greater than a specified percentage of the delivery commitment amount. Pair-off fees relating to under-deliveries of loans are included in other income (loss). Price adjustment fees relating to over-deliveries of loans are included as part of the loan basis.

 

S-15


Allowance for Credit Losses on Mortgage Loans
The Bank establishes an allowance for loancredit losses on its conventional mortgage loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The allowance is an estimate of probable losses contained in the portfolio. On a regular basis, the Bank monitors delinquency levels, loss rates, and portfolio characteristics such as geographic concentration, loan-to-value ratios, property types, and loan age. The Bank does not maintain an allowance for loan losses on the government-insured mortgage loan portfolio because of the (1)(i) U.S. governmentGovernment guarantee of the loans and (2)(ii) contractual obligation of the loan servicer to repurchase the loan when certain delinquency criteria are met.
The Bank considers both quantitative and qualitative factors when determining the allowance for credit losses. Quantitative factors include but are not limited to portfolio composition and characteristics, delinquency levels, historical loss experience, changes in members’ credit enhancements, including the recapturerecovery of base or performance based credit enhancement fees, when estimating the allowance for loan losses. The allowance estimate is based on historical loss experience, current delinquency levels, economic data, and other relevant factors using a pooled loan approach. The Bank’s historical loss experience and analysisQualitative factors include but are driven by two primary components: frequency of mortgage loan default and loss severity. Other relevant factors evaluated in the Bank’s methodology includenot limited to changes in national/national and local economic conditions, changes in the nature of the portfolio, changes in the portfolio performance, and the existence and effect of geographic concentrations.trends.
The Bank monitors and reports its loan portfolio performance regarding delinquency, nonperforming loans, and net charge-offs monthly. Adjustments to the allowance for credit losses are considered quarterly based upon charge-offs, the amount of nonperforming loans, as well as the other relevant factors discussed above. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006,2007, the Bank recorded an allowance for credit losses in the amount of $0.5$1.9 million, $0.3$0.5 million, and $0.3 million. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Bank revised its allowance for credit losses methodology. Refer to “Note 2 — Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Guidance and Changes in Accounting Estimate” for details on this change in estimate. Refer to “Note 9 — Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio” for additional details on the Bank’s allowance for credit losses.
Other Mortgage Loans Held for Sale
During the second quarter of 2009, the Bank classified certain mortgage loans as held for sale and reported them at the lower of cost basis or fair value. Cost basis included principal amount outstanding and unamortized premiums, discounts, and basis adjustments. At the time of sale, all unamortized premiums, discounts, and basis adjustments were recognized in the gain/loss calculation.
Real Estate Owned
Nonperforming loans that have been foreclosedthe Bank has obtained title to the property but not yet liquidated are reclassified toclassified as real estate owned held for sale and recorded as a component of “other assets” in other assets. the Statements of Condition.

S-16


At the time of reclassification,transfer, real estate owned classified as held for sale is measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. If the carrying amount exceeds the fair value at the time of transfer, the Bank records loan charge-offswill record the difference as either a charge-off to the allowance for loancredit losses or a credit enhancement fee receivable if it expects to recover the fair valuedifference through the recapture of performance based credit enhancement fees in the foreclosed asset is less than the loan’s carrying amount.future. Subsequent realized gains and realized or unrealized losses on the sale of real estate owned are recorded in other income (loss) income..
MPF Shared Funding Program
The Bank has participated in the MPF shared funding program, which provides a means to distribute both the benefits and the risks of theallows mortgage loans among a number of parties. The MPF shared funding program was created to (1) provide the FHLBanks with an alternative for managing interest rate and prepayment risk by giving the FHLBanks the ability to transfer those risks to other investors; (2) provide an additional source of liquidity that would allow further expansion oforiginated through the MPF program;program to be sold to a third party-sponsored trust and (3) benefit other FHLBanks and their members by providing investment opportunities in high quality assets.

S-16


Application of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation (FIN) No. 46-R (a revision to FIN No. 46Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities(FIN 46)) to the Bank is limited to the MPF shared funding“pooled” into securities. In regards to the shared funding program, theThe Bank currently holds MPF shared funding securities which it believesthat were issued by qualifying special purpose entities (QSPE) that arewere sponsored by One Mortgage Partners Corporation, a subsidiary of JPMorgan Chase. A QSPE generally can be describedThe securities are classified as an entity whose permitted activitiesheld-to-maturity and are limited to passively holding financial assets and distributing cash flows to investors based on preset terms. A QSPE must meet certain criteriareported at amortized cost in SFAS No. 140,Accounting for Transfers and Servicingthe Bank’s Statements of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities — a replacement of FASB Statement 125(SFAS 140) to be considered a QSPE. FIN 46-R does not require an investor to consolidate a QSPE, as long as the investor does not have the unilateral ability to liquidate the QSPE or cause it to no longer meet the QSPE criteria.Condition. The Bank meets this scope exception for QSPEs under FIN 46-R, and accordingly, does not consolidate any of its securitized interests since it is not the sponsor, holds only senior interests, does not act as servicer, and does not provide any liquidity or credit support to these investments. The Bank’s maximum loss exposure for these investments inis limited to the MPF shared funding securities.carrying value. See Note 9“Note 6 — Held-to-Maturity Securities” for more information.
Premises, Software, and Equipment
PremisesThe Bank records premises, software, and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Bank’s accumulated depreciation and amortization related to premises, software, and equipment was $4.9 million and $3.4 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008. Depreciation and amortization expense for premises, software, and equipment was $1.6 million, $1.0 million, and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank had $1.7 million and $1.5 million in unamortized computer software costs. Amortization of computer software costs charged to expense was $377,000, $90,000, and $49,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
The Bank computes depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of relevant assets ranging from two to ten years. The Bank amortizes leasehold improvements using the straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the improvement or the remaining term of the lease. The Bank capitalizes improvements and major renewals but expenses ordinary maintenance and repairs when incurred. DepreciationThe cost of computer software developed for internal use is capitalized and amortization expense for premises and equipment was $0.9 million, $0.9 million, and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006. amortized over future periods.
The Bank includes gains and losses on disposal of premises and equipment in other income (loss) income.. The total net realized loss on disposal of premises and equipment was $4,000, $12,000, $77,000, and $20,000$77,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006.
The cost of computer software developed for internal use is accounted for in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) No. 98-1,Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use(SOP 98-1). SOP 98-1 requires the cost of purchased software and certain costs incurred in developing computer software for internal use to be capitalized and amortized over future periods. At December 31, 2008 the Bank had capitalized $1.2 million for internally developed computer software that has not gone into production. Depreciation and amortization expense for computer software was $90,000, $49,000, and $23,000 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006. The amount of unamortized computer software was $1.5 million and $0.3 million at December 31,2009, 2008, and 2007.

 

S-17


Derivatives
Accounting for derivatives is addressed in SFAS 133,Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended by SFAS 137,Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — Deferral of Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133, SFAS 138,Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities, and SFAS 149,Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities(herein referred to as SFAS 133). See Note 10 for more information.
All derivatives are recognized in the Statements of Condition at their fair value.values and are reported as either “derivative assets” or “derivative liabilities” net of cash collateral and accrued interest from counterparties. Each derivative is designated as one of the following:
 (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (a fair value hedge);
 (2) a nonqualifyingnon-qualifying hedge of an asset, liability, or firm commitment (an economic hedge) for asset-liability management purposes.
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, along with changes in the fair value of the hedged asset, liability, or unrecognized firm commitment that are attributable to the hedged risk are recorded in other income (loss) income as “Net gain (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities.” The Bank would have hedgeHedge ineffectiveness to(which represents the extent thatamount by which the change in the fair value of the derivative differs from the change in the fair value of the hedged item.item) is recorded in other income (loss) as “Net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.”
If hedging relationships meet certain criteria including, but not limited to, formal documentation of the hedging relationship and an expectation to be highly effective, they are eligible for hedge accounting and the offsetting changes in fair value of the hedged items may be recorded in earnings. The application of hedge accounting requires the Bank to evaluate the effectiveness of the hedging relationship at inception and on an ongoing basis and to calculate the changes in fair value of the derivatives and related hedged items independently. This is known as the “long haul” method of accounting. Transactions that meet more stringent criteria qualify for the “short cut” method of hedge accounting in which an assumption can be made that the change in fair value of a hedged item exactly offsets the change in fair value of the related derivative.

S-18


An economic hedge is defined as a derivative hedging specific or non-specific underlying assets, liabilities, or firm commitments that does not qualify or was not designated for hedge accounting, but is an acceptable hedging strategy under the Bank’s risk management program. These economic hedging strategies also comply with Finance Agency regulatory requirements prohibiting speculative hedge transactions. An economic hedge by definition introduces the potential for earnings variability caused by the changes in fair value on the derivatives that are recorded in the Bank’s income but not offset by corresponding changes in the value of the economically hedged assets, liabilities, or firm commitments. As a result, the Bank recognizes only the net interest and the change in fair value of these derivatives in other income (loss) income as “Net gain (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities” with no offsetting fair value adjustments for the related assets, liabilities, or firm commitments. Cash flows associated with such stand-alone derivatives (derivatives not qualifying as a hedge) are reflected as cash flows from operating activities in the Statements of Cash Flows.Flows unless the derivative meets the criteria to be a financing derivative.

S-18


The differences between accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable on derivatives designated as fair value hedges are recognized as adjustments to the interest income or expense of the designated underlying hedged asset, liability, or firm commitment. The differences between accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable on derivatives designated as economic hedges are recognized in other income (loss) income as “Net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities.” Both the net interest on the stand-alone derivative and the fair value changes are recorded in other (loss) income as “Net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities.”
The Bank may issue consolidated obligations,debt, make advances, or purchase financial instruments in which a derivative instruments are embedded.instrument is “embedded.” Upon execution of these transactions, the Bank assesses whether the economic characteristics of the embedded derivative are clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the remaining component of the debt, advance or debtpurchased financial instrument (the host contract) and whether a separate, nonembeddednon-embedded instrument with the same terms as the embedded instrument would meet the definition of a derivative. If the Bank determines that (1)(i) the embedded derivative has economic characteristics not clearly and closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract and (2)(ii) a separate, stand alonestand-alone instrument with the same terms would qualify as a derivative instrument, the embedded derivative is separated from the host contract, carried at fair value, and designated as a stand alonestand-alone derivative instrument used as an economic hedge.
If hedging relationships meet certain criteria specified in SFAS 133, they are eligible for hedge accounting However, if the entire contract (the host contract and the offsettingembedded derivative) is to be measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in current period earnings, or if the Bank cannot reliably identify and measure the embedded derivative for purposes of separating that derivative from its host contract, the entire contract is carried in the Statements of Condition at fair value and no portion of the hedged items may be recorded in earnings. The application of hedge accounting requires the Bank to evaluate the effectiveness of thecontract is designated as a hedging relationship at inception and on an ongoing basis and to calculate the changes in fair value of the derivatives and related hedged items independently. This is known as the “long haul” method of accounting. Transactions that meet more stringent criteria qualify for the “short cut” method of hedge accounting in which an assumption can be made that the change in fair value of a hedged item exactly offsets the change in value of the related derivative.instrument.

S-19


Derivatives are typically executed at the same time as the hedged assets or liabilities and the Bank designates the derivative and the hedged item in a qualifying hedging relationship as of the trade date. In many hedging relationships, the Bank may designate the hedging relationship upon its commitment to disburse an advance or trade a consolidated obligation in which settlement occurs within the shortest period of time possible for the type of instrument based on market settlement conventions. The Bank defines market settlement conventions for advances to be five business days or less and for consolidated obligations to be thirty calendar days or less, using a next business day convention. The Bank then records the changes in fair value of the derivative and the hedged item beginning on the trade date. When the Bank meets all the criteria as set forth in SFAS 133 for applying the short cut method of hedge accounting, including that, the hedging relationship is designated on the trade date and the fair value of the derivative is zero on that date, the Bank may assume no ineffectiveness inhedge meets the hedging relationship.conditions for applying the “shortcut” method of hedge accounting, provided all the other conditions for applying the “shortcut” method of hedge accounting are also met.

S-19


The Bank discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when: (1)(i) it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of a hedged item (including hedged items such as firm commitments); (2)(ii) the derivative and/or the hedged item expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; (3)(iii) a hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment; or (4)(iv) management determines that designating the derivative as a hedging instrument in accordance with SFAS 133 is no longer appropriate.
When hedge accounting is discontinued because the Bank determines that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair value hedge of an existing hedged item, the Bank continues to carry the derivative onin the Statements of Condition at its fair value, ceases to adjust the hedged asset or liability for changes in fair value, and amortizes the cumulative basis adjustment on the hedged item into earnings over the remaining life of the hedged item using the effective-yield method.
When hedge accounting is discontinued because the hedged item no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment, the Bank continues to carry the derivative onin the Statements of Condition at its fair value, removing from the Statements of Condition any asset or liability that was recorded to recognize the firm commitment and recording the amount as a gain or loss in current period earnings.
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
The Bank periodically holds securities sold under agreements to repurchase those securities. The amounts received under these agreements represent borrowings and are classified as liabilities in the Statements of Condition.

S-20


Consolidated Obligations
Consolidated obligations consist of bonds and discount notes and as provided by the FHLBank Act or Finance Agency regulation, are backed only by the financial resources of the FHLBanks. The FHLBanks issue consolidated obligations through the Office of Finance as their agent. In connection with each debt issuance, each FHLBank specifies the amount of debt it wants issued on its behalf. The Office of Finance tracks the amount of debt issued on behalf of each FHLBank. In addition, the Bank separately tracks and records as a liability its specific portion of consolidated obligations for which it is the primary obligor. The Finance Agency and the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury have oversight over the issuance of the FHLBank debt through the Office of Finance. Bonds are issued primarily to raise intermediate and long-term funds for the FHLBanks and are not subject to any statutory or regulatory limits on their maturity. Discount notes are issued primarily to raise short-term funds. These notes sell at less than their face amount and are redeemed at par value when they mature.

S-20


Although the Bank is primarily liable for its portion of consolidated obligations (i.e. those issued on its behalf), the Bank is also jointly and severally liable with the other 11 FHLBanks for the payment of principal and interest on all consolidated obligations of each of the FHLBanks. The Finance Agency, at its discretion, may require any FHLBank to make principal or interest payments due on any consolidated obligation whether or not the consolidated obligation represents a primary liability of such FHLBank. Although it has never occurred, to the extent that a FHLBank makes any payment on a consolidated obligation on behalf of another FHLBank that is primarily liable for such consolidated obligation, Finance Agency regulations provide that the paying FHLBank is entitled to reimbursement from the noncomplyingnon-complying FHLBank for any payments made on its behalf and other associated costs (including interest to be determined by the Finance Agency). If, however, the Finance Agency determines that the noncomplyingnon-complying FHLBank is unable to satisfy its repayment obligations, the Finance Agency may allocate the outstanding liabilities of the noncomplyingnon-complying FHLBank among the remaining FHLBanks on a pro rata basis in proportion to each FHLBank’s participation in all consolidated obligations outstanding. The Finance Agency reserves the right to allocate the outstanding liabilities for the consolidated obligations between the FHLBanks in any other manner it may determine to ensure that the FHLBanks operate in a safe and sound manner.
Concessions on Consolidated Obligations.The Bank defers and amortizes, using the effective-yield method, the amountsConcessions are paid to dealers in connection with the saleissuance of bonds and discount notes over the term to maturity of the bonds and discount notes.certain consolidated obligations. The Office of Finance prorates the amount of the concession to the Bankeach FHLBank based onupon the percentage of the debt issued that is assumed by the Bank. See Note 13 for more information.
DiscountsFHLBank. Concessions paid on consolidated obligations designated under the fair value option are expensed as incurred. Concessions paid on consolidated obligations not designated under the fair value option are deferred and Premiums on Consolidated Obligations.The Bank usesamortized using the effective-yield method over the terms to amortize tomaturity or the estimated lives of the consolidated obligations. Unamortized concessions were $8.1 million and $10.0 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008 and are included in “other assets” in the Statements of Condition. Amortization of such concessions is included in consolidated obligation interest expense and totaled $10.3 million, $13.7 million, and $7.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007.

S-21


Amortization.The Bank amortizes premiums and accretes discounts using the effective-yield method over the contractual life of the consolidated obligations. Amortization and premiums on bonds and discount notes over their terms to maturity.accretion are recorded as a component of consolidated obligation interest expense.
Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock
The Bank accounts for mandatorily redeemable capitalreclassifies stock in accordance with SFAS 150,Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristicssubject to redemption from equity to a liability after a member provides written notice of both Liabilities and Equity. See Note 16 for more information.
The Bank’s capital stock meetsredemption, gives notice of intention to withdraw from membership, or attains non-member status by merger or acquisition, charter termination, or other involuntary termination from membership, because the member’s shares will then meet the definition of a mandatorily redeemable financial instrument under SFAS 150 and isinstrument. Shares meeting this definition are reclassified from equity to a liability when a member engages in any of the following activities:
(1)Submits a written notice to the Bank to redeem all or part of the member’s capital stock.
(2)Submits a written notice to the Bank of the member’s intent to withdraw from membership, which automatically commences the five-year redemption period.
(3)Terminates its membership voluntarily as a result of a merger or consolidation into a nonmember or into a member of another FHLBank, involuntarily as a result of action by the Bank’s Board of Directors, or a relocation to another FHLBank district.

S-21


When any of the above events occur, the Bank reclassifies stock from equity to a liability at fair value. The Bank does not take into consideration its members’ right to cancel a redemption request in determining whenDividends declared on shares of capital stock should be classified as a liability because the Capital Plan provides for a cancellation fee on all cancellations. At December 31, 2008 this cancellation fee was zero. Dividends related to capital stock classified as a liability are accrued at the expected dividend rate and reportedreflected as interest expense in the Statements of Income. The repaymentrepurchase or redemption of these mandatorily redeemable financial instruments is reflected as a cash outflow in the financing activities section of the Statements of Cash Flows.
If a member cancels its written notice of redemption or notice of withdrawal, the Bank reclassifies mandatorily redeemable capital stock from a liability to equity in accordance with SFAS 150.equity. After the reclassification, dividends on the capital stock are no longer classified as interest expense.
Finance Agency and Office of Finance Expenses
The Bank is assessed for its proportionate share of the operating costs of the Finance Agency, the Bank’s primary regulator, and the Office of Finance, which manages the sale and servicing of consolidated obligations. The Finance Agency’s expenses and working capital fund are allocated to the Bank based on the Bank’s pro rata share of the annual assessments based on the ratio between the Bank’s minimum required regulatory capital and the aggregate minimum required regulatory capital of every FHLBank. Each Bank must pay an amount equal to one-half of its annual assessment twice each year. The Office of Finance allocates its operating and capital expenditures based on each FHLBank’s percentage of capital stock, percentage of consolidated obligations issued, and percentage of consolidated obligations outstanding.

S-22


Affordable Housing Program
The FHLBank Act requires each FHLBank to establish and fund an AHP. The Bank accrues this expense monthly based on its earnings, excluding mandatorily redeemable capital stock interest expense, and establishes a liability. The AHP grants provide subsidies to members to assist in the purchase, construction, or rehabilitation of housing for very low, low, and moderate income households. The Bank has the authority to make the AHP subsidy available to members as a grant. As an alternative, the Bank also has the authority to make subsidized AHP advances, which are advances at an interest rate below the Bank’s cost of funds. When the Bank makes an AHP advance, the present value of the variation in the cash flow caused by the difference in the interest rate between the AHP advance rate and the Bank’s related cost of funds for comparable maturity funding is charged against the AHP liability and recorded as a discount on the AHP advance. The discount on AHP advances is accreted to advance interest income on advances using anthe effective-yield methodologymethod over the life of the advance. See Note 14 for more information.

S-22


Annually, each FHLBank is required to set aside 10 percent of its current year regulatorynet earnings (net earnings represents income to fund next year’s AHP obligation. Regulatory income is defined by the Bank as GAAP incomebefore assessments, and before interest expense related to mandatorily redeemable capital stock, under SFAS 150 and the assessment for AHP, but after the assessment for REFCORP.Resolution Funding Corporation (REFCORP)) to fund next year’s AHP obligation. The treatmentexclusion of interest expense related to mandatorily redeemable capital stock is a regulatory interpretation of the Finance Agency. The AHP and REFCORP assessments are calculated simultaneously because of their interdependence on each other.
If the Bank experienced a regulatorynet loss during a quarter, but still had regulatory incomenet earnings for the year, the Bank’s obligation to the AHP would be calculated based on the Bank’s year-to-date regulatory income.net earnings. If the Bank had regulatory incomenet earnings in subsequent quarters, it would be required to contribute additional amounts to meet its calculated annual obligation. If the Bank experienced a regulatorynet loss for a full year, the Bank would have no obligation to the AHP for the year except in the following circumstance. If the result ofunless the aggregate 10 percent calculation described above iswas less than $100.0$100 million for all 12 FHLBanks, thenFHLBanks. If it were, the FHLBank Act requires that each FHLBank contribute such prorated sums as may be required to assure that the aggregate contributions of the FHLBanks equals $100.0$100 million. The allocation is based on the ratio of each FHLBank’s regulatory incomenet earnings before REFCORP assessments to the sum of regulatory incomenet earnings before REFCORP assessments of the 12 FHLBanks for the previous year. Each FHLBank’s required annual AHP contribution is limited to its annual net earnings. There was no shortfall in 2009, 2008, 2007, or 2006.2007. See “Note 13 — Affordable Housing Program” for more information.
Resolution Funding Corporation (REFCORP)
Although the FHLBanks are exempt from ordinary federal, state, and local taxation except for local real estate tax, the FHLBanksthey are required to make quarterly payments to the REFCORP to be used to pay towarda portion of the interest on bonds that were issued by the REFCORP. REFCORP is a corporation established by Congress in 1989 to provide funding for the resolution and disposition of insolvent savings institutions. Officers, employees, and agents of the Office of Finance are authorized to act for and on behalf of REFCORP to carry out the functions of REFCORP.

S-23


Congress required that each FHLBank annually pay to the REFCORP 20 percent of income calculated in accordance with GAAP after the assessment for AHP, but before the assessment for the REFCORP. Each FHLBank notifies REFCORP of its GAAP income before AHP and REFCORP assessments. The AHP and REFCORP assessments are then calculated simultaneously by REFCORP because of their interdependence on each other. The Bank accrues its REFCORP assessment on a monthly basis.
The FHLBanks’ obligation to the REFCORP will terminate when the aggregate actual quarterly payments made by the FHLBanks exactly equal the present value of a $300.0$300 million annual annuity that commences on thewhose final maturity date on which the first obligation of the REFCORP was issued and ends onis April 15, 2030.

S-23


The Finance Agency is required to shorten the term of the FHLBanks’ obligation to the REFCORP for each calendar quarter in which there is an excess quarterly payment. An excess quarterly payment is the amount by which the actual quarterly payment exceeds $75.0$75 million.
The Finance Agency is required to extend the term of the FHLBanks’ obligation to the REFCORP for each calendar quarter in which there is a deficit quarterly payment. A deficit quarterly payment is the amount by which the actual quarterly payment falls short of $75.0$75 million.
The cumulative amount to be paid to REFCORP by the Bank cannot be determined at this time because it depends on the future earnings of all FHLBanks and interest rates. If the Bank experienced a net loss during a quarter, but still had net income for the year, the Bank’s obligation to the REFCORP would be calculated based on the Bank’s year-to-date net income. The Bank would be entitled to a refund of amounts paid for the full year that were in excess of its calculated annual obligation. If the Bank had net income in subsequent quarters, it would be required to contribute additional amounts to meet its calculated annual obligation. If the Bank experienced a net loss for a full year, the Bank would have no obligation to the REFCORP for the year. See Note 15“Note 14 — Resolution Funding Corporation” for more information.
Estimated Fair Values
The Bank utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Fair value is first determined based on quoted market prices or market-based prices, where available. If quoted market prices or market-based prices are not available, fair value is determined based on valuation models that use market-based information available to the Bank as inputs to the models. Note 19 details the estimated fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments.See “Note 18 — Estimated Fair Values” for more information.
Cash Flows
In the Statements of Cash Flows, the Bank considers cash and due from banks as cash and cash equivalents. Federal funds sold are not treated as cash equivalents for purposes of the Statements of Cash Flows, but are instead treated as short-term investments and are reflected in the investing activities section of the Statements of Cash Flows.

 

S-24


Reclassifications
Certain amounts in the 20072008 financial statements and footnotes have been reclassified to conform to the 20082009 presentation. In accordance with FIN No. 39-1,Amendment of FIN No. 39(FIN 39-1), the Bank recognized the effects of applying FIN 39-1 as a change in accounting principle through retrospective application for all financial statement periods presented. Previously, the cash collateral amounts arising from the same master netting arrangement as the derivative instruments were reported as interest-bearing deposits and the related accrued interest amounts were reported as accrued interest receivable and/or accrued interest payable, as applicable. These amounts are now components of “Derivative assets” and/or “Derivative liabilities.” For more information related to FIN 39-1, see “Note 2 — Recently Issued Accounting Standards and Interpretations.”
During the first quarter of 2008, on a retrospective basis, the Bank reclassified all purchases, sales and maturities of trading securitiesheld for investmentpurposes, previously reported as cash flows from operating activities, to cash flows from investing activities in the Statement of Cash Flows. Refer to “Note 2 — Recently Issued Accounting Standards and Interpretations” for further details on this reclassification.
Effective July 1, 20082009 the Bank enhanced its internal segment methodology.calculation of adjusted net interest income by segment. Prior period amounts were reclassified to be consistent with the enhanced methodologycalculation presented at December 31, 2008.2009. Refer to “Note 1817 — Segment Information” for further details on this methodology change.information.
During the thirdfourth quarter of 2008, on a retrospective basis,2009 the Bank revised the classificationclassified all proceeds from sale of its investments in certificates of deposit, previously reportedforeclosed assets as interest-bearing deposits, to held-to-maturity securitiesinvesting activities in the Statements of ConditionCash Flows. Prior period amounts were reclassified to be consistent with the presentation at December 31, 2009.
Note 2—Recently Issued and Income basedAdopted Accounting Guidance and Changes in Accounting Estimate
Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures — Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements. On January 21, 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued amended guidance for the fair value measurements and disclosures. The update requires a reporting entity to disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers. Furthermore, this update requires a reporting entity to present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs; clarifies existing fair value disclosures about the level of disaggregation and about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value; and amends guidance on employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets to require that disclosures be provided by classes of assets instead of by major categories of assets. The new guidance is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009 (January 1, 2010 for the definitionBank), except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of a security under SFAS No. 115,Accountingactivity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for Certain Investmentsfiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010 (January 1, 2011 for the Bank), and for interim periods within those fiscal years. In the period of initial adoption, entities will not be required to provide the amended disclosures for any previous periods presented for comparative purposes. Early adoption is permitted. The Bank’s adoption of this amended guidance will result in Debtincreased annual and Equity Securities(SFAS 115). Theseinterim financial instruments have been appropriately revised as held-to-maturity securities based onstatement disclosures but will not affect the Bank’s intentfinancial condition, results of holding them until maturity. This revision had no effect on total assetsoperations, or net interest income and net income. The certificates of deposit that do not meet the definition of a security will continue to be classified as interest-bearing deposits on the Statements of Condition and Income.cash flows.

 

S-25


Note 2—Recently IssuedFair Value Measurements and Disclosures — Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value.On August 28, 2009, FASB issued amended guidance for the fair value measurement of liabilities. The update provides clarification in circumstances in which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is required to measure fair value using one or more of the following techniques: (i) a valuation technique that uses: (a) the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as an asset; (b) quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when traded as assets; (ii) another valuation technique that is consistent with the principles of this topic. This guidance is effective for the first reporting period beginning after issuance. The Bank adopted this guidance effective October 1, 2009. The adoption of this guidance did not affect the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
Codification of Accounting Standards.On June 29, 2009, the FASB established FASB’s Accounting Standards Codification (Codification) as the single source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by non-governmental entities. SEC rules and Interpretationsinterpretative releases are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. This guidance modifies the GAAP hierarchy to include only two levels of GAAP: authoritative and non-authoritative. In addition, the FASB no longer considers new accounting standard updates as authoritative in their own right. Instead, new accounting standard updates will serve only to update the Codification, provide background information about the guidance, and provide the basis for conclusions regarding changes in the Codification. The Codification is effective for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The Bank adopted the Codification effective September 30, 2009. As the Codification is not intended to change or alter previous GAAP, its adoption did not affect the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
FSP EITF 99-20-1.Accounting for the Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities.On JanuaryJune 12, 2009, the FASB issued FSP EITF 99-20-1,Amendmentsguidance to improve financial reporting by enterprises involved with variable interest entities (VIEs) and to provide more relevant and reliable information to users of financial statements. This guidance amends the manner in which entities evaluate whether consolidation is required for VIEs. An entity must first perform a qualitative analysis in determining whether it must consolidate a VIE, and if the qualitative analysis is not determinative, the entity must perform a quantitative analysis. The guidance also requires an entity continually evaluate VIEs for consolidation, rather than making such an assessment based upon the occurrence of triggering events. Additionally, the guidance requires enhanced disclosures about how an entity’s involvement with a VIE affects its financial statements and its exposure to risks.

S-26


The Bank’s investments in VIEs may include, but are not limited to, senior interests in private-label MBS and MPF shared funding. The Bank does not have the power to significantly affect the economic performance of any of its investments in VIEs since it does not act as a key decision-maker and does not have the unilateral ability to replace a key decision-maker. Additionally, since the Bank holds a senior interest, rather than residual interest, in its investments in VIEs, it does not have either the obligation to absorb losses of, or the right to receive benefits from, any of its investments in VIEs that could potentially be significant to the Impairment GuidanceVIEs. Furthermore, the Bank does not design, sponsor, transfer, service, or provide credit or liquidity support in any of EITF Issue No. 99-20(FSP EITF 99-20-1). FSP EITF 99-20-1 amendsits investments in VIEs.
This guidance is effective as of January 1, 2010 for the impairmentBank. Earlier application is prohibited. The Bank evaluated its investments in VIEs as of January 1, 2010 and determined that consolidation accounting is not required under the new accounting guidance since the Bank is not the primary beneficiary as described above. Therefore, the Bank’s adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on its financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets.On June 12, 2009, the FASB issued guidance intended to improve the relevance, representational faithfulness, and comparability of the information a reporting entity provides in EITF Issue No. 99-20,Recognitionits financial reports about a transfer of Interest Incomefinancial assets; the effects of a transfer on its financial position, financial performance, and Impairmentcash flows; and a transferor’s continuing involvement in transferred financial assets. Key provisions of the guidance include: (i) the removal of the concept of qualifying special purpose entities; (ii) the introduction of the concept of a participating interest, in circumstances in which a portion of a financial asset has been transferred; and (iii) the requirement that in order to qualify for sale accounting, the transferor must evaluate whether it maintains effective control over transferred financial assets either directly or indirectly. The guidance also requires enhanced disclosures about transfers of financial assets and a transferor’s continuing involvement. This guidance is effective as of January 1, 2010 for the Bank. Earlier application is prohibited. The adoption of this guidance did not affect the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
Subsequent Events.On May 28, 2009, the FASB issued guidance establishing general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date, but before financial statements are issued or available to be issued. On February 24, 2010, the FASB issued an amendment to the earlier guidance to clarify (i) which entities are required to evaluate subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued, and (ii) the scope of the disclosure requirements related to subsequent events.

S-27


The original guidance set forth: (i) the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity should evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements; (ii) the circumstances under which an entity should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements; and (iii) the disclosures that an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date, including disclosure of the date through which an entity has evaluated subsequent events and whether that represents the date the financial statements were issued or were available to be issued. This guidance does not apply to subsequent events or transactions that are within the scope of other applicable GAAP that provide different guidance on Purchased Beneficial Intereststhe accounting treatment for subsequent events or transactions. This guidance became effective for interim and Beneficial Interests That Continueannual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. The Bank adopted this guidance as of June 30, 2009. Its adoption resulted in increased interim financial statement disclosures, but did not affect the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
The amended guidance requires SEC filers to Be Held byevaluate subsequent events through the date the financial statements are issued; however, it exempts SEC filers from disclosing the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated. All entities other than SEC filers continue to be required to evaluate subsequent events through the date the financial statements are available to be issued and to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated. Additionally, the amended guidance defines the term “revised financial statements” as financial statements revised as a Transferor in Securitized Financial Assets, to achieve more consistent determinationresult of whether an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred. FSP EITF 99-20-1 also retains and emphasizes the objective(i) correction of an other-than-temporary impairment assessmenterror or (ii) retrospective application of GAAP. Upon revising its financial statements, an entity is required to update its evaluation of subsequent events through the date the revised financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. The amended guidance also requires non-SEC filers to disclose both the date that the financial statements were issued or available to be issued and the date the revised financial statements were issued or available to be issued if the financial statements have been revised.
For all entities, except conduit debt obligors, this amended guidance is effective immediately and should be applied prospectively. The Bank adopted this guidance upon its issuance. Its adoption resulted in changes to financial statement disclosures, but did not affect the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

S-28


Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments.On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued guidance amending the OTTI guidance for debt securities to make the guidance more operational and to improve the presentation and disclosure of OTTI on debt securities in the financial statements. This OTTI guidance clarifies the interaction of the factors to be considered when determining whether a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired and changes the presentation and calculation of the OTTI on debt securities recognized in earnings in the financial statements. This guidance does not amend existing recognition and measurement guidance related disclosure requirementto OTTI of equity securities. This guidance expands and increases the frequency of existing disclosures about OTTI for debt and equity securities and requires new disclosures to help users of financial statements understand the significant inputs used in SFAS 115determining a credit loss, as well as a rollforward of that amount each period. The Bank adopted this OTTI guidance effective January 1, 2009 and other related guidance. FSP EITF 99-20-1recognized no cumulative-effect adjustment because it had no previously recognized OTTI.
Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly.On April 9, 2009, the FASB issued guidance that clarifies the approach to, and provides additional factors to consider in estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. It also includes guidance on identifying circumstances indicating a transaction is not orderly. The guidance is effective and should be applied prospectively for financial statements issued for fiscal yearsinterim and interimannual reporting periods ending after DecemberJune 15, 2008 (December 31, 20082009, with early adoption permitted for reporting periods ending after March 15, 2009. If an entity elected to early adopt this guidance, it must also have concurrently adopted the Bank).OTTI guidance discussed in the previous paragraph. The Bank’sBank elected to early adopt this guidance effective January 1, 2009. Its adoption of FSP EITF 99-20-1 at December 31, 2008 did not have a material effect on the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
FSP 157-3.Interim Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments.On October 10, 2008April 9, 2009, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 157-3,Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active(FSP 157-3),which clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157,Fair Value Measurements(SFAS 157) in a market that is not active and provides an exampleguidance to illustrate key considerations in determiningrequire disclosures about the fair value of a financial asset wheninstruments, including disclosure of the marketmethod(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments, in interim financial statements as well as in annual financial statements. Previously, these disclosures were required only in annual financial statements. The guidance is effective and should be applied prospectively for that financial asset is not active. Key existing principles of SFAS 157 illustratedstatements issued for interim and annual reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted for reporting periods ending after March 15, 2009. An entity may early adopt this guidance only if it also concurrently adopted guidance discussed in the example include:
Aprevious paragraphs regarding fair value measurement representsand the price at which a transaction would occur between market participants at the measurement date.
In determining aOTTI guidance. The Bank elected to early adopt this guidance effective January 1, 2009. Its adoption resulted in increased interim financial asset’s fair value, use of a reporting entity’s own assumptions about future cash flows and appropriately risk-adjusted discount rates is acceptable when relevant observable inputs are unavailable.
Broker or pricing service quotes may be an appropriate input when measuring fair value,statement disclosures, but they are not necessarily determinative if an active market does not exist for the financial asset.
FSP 157-3 was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued. While revisions resulting from a change in the valuation technique or its application shall be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate consistent with SFAS No. 154,Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, the related disclosure provisions for this change in accounting estimate would not be required. The Bank’s adoption of FSP 157-3 did not have a material effect onaffect the Bank’s financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

S-26S-29


FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4.On September 12, 2008, the FASB issued FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4,Disclosures about Credit Derivatives and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45; and Clarification of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 161 (FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4). FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4 amends SFAS 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45,Guarantor’s Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others—an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34(FIN 45) to improve disclosures about credit derivatives and guarantees and clarify the effective date of SFAS No. 161,Enhanced Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133(SFAS 161). FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4 also amends SFAS 133 to require entities to disclose sufficient information to allow users to assess the potential effect of credit derivatives, including their nature, maximum payment, fair value, and recourse provisions. Additionally, FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4 amends FIN 45 to require a disclosure about the current status of the payment/performance risk of a guarantee, which could be indicated by external credit ratings or categories by which the Bank measures risk. While the Bank does not currently enter into credit derivatives, it does have guarantees — the FHLBanks’ joint and several liability on consolidated obligations and letters of credit. The adoption of FSP FAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4 resulted in increased financial statement disclosures. The provisions of FSP 133-1 and FIN 45-4 that amend SFAS 133 and FIN 45 are effective for fiscal years and interim periods ending after November 15, 2008 (December 31, 2008 for the Bank).
SFAS 161.Activities.On March 19, 2008, the FASB issued SFAS 161. SFAS 161guidance which is intended to improve financial reporting forabout derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures thatto enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. Additionally, FSP 133-1This guidance is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and FIN 45-4 clarifies that the disclosures required by SFAS 161 should be provided for any reporting period (annual or quarterly interim)interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008, (Januarywith early adoption allowed. The Bank adopted this guidance effective January 1, 2009 for the Bank). The2009. Its adoption of SFAS 161, FSP 133-1, and FIN 45-4 will resultresulted in increased financial statement disclosures.
SFAS 157 and 159.Change in Accounting EstimateEffective January 1, 2008,. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Bank adopted SFAS 157,revised its allowance for credit losses methodology for conventional MPF loans. Under the prior methodology, the Bank estimated its allowance for credit losses based primarily upon (i) the current level of nonperforming loans (i.e., those loans 90 days or more past due), (ii) historical losses experienced over several years, and SFAS No. 159,(iii) credit enhancement fees available to recapture expected losses assuming a constant portfolio balance.
Under the revised methodology, the Bank estimates its allowance for credit losses based primarily upon a rolling twelve-month average of (i) loan delinquencies, (ii) loans migrating to real estate owned, and (iii) actual historical losses, as well as credit enhancement fees available to recapture expected losses assuming a declining portfolio balance adjusted for prepayments.
The Fair Value OptionBank implemented this revised methodology in order to better incorporate current market conditions. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Bank increased its allowance for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendmentcredit losses through a provision of FASB Statement No. 115(SFAS 159). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, establishes hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value, and enhances disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. SFAS 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. SFAS 159 allows an entity to irrevocably elect fair value as the initial and subsequent measurement attribute for certain financial assets and liabilities, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings as they occur. The effect$1.5 million, of adopting SFAS 157 did not have a material impactwhich $0.1 million related to the Bank’s results of operations or financial condition. The Bank did not elect the fair value option, under SFAS 159, at January 1, 2008, to carry certain financial assets and liabilities at fair valuechange in the financial statements.accounting estimate. Refer to “Note 199Estimated Fair Values”Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio” for additional informationdetails on the fair value of certain financial assets and liabilities.

S-27


Cash Flows from Trading Securities.SFAS 159 amends SFAS 95 and SFAS 115 to specify that cash flows from trading securities (which include securitiesBank’s allowance for which an entity has elected the fair value option) should be classified in the Statement of Cash Flows based on the nature of and purpose for which the securities were acquired. Prior to this amendment, SFAS 95 and SFAS 115 specified that all cash flows from trading securities must be classified as cash flows from operating activities. On a retrospective basis, beginning in the first quarter of 2008, the Bank reclassified all purchases, sales and maturities of trading securitiesheld for investmentpurposes as cash flows from investing activities. Cash flows related to trading securitiesheld for trading purposes continue to be reported as cash flows from operating activities.
FIN 39-1.Effective January 1, 2008, the Bank adopted FIN 39-1. FIN 39-1 permits an entity to offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments and fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral (a receivable) or the obligation to return cash collateral (a payable) arising from derivative instruments recognized at fair value executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement. Under FIN 39-1, the receivable or payable related to cash collateral may not be offset if the amount recognized does not represent or approximate fair value or arises from instruments in a master netting arrangement that are not eligible to be offset. The decision whether to offset such fair value amounts represents an elective accounting policy decision that, once elected, must be applied consistently. An entity should recognize the effects of applying FIN 39-1 as a change in accounting principle through retrospective application for all financial statements presented unless it is impracticable to do so. Upon adoption of FIN 39-1, an entity is permitted to change its accounting policy to offset or not offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments under master netting arrangements. The Bank elected to offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments and fair value amounts recognized for cash collateral. The adoption of FIN 39-1 did not have a material impact to the Bank’s financial condition.credit losses.
Note 3—Cash and Due from Banks
The Bank maintains collected cash balances with commercial banks in return for certain services. These arrangements contain no legal restrictions on the withdrawal of funds. The average collected cash balances for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and 2007 that were held for these purposes were $6.4$3.6 million and $0.8$6.4 million.
TheIn addition, the Bank maintainsmaintained average compensatingrequired balances with various Federal Reserve Banks as clearing balances to facilitateof approximately $20.0 million and $20.5 million for the movement of funds supporting the Bank’syears ended December 31, 2009 and its members activities.2008. There are no legal restrictions under these agreements on the withdrawal of these funds. Earnings credits on these balances may be used to pay for services received. The average compensating balances for this account were approximately $20.5 million and $33.9 million forreceived from the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.Federal Reserve Banks.

S-28


Pass-through Deposit Reserves.The Bank acts as a pass-through correspondent for member institutions required to deposit reserves with the Federal Reserve Banks. AtPass-through deposit reserves amounted to $3.2 million and $4.1 million at December 31, 20082009 and 2007, the amount shown as cash and due from banks includes pass-through reserves deposited with Federal Reserve Banks of $4.1 million and $1.8 million.2008. The Bank classifiesincludes member reserve balances as deposits“deposits” in the Statements of Condition.

S-30


Note 4—Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell
The Bank periodically holds securities purchased under agreements to resell those securities. These amounts represent short-term loans and are classified as assets in the Statements of Condition. These securities purchased under agreements to resell are held in safekeeping in the name of the Bank by a Federal Reserve Bank or third party custodians approved by the Bank. Should the market value of the underlying securities decrease below the market value required as collateral, the counterparty must place an equivalent amount of additional securities in safekeeping in the name of the Bank or the dollar value of the resale agreement will be paid down and the asset balance will be decreased accordingly. The Bank is permitted to sell or repledge these assets. The Bank did not hold any securities purchased under agreement to resell at December 31, 2008 or 2007. At December 31 2006, the Bank held securities purchased under agreements to resell. These securities matured and were sold during 2007.
Note 5—Trading Securities
Major Security Types.Trading securities at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
         
  2008  2007 
 
Non-mortgage-backed securities $2,151,485  $ 
       
         
  2009  2008 
         
TLGP1
 $3,692,984  $2,151,485 
Taxable municipal bonds2
  741,538    
       
         
Total $4,434,522  $2,151,485 
       
Trading securities represented investments in Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) debt. The TLGP was created by the FDIC and represents corporate debentures backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

S-29


1Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP) securities represented corporate debentures of the issuing party that are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
2Taxable municipal bonds represented investments in U.S. Government subsidized Build America Bonds that provide the bondholder with a higher yield than traditional tax-exempt municipal bonds.
The following table summarizes net gain (loss)realized and unrealized gains on trading securities for the years ended December 31, 2008, 20072009 and 20062008 (dollars in thousands):. The Bank did not have any trading securities in 2007.
             
  2008  2007  2006 
             
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on trading securities $1,485  $  $(58)
Gain on the sale of trading securities        41 
          
             
Total net gain (loss) on trading securities $1,485  $  $(17)
          
         
  2009  2008 
         
Realized gain on sale of trading securities $14,446  $ 
Unrealized holding gain on trading securities  4,594   1,485 
       
         
Net gain on trading securities $19,040  $1,485 
       

S-31


Note 6—5—Available-for-Sale Securities
Major Security Types.Available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2009 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
                     
          Amounts Recorded in    
          Accumulated Other    
          Comprehensive Loss    
          Gross  Gross    
  Amortized  Hedging  Unrealized  Unrealized  Estimated 
  Cost  Adjustments  Gains  Losses  Fair Value 
Non-mortgage-backed securities                    
TLGP1
 $563,688  $41  $2,028  $  $565,757 
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations2
  491,136   (1,847)  5,793   1,798   493,284 
                
Total non-mortgage-backed securities  1,054,824   (1,806)  7,821   1,798   1,059,041 
                     
Mortgage-backed securities                    
Government-sponsored enterprise3
  6,716,928      10,514   49,070   6,678,372 
                
                     
Total $7,771,752  $(1,806) $18,335  $50,868  $7,737,413 
                

S-32


Available-for-sale securities at December 31, 2008 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
                                
 Gross Gross    Gross Gross   
 Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated Fair  Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated Fair 
 Cost Gains Losses Value  Cost Gains Losses Value 
Non-mortgage-backed securities  
State or local housing agency obligations $580 $ $ $580 
State or local housing agency obligations4
 $580 $ $ $580 
                  
  
Mortgage-backed securities  
Government-sponsored enterprise 3,983,671  144,271 3,839,400 
Government-sponsored enterprise3
 3,983,671  144,271 3,839,400 
                  
  
Total $3,984,251 $ $144,271 $3,839,980  $3,984,251 $ $144,271 $3,839,980 
                  
1TLGP securities represented corporate debentures of the issuing party that are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
2Government-sponsored enterprise (GSE) obligations represented Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA) and Federal Farm Credit Bank (FFCB) bonds.
3GSE MBS represented Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities.
4State or local housing agency obligations represented Housing Finance Agency (HFA) bonds that were purchased by the Bank from housing associates in the Bank’s district.
Available-for-saleThe following table summarizes the available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2007 were as follows2009. The unrealized losses are aggregated by major security type and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position (dollars in thousands):.
                        
                 Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total 
 Gross Gross    Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized 
 Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated Fair  Value Losses Value Losses Value Losses 
 Cost Gains Losses Value  
Non-mortgage-backed securities  
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations $219,014 $62 $ $219,076  $143,278 $1,798 $ $ $143,278 $1,798 
                      
  
Mortgage-backed securities  
Government-sponsored enterprise 3,240,093 529 26,058 3,214,564  2,784,687 14,134 2,932,739 34,936 5,717,426 49,070 
                      
  
Total $3,459,107 $591 $26,058 $3,433,640  $2,927,965 $15,932 $2,932,739 $34,936 $5,860,704 $50,868 
                      

 

S-30S-33


State or local housing agency obligations represented Housing Finance Agency (HFA) bonds that were purchased by the Bank, at par, from housing associates in the Bank’s district under standby bond purchase agreements. These standby bond purchase agreements are purchased and sold by the Bank at par in accordance with the agreement. For additional details, refer to “Note 20 — Commitments and Contingencies” at page S-73.
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations represented Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac debt securities. Government-sponsored enterprise MBS represented Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities. During 2008 and at December 31, 2008 the Bank did not hold any preferred stock issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.
The following tables summarizetable summarizes the available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2008. The unrealized losses are aggregated by major security type and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position (dollars in thousands).
                         
  Less than 12 Months  12 Months or More  Total 
  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized 
  Value  Losses  Value  Losses  Value  Losses 
                         
Mortgage-backed securities                        
Government-sponsored enterprise $1,487,246  $45,639  $2,352,154  $98,632  $3,839,400  $144,271 
                   
The following tables summarize the available-for-sale securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2007. The unrealized losses are aggregated by major security type and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position (dollars in thousands).
                         
  Less than 12 Months  12 Months or More  Total 
  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized 
  Value  Losses  Value  Losses  Value  Losses 
 
Mortgage-backed securities                        
Government-sponsored enterprise $2,709,538  $26,058  $  $  $2,709,538  $26,058 
                   

S-31


Other-than-Temporary Impairment Analysis on Available-for-Sale Securities.The Bank evaluates its individual available-for-sale securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis. To determine which individual securities are at risk for other-than-temporary impairment, the Bank considers various characteristics of each security including, but not limited to, the following: the credit rating and related outlook; the creditworthiness of the issuers of the agency debt securities; the GSE guarantee of the holdings of agency MBS; the underlying type of collateral; duration and level of the unrealized loss; any credit enhancements or insurance; and delinquency rates and security performance. As part of the process, the Bank considers its ability and intent to hold each security for a sufficient time to allow for any anticipated recovery of unrealized losses. As a result of these evaluations and the Bank’s ability and intent to hold securities through the recovery of the unrealized losses, the Bank believes that it is probable that it will be able to collect all amounts when due according to the contractual terms of the individual securities and does not consider its securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2008.
Redemption Terms.The following table shows the amortized cost and estimated fair value of available-for-sale securities at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 categorized by contractual maturity (dollars in thousands). Expected maturities of some securities and MBS may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment fees.
                                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
 Amortized Estimated Amortized Estimated  Amortized Estimated Amortized Estimated 
Year of Maturity Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value  Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value 
  
Due in one year or less $ $ $219,014 $219,076 
Due after one year through five years $573,425 $575,703 $ $ 
Due after five years through ten years 456,150 458,139   
Due after ten years 580 580    25,249 25,199 580 580 
                  
 580 580 219,014 219,076  1,054,824 1,059,041 580 580 
  
Mortgage-backed securities 3,983,671 3,839,400 3,240,093 3,214,564  6,716,928 6,678,372 3,983,671 3,839,400 
                  
  
Total $3,984,251 $3,839,980 $3,459,107 $3,433,640  $7,771,752 $7,737,413 $3,984,251 $3,839,980 
                  
The amortized cost of the Bank’s MBS classified as available-for-sale includes net discounts of $7.3$1.6 million and $3.8$7.3 million at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008.

 

S-32S-34


Interest Rate Payment Terms.The following table details interest rate payment terms for investmentavailable-for-sale securities classified as available-for-sale at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in thousands):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
Amortized cost of available-for-sale securities other than mortgage-backed securities 
Amortized cost of non-mortgage-backed available-for-sale securities 
Fixed rate $ $219,014  $554,824 $ 
Variable rate 580   500,000 580 
          
 580 219,014  1,054,824 580 
Amortized cost of available-for-sale mortgage-backed securities 
Amortized cost of mortgage-backed available-for-sale securities 
Pass-through securities 
Fixed rate 595,365  
Collateralized mortgage obligations  
Variable rate 3,983,671 3,240,093  6,121,563 3,983,671 
          
  6,716,928 3,983,671 
 
Total $3,984,251 $3,459,107  $7,771,752 $3,984,251 
          
Gains and Losses on Sales.The Bank sold an MBS with a carrying value of $78.2 million out if its available-for-sale portfolio and recognized a gain of $0.8 million in other income (loss) during the year ended December 31, 2009. In addition, the Bank sold U.S. Treasury obligations with a total par value of $2.7 billion out of its available-for-sale portfolio and recognized a net loss of $11.7 million in other income (loss) during the year ended December 31, 2009. There were no sales of available-for-sale securities during the years ended December 31, 2008 or 2007. For details on the hedging activities associated with the sale of U.S. Treasury obligations, refer to “Note 10 — Derivatives and Hedging Activities”.

S-35


Note 7—6—Held-to-Maturity Securities
Major Security Types.Held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2009 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
                 
      Gross  Gross    
  Amortized  Unrealized  Unrealized  Estimated 
  Cost  Gains  Losses  Fair Value 
                 
Non-mortgage-backed securities                
Negotiable certificates of deposit $450,000  $659  $  $450,659 
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations1
  312,962   233   5,851   307,344 
State or local housing agency obligations2
  123,608   486   424   123,670 
TLGP3
  1,250   29      1,279 
Other4
  6,742   94      6,836 
             
Total non-mortgage-backed securities  894,562   1,501   6,275   889,788 
                 
Mortgage-backed securities                
Government-sponsored enterprise5
  4,468,928   88,482   14,942   4,542,468 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed6
  42,620   36   142   42,514 
MPF shared funding  33,202   247   405   33,044 
Other7
  35,352      7,191   28,161 
             
Total mortgage-backed securities  4,580,102   88,765   22,680   4,646,187 
             
                 
Total $5,474,664  $90,266  $28,955  $5,535,975 
             

S-36


Held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2008 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
                                
 Gross Gross    Gross Gross   
 Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated  Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated 
 Cost Gains Losses Fair Value  Cost Gains Losses Fair Value 
 
Non-mortgage-backed securities  
Commercial paper $384,757 $146 $1 $384,902  $384,757 $146 $1 $384,902 
State or local housing agency obligations 92,765 1,878 80 94,563 
Other 6,906 166  7,072 
State or local housing agency obligations2
 92,765 1,878 80 94,563 
Other4
 6,906 166  7,072 
                  
Total non-mortgage-backed securities 484,428 2,190 81 486,537  484,428 2,190 81 486,537 
  
Mortgage-backed securities  
Government-sponsored enterprise 5,329,884 64,310 87,540 5,306,654 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed 52,006  981 51,025 
Government-sponsored enterprise5
 5,329,884 64,310 87,540 5,306,654 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed6
 52,006  981 51,025 
MPF shared funding 47,156  2,573 44,583  47,156  2,573 44,583 
Other 38,534  10,045 28,489 
Other7
 38,534  10,045 28,489 
                  
Total mortgage-backed securities 5,467,580 64,310 101,139 5,430,751  5,467,580 64,310 101,139 5,430,751 
                  
  
Total $5,952,008 $66,500 $101,220 $5,917,288  $5,952,008 $66,500 $101,220 $5,917,288 
                  
1GSE obligations represented TVA and FFCB bonds.
2State or local housing agency obligations represented HFA bonds that were purchased by the Bank from housing associates in the Bank’s district.
3TLGP securities represented corporate debentures issued by the Bank’s members that are backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
4Other non-MBS investments represented investments in municipal bonds and Small Business Investment Company.
5GSE MBS represented Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities.
6U.S. government agency-guaranteed MBS represented Government National Mortgage Association securities and Small Business Administration (SBA) Pool Certificates. SBA Pool Certificates represent undivided interests in pools of the guaranteed portions of SBA loans. The SBA’s guarantee of the Pool Certificates is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.
7Other MBS investments represented private-label MBS.

 

S-33


Held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 2007 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
                 
      Gross  Gross    
  Amortized  Unrealized  Unrealized  Estimated 
  Cost  Gains  Losses  Fair Value 
                 
Non-mortgage-backed securities                
Certificates of deposit $100,000  $  $  $100,000 
Commercial paper  199,979         199,979 
State or local housing agency obligations  73,960   2,888      76,848 
Other  8,436   190      8,626 
             
Total non-mortgage-backed securities  382,375   3,078      385,453 
                 
Mortgage-backed securities                
Government-sponsored enterprise  3,457,801   14,393   20,302   3,451,892 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed  64,099   303   65   64,337 
MPF shared funding  53,142      1,136   52,006 
Other  47,600      573   47,027 
             
Total mortgage-backed securities  3,622,642   14,696   22,076   3,615,262 
             
                 
Total $4,005,017  $17,774  $22,076  $4,000,715 
             
State or local housing agency obligations represented HFA bonds purchased by the Bank from housing associates within its district. Other investments represented investments in municipal bonds, Small Business Investment Company, and other non-Federal agency MBS.
Government-sponsored enterprise MBS represented Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac securities. U.S. government agency-guaranteed MBS represented Ginnie Mae securities and Small Business Administration (SBA) Pool Certificates. SBA Pool Certificates represent undivided interests in pools of the guaranteed portions of SBA loans. The SBA’s guarantee of the Pool Certificate is backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. During 2008 and at December 31, 2008 the Bank did not hold any preferred stock issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

S-34S-37


The following table showssummarizes the held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2009. The unrealized losses are aggregated by major security type and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position (dollars in thousands).
                         
  Less than 12 Months  12 Months or More  Total 
  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized 
  Value  Losses  Value  Losses  Value  Losses 
                         
Non-mortgage-backed securities                        
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations $280,715  $5,851  $  $  $280,715  $5,851 
State or local housing agency obligations  33,171   424         33,171   424 
                   
   313,886   6,275         313,886   6,275 
                         
Mortgage-backed securities                        
Government-sponsored enterprise  365,866   1,017   1,898,140   13,925   2,264,006   14,942 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed        37,246   142   37,246   142 
MPF shared funding        1,564   405   1,564   405 
Other        28,161   7,191   28,161   7,191 
                   
   365,866   1,017   1,965,111   21,663   2,330,977   22,680 
                         
Total $679,752  $7,292  $1,965,111  $21,663  $2,644,863  $28,955 
                   

S-38


The following table summarizes the held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2008. The unrealized losses are aggregated by major security type and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position (dollars in thousands).
                                                
 Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total  Less than 12 Months 12 Months or More Total 
 Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized  Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized 
 Value Losses Value Losses Value Losses  Value Losses Value Losses Value Losses 
 
Non-mortgage-backed securities  
Commercial paper $99,903 $1 $ $ $99,903 $1  $99,903 $1 $ $ $99,903 $1 
State or local housing agency obligations 19,920 80   19,920 80  19,920 80   19,920 80 
                          
 119,823 81   119,823 81  119,823 81   119,823 81 
  
Mortgage-backed securities  
Government-sponsored enterprise 1,933,043 61,049 653,825 26,491 2,586,868 87,540  1,933,043 61,049 653,825 26,491 2,586,868 87,540 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed 47,939 901 3,085 80 51,024 981  47,939 901 3,085 80 51,024 981 
MPF shared funding   44,583 2,573 44,583 2,573    44,583 2,573 44,583 2,573 
Other 321 2 28,168 10,043 28,489 10,045  321 2 28,168 10,043 28,489 10,045 
                          
 1,981,303 61,592 729,661 39,187 2,710,964 101,139  1,981,303 61,952 729,661 39,187 2,710,964 101,139 
  
Total $2,101,126 $62,033 $729,661 $39,187 $2,830,787 $101,220  $2,101,126 $62,033 $729,661 $39,187 $2,830,787 $101,220 
                          

 

S-35


The following table shows the held-to-maturity securities with unrealized losses at December 31, 2007. The unrealized losses are aggregated by major security type and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position (dollars in thousands).
                         
  Less than 12 Months  12 Months or More  Total 
  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized  Fair  Unrealized 
  Value  Losses  Value  Losses  Value  Losses 
 
Mortgage-backed securities                        
Government-sponsored enterprise $942,596  $6,031  $939,310  $14,271  $1,881,906  $20,302 
U.S. government agency-guaranteed  4,729   5   1,852   60   6,581   65 
MPF shared funding        52,006   1,136   52,006   1,136 
Other  46,551   573         46,551   573 
                   
                         
Total $993,876  $6,609  $993,168  $15,467  $1,987,044  $22,076 
                   
Other-than-Temporary Impairment Analysis on Held-to-Maturity Securities. The Bank evaluates its individual held-to-maturity securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis. To determine which individual securities are at risk for other-than-temporary impairment, the Bank considers various characteristics of each security including, but not limited to, the following: the credit rating and related outlook; the creditworthiness of the issuers of the agency debt securities; the strength of the GSE guarantee of the holdings of agency MBS; the underlying type of collateral; duration and level of the unrealized loss; any credit enhancements or insurance; and delinquency rates and security performance. As part of the process, the Bank considers its ability and intent to hold each security for a sufficient time to allow for any anticipated recovery of unrealized losses. As a result of these evaluations and the Bank’s ability and intent to hold securities through the recovery of the unrealized losses, the Bank believes that it is probable that it will be able to collect all amounts when due according to the contractual terms of the individual securities and does not consider its securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2008.

S-36S-39


Redemption Terms.The amortized cost and estimated fair value of held-to-maturity securities at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 by contractual maturity are shown below (dollars in thousands). Expected maturities of some securities and MBS may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment fees.
                                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
 Amortized Estimated Amortized Estimated  Amortized Estimated Amortized Estimated 
Year of Maturity Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value  Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value 
  
Due in one year or less $384,757 $384,902 $305,428 $305,443  $452,989 $453,742 $384,757 $384,902 
Due after one year through five years 2,989 3,154 2,987 3,162  1,250 1,279 2,989 3,154 
Due after five years through ten years 3,205 3,261    2,600 2,614 3,205 3,261 
Due after ten years 93,477 95,220 73,960 76,848  437,723 432,153 93,477 95,220 
                  
 484,428 486,537 382,375 385,453  894,562 889,788 484,428 486,537 
  
Mortgage-backed securities 5,467,580 5,430,751 3,622,642 3,615,262  4,580,102 4,646,187 5,467,580 5,430,751 
                  
  
Total $5,952,008 $5,917,288 $4,005,017 $4,000,715  $5,474,664 $5,535,975 $5,952,008 $5,917,288 
                  
The amortized cost of the Bank’s MBS classified as held-to-maturity includedincludes net discounts of $22.6$17.4 million and $23.5$22.6 million at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008.
Interest Rate Payment Terms.The following table details interest rate payment terms for investmentheld-to-maturity securities classified as held-to-maturity at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in thousands):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
Amortized cost of held-to-maturity securities other than mortgage-backed securities 
Amortized cost of non-mortgage-backed held-to-maturity securities 
Fixed rate $484,428 $382,375  $894,562 $484,428 
  
Amortized cost of held-to-maturity mortgage-backed securities 
Amortized cost of mortgage-backed held-to-maturity securities 
Pass-through securities  
Fixed rate 404,078 508,236  330,981 404,078 
Variable rate 8,093 9,860  7,243 8,093 
Collateralized mortgage obligations  
Fixed rate 2,318,079 2,096,269  1,659,530 2,318,079 
Variable rate 2,737,330 1,008,277  2,582,348 2,737,330 
          
 5,467,580 3,622,642  4,580,102 5,467,580 
      
 
Total $5,952,008 $4,005,017  $5,474,664 $5,952,008 
          

 

S-37S-40


Gains and Losses on Maturities.Sales.TheThere were no sales of held-to-maturity securities during the year ended December 31, 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Bank sold MBS with a carrying value of $47.4 million out of its held-to-maturity portfolio and recognized a gain of $1.8 million in other (loss) income during 2008. In(loss). During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Bank sold MBS with a carrying value of $32.5 million out of its held-to-maturity portfolio and recognized a gain of $0.5 million in other income (loss) income.. The MBS sold had less than 15 percent of the acquired principal outstanding. As such, the sales were considered maturities for the purpose of the securities classification and did not impact the Bank’s ability and intent to hold the remaining investments classified as held-to-maturity through their stated maturities.
Note 8���Advances7—Other-Than-Temporary Impairment
Members useThe Bank evaluates its individual available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities in an unrealized loss position for OTTI on at least a quarterly basis. As part of its evaluation of securities for OTTI, the Bank’s various advance programs as sourcesBank considers its intent to sell each debt security and whether it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. If either of funding for mortgage lending, affordable housingthese conditions is met, the Bank will recognize an OTTI charge to earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and other community lending (including economic development),its fair value at the balance sheet date. For securities in unrealized loss position that meet neither of these conditions, the Bank performs analysis to determine if any of these securities are other-than-temporarily impaired.
For its agency MBS, GSE obligations, and general asset-liability management. Advances also may be used to provide funds to any CFI for loans to small businesses, small farms, and small agribusinesses. Our primary advance products includeTLGP debt in an unrealized loss position, the following:
Overnight advancesBank determined that are used primarily to fund the short-term liquidity needs of our borrowers. These advances are automatically renewed until the borrower pays down the advances. Interest rates are set daily.
Fixed rate advancesthat are available over a variety of terms to meet borrower needs. Short-term fixed rate advances are used primarily to fund the short-term liquidity needsstrength of the Bank’s borrowers. Long-term fixed rate advancesissuers’ guarantees through direct obligations or support from the U.S. Government is sufficient to protect the Bank from losses based on current expectations. For its state or local housing agency obligations in an unrealized loss position, the Bank determined that all of these securities are currently performing as expected. For its MPF shared funding in an effective toolunrealized loss position, the Bank determined that the underlying mortgage loans are eligible under the MPF program and the tranches owned are senior level tranches. As a result, the Bank has determined that, as of December 31, 2009, all gross unrealized losses on its agency MBS, GSE obligations, TLGP debt, state or local housing agency obligations, and MPF shared funding are temporary.
Furthermore, the declines in market value of these securities are not attributable to help manage long-term lendingcredit quality. The Bank does not intend to sell these securities, and investment risks of our borrowers.
Variable rate advancesthat provide a source of short-term and long-term financing where the interest rate changes in relation to a specified interest rate index such as London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR).
Callable advancesthat may be prepaid by the borrower on pertinent dates (call dates). Mortgage matched advances are a type of callable advance with fixed rates and amortizing balances. Using a mortgage matched advance, a borrower may make predetermined principal payments at scheduled intervals throughout the term of the loan to manage the interest rate risk associated with long-term fixed rate assets. Also included in callable advances are fixed and variable rate member owned option advances that are non-amortizing. Member owned option advances provide borrowers with a source of long-term financing with prepayment flexibility.
Putable advancesit is not more likely than not that the Bank may, at our discretion, terminate and require the borrowerwill be required to repay at predetermined dates prior to the stated maturity datessell these securities before recovery of the advances. Should an advance be terminated,their amortized cost bases. As a result, the Bank will offer to provide replacement funding based on the Bank’s available advance products, subject to the Bank’s normal credit and collateral requirements. A putable advance carries an interest rate lower than a comparable maturity advance that does not have the putable feature.consider any of these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2009.

 

S-38S-41


Community investment advancesFor its private-label MBS, the Bank performs cash flow analyses to determine whether the entire amortized cost bases of these securities are below-market rate fundsexpected to be recovered. During the second quarter of 2009, the FHLBanks formed an OTTI Governance Committee, which is comprised of representation from all 12 FHLBanks and is responsible for reviewing and approving the key modeling assumptions, inputs, and methodologies to be used by borrowersthe FHLBanks to generate cash flow projections used in both affordable housing projectsanalyzing credit losses and community development.determining OTTI for private-label MBS. In accordance with this methodology, the Bank may engage another designated FHLBank to perform the cash flow analysis underlying its OTTI determination. In order to promote consistency in the application of the assumptions, inputs, and implementation of the OTTI methodology, the FHLBanks established control procedures whereby the FHLBanks performing the cash flow analysis select a sample group of private-label MBS and each perform cash flow analyses on all such test MBS, using the assumptions approved by the OTTI Governance Committee. These FHLBanks exchange and discuss the results and make any adjustments necessary to achieve consistency among their respective cash flow models.
Utilizing this methodology, the Bank is responsible for making its own determination of impairment, which includes determining the reasonableness of assumptions, inputs, and methodologies used. At December 31, 2009 the Bank obtained its cash flow analysis from its designated FHLBanks on all five of its private-label MBS. The Community Investment Cash Advance Program (CICA) advances are provided atcash flow analysis uses two third-party models.
The first third-party model considers borrower characteristics and the particular attributes of the loans underlying the Bank’s securities, in conjunction with assumptions about future changes in home prices and interest rates, to project prepayments, defaults and loss severities. A significant input to the first model is the forecast of future housing price changes for the relevant states and core based statistical areas (CBSAs), which are based upon an assessment of the individual housing markets. CBSA refers collectively to metropolitan and micropolitan statistical areas as defined by the U.S. Office of Management and Budget; as currently defined, a CBSA must contain at least one urban area with a population of 10,000 or more people. The Bank’s housing price forecast assumed CBSA level current-to-trough home price declines ranging from 0 percent to 15 percent over the next 9 to 15 months. Thereafter, home prices are projected to remain flat in the first six months, and to increase 0.5 percent in the next six months, 3 percent in the second year and 4 percent in each subsequent year.

S-42


The month-by-month projections of future loan performance derived from the first model, which reflect projected prepayments, defaults, and loss severities, are then input into a second model that representallocates the projected loan level cash flows and losses to the various security classes in the securitization structure in accordance with its prescribed cash flow and loss allocation rules. The scenario of cash flows determined based on the model approach described above reflects a best estimate scenario and includes a base case current to trough housing price forecast and a base case housing price recovery path described in the prior paragraph. If this estimate results in a present value of expected cash flows that is less than the amortized cost basis of the security (that is, a credit loss exists), an OTTI is considered to have occurred. If there is no credit loss and the Bank does not intend to sell or it is not more likely than not it will be required to sell, any impairment is considered temporary.
At December 31, 2009 the Bank’s private-label MBS cash flow analysis did not project any credit losses. The Bank does not intend to sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that the Bank will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost bases. As a result, the Bank does not consider any of funds plus a markupthese securities to cover our administrative expenses. This markup is determined by the Bank’s Asset-Liability Committee. The Bank’s Board of Directors annually establishes limits on the total amount of funds available for CICA advances and the total amount of CICA advances outstandingbe other-than-temporarily impaired at any point in time.December 31, 2009.

S-43


Note 8—Advances
Redemption Terms.At December 31,For 2009 and 2008, and 2007, average interest rates paid on the Bank’s advances, including AHP advances, (see Note 14) were 3.111.77 percent and 5.313.11 percent. The following table shows the Bank’s advances outstanding at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in thousands):
                                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
 Weighted Weighted  Weighted Weighted 
 Average Average  Average Average 
 Interest Interest  Interest Interest 
Year of Contractual Maturity Amount Rate % Amount Rate %  Amount Rate % Amount Rate % 
  
Overdrawn demand deposit accounts $623  $414   $90  $623  
2008   19,817,080 4.50 
2009 9,332,574 2.70 3,498,660 4.88    9,332,574 2.70 
2010 5,212,502 3.97 2,907,585 5.13  7,810,541 2.56 5,212,502 3.97 
2011 3,656,941 3.45 2,225,344 5.04  4,802,348 2.71 3,656,941 3.45 
2012 5,014,300 2.25 2,965,609 4.78  6,080,490 1.71 5,014,300 2.25 
2013 4,893,217 2.37 1,375,054 4.93  4,938,047 1.86 4,893,217 2.37 
2014 990,975 3.34 671,997 3.87 
Thereafter 12,552,790 3.32 7,232,190 4.67  10,409,938 3.45 11,880,793 3.29 
          
  
Total par value 40,662,947 3.03 40,021,936 4.68  35,032,429 2.62 40,662,947 3.03 
  
Commitment fees *  (2) 
Discounts on AHP advances  (34)  (90)   (14)  (34) 
Premiums 380 449  308 380 
Discounts  (9)  (37)   (4)  (9) 
Hedging fair value adjustments  
Cumulative fair value gain 1,082,129 382,899  590,243 1,082,129 
Basis adjustments from terminated hedges and ineffective hedges 152,066 6,533 
Basis adjustments from terminated and ineffective hedges 97,436 152,066 
          
  
Total $41,897,479 $40,411,688  $35,720,398 $41,897,479 
          
*Amount is less than one thousand.

S-39


The Bank offers advances to members that may be prepaid on pertinent dates (call dates) without incurring prepayment or termination fees (callable advances). Other advances may only be prepaid by paying a fee to the Bank (prepayment fee) that makes the Bank financially indifferent to the prepayment of the advance. At December 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, the Bank had callable advances of $7.9$6.6 billion and $1.3$7.9 billion.

S-44


The following table summarizes advances at December 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, by year of contractual maturity or next call date for callable advances (dollars in thousands):
                
Year of Contractual Maturity or Next Call Date 2008 2007  2009 2008 
  
Overdrawn demand deposit accounts $623 $414  $90 $623 
2008  21,009,660 
2009 16,934,745 3,530,926   16,934,745 
2010 5,279,406 2,929,738  14,153,813 5,279,406 
2011 3,652,944 2,244,741  4,659,405 3,652,944 
2012 2,290,764 1,984,624  3,197,057 2,290,764 
2013 3,292,310 1,375,053  3,338,712 3,292,310 
2014 1,097,691 671,997 
Thereafter 9,212,155 6,946,780  8,585,661 8,540,158 
          
  
Total par value $40,662,947 $40,021,936  $35,032,429 $40,662,947 
          
The Bank also offers putable advances. With a putable advance, the Bank has the right to terminate the advance at predetermined exercise dates, which the Bank typically would exercise when interest rates increase, and the borrower may then apply for a new advance at the prevailing market rate. At December 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, the Bank had putable advances outstanding totaling $8.5$7.1 billion and $7.5$8.5 billion.
The following table summarizes advances at December 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, by year of contractual maturity or next put date for putable advances (dollars in thousands):
                
Year of Contractual Maturity or Next Put Date 2008 2007  2009 2008 
  
Overdrawn demand deposit accounts $623 $414  $90 $623 
2008  23,679,230 
2009 14,353,624 4,326,960   14,353,624 
2010 5,754,252 2,985,136  12,545,341 5,754,252 
2011 3,973,741 1,809,744  5,126,148 3,973,741 
2012 4,631,600 2,562,909  5,708,790 4,631,600 
2013 4,566,317 1,109,553  4,611,147 4,566,317 
2014 975,975 656,997 
Thereafter 7,382,790 3,547,990  6,064,938 6,725,793 
          
  
Total par value $40,662,947 $40,021,936  $35,032,429 $40,662,947 
          

 

S-40S-45


Security Terms.The Bank lends to financial institutions within its district according to Federalfederal statutes, including the FHLBank Act. The FHLBank Act requires the Bank to obtain sufficient collateral on advances to protect against losses and permits the Bank to accept the following as eligible collateral on such advances: whole first mortgages on improved residential property or securities representing a whole interest in such mortgages; securities issued, insured, or guaranteed by themortgage loans, certain U.S. Government or any of the government-sponsored housing enterprises, including without limitation MBS issuedgovernment agency securities, cash or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or Ginnie Mae; cash deposited in the Bank;deposits, and other eligible real estate-related collateral acceptable to the Bank provided such collateral has a readily ascertainable value and the Bank can perfect a security interest in such property.assets. As additional security, the FHLBank Act provides that the Bank has a lien on each borrower’s capital stock in the Bank. CFIs are defined under applicable law as those institutions that have, as of the date of the transaction at issue, less than $1.0 billion in average total assets over the three years preceding that date (subject to annual adjustment bydate. Beginning January 1, 2009, the Finance Agency director based onadjusted the consumer price index).average total assets cap to $1.011 billion. CFIs are eligible under expanded statutory collateral rules to pledge as collateral for advances small-business, small- farmsmall-farm and small-agribusiness loans fully secured by collateral other than real estate, or securities representing a whole interest in such secured loans. Secured loans for “community development activities” also constitute eligible collateral for advances to CFIs.
At December 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, the Bank had rights to collateral with a discountedan estimated value greater than the related outstanding advances. CollateralThe estimated value of collateral required to secure each borrower’s obligation is calculated by applying collateral discounts or haircuts, are applied to the unpaid principal balance or market value, if available, of the collateral to determine the advance equivalent value of the collateral securing each borrower’s obligations.haircuts. The amount of these discounts or haircuts will vary based on the type of collateral and security agreement. Additionally, the Bank imposes the following requirements to protect the advances made:
 (1) Requiring the borrower to execute a written security agreement whereby the borrower retains possession of the collateral assigned to the Bank and agrees to hold such collateral for the benefit of the Bank; or
 (2) Requiring the borrower specifically to assign or place physical possession of such collateral with the Bank or a third-party custodian approved by the Bank.
Beyond these provisions, the FHLBank Act affords any security interest granted by a member or any affiliate of the member to the Bank priority over the claims and rights of any other party except those claims that would be entitled to priority under otherwise applicable law and that are held by bona fide purchasers for value or by secured parties with perfected security interests. The Bank may perfect its security interest in accordance with applicable state laws through means such as filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or through taking possession of collateral.
Credit Risk.TheWhile the Bank has never experienced a credit loss on an advance to a member.member, the expanded statutory collateral rules for CFIs provide the potential for additional credit risk. Bank management has policies and procedures in place to appropriately manage this credit risk.risk, including requirements for physical possession or control of pledged collateral, restrictions on borrowings, review of advance requests, verifications of collateral and continuous monitoring of borrowings and the member’s financial condition. Accordingly, the Bank has not provided any allowance for credit losses on advances.

 

S-41S-46


Although management has policies and procedures in place to manage credit risk, the Bank may be exposed because the outstanding advance value may exceed the liquidation value of the Bank’s collateral. The Bank mitigates this risk through applying collateral discounts, requiring most borrowers to execute a blanket lien, taking delivery of collateral, and limiting extensions of credit. The Bank’s potential credit risk from advances is concentrated in commercial banks and insurance companies.
At December 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, the Bank had $18.3$15.0 billion and $23.2$18.3 billion of par value advances outstanding that were greater than or equal to $1 billion per member. These advances were made to six and seven member institutions,borrowers, representing 4543 percent and 5845 percent of total advances outstanding at December 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, respectively. The Bank holds sufficient collateral to cover the advances to these institutions, and does not expect to incur any credit losses on these advances.
Interest Rate Payment Terms.The following table details additional interest-rate payment terms for advances at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in thousands):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
Par amount of advances  
Fixed rate $28,050,033 $35,303,332  $24,601,644 $28,050,033 
Variable rate 12,612,914 4,718,604  10,430,785 12,612,914 
          
  
Total $40,662,947 $40,021,936  $35,032,429 $40,662,947 
          
Prepayment Fees. The Bank recordedrecords prepayment fees received from members and former members on prepaid advances net of any associated basis adjustments related to hedging fair value adjustmentsactivities on those advances and net of $0.9 million, $1.5 million, and $0.5 million duringany deferrals on advance modifications. The net amount of prepayment fees is reflected as “prepayment fees on advances, net” in the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006.Statements of Income. Gross advance prepayment fees received from members and former members were $14.2 million, $3.2 million, $3.6 million, and $1.3$3.6 million during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006.2007.
Note 9—Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio
The MPF program involves investment by the Bank in mortgage loans that are held-for-portfolio which are either funded by the Bank through, or purchased from participating members (collectively, MPF loans).PFIs. MPF loans may also represent the Bank’s participationbe participations in suchpools of eligible mortgage loans purchased from other FHLBanks. The Bank’s membersPFIs originate, service, and credit enhance home mortgage loans that are then sold to the Bank. MembersPFIs participating in the servicing release program do not service the loans owned by the Bank. The servicing on these loans is sold concurrently by the participantPFI to a designated mortgage service provider.

 

S-42S-47


Mortgage loans with a contractual maturity of 15 years or less are classified as medium-term, and all other mortgage loans are classified as long-term. The following table presents information at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 on mortgage loans held for portfolio (dollars in thousands):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
Real Estate:  
Fixed rate, medium-term single family mortgages $2,409,977 $2,569,808  $1,908,191 $2,409,977 
Fixed rate, long-term single family mortgages 8,266,134 8,220,921  5,804,567 8,266,134 
          
  
Total par value 10,676,111 10,790,729  7,712,758 10,676,111 
  
Premiums 86,355 96,513  53,007 86,355 
Discounts  (81,547)  (93,094)  (52,165)  (81,547)
Basis adjustments from mortgage loan commitments 4,491 7,847  4,836 4,491 
Allowance for credit losses  (500)  (300)  (1,887)  (500)
          
  
Total mortgage loans held for portfolio, net $10,684,910 $10,801,695  $7,716,549 $10,684,910 
          
The par value of mortgage loans held for portfolio outstanding at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 consisted of government-insured loans totaling $423.4$379.3 million and $461.1$423.4 million and conventional loans totaling $7.3 billion and $10.3 billion, respectively.
During the second quarter of 2009, the Bank sold $2.1 billion of mortgage loans to the FHLBank of Chicago, who immediately sold these loans to Fannie Mae.
The Bank’s management of credit risk in the MPF program involves several layers of legal loss protection that are defined in agreements among the Bank and its participating members. ThoughPFIs. For the nature of these layersBank’s conventional MPF loans, the availability of loss protection differsmay differ slightly among the MPF products we offer, each product contains similar credit risk structures. For conventional loans, the credit risk structure containsproducts. The Bank’s loss protection consists of the following layers of loss protectionslayers, in order of priority:
Homeowner equity.
Homeowner Equity.
Primary Mortgage Insurance (PMI).PMI is on all loans with homeowner equity of less than 20 percent of the original purchase price or appraised value.
First Loss Account. The first loss account specifies the Bank’s loss exposure under each master commitment prior to the PFI’s credit enhancement obligation. If the Bank experiences losses in a master commitment, these losses will either be (i) recovered through the recapture of performance based credit enhancement fees from the PFI or (ii) absorbed by the Bank. The first loss account balance for all master commitments is a memorandum account and was $116.4 million and $105.9 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

S-48


Credit Enhancement Obligation of PFI. PFIs have a credit enhancement obligation to absorb losses in excess of the first loss account in order to limit the Bank’s loss exposure to that of an investor in an MBS that is rated the equivalent of AA by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. PFIs are required to either collateralize their credit enhancement obligation with the Bank or to purchase SMI from a highly rated mortgage insurer. All of the Bank’s SMI providers have had their external ratings for claims-paying ability or insurer financial strength downgraded below AA. Ratings downgrades imply an increased risk that these SMI providers will be unable to fulfill their obligations to reimburse the Bank for claims under insurance policies. On August 7, 2009, the Finance Agency granted a waiver for one year on the AA rating requirement of SMI providers for existing loans and commitments in the MPF program.
The Bank utilizes an allowance for all loans with home owner equity of less than 20 percent ofcredit losses to reserve for estimated losses after considering the original purchase price or appraised value.
FLA established by the Bank. FLA is a memorandum account for tracking losses and such losses are either recoverable from future paymentsrecapture of performance based credit enhancement fees tofrom the member or absorbed by the Bank.
Credit enhancements (including supplemental mortgage insurance (SMI)) provided by participating members. The size of the participating member’s credit enhancement is calculated so that any losses in excess of the FLA are limited to those of an investor in a mortgage-backed security that is rated the equivalent of AA by an NRSRO. To cover losses equal to all or a portion of the credit enhancement obligations, participating members are required to either collateralize their credit enhancement obligations or to purchase SMI from a highly rated mortgage insurer for the benefit of the Bank.
Losses greater than credit enhancements provided by members are the responsibility of the Bank. The Bank utilizes an allowance for any estimated losses beyond the above layers.

S-43


PFI. The allowance for credit losses on mortgage loans was as follows (dollars in thousands):
                        
 2008 2007 2006  2009 2008 2007 
  
Balance, beginning of year $300 $250 $763  $500 $300 $250 
  
Charge-offs  (95)  (19)    (88)  (95)  (19)
Recoveries    
       
Net (charge-offs) recoveries  (95)  (19)  
 
Provision for (reversal of) credit losses 295 69  (513)
Provision for credit losses 1,475 295 69 
              
  
Balance, end of year $500 $300 $250  $1,887 $500 $300 
              
On a regular basis,In accordance with the Bank monitorsBank’s allowance for credit losses methodology, the allowance estimate is based on both quantitative and qualitative factors. Quantitative factors include but are not limited to portfolio composition and characteristics, delinquency levels, historical loss rates,experience, changes in members’ credit enhancements, including the recovery of performance based credit enhancement fees, and portfolio characteristics such as geographic concentration, loan-to-value ratios, property types, and loan age. Otherother relevant factors evaluated in its methodologyusing a pooled loan approach. Qualitative factors include but are not limited to changes in national/national and local economic conditions, changes in the nature of the portfolio, changes in the portfolio performance, and the existence and effect of geographic concentrations. trends.
The Bank monitors and reports its loan portfolio performance regarding delinquency, nonperforming loans, and net charge-offs monthly. Adjustments to the allowance for credit losses are considered at least quarterly based upon charge-offs, the amount of nonperforming loans, as well as the other relevant factors discussed above. AsFor the year ended December 31, 2009, the Bank increased its allowance for credit losses through a provision of $1.5 million. This was primarily due to increased delinquency and loss severity rates throughout 2009. In addition, credit enhancement fees available to recapture losses decreased in 2009 as a result of this analysis, duringthe mortgage loan sale and increased principal repayments. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Bank increased its allowance for credit losses through a provision of $295,000$0.3 million and $69,000.$0.1 million.

S-49


During the year ended
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank recorded charge-offs of $95,000. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Bank had $48.4$102.0 million and $27.3$48.4 million of nonaccrual loans. Interest income that was contractually owed to the Bank but not received on nonaccrual loans was $0.5$1.1 million and $0.3$0.5 million at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, and 2007, the Bank’s other assets included $7.6Bank had $12.2 million and $5.6$7.6 million of real estate owned.owned recorded as a component of “other assets” in the Statements of Condition.
Effective February 26, 2009, the MPF program was expanded to include a new off-balance sheet product called MPF Xtra (MPF Xtra is a registered trademark of the FHLBank of Chicago). Under this product, the Bank assigns 100 percent of its interests in PFI master commitments to the FHLBank of Chicago. The FHLBank of Chicago then purchases mortgage loans from the Bank’s PFIs under the master commitments and sells those loans to Fannie Mae. Currently, only PFIs that retain servicing of their MPF loans are eligible for the MPF Xtra product. In 2009, the FHLBank of Chicago funded $150.1��million of MPF Xtra mortgage loans under the master commitments of the Bank’s PFIs. The Bank records credit enhancement feesrecorded approximately $0.1 million in MPF Xtra fee income from the FHLBank of Chicago in 2009. The fee is compensation to the Bank for its continued management of the PFI relationship under MPF Xtra, including initial and ongoing training as a reduction to mortgage loan interest income. Credit enhancement fees totaled $18.8 million, $20.8 million,well as enforcement of the PFIs representations and $23.2 million forwarranties as necessary under the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007,PFI Agreement and 2006.MPF Guides.

S-44


Note 10—Derivatives and Hedging Activities
The Bank may enter into interest rate swaps, swaptions, caps, floors, calls, puts, and futures and forward contracts (collectively, derivatives) to manage its exposure to changes in interest rates. The Bank may adjust the effective maturity, repricing frequency, or option characteristicsNature of financial instruments to achieve risk management objectives. The Bank uses derivatives as either a fair value hedge or in asset-liability management (i.e., an economic hedge). For example, the Bank uses derivatives in its overall interest rate risk management to adjust the interest rate sensitivity of consolidated obligations to approximate more closely the interest rate sensitivity of assets (advances, investments, and mortgage loans), and/or to adjust the interest rate sensitivity of advances, investments, or mortgage loans to approximate more closely the interest rate sensitivity of liabilities. The Bank also uses derivatives to manage embedded options in assets and liabilities, to hedge the market value of existing assets and liabilities and anticipated transactions, to hedge the duration risk of prepayable instruments, and to reduce funding costs.Business Activity
Consistent with Finance Agency regulation, the Bank enters into derivatives only to reducemanage the interest rate risk exposures inherent in otherwise unhedged assets and funding positions. positions and to achieve its risk management objectives. The Bank’s Enterprise Risk Management Policy prohibits trading in or the speculative use of these derivative instruments and limits credit risk arising from these instruments. Derivatives are an integral part of the Bank’s financial management strategy.
The most common ways in which the Bank uses derivatives are to:
reduce funding costs by combining a derivative with a consolidated obligation, as the cost of a combined funding structure can be lower than the cost of a comparable consolidated obligation;
reduce the interest rate sensitivity and repricing gaps of assets and liabilities;
preserve a favorable interest rate spread between the yield of an asset (i.e., an advance) and the cost of the related liability (i.e., the consolidated obligation used to fund the advance). Without the use of derivatives, this interest rate spread could be reduced or eliminated when a change in the interest rate on the advance does not match a change in the interest rate on the consolidated obligation;
mitigate the adverse earnings effects of the shortening or extension of certain assets (i.e., advances or mortgage assets) and liabilities; and
manage embedded options in assets and liabilities.

S-50


Types of Derivatives
The Bank can enter into the following instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate risks inherent in its normal course of business:
interest rate swaps;
options;
swaptions;
interest rate caps or floors; and
future/forward contracts.
Interest Rate Swaps.An interest rate swap is an agreement between two entities to exchange cash flows in the future. The agreement sets the dates on which the cash flows will be paid and the manner in which the cash flows will be calculated. One of the simplest forms of an interest rate swap involves the promise by one party to pay cash flows equivalent to the interest on a notional principal amount at a predetermined fixed rate for a given period of time. In return for this promise, this party receives cash flows equivalent to the interest on the same notional principal amount at a variable interest rate index for the same period of time. The variable interest rate received or paid by the Bank in most derivative agreements is London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR).
Options.An option is an agreement between two entities that conveys the right, but not the obligation, to engage in a future transaction on some underlying security or other financial asset at an agreed upon price during a certain period of time or on a specific date. Premiums or swap fees paid to acquire options in a fair value hedge relationship are considered the fair value of the option at inception of the hedge and are reported in “derivative assets” or “derivative liabilities” in the Statements of Condition.
Swaptions.A swaption is an option on a swap that gives the buyer the right to enter into a specified interest rate swap at a certain time in the future. When used as a hedge, a swaption can protect the Bank against future interest rate changes. The Bank purchases both payer swaptions and receiver swaptions to decrease its interest rate risk exposure related to the prepayment of certain assets. A payer swaption is the option to enter into a pay-fixed swap at a later date and a receiver swaption is the option to enter into a receive-fixed swap at a later date.
Interest Rate Caps and Floors.In an interest rate cap agreement, a cash flow is generated if the price or interest rate of an underlying variable rises above a certain threshold (or “cap”) price. In an interest rate floor agreement, a cash flow is generated if the price or interest rate of an underlying variable falls below a certain threshold (or “floor”) price. Interest rate caps and floors are designed as protection against the interest rate on a variable interest rate asset or liability rising above or falling below a certain level.

S-51


Futures/Forwards Contracts.Certain mortgage purchase commitments entered into by the Bank are considered derivatives. The Bank hedges these commitments by selling “to-be-announced” (TBA) MBS for forward settlement. A TBA represents a forward contract for the sale of MBS at a future agreed upon date for an established price.
Application of Derivatives
Derivative financial instruments are used by the Bank in two ways:
(1)as a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (a fair value hedge); or
(2)as a non-qualifying hedge of an asset, liability, or firm commitment (an economic hedge) for asset-liability management purposes.
Bank management uses derivatives in cost-efficientwhen they are considered to be a cost-effective alternative to achieve the Bank’s financial and risk management objectives. The Bank reevaluates its hedging strategies from time to time and may enter into derivatives that do not necessarily qualify for hedge accounting (economic hedges). As a result,change the Bank recognizes only the change in fair value of these derivatives and the related net interest incomehedging techniques it uses or expense in other (loss) income as “Net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities” with no offsetting fair value adjustments for the related asset, liability, or firm commitment.adopt new strategies.
The Bank transacts its derivatives with large banks and major broker-dealers or their affiliates. Some of these banks and broker-dealers or their affiliates buy, sell, and distribute consolidated obligations. The Bank is not a derivatives dealer and thus does not trade derivatives for short-term profit.
Types of Assets and Liabilities Hedged.
The Bank documents at inception all relationships between derivatives designated as hedging instruments and hedged items, its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions, and its method of assessing hedge effectiveness. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges to (i) assets and liabilities onin the Statements of Condition.Condition, or (ii) firm commitments. The Bank also formally assesses (both at the hedge’s inception and at least quarterly)monthly) whether the derivatives that are usedit uses in hedging transactions have been effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of hedged items and whether those derivatives may be expected to remain effective in future periods. At the inception of a hedge relationship, the Bank uses the variability-reduction method to assess prospective hedge effectiveness. The Bank uses regression analysesanalysis to assess hedge effectiveness prospectively and retrospectively.
Consolidated Obligations—While consolidated obligations are the effectivenessjoint and several obligations of its hedges on a retrospective basis.

S-45


the 12 FHLBanks, the Bank is the primary obligor for the consolidated obligations recorded in the Bank’s Statements of Condition. To date, the Bank has never had to assume or pay the consolidated obligations of another FHLBank. The Bank discontinuesmay enter into derivatives to hedge accounting prospectively when any of the following occur:
(1)Management determines the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of a hedged item (including hedged items such as firm commitments or forecasted transactions).
(2)The derivative and/or the hedged item expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised.
(3)A hedged firm commitment no longer meets the definition of a firm commitment.
(4)Management determines that the hedge designation is no longer appropriate.
Consolidated Obligationsinterest rate risk associated with its consolidated obligations. The Bank manages the risk arising from changing market prices and volatility of a consolidated obligation by matching the cash inflow on the derivative with the cash outflow on the consolidated obligation. While consolidated obligations are the joint and several obligations of the FHLBanks, each FHLBank has consolidated obligations for which it is the primary obligor. The Bank enters into derivative agreements to hedge the interest rate risk associated with its specific debt issues.

S-52


In
For instance, in a typical transaction, fixed rate consolidated obligations are issued and the Bank simultaneously enters into a matching derivativeinterest rate swap in which the counterparty pays fixed cash flows to the Bank designed to mirror in timing and amount the cash outflows the Bank pays on the consolidated obligation. The Bank in turn pays a variable cash flow on the interest rate swap that closely matches the interest payments it receives on short-term or variable interest rate advances (typically one- or three-month LIBOR). These transactions are treated as fair value hedges under SFAS 133. This intermediation between the capital and derivative markets permits thehedges. The Bank to raise funds at lower costs than would otherwise be available through the issuance ofmay also issue variable interest rate consolidated obligations inindexed to LIBOR or the capital markets.Federal funds rate and simultaneously execute interest rate swaps to hedge the basis risk of the variable interest rate debt. Interest rate swaps used to hedge the basis risk of variable interest rate debt indexed to the Federal funds rate do not qualify for hedge accounting. As a result, this type of hedge is treated as an economic hedge.
Advances—The Bank offers a wide array of advance structures to meet members’ funding needs. These advances may have maturities up to 30 years with variable or fixed interest rates and may include early termination features or options. The Bank may use derivatives to adjust the repricing and/or options characteristics of advances in order to more closely match the characteristics of the Bank’sits funding liabilities. In general, whenever a member executes a fixed interest rate advance or a variable interest rate advance with embedded options, the Bank will simultaneously execute a derivative with terms that offset the terms and embedded options, if any, in the advance. For example, the Bank may hedge a fixed interest rate advance with an interest-rateinterest rate swap where the Bank pays a fixed interest rate coupon and receives a floatingvariable interest rate coupon, effectively converting the fixed interest rate advance to a floatingvariable interest rate advance. Alternatively, the advance may haveThis type of hedge is treated as a floating rate coupon based on an interest-rate index other than LIBOR, in which casefair value hedge.
When issuing putable advances, the Bank effectively purchases a put option from the member that allows the Bank to put or extinguish the fixed interest rate advance, which the Bank normally would receiveexercise when interest rates increase. The Bank may hedge these advances by entering into a coupon based on the non-LIBOR index and pay a LIBOR-based coupon. These types of hedges are treated as fair value hedges under SFAS 133.cancelable interest rate swap.
Mortgage AssetsLoans—The Bank invests in fixed interest rate mortgage loans and securities.loans. The prepayment options embedded in mortgage assetsloans can result in extensions or contractions in the expected repayment of these investments, depending on changes in estimated prepayment speeds.

S-46


The Bank manages the interest rate and prepayment riskrisks associated with mortgages through a combination of debt issuance and derivatives. The Bank issues a mixture of index amortizing notes, non-callablemay issue both callable and noncallable debt and callable debtprepayment linked consolidated obligations to achieve cash flow patterns and liability durations similar to those expected on the mortgage assets. loans.
The Bank also purchasesmay purchase interest rate caps and floors, swaptions, calls, and puts to minimize the prepayment risk embeddedsensitivity to changes in theinterest rates due to mortgage portfolio.loan prepayments. Although these derivatives are valid economic hedges, against the prepayment risk of the assets, they are not specifically linked to individual loans and, therefore, do not qualify forreceive fair-value hedge accounting. The derivatives are marked to marketmarked-to-market through other (loss) income in the Statements of Incomeearnings with no offsetting adjustment to the relatedhedged item marked-to-market.

S-53


Certain mortgage assets.
Mortgage Commitments — Mortgage purchase commitments that obligate the Bank to purchase closed mortgage loans from its members are considered derivatives. The Bank may establish an economic hedge ofnormally hedges these commitments by selling derivatives such asTBA MBS to be announced (TBA) for forward settlement. A TBA represents a forward contract for the sale of MBS at a future agreed upon date for an established price. Upon expiration of the mortgage purchase commitment, the Bank purchases the TBA to close the hedged position.
Both theThe mortgage purchase commitment and the TBA used in the firm commitment hedging strategy (economic hedge) are recorded as a derivative asset or derivative liability at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in current period earnings. When the mortgage purchase commitment derivative settles, the current market value of the commitment is included with the basis of the mortgage loan and amortized using the effective-yield method over the contractual lifemethod.
Investments—The Bank’s investments include, but are not limited to, certificates of the mortgage loan.
Investments — The Bank invests indeposit, commercial paper, U.S. agencyTreasury obligations, municipal bonds, TVA and FFCB bonds, MBS, TLGP securities, and the taxable portion of state or local housing finance agencyHFA obligations, which may be classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale, or trading securities. The interest rate and prepayment risk associated with these investment securities is managed through a combination of debt issuance and derivatives. The Bank may also manage the prepayment and interest rate risk by funding investment securities with either callable or non-callable consolidated obligations that have call features,or by hedging the prepayment risk with interest rate caps or floors, callableinterest rate swaps, or swaptions. At December 31, 2008
For available-for-sale securities that have been hedged and 2007,qualify as a fair value hedge, the Bank did not have any investmentsrecords the portion of the change in value related to the risk being hedged in other income (loss) as “Net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging relationships.activities” together with the related change in the fair value of the derivative, and the remainder of the change in accumulated other comprehensive loss as “Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities.”
Balance SheetThe Bank entersmay also manage the risk arising from changing market prices of investment securities classified as trading by entering into certain economic derivatives as macro balance sheet hedges to protect against(economic hedges) that offset the changes in interest rates. These economicfair value of the securities. The market value changes of both the trading securities and the associated derivatives include interest rate swaps, swaptions, caps,are included in other income (loss) as “Net gain on trading securities” and floors.“Net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities.”
Managing Credit Risk.Risk on Derivatives
The Bank is subject to credit risk due to the risk of nonperformance by counterparties to the derivative agreements. The degree of counterparty credit risk depends on the extent to which master netting arrangements are included in such contracts to mitigate the risk. The Bank manages counterparty credit risk through credit analysis, collateral requirements and adherence to the requirements set forth in Bank policypolicies and Finance Agency regulations. Based on credit analysesanalysis and collateral requirements, managementthe Bank does not anticipate any credit losses on its derivative agreements.

 

S-47S-54


The contractual or notional amount of derivatives reflects the involvement of the Bank in the various classes of financial instruments. The notional amount of derivatives does not measure the credit risk exposure of the Bank, and the maximum credit exposure of the Bank is substantially less than the notional amount. The Bank requires collateral agreements on all derivatives that establish collateral delivery thresholds. The maximum credit risk is the estimated cost of replacing interest rate swaps, forward interest rate agreements, mandatory delivery contracts for mortgage loans, and purchased caps and floors that have a net positive market value, assuming the counterparty defaults and the related collateral, if any, is of no value to the Bank. This collateral has not been sold or repledged.
At December 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, the Bank’s maximum credit risk, as defined above, was approximately $11.0 million and $2.8 million. At December 31, 2009, the Bank held cash collateral of $2.8 million and $91.9therefore reduced its total credit risk exposure of $13.8 million by that amount, resulting in a maximum credit risk of $11.0 million. These totals include $0.6 million and $76.4 million of net accrued interest receivable.At December 31, 2008, the Bank did not hold any cash as collateral. In determining maximum credit risk, the Bank considers accrued interest receivables and payables, and the legal right to offset derivative assets and liabilities by counterparty.
The valuation of derivative assets and liabilities must reflect the value of the instrument including the values associated with counterparty risk and the Bank’s own credit standing. The Bank heldhas collateral agreements with all its derivative counterparties that take into account both the Bank’s and the counterparty’s credit ratings. As a result of these practices and agreements, the Bank has concluded that the impact of the credit differential between the Bank and its derivative counterparties was sufficiently mitigated to an immaterial level and no further adjustments for credit were deemed necessary to the recorded fair values of “derivative assets” and “derivative liabilities” in the Statements of Condition at December 31, 2009.
Some of the Bank’s derivative instruments contain provisions that require the Bank to post additional collateral with its counterparties if there is deterioration in the Bank’s credit rating. If the Bank’s credit rating is lowered by a major credit rating agency, the Bank may be required to deliver additional collateral on derivative instruments in net liability positions. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit-risk related contingent features that were in a net liability position at December 31, 2009 was $336.1 million for which the Bank has posted cash ascollateral of $56.0 million in the normal course of business. If the Bank’s credit rating had been lowered one notch (i.e., from its current rating to the next lower rating), the Bank would have been required to deliver up to an additional $202.9 million of collateral to its derivative counterparties at December 31, 2009. However, the Bank’s credit rating has not changed during the previous 12 months.

S-55


Financial Statement Effect and Additional Financial Information
The notional amount of derivatives reflects the volume of the Bank’s hedges, but it does not measure the credit exposure of the Bank because there is no principal at risk.
The following table summarizes the Bank’s fair value of derivative instruments, without the effect of netting arrangements or collateral at December 31, 2008 and held $31.3 million as collateral at December 31, 2007.
Net (loss) gain on2009 (dollars in thousands). For purposes of this disclosure, the derivative values include fair value of derivatives and hedging activities for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 were as follows (dollars in thousands):related accrued interest.
             
  2008  2007  2006 
             
Net (loss) gain related to fair value hedge ineffectiveness $(4,021) $3,145  $2,680 
Net (loss) gain related to economic hedges and embedded derivatives  (29,154)  1,346   (402)
          
             
Net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities $(33,175) $4,491  $2,278 
          
             
  Notional  Derivative  Derivative 
Fair Value of Derivative Instruments Amount  Assets  Liabilities 
             
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments            
Interest rate swaps $34,196,552  $284,759  $685,933 
          
             
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
(economic hedges)
            
Interest rate swaps  9,407,539   41,976   14,783 
Interest rate caps  3,240,000   51,312    
Forward settlement agreements (TBAs)  27,500   322   1 
Mortgage delivery commitments  26,712   2   283 
          
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments  12,701,751   93,612   15,067 
          
             
Total derivatives and related accrued interest before netting and collateral adjustments $46,898,303   378,371   701,000 
            
             
Netting adjustments1
      (364,609)  (364,609)
Cash collateral and related accrued interest      (2,750)  (56,007)
           
Total netting adjustments and cash collateral      (367,359)  (420,616)
           
             
Derivative assets and liabilities     $11,012  $280,384 
           
During the third quarter of 2008, the Bank realized a $0.4 million loss within net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities as a result of Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc. declaring bankruptcy. Subsequent to the third quarter of 2008, Lehman Brothers Financial Products, a subsidiary of Lehman Brothers Holdings, Inc., declared bankruptcy. The bank held derivative contracts with Lehman Brothers Financial Products in a net derivative liability position. The Bank terminated these positions and paid Lehman Brothers Financial Products $3.0 million on November 4, 2008.
1Amounts represent the effect of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow the Bank to settle positive and negative positions by counterparty.

 

S-48S-56


The following table represents outstanding notional balancessummarizes the Bank’s fair value of derivative instruments, excluding accrued interest and estimatedcollateral by category at December 31, 2008 (dollars in thousands).
         
  2008 
      Estimated 
  Notional  Fair Value 
Interest rate swaps        
Fair value $23,470,693  $(779,200)
Economic  3,640,595   (1,840)
Interest rate caps        
Economic  2,340,000   2,481 
Forward settlement agreements        
Economic  289,000   (2,323)
Mortgage delivery commitments        
Economic  288,175   2,017 
       
Total notional and fair value $30,028,463  $(778,865)
       
         
Total derivatives, excluding accrued interest      (778,865)
Accrued interest      78,769 
Net cash collateral      267,921 
        
Net derivative balance     $(432,175)
        
         
Net derivative assets      2,840 
Net derivative liabilities      (435,015)
        
Net derivative balance     $(432,175)
        
The following table presents the components of “Net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities” for the year ended December 31, 2009 (dollars in thousands):
     
  2009 
Derivatives and hedged items in fair value hedging relationships    
Interest rate swaps $99,587 
    
     
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (economic hedges)    
Interest rate swaps  17,203 
Interest rate caps  19,249 
Forward settlement agreements (TBAs)  1,305 
Mortgage delivery commitments  (3,565)
    
Total net gain related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments  34,192 
    
     
Net gain on derivatives and hedging activities $133,779 
    

S-57


During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Bank purchased and sold $2.7 billion of 30-year U.S. Treasury obligations. At the time of purchase, the Bank entered into interest rate swaps to convert the fixed rate investments to floating rate. The relationships were accounted for as a fair valuesvalue hedge relationship with changes in LIBOR (benchmark interest rate) reported as hedge ineffectiveness through “net gain (loss) on derivative and hedging activities.” At the time of sale, the Bank terminated the related interest rate swaps. The Bank recorded a net loss on the sale of the available-for-sale securities of $11.7 million through “net realized loss on sale of available-for-sale securities” for the year ended December 31, 2009. In addition, the termination of the related interest rate swaps and normal ineffectiveness resulted in a net gain of $82.6 million recorded through “net gain (loss) on derivatives outstanding atand hedging activities” for the year ended December 31, 2009. The overall impact of these transactions was a net gain of $70.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
The following table presents the components of “Net gain (loss) on derivatives and hedging activities” for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 (dollars in thousands):
                 
  2008  2007 
      Estimated      Estimated 
  Notional  Fair Value  Notional  Fair Value 
Interest rate swaps                
Fair value $23,470,693  $(779,200) $31,225,432  $(183,819)
Economic  3,640,595   (1,840)  1,410,000   (2,015)
Interest rate swaptions                
Economic        6,500,000   973 
Interest rate caps                
Economic  2,340,000   2,481   1,700,000   679 
Forward settlement agreements                
Economic  289,000   (2,323)  22,500   (28)
Mortgage delivery commitments                
Economic  288,175   2,017   23,425   68 
             
Total notional and fair value $30,028,463  $(778,865) $40,881,357  $(184,142)
             
 
Total derivatives, excluding accrued interest      (778,865)      (184,142)
Accrued interest      78,769       137,791 
Net cash collateral      267,921       (31,433)
               
Net derivative balance     $(432,175)     $(77,784)
               
Net derivative assets      2,840       60,468 
Net derivative liabilities      (435,015)      (138,252)
               
Net derivative balance     $(432,175)     $(77,784)
               
At December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Bank did not have any embedded derivatives that required bifurcation.
         
  2008  2007 
         
Net (loss) gain related to fair value hedge ineffectiveness $(4,021) $3,145 
Net (loss) gain related to economic hedges  (29,154)  1,346 
       
         
Net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities $(33,175) $4,491 
       
The Bank performs retrospective hedge effectiveness testing at least quarterly. Hedges that fail retrospective hedge effectiveness are deemed ineffectivefollowing table presents, by type of hedged item, the (loss) gain on derivatives and are classified as an economic hedge with gainsthe related hedged items in fair value hedging relationships and losses reported in other (loss) income. For the yearsimpact of those derivatives on the Bank’s net interest income for the year ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, the amount recorded2009 (dollars in other (loss) income for hedges that fail retrospective hedge effectiveness was $1.5 million, $4.2 million, and $0.thousands):
                 
  2009 
          Net Fair Value  Effect on 
  Gain (Loss) on  (Loss) Gain on  Hedge  Net Interest 
Hedged Item Type Derivative  Hedged Item  Ineffectiveness  Income1 
                 
Advances $493,983  $(491,376) $2,607  $(365,664)
Investments  84,655   (1,806)  82,849   (11,534)
Bonds  (249,413)  263,544   14,131   276,998 
             
Total $329,225  $(229,638) $99,587  $(100,200)
             
1The net interest on derivatives in fair value hedge relationships is presented in the interest income/expense line item of the respective hedged item.

 

S-49S-58


Note 11—Deposits
The Bank offers demand and overnight deposits forto members and qualifying nonmembers.non-members. In addition, the Bank offers short-term interest bearing deposit programs to members. During 20082009 and 20072008 average deposits amounted to $1.4$1.3 billion and $1.1$1.4 billion. The average interest rates paid on average deposits during 2009 and 2008 and 2007 were 1.640.18 percent and 4.791.64 percent. At December 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, deposits had maturities of less than one year.
Certain financial institutions have agreed to maintain compensating balances in consideration of correspondent and other noncredit services. These balances are classified as deposits on“deposits” in the Statements of Condition. The compensating balances held by the Bank averaged $15.7 billion and $4.1 billion during 2009 and $36.2 million during 2008 and 2007.2008. Effective October 31, 2009, the Bank no longer holds compensating balances from financial institutions.
The following table details deposits with the Bank that are interest bearing and non-interest bearing as of December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (in thousands):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
Interest bearing:  
Demand and overnight $924,956 $802,127  $660,263 $924,956 
Term 464,686 39,635  483,962 464,686 
Non-interest bearing:  
Demand 106,828 20,751  80,966 106,828 
          
Total deposits $1,496,470 $862,513  $1,225,191 $1,496,470 
          
The aggregate amount of term deposits with a denomination of $100,000 or more was $464.7$483.9 million and $39.6$464.7 million as of December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008.
Note 12—Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
The Bank periodically holds securities sold under agreements to repurchase those securities. The amounts received under these agreements represent short-term borrowings and are classified as liabilities in the Statements of Condition. During 2008, the Bank sold one overnight security repurchase agreement and received proceeds in the amount of $10.0 million. In 2007, the Bank sold securities under repurchase agreements and received proceeds in the amount of $200.0 million with final maturity in March 2008.
Note 13—Consolidated Obligations
Consolidated obligations are issued with either fixed rate coupon payment terms or variable rate coupon payment terms that use a variety of indices for interest rate resets including LIBOR, Constant Maturity Treasury, Treasury Bills, the Prime rate, and others. To meet the expected specific needs of certain investors in consolidated obligations, both fixed rate bonds and variable rate bonds may contain features, which may result in complex coupon payment terms and options. When such consolidated obligations are issued, the Bank enters into derivatives containing offsetting features that effectively convert the terms to those of a simple variable rate or a fixed rate bond.

 

S-50S-59


These bonds, beyond having fixed rate or simple variable rate coupon payment terms, may also have the following broad terms regarding either principal repayment or coupon payment terms:
Indexed Principal Redemption Bonds(index amortizing notes) repay principal according to predetermined amortization schedules that are linked to the level of a certain index. These notes have fixed rate coupon payment terms. Usually, as market interest rates rise (fall), the average life of the index amortizing notes extends (contracts); and
Optional Principal Redemption Bonds(callable bonds) may be redeemed by the Bank in whole or in part at its discretion on predetermined call dates according to the terms of the bond offerings.
Bonds also vary in relation to interest payments:
Step-up Bondsgenerally pay interest at increasing fixed rates for specified intervals over the life of the bond. These bonds generally contain provisions enabling the Bank to call bonds at its option on the step-up dates.
Range Bondspay interest based on the number of days a specified index is within/outside of a specified range. The computation of the variable interest rate differs for each bond issue, but the bond generally pays zero interest or a minimal rate of interest if the specified index is outside the specified range.
Callable Capped Floater Bondspay a floating rate interest that is capped at a specified rate called the strike. These bonds generally contain provisions enabling the Bank to call bonds at its option on specified dates.
The par amounts of the outstanding consolidated obligations of the 12 FHLBanks were approximately $1,251.5$930.5 billion and $1,189.6$1,251.5 billion at December 31, 2009 and 2008. The FHLBank Act authorizes the U.S. Treasury to purchase consolidated obligations issued by the FHLBanks up to an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 billion. At December 31, 2009, no such purchases had been made by the U.S. Treasury.
Interest Rate Payment Terms.The following table shows bonds by interest rate payment type at December 31, 2009 and 2008 and 2007.(dollars in thousands):
         
  2009  2008 
Par amount of bonds:        
Fixed rate $41,360,598  $37,954,099 
Simple variable rate  7,540,000   4,315,000 
Step-up  1,422,000    
       
         
Total par value $50,322,598  $42,269,099 
       

 

S-51S-60


Redemption Terms.The following table shows the Bank’s bonds outstanding at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 by year of contractual maturity (dollars in thousands):
                                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
 Weighted Weighted  Weighted Weighted 
 Average Average  Average Average 
 Interest Interest  Interest Interest 
Year of Contractual Maturity Amount Rate % Amount Rate %  Amount Rate % Amount Rate % 
  
2008 $  $6,437,800 4.19 
2009 15,962,600 3.10 5,628,300 4.66  $  $15,962,600 3.10 
2010 6,159,050 4.01 4,328,950 4.71  23,040,050 1.43 6,159,050 4.01 
2011 4,670,100 4.34 2,754,300 4.99  9,089,100 2.45 4,670,100 4.34 
2012 2,231,050 4.54 2,017,950 4.74  5,337,250 2.79 2,231,050 4.54 
2013 2,417,500 4.35 1,500,000 4.96  2,522,835 3.73 2,417,500 4.35 
2014 1,421,710 3.66 500,500 5.00 
Thereafter 8,408,700 5.13 9,087,200 5.21  6,961,565 5.04 7,908,200 5.14 
Index amortizing notes 2,420,099 5.12 2,667,322 5.12  1,950,088 5.12 2,420,099 5.12 
          
  
Total par value 42,269,099 4.04 34,421,822 4.80  50,322,598 2.58 42,269,099 4.04 
  
Premiums 50,742 48,398  49,514 50,742 
Discounts  (40,699)  (37,650)   (34,785)  (40,699) 
Hedging fair value adjustments  
Cumulative fair value loss 348,214 226,071  148,954 348,214 
Basis adjustments from terminated hedges and ineffective hedges 95,117  (94,415) 
Basis adjustments from terminated and ineffective hedges 326 95,117 
Fair value option adjustments 
Net loss on bonds held at fair value 4,394  
Change in accrued interest 3,473  
          
  
Total $42,722,473 $34,564,226  $50,494,474 $42,722,473 
          
The following table shows the Bank’s bonds outstanding at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in thousands):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
Par amount of bonds  
Noncallable or nonputable $39,214,099 $26,044,522  $44,380,598 $39,214,099 
Callable 3,055,000 8,377,300  5,942,000 3,055,000 
          
  
Total par value $42,269,099 $34,421,822  $50,322,598 $42,269,099 
          

 

S-52S-61


The following table shows the Bank’s bonds outstanding by year of contractual maturity or next call date at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in thousands):
         
Year of Contractual Maturity or Next Call Date 2008  2007 
         
2008 $  $12,806,100 
2009  18,507,600   3,888,300 
2010  6,229,050   3,306,950 
2011  4,060,100   2,379,300 
2012  1,801,050   1,697,950 
2013  1,807,500   910,000 
Thereafter  7,443,700   6,765,900 
Index amortizing notes  2,420,099   2,667,322 
       
         
Total par value $42,269,099  $34,421,822 
       
Interest Rate Payment Terms.The following table shows bonds by interest rate payment type at December 31, 2008 and 2007 (dollars in thousands):
         
  2008  2007 
Par amount of bonds:        
Fixed rate $37,954,099  $33,967,822 
Simple variable rate  4,315,000   265,000 
Step-up     50,000 
Range bonds     139,000 
       
         
Total par value $42,269,099  $34,421,822 
       
         
Year of Contractual Maturity or Next Call Date 2009  2008 
         
2009 $  $18,507,600 
2010  27,757,050   6,229,050 
2011  7,744,100   4,060,100 
2012  3,430,250   1,801,050 
2013  2,117,835   1,807,500 
2014  626,710   435,500 
Thereafter  6,696,565   7,008,200 
Index amortizing notes  1,950,088   2,420,099 
       
         
Total par value $50,322,598  $42,269,099 
       
Extinguishment of Debt.GainsFor the year ended December 31, 2009, losses on earlythe extinguishment of debt totaled $0.7$89.9 million due to the Bank extinguishing bonds with a total par value of $0.9 billion. These losses exclude basis adjustment accretion of $2.8 million recorded in net interest income. As a result, net losses recorded in the Statements of Income on the extinguishment of debt totaled $87.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2008, net gains on the extinguishment of debt totaled $0.7 million due to the extinguishment ofBank extinguishing bonds with a bond with atotal par value of $500.0 million in April 2008 and a bond with a par value of $10.0 million in November 2008.$0.5 billion. There were no gains or losses on earlythe extinguishment of debt for the yearsyear ended December 31, 20072007. Losses and 2006. The gains on earlythe extinguishment of debt wereare recorded as a component of other income (loss) income in the Statements of Income.
Discount Notes.Discount notes are issued to raise short-term funds. Discount notes are consolidated obligations with original maturities up to 365/366 days. These notes are issued at less than their face amount and redeemed at par value when they mature.

S-53


The Bank’s discount notes, all of which are due within one year, were as follows at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in thousands):
                                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
 Weighted Weighted  Weighted Weighted 
 Average Average  Average Average 
 Interest Interest  Interest Interest 
 Amount Rate % Amount Rate %  Amount Rate % Amount Rate % 
  
Par value $20,153,370 1.83 $21,544,125 4.10  $9,418,870 0.13 $20,153,370 1.83 
Discounts  (92,099)  (43,179)   (1,688)  (92,099) 
Hedging fair value adjustments *  
          
  
Total $20,061,271 $21,500,946  $9,417,182 $20,061,271 
          
*Amount is less than one thousand.

S-62


The FHLBank Act authorizes the U.S. Treasury to purchase consolidated obligations issued by the FHLBanks up to an aggregate principal amount of $4.0 billion. As a result of the passage of the Housing Act, this authorization was supplemented with a temporary authorization for the U.S. Treasury to purchase consolidated obligations issued by the FHLBanks in any amount deemed appropriate under certain conditions. This temporary authorization expires December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2008, no such purchases had been made by the U.S. Treasury.
Note 14—13—Affordable Housing Program
The Bank accrues its AHP assessment monthly based on its income before assessment.net earnings. The Bank reduces the AHP liability as program funds are distributed. If a FHLBankthe Bank finds that its required contributions are contributing to theits financial instability, of that FHLBank, it may apply to the Finance Agency for a temporary suspension of its contributions. The Bank did not make such an application in 2009, 2008, 2007, or 2006.2007.
The following table presents a roll forward of the Bank’s AHP liability for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007 (dollars in thousands):
                        
 2008 2007 2006  2009 2008 2007 
  
Balance, beginning of year $42,622 $44,714 $46,654  $39,715 $42,622 $44,714 
  
Assessments 14,168 12,094 10,260  16,248 14,168 12,094 
Disbursements  (17,075)  (14,186)  (12,200)  (15,484)  (17,075)  (14,186)
              
  
Balance, end of year $39,715 $42,622 $44,714  $40,479 $39,715 $42,622 
              

S-54


In addition to the AHP grant program, the Bank also had AHP-related advances with a principal balance outstanding of $1.0$0.9 million and $2.0$1.0 million at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008. Discounts recorded by the Bank on these advances are treated as a reduction of the AHP liability at origination. The Bank did not issue AHP advances in 2009, 2008, 2007, or 2006.2007.
Note 15—14—Resolution Funding Corporation
The FHLBanks’ aggregate payments through 2008 were below2009 have exceeded the required scheduled payments, effectively extendingaccelerating payment of the REFCORP obligation and lengtheningshortening its remaining term to second quarter of 2013.2012, effective December 31, 2009. The following table presents information on the statusFHLBanks’ aggregate payments through 2009 have satisfied $2.3 million of the FHLBanks’ REFCORP$75 million scheduled payment due on April 15, 2012 and all scheduled payments throughthereafter. This date assumes that the fourth quarter of 2008 (dollars in thousands):
             
      Interest Rate    
      Used to  Present 
  Amount of  Discount the  Value of the 
  Benchmark  Future  Benchmark 
  Payment  Benchmark  Payment 
Payment Due Date Reinstated  Payment  Reinstated 
 
April 15, 2013 $32,459   1.15% $30,907 
January 15, 2013  75,000   1.03%  71,980 
October 15, 2012  75,000   1.06%  72,090 
July 15, 2012  48,802   1.00%  47,164 
           
Total $231,261      $222,141 
           
FHLBanks will pay exactly $300 million annually after December 31, 2009 until the annuity is satisfied.
The benchmark payments or portions of them werecould be reinstated in 2008 due toif the actual REFCORP payments of the FHLBanks fallingfall short of the $300.0$75 million annual requirement.in a quarter. The maturity date of the REFCORP obligation may be extended beyond April 15, 2030 if such extension is necessary to ensure that the value of the aggregate amounts paid by the FHLBanks exactly equals a $300.0$300 million annual annuity. Any payment beyond April 15, 2030 will be paid to the U.S. Department of Treasury.
At December 31, 2008, the Bank recorded a receivable in other assets from REFCORP amounting to $0.4 million. The receivable resulted from an overpayment in third quarter of 2008. The receivable will be offset against future payments due to REFCORP. Over time, as the Bank uses this receivable against the future REFCORP assessments, the receivable will be reduced until it has been exhausted. If any amount of the receivable still remains at the time the REFCORP obligation for the FHLBank system as a whole is fully satisfied, REFCORP, in consultation with the U.S. Treasury, will implement a procedure so that the Bank would be able to collect on its remaining receivable. The net change in the REFCORP receivable, reported in other assets, and the REFCORP payable is reported as “Net change in payable to REFCORP” in the Bank’s Statements of Cash Flows.

 

S-55S-63


Note 16—15—Capital
The Bank is subject to three regulatory capital requirements. The Bank must maintain at all times permanent capital in an amount at least equal to the sum of its credit, market, and operations risk capital requirements, calculated in accordance with Bank policy and rules and regulations of the Finance Agency. Only permanent capital, defined as Class B stock and retained earnings, satisfies this risk based capital requirement. Regulatory capital, as defined by the Finance Agency, includes mandatorily redeemable capital stock and excludes accumulated other comprehensive loss. For reasons of safety and soundness, the Finance Agency may require the Bank to maintain a greater amount of permanent capital than is required as defined by the risk based capital requirements. Additionally, the Bank is required to maintain at least a four percent total capital-to-asset ratio and at least a five percent leverage ratio at all times. The leverage ratio is defined as the sum of permanent capital weighted 1.5 times and nonpermanent capital weighted 1.0 time divided by total assets. For reasons of safety and soundness, the Finance Agency may require the Bank to maintain a higher total capital-to-asset ratio.
The following table shows the Bank’s compliance with the Finance Agency’s capital requirements at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in thousands):
                                
 December 31, 2008 December 31, 2007  2009 2008 
 Required Actual Required Actual  Required Actual Required Actual 
Regulatory capital requirements:  
Risk based capital $1,967,981 $3,173,807 $578,319 $3,124,633  $826,709 $2,952,836 $1,967,981 $3,173,807 
Total capital-to-asset ratio  4.00%  4.66%  4.00%  5.14%  4.00%  4.57%  4.00%  4.66%
Total regulatory capital $2,725,172 $3,173,807 $2,429,424 $3,124,633  $2,586,267 $2,952,836 $2,725,172 $3,173,807 
Leverage ratio  5.00%  6.99%  5.00%  7.71%  5.00%  6.85%  5.00%  6.99%
Leverage capital $3,406,465 $4,760,711 $3,036,780 $4,686,949  $3,232,834 $4,429,254 $3,406,465 $4,760,711 

S-56


The Bank issues a single class of capital stock (Class B stock). The Bank’s Class B stock has a par value of $100 per share, and all shares are purchased, repurchased, redeemed, or transferred only at par value. The Bank has two subclasses of Class B stock: membership stock and activity-based stock.
Each member must maintain Class B membership stock in an amount equal to 0.12 percent of the member’s total assets as of the preceding December 31st subject to a cap of $10.0 million and a floor of $10,000.

S-64


Excess Stock.The Bank had excess capital stock (including excess mandatorily redeemable capital stock) of $61.1$61.8 million and $95.1$61.1 million at December 31, 20082009 and 2007. The Bank repurchased $5.6 billion, $1.2 billion, and $0.7 billion of excess stock (including excess mandatorily redeemable capital stock) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006.
During the fourth quarter of2008. In late 2008, as a result of current market conditions, the Bank indefinitelytemporarily discontinued its practice of voluntarily repurchasing excess activity-based capital stock. Members may continueDue to useimproved market conditions throughout the second half of 2009, the Bank’s Board of Directors terminated this temporary action. On December 18, 2009, the Bank resumed its normal practice of voluntarily repurchasing excess activity-based capital stock to satisfyand repurchased $569.6 million of excess activity-based capital stock requirements. The Bank believes this recent action will help conservefrom its capital levels during the current stressed economic environment.members.

S-57


Capital Stock Rollforward.The following table presents a roll forward of the Bank’s required membership stock, excess membership stock, required activity-based stock, and excess activity-based stock (excluding mandatorily redeemable capital stock) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 (dollars in thousands):
                     
  Capital Stock — Class B (putable)    
  Membership Stock  Activity-based Stock    
  Required  Excess  Required  Excess  Total 
                     
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2005 $355,788  $27,667  $1,500,023  $48,576  $1,932,054
                
                     
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock  22,168      658,045      680,213 
                     
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock     (99)     (703,573)  (703,672)
                     
Shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock     (1,357)  (1,310)  (50)  (2,717)
                     
Net shares transferred to required from excess stock  576   (576)  (705,722)  705,722    
                
                     
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2006  378,532   25,635   1,451,036   50,675   1,905,878 
                
                     
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock  24,068      1,980,596      2,004,664 
                     
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock  (82)        (1,210,999)  (1,211,081)
                     
Shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock     (3,738)  (2,273)  (315)  (6,326)
                     
Shares reclassified from mandatorily redeemable capital stock  10,000      13,956   156   24,112 
                     
Net shares transferred from required to excess stock  (1,912)  1,912   (1,212,398)  1,212,398    
                
                     
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2007  410,606   23,809   2,230,917   51,915   2,717,247 
                
                     
Proceeds from issuance of capital stock  68,966      5,510,800      5,579,766 
                     
Repurchase/redemption of capital stock     (31,621)     (5,481,604)  (5,513,225)
                     
Shares reclassified to mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (857)  (1,095)  (825)  (84)  (2,861)
                     
Net shares transferred from required to excess stock  (8,907)  8,907   (5,490,829)  5,490,829    
                
                     
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2008 $469,808  $  $2,250,063  $61,056  $2,780,927 
                

S-58


Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock.The Bank is a cooperative whose member financial institutions and former members own all of its capital stock. Member shares cannot be purchased or sold except between the Bank and its members at its $100 per share par value. If a member cancels its written notice of redemption or notice of withdrawal, the Bank will reclassify mandatorily redeemable capital stock from a liability to equity in accordance with SFAS 150.equity. After the reclassification, dividends on the capital stock would no longer be classified as interest expense. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 2007 and 2006,2007, dividends on mandatorily redeemable capital stock in the amount of $0.3 million, $1.0 million, $2.9 million, and $3.0$2.9 million were recorded as interest expense.
The following table shows the Bank’s capital stock subject to mandatory redemption by reason for redemption at December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007 (dollars in thousands):
                         
  2008  2007  2006 
  Number      Number      Number    
  of      of      of    
  Members  Amount  Members  Amount  Members  Amount 
                         
Voluntary termination of membership as a result of a merger or consolidation into a member of another FHLBank  10  $10,907   32  $45,616   25  $53,173 
Member withdrawal              1   11,256 
Member requests for partial redemption of excess stock        8   423   8   423 
                   
                         
Total  10  $10,907   40  $46,039   34  $64,852 
                   
A majority of the capital stock subject to mandatory redemption at December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007 was due to voluntary termination of membership as a result of a merger or consolidation into a member of another FHLBank. The remainder of mandatorily redeemable capital stock was due to members requesting partial repurchases of excess stock. These partial repurchases amounted to $0.0 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
                         
  2009  2008  2007 
  Number      Number      Number    
  of      of      of    
  Members  Amount  Members  Amount  Members  Amount 
                         
Voluntary termination of membership as a result of a merger or consolidation into a member of another FHLBank  13  $8,262   10  $10,907   32  $45,616 
Member withdrawal  1   84             
Member requests for partial redemption of excess stock              8   423 
                   
                         
Total  14  $8,346   10  $10,907   40  $46,039 
                   

 

S-59S-65


The following table shows the amount of capital stock subject to redemption or repurchase by year of redemption or repurchase at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in thousands). Membership capital stock is shown by year of earliest mandatory redemption, which reflects the earliest time at which the Bank is required to repurchase the member’s capital stock. Activity-based capital stock is shown by year of anticipated repurchase assuming that the Bank will repurchase activity-based capital stock as the associated activities are reduced or no longer outstanding and that the underlying activities are no longer outstanding on their contractual maturity dates (which may be before or after the expiration of the five-year notice of redemption or withdrawal).
                
Year of Redemption or Repurchase 2008 2007  2009 2008 
  
2008 $ $14,366 
2009 3,487 15,890  $ $3,487 
2010 5,924 9,278  6,711 5,924 
2011 492 1,903  733 492 
2012 383 3,887  143 383 
2013 305 117  61 305 
2014 87  
Thereafter 316 598  611 316 
          
  
Total $10,907 $46,039  $8,346 $10,907 
          
The Bank’s activity for mandatorily redeemable capital stock was as follows in 2009, 2008 2007 and 20062007 (dollars in thousands):
             
  2008  2007  2006 
             
Balance, beginning of year $46,039  $64,852  $85,084 
 
Mandatorily redeemable stock issued  49   13,468   1,187 
Capital stock subject to mandatory redemption reclassified from equity  2,861   6,326   2,961 
Capital stock previously subject to mandatory redemption reclassified to equity     (24,112)  (244)
Redemption of mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (38,042)  (14,495)  (24,136)
          
             
Balance, end of year $10,907  $46,039  $64,852 
          
             
  2009  2008  2007 
             
Balance, beginning of year $10,907  $46,039  $64,852 
             
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock issued  7   49   13,468 
Capital stock subject to mandatory redemption reclassified from capital stock  19,170   2,861   6,326 
Capital stock previously subject to mandatory redemption reclassified to capital stock        (24,112)
Repurchase of mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (21,738)  (38,042)  (14,495)
          
             
Balance, end of year $8,346  $10,907  $46,039 
          

 

S-60S-66


Note 17—Employee Retirement Plans16—Pension and Postretirement Benefits
The Bank participates in the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan for Financial Institutions (Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan), a tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan. The plan covers substantially all officers and employees of the Bank.Bank that meet certain eligibility requirements. Funding and administrative costs of the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan charged to other operating expenses were $5.7 million in 2009, $3.2 million in 2008, and $3.3 million in 2007,2007. In 2009, funding and $2.4 million in 2006.administrative costs included a one-time discretionary contribution to the Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan of $3.3 million. The Pentegra Defined Benefit Plan is a multi-employer plan in which assets contributed by one participating employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers since assets contributed by an employer are not segregated in a separate account or restricted to provide benefits only to employees of that employer. As a result, disclosure of the accumulated benefit obligations, plan assets, and the components of annual pension expense attributable to the Bank are not made.
The Bank also participates in the Pentegra Defined Contribution Plan for Financial Institutions, a tax-qualified defined contribution pension plan. The plan covers substantially all officers and employees of the Bank that meet certain eligibility requirements. The Bank’s contributions are equal to a percentage of participants’ compensation and a matching contribution equal to a percentage of voluntary employee contributions, subject to certain limitations. The Bank contributed $0.6$0.7 million, $0.6 million, and $0.5$0.6 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006.2007.
In addition, the Bank offers the Benefit Equalization Plan (BEP). The BEP is a nonqualified retirement plan restoring benefits offered under the qualified plans which have been limited by laws governing such plans. The BEP covers selected officers of the Bank. There are no funded assets that have been designated to provide benefits under this plan.
BEP.The Bank contributed $66,000, $69,000, $66,000, and $15,000$66,000 in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007 for the defined contribution portion of the BEP.

S-67


The second portion of the BEP is a nonqualified defined benefit plan. The projected benefit obligation of the Bank’s BEP at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 was as follows (dollars in thousands):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
Change in benefit obligation  
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year $4,379 $4,615  $4,928 $4,379 
Service cost 157 60  298 157 
Interest cost 280 265  297 280 
Actuarial gain 327 111 
Actuarial loss 152 327 
Benefits paid  (358)  (249)  (256)  (358)
Change due to increase in discount rate 143  (423)
Change due to decrease in discount rate 171 143 
          
  
Projected benefit obligation at end of year $4,928 $4,379  $5,590 $4,928 
          

S-61


Amounts recognized in other liabilities on the Statements of Condition for the Bank’s BEP at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 were (dollars in thousands):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
Accrued benefit liability $4,928 $4,379  $5,590 $4,928 
Intangible asset   
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  (1,627)  (1,305)  (1,760)  (1,627)
          
  
Net recorded liability $3,301 $3,074 
Net amount recognized $3,830 $3,301 
          
The accumulated benefit obligation for the Bank’s BEP was $5.3 million and $4.8 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
Components of net periodic benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive loss for the Bank’s BEP for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007 were (dollars in thousands):
                        
 2008 2007 2006  2009 2008 2007 
Net periodic benefit cost  
Service cost $157 $60 $54  $298 $157 $60 
Interest cost 280 265 281  297 280 265 
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost 54 54 55  54 54 54 
Amortization of unrecognized net loss 93 101 159  136 93 101 
              
  
Net periodic benefit cost $584 $480 $549  $785 $584 $480 
              

S-68


The following table details the change in the accumulated other comprehensive loss balancesbalance related to the defined benefit portion of the Bank’s BEP for the year ended December 31, 20082009 (dollars in thousands):
                        
 Prior Service Net Loss    Prior Service Net Loss   
 Cost (Gain) Total  Cost (Gain) Total 
  
Balance at beginning of year $240 $1,065 $1,305  $186 $1,441 $1,627 
Net loss on defined benefit pension plan  469 469 
Net loss on defined benefit plan  323 323 
Amortization  (54)  (93)  (147)  (54)  (136)  (190)
              
  
Balance at end of year $186 $1,441 $1,627  $132 $1,628 $1,760 
              
Amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit costscost during 20092010 are (dollars in thousands):
     
Amortization of unrecognized prior service cost $54 
Amortization of unrecognized net loss  119 
    
Total amortization of amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss $173 
    
     
Projected amortization of unrecognized prior service cost $41 
Projected amortization of unrecognized net loss  153 
    
Total projected amortization of amounts in accumulated other comprehensive loss $194 
    

S-62


The measurement date used to determine the current year’s benefit obligationsobligation was December 31, 2008.2009.
Key assumptions and other information for the actuarial calculations for the Bank’s BEP for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007 were:
                        
 2008 2007 2006  2009 2008 2007 
Discount rate — benefit obligations  6.00%  6.25%  5.75%  5.75%  6.00%  6.25%
Discount rate — net periodic benefit cost  6.25%  5.75%  5.50%  6.00%  6.25%  5.75%
Salary increases  4.80%  4.80%  5.50%  4.80%  4.80%  4.80%
Amortization period (years) 9 11 11  8 9 11 
The 20082009 discount rate used to determine the benefit obligation of the Bank’s BEP was determined using a discounted cash flow approach which incorporates the timing of each expected future benefit payment. Future benefit payments were estimated based on census data, benefit formula and provisions, and valuation assumptions reflecting the probability of decrement and survival. The present value of the future benefit payments was calculated using duration basedduration-based interest rate yields from the Citibank Pension Discount Curve atas of December 31, 2008,2009, and solving for the single discount rate that produced the same present value.
The Bank estimates that its required contributions to the defined benefit portion of the BEP for the year ended December 31, 2010 will be $261,000.

S-69


Estimated future benefit payments reflecting expected future services for the years endedending after December 31, 20082009 were (dollars in thousands):
        
Year Amount  Amount 
2009 $257 
2010 261  $261 
2011 264  265 
2012 277  282 
2013 287  298 
2014 through 2018 1,857 
2014 322 
2015 through 2019 2,309 

S-63


Note 18—17—Segment Information
Effective July 1, 2008 the Bank enhanced its internal segment methodology and modified the segment information reported below to reflect this change. The Bank maintained thehas identified two primary operating segments; however, the products included within each segment were slightly modified to reflect the manner in which management evaluates the Bank’s financial information. In particular, HFA and SBA investments were reclassified from the Member Finance segment to the Mortgage Finance segment as a result of their underlying mortgage characteristics. In addition, the Bank modifiedsegments based on its allocation of capital to each segment. Previously the Bank’s allocation of capital only included estimated capital stock for each segment. This was modified to include the estimated amount of capital stock, retained earnings and other comprehensive income for each segment. A summary of each segment’s products and services can be found below.as well as its method of internal reporting: Member Finance and Mortgage Finance.
The Member Finance segment includes advances, investments (excluding MBS, HFA investments, and SBA investments), and the related funding and hedging ofinstruments related to those assets. Member deposits are also included in this segment. Income fromNet interest income for the Member Finance segment is derived primarily from the difference, or spread, between the yield on advances and investmentsthe assets in this segment and the borrowingcost of the member deposit and hedging costsfunding related to those assets. Additionally expenses associated with member deposits impact income from the Member Finance segment.
The Mortgage Finance segment includes mortgage loans acquiredpurchased through the MPF program, MBS, HFA investments, and SBA investments, and the related funding and hedging ofinstruments related to those assets. Income fromNet interest income for the Mortgage Finance segment is derived primarily from the difference, or spread, between the yield on mortgage loans, MBS, HFA, and SBA investmentsthe assets in this segment and the borrowing and hedging costscost of the funding related to those assets.
Capital is allocated to the Member Finance and Mortgage Finance segments based on each segment’s amount of capital stock, retained earnings, and accumulated other comprehensive income.loss.
The Bank continues to evaluateevaluates performance of the segments based on adjusted net interest income after providing for a mortgage loan credit loss provision. AdjustedPreviously, adjusted net interest income isincluded the interest income and expense on economic hedge relationships included in other income (loss). During the first quarter of 2009, the Bank enhanced its calculation of adjusted net interest income and concluded that adjusted for economic hedging costsnet interest income should also exclude basis adjustment amortization/accretion on called and extinguished debt included in interest expense and include concession expense on fair value option bonds included in other (loss) income.expense.

 

S-64S-70


The following table shows the Bank’s financial performance by operating segment (dollars in thousands) for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 and 2006.(dollars in thousands). Prior period amounts have been adjusted to reflect the Bank’s enhanced segment methodology.calculation of adjusted net interest income.
                        
 Member Mortgage    Member Mortgage   
 Finance Finance Total 
2009 
Adjusted net interest income $133,768 $83,330 $217,098 
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans  1,475 1,475 
       
Adjusted net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision $133,768 $81,855 $215,623 
       
 
Average assets for the year $51,866,956 $18,834,225 $70,701,181 
Total assets at year end $45,558,042 $19,098,631 $64,656,673 
 Finance Finance Total  
2008  
Adjusted net interest income $117,729 $125,668 $243,397  $122,233 $133,231 $255,464 
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans   295  295   295 295 
              
Adjusted net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision $117,729 $125,373 $243,102  $122,233 $132,936 $255,169 
              
  
Average assets for the year $50,613,222 $19,040,595 $69,653,817  $50,613,222 $19,040,595 $69,653,817 
Total assets at year end $48,064,653 $20,064,654 $68,129,307  $48,064,653 $20,064,654 $68,129,307 
  
2007  
Adjusted net interest income $138,963 $30,482 $169,445  $139,032 $30,246 $169,278 
Provision for credit losses on mortgage loans  69 69   69 69 
              
Adjusted net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision $138,963 $30,413 $169,376  $139,032 $30,177 $169,209 
              
  
Average assets for the year $31,112,454 $16,248,396 $47,360,850  $31,112,454 $16,248,396 $47,360,850 
Total assets at year end $43,022,745 $17,712,861 $60,735,606  $43,022,745 $17,712,861 $60,735,606 
 
2006 
Adjusted net interest income $114,779 $39,330 $154,109 
Reversal of provision for credit losses on mortgage loans   (513)  (513)
       
Adjusted net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision $114,779 $39,843 $154,622 
       
 
Average assets for the year $26,702,674 $17,138,314 $43,840,988 
Total assets at year end $25,869,011 $16,159,487 $42,028,498 

 

S-65S-71


TheFor adjusted net interest income, the Bank includes interest income and interest expense associated with economic hedges in its evaluation of financial performance for its two operating segments. Net interest income does not include these amounts in the Statements of Income for financial reporting purposes. following:
Interest income and interest expense associated with economic hedges are recorded in otheras a component of “Net gain (loss) income in “Net (loss) gain on derivatives and hedging activities” onin other income (loss) in the Statements of Income; and
Concession expense associated with fair value option bonds recorded in “other expense” in the Statements of Income.
For adjusted net interest income, the Bank excludes the following:
Interest income and interest expense associated with basis adjustment amortization/accretion on called and extinguished debt recorded as a component of “Bond interest expense” in the Statements of Income.
The following table reconciles the Bank’s financial performance by operating segment to the Bank’s total income before assessments for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 20062007 (dollars in thousands):
                        
 2008 2007 2006  2009 2008 2007 
  
Adjusted net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision $243,102 $169,376 $154,622  $215,623 $255,169 $169,209 
Adjustments for net interest expense on economic hedges 2,178 1,696 227 
Net interest (income) expense on economic hedges  (5,141) 2,178 1,696 
Concession expense on fair value option bonds 488   
Interest (expense) income on basis adjustment amortization/accretion of called debt  (17,777)  (12,067) 167 
Interest income on basis adjustment accretion of extinguished debt 2,767   
              
Net interest income after mortgage loan credit loss provision 245,280 171,072 154,849  195,960 245,280 171,072 
  
Other (loss) income  (27,839) 10,333 8,687 
Other income (loss) 55,785  (27,839) 10,333 
Other expenses 44,087 42,454 41,567  53,060 44,087 42,454 
              
  
Income before assessments $173,354 $138,951 $121,969  $198,685 $173,354 $138,951 
              

S-72


Note 19—18—Estimated Fair Values
EstimatedThe Bank records trading investments, available-for-sale investments, derivative assets, derivative liabilities, and certain bonds, for which the fair value option was elected, at fair value in the Statements of Condition. Fair value is a market-based measurement and is defined as the price received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability is a hypothetical transaction at the measurement date, considered from the perspective of a market participant holding the asset or owing the liability. In general, the transaction price will equal the exit price and, therefore, represent the fair value of the asset or liability at initial recognition. In determining whether a transaction price represents the fair value of the asset or liability at initial recognition, each reporting entity is required to consider factors specific to the asset or liability, the principal or most advantageous market for the assets or liability, and market participants with whom the entity would transact in that market.
Fair Value Option. The fair value option provides an irrevocable option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement for selected financial assets, financial liabilities, unrecognized firm commitments, and written loan commitments not previously carried at fair value in the financial statements. It requires entities to display the fair value of those assets and liabilities for which the company has chosen to use fair value on the face of the balance sheet. Fair value is used for both the initial and subsequent measurement of the designated assets, liabilities, and commitments, with the changes in fair value recognized in net income.
During 2009 the Bank elected to record certain bonds that did not qualify for hedge accounting at fair value under the fair value option. These bonds, coupled with related derivatives, were unable to achieve hedge effectiveness. Therefore, in order to achieve some offset to the mark-to-market on the fair value option bonds, the Bank executed economic derivatives.
Fair Value Hierarchy.The fair value hierarchy is used to prioritize the inputs of valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The inputs are evaluated and an overall level for the measurement is determined. This overall level is an indication of how market observable the fair value measurement is and defines the level of disclosure. Fair value is the price in an orderly transaction between market participants to sell an asset or transfer a liability in the principal (or most advantageous) market for the asset or liability at the measurement date (an exit price). In order to determine the fair value or the exit price, the Bank must determine the unit of account, highest and best use, principal market, and market participants. These determinations allow the Bank to define the inputs for fair value and level of hierarchy.

S-73


The following describes the application of the fair value hierarchy to the Banks’ financial assets and financial liabilities that are carried at fair value in the Statements of Condition.
Level 1— inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. An active market for the asset or liability is a market in which the transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. The types of assets and liabilities carried at Level 1 fair value include certain derivative contracts such as forward settlement agreements that are highly liquid and actively traded in over-the-counter markets.
Level 2— inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. The types of assets and liabilities carried at Level 2 fair value include the Bank’s investment securities such as municipal bonds, GSE obligations, TLGP debt, and MBS, including U.S. government agency, as well as certain derivative contracts and bonds the Bank elected to record at fair value under the fair value option.
Level 3— inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity or by the entity’s own assumptions. The Bank does not currently have any assets and liabilities carried at Level 3 fair value.
The Bank utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Fair value is first determined based on quoted market prices or market-based prices, where available. If quoted market prices or market-based prices are not available, fair value is determined based on valuation models that use market-based information available to the Bank as inputs to the models.

S-74


Fair Value on a Recurring Basis. The following table presents, for each hierarchy level, the Banks’ assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in the Statements of Condition at December 31, 2009 (dollars in thousands):
                     
              Netting    
  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Adjustment1  Total 
Assets                    
Trading securities                    
TLGP $  $3,692,984  $  $  $3,692,984 
Taxable municipal bonds     741,538         741,538 
Available-for-sale securities                    
TLGP     565,757         565,757 
Government-sponsored enterprise     7,171,656         7,171,656 
Derivative assets  322   378,049      (367,359)  11,012 
                
                     
Total assets at fair value $322  $12,549,984  $  $(367,359) $12,182,947 
                
                     
Liabilities                    
Bonds2
 $  $(5,997,867) $  $  $(5,997,867)
Derivative liabilities  (1)  (700,999)     420,616   (280,384)
                
                     
Total liabilities at fair value $(1) $(6,698,866) $  $420,616  $(6,278,251)
                
1Amounts represent the effect of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow the Bank to settle positive and negative positions and also cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparties. Net cash collateral plus accrued interest totaled $53.2 million at December 31, 2009.
2Represents bonds recorded under the fair value option.

S-75


The following table presents, for each hierarchy level, the Banks’ assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in the Statements of Condition at December 31, 2008 (dollars in thousands):
                     
              Netting    
  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Adjustment1  Total 
Assets                    
Trading securities $  $2,151,485  $  $  $2,151,485 
Available-for-sale securities     3,839,980         3,839,980 
Derivative assets  248   403,728      (401,136)  2,840 
                
                     
Total assets at fair value $248  $6,395,193  $  $(401,136) $5,994,305 
                
                     
Liabilities                    
Derivative liabilities $(2,571) $(1,101,501) $  $669,057  $(435,015)
                
                     
Total liabilities at fair value $(2,571) $(1,101,501) $  $669,057  $(435,015)
                
1Amounts represent the effect of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow the Bank to settle positive and negative positions and also cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparties. Net cash collateral plus accrued interest totaled $267.9 million at December 31, 2008.
For instruments carried at fair value in the Statements of Condition, the Bank reviews the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of the valuation attributes may result in a reclassification to the hierarchy level for certain financial assets or liabilities. At December 31, 2009 the Bank had made no reclassifications to its fair value hierarchy.
The following table summarizes the activity related to bonds in which the fair value option has been elected during 2009 (dollars in thousands):
     
  2009 
Balance, beginning of the year $ 
New bonds elected for fair value option  5,990,000 
Net loss on bonds held at fair value  4,394 
Change in accrued interest  3,473 
    
     
Balance, end of the year $5,997,867 
    

S-76


The following table presents the changes in fair value included in the Statements of Income for bonds in which the fair value option has been elected during 2009 (dollars in thousands):
     
  2009 
Interest expense $20,597 
Net loss on bonds held at fair value  4,394 
    
     
Total change in fair value $24,991 
    
For bonds recorded under the fair value option, the related contractual interest expense is recorded as part of net interest income in the Statements of Income. The remaining changes are recorded as “Net loss on bonds held at fair value” in the Statements of Income. The changes in fair value, as shown in the previous table, do not include changes in instrument-specific credit risk. The Bank has determined that no adjustments to the fair values of bonds recorded under the fair value option were necessary for instrument-specific credit risk. Concessions paid on bonds under the fair value option are expensed as incurred and recorded in “other expense” in the Statements of Income. The Bank recorded $0.5 million in concession expense associated with fair value option bonds during the year ended December 31, 2009.
The following table reflects the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding of bonds for which the fair value option has been elected at December 31, 2009 (dollars in thousands):
     
  2009 
Principal balance $5,990,000 
Fair value  5,997,867 
    
     
Fair value over principal balance $7,867 
    
Estimated Fair Values. The following estimated fair value amounts have been determined by the Bank using available market information and the Bank’smanagement’s best judgment of appropriate valuation methods. These estimates are based on pertinent information available to the Bank at December 31, 20082009 and December 31, 2007.2008. Although management uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of these financial instruments, there are inherent limitations in any estimation technique or valuation methodology. For example, because an active secondary market does not exist for a portion of the Bank’s financial instruments, in certain cases fair values are not subject to precise quantification or verification and may change as economic and market factors and evaluation of those factors change. Therefore, these estimated fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that would be realized in current market transactions.
As discussed in “Note 2 — Recently Issued Accounting Standards and Interpretations,” the Bank adopted SFAS 157 and SFAS 159 on January 1, 2008. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 applies whenever other accounting pronouncements require or permit assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. Accordingly, SFAS 157 does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances.

S-66


SFAS 159 provides an option to elect fair value as an alternative measurement for selected financial assets, financial liabilities, unrecognized firm commitments, and written loan commitments not previously carried at fair value in the financial statements. It requires entities to display the fair value of those assets and liabilities for which the company has chosen to use fair value on the face of the balance sheet. In addition, unrealized gains and losses on items for which the fair value option has been elected are reported in earnings. Under SFAS 159, fair value is used for both the initial and subsequent measurement of the designated assets, liabilities, and commitments, with the changes in fair value recognized in net income. Upon adoption and at December 31, 2008, the Bank made no elections, under SFAS 159, to record specific financial assets and liabilities at fair value.
The Bank records trading investments, available-for-sale investments, derivative assets, and derivative liabilities at fair value in the Statements of Condition in accordance with SFAS 157. Fair value is a market-based measurement and defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability is a hypothetical transaction at the measurement date, considered from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. In general, the transaction price will equal the exit price and, therefore, represent the fair value of the asset or liability at initial recognition. In determining whether a transaction price represents the fair value of the asset or liability at initial recognition, each reporting entity is required to consider factors specific to the asset or liability, the principal or most advantageous market for the assets or liability, and market participants with whom the entity would transact in that market. In situations in which there is little, if any, market activity at the measurement date, the fair value measurement objective remains the same, that is, the price that would be received by the holder of the financial asset in an orderly transaction and not a forced liquidation or distressed sale at the measurement date.
Cash and Due from Banks and Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell.The estimated fair value approximates the recorded book balance.

S-77


Interest-bearing Deposits.Effective January 1, 2008,For instruments with less than three months to maturity the adoption of FAS 157,estimated fair value approximates the Bank was required to change its valuation methodology for interest-bearing deposits.recorded book balance. For instruments with more than three months to maturity the estimated fair value is determined by calculating the present value of the expected future cash flows.
Federal Funds Sold.Effective January 1, 2008, withThe estimated fair value approximates the adoptionrecorded book balance of FAS 157, the Bank was required to change its valuation methodology forovernight and term Federal funds sold.sold with three months or less to maturity. The estimated fair value is determined by calculating the present value of the expected future cash flows for term Federal funds sold with more than three months to maturity. Term Federal funds sold are discounted at comparable current market rates. The estimated fair value approximates the recorded book balance of overnight and term Federal funds sold with three months or less to maturity.

S-67


Investment Securities. The estimated fair value of the Bank’s investment securities is estimateddetermined by using information from a specialized pricing serviceservices that use pricing models and/or quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics. Inputs into the pricing models are market based and observable. The estimated fair value is determined based on each security’s quoted price excluding accrued interest as of the last business day of the year. When quoted prices are not available, or for Certificates of Deposit classified as SFAS 115 securities, the estimated fair value is determined by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows and reducing the amount for accrued interest receivable.
reporting period. The Bank performs several validation steps in order to verify the accuracy and reasonableness of the investment fair values provided by the pricing service.services. These steps may include, but are not limited to, a detailed review of instruments with significant price changes and a comparison of fair values to those derived by an alternative pricing service. Certain investments for which quoted prices are not readily available are valued by third parties or internal pricing models. The Bank’s trading and available-for-sale securities are recorded in the Bank’s Statements of Condition at fair value.
During the third quarter of 2009 the Bank changed the methodology used to estimate the fair value of its private-label MBS. Under the new methodology, the Bank requests prices for all of its private-label MBS from four specific third-party pricing services and, depending on the number of prices received for each security, selects a median or average price as defined by the methodology. The methodology also incorporates variance thresholds to assist in identifying median or average prices that may require further review. In certain limited circumstances (i.e., prices are outside of variance thresholds or the third-party pricing services do not provide a price), the Bank will obtain a price from securities dealers or internally model a price that is deemed appropriate after consideration of all relevant facts and circumstances that would be considered by market participants. During the fourth quarter of 2009, the Bank adopted the above pricing methodology for all of its investment securities.

S-78


Advances and Other Loans.The Bank determines the estimated fair value of advances by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows from the advances and excluding accrued interest receivable. The Bank’s primary inputs for measuring the fair value of advances are the consolidated obligation yield curve (CO Curve) published by the Office of Finance and available to the public, and LIBOR swap curves, and volatilities. The Bank considers both these inputs to be market based and observable as they can be directly corroborated by market participants.
Under Bank policy and Finance Agency regulations, advances with a maturity and repricing period greater than six months generally require a prepayment fee sufficient to make the Bank financially indifferent to the borrower’s decision to prepay the advances. Therefore, the estimated fair value of advances does not assume prepayment risk.
Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio.Loans.The estimated fair values for mortgage loans are determined based on contractual cash flows adjusted for prepayment assumptions and credit risk factors, discounted using the quoted market prices of similar mortgage loans, and reduced by the amount of accrued interest receivable. These prices, however, can change rapidly based on market conditions and are highly dependent on the underlying prepayment assumptions.
Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable.Payable. The estimated fair value approximates the recorded book value.balance.
Derivative Assets and Liabilities.The Bank bases the estimated fair values of derivatives with similar terms on available market prices including accrued interest receivable and payable. The estimated fair value is based on the LIBOR swap curve and forward rates at yearperiod end and, for agreements containing options, the market’s expectations of future interest rate volatility implied from current market prices of similar options. The estimated fair values use standard valuation techniques for derivatives, such as discounted cash-flow analysis and comparisons to similar instruments. The fair values are netted with cash collateral by counterparty where such legal right of offset exists. If these amounts are positive, they are classified as an asset and if negative a liability.

S-68


Deposits.The Bank determines estimated fair values of deposits by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows from the deposits and reducing this amount by accrued interest payable. The discount rates used in these calculations are LIBOR rates with similar terms. The estimated fair value approximates the recorded book balance for deposits with three months or less to maturity.
Consolidated Obligations.The Bank estimates fair values based on the cost of issuing debt with comparable terms. We determine the fair value of our consolidated obligations by calculating the present value of expected future cash flows discounted by the CO curveCurve published by the Office of Finance, excluding the amount of accrued interest. The discount rates used are the consolidated obligation rates for instruments with similar terms.

S-79


Borrowings.Consolidated Obligations Elected Under the Fair Value Option.The Bank determinesestimates fair values using models that use primarily market observable inputs. The Bank’s primary inputs for measuring the estimated fair value of borrowings by calculating the present value of expected future cash flowsbonds are market-based CO Curve inputs obtained from the borrowingsOffice of Finance. The Bank has determined that the CO Curve is based on market observable data.
Adjustments may be necessary to reflect the FHLBanks’ credit quality when valuing bonds measured at fair value. Due to the joint and reducing this amount by accrued interest payable.several liability of consolidated obligations, the Bank monitors its own creditworthiness and the creditworthiness of the other FHLBanks to determine whether any credit adjustments are necessary in its fair value measurement of bonds. The discount rates used incredit ratings of the FHLBanks and any changes to these calculationscredit ratings are the estimated costbasis for the Bank to determine whether the fair values of borrowings with similar terms. For borrowings with three months or less to maturity,bonds have been significantly affected during the estimated fair value approximatesreporting period by changes in the recorded book balance.instrument-specific credit risk.
Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Stock.The fair value of capital subject to mandatory redemption is generally reported at par value. Fair value also includes estimated dividends earned at the time of the reclassification from equity to liabilities, until such amount is paid. Stock can only be acquired by members at par value and redeemed at par value. Stock is not traded and no market mechanism exitsexists for the exchange of stock outside the cooperative structure.
Commitments to Extend Credit for Mortgage Loans.The estimated fair value of the Bank’s commitments to table fund mortgage loans is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. The estimated fair value of these fixed rate loan commitments also takes into account the difference between current and committed interest rates.
Standby Letters of Credit.The estimated fair value of standby letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties.
Standby Bond Purchase Agreements. In 2008, the Bank entered into a number of standby bond purchase agreements with housing associates within its district. The estimated fair value of standby bond purchase agreements is calculated using the present value of expected future fees related to the agreements. The discount rates used in the calculations are based on municipal spreads over the Treasury curve, which are comparable to discount rates used to value the underlying bonds. Upon purchase of any bonds under these agreements, the Bank estimates fair value based upon the Investment Securities fair value methodology.

 

S-69S-80


The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
2008 FAIR VALUE SUMMARY TABLE
                            
 Net    2009 2008 
 Carrying Unrealized Estimated  Carrying Estimated Carrying Estimated 
Financial Instruments Value Gains (Losses) Fair Value  Value Fair Value Value Fair Value 
Assets  
Cash and due from banks $44,368 $ $44,368  $298,841 $298,841 $44,368 $44,368 
Interest-bearing deposits 152  152  10,570 10,346 152 152 
Federal funds sold 3,425,000  3,425,000  3,133,000 3,133,000 3,425,000 3,425,000 
Trading securities 2,151,485  2,151,485  4,434,522 4,434,522 2,151,485 2,151,485 
Available-for-sale securities 3,839,980  3,839,980  7,737,413 7,737,413 3,839,980 3,839,980 
Held-to-maturity securities 5,952,008  (34,720) 5,917,288  5,474,664 5,535,975 5,952,008 5,917,288 
Advances 41,897,479  (32,839) 41,864,640  35,720,398 35,978,355 41,897,479 41,864,640 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net 10,684,910 299,758 10,984,668 
Mortgage loans, net 7,716,549 7,996,456 10,684,910 10,984,668 
Accrued interest receivable 92,620  92,620  81,703 81,703 92,620 92,620 
Derivative assets 2,840  2,840  11,012 11,012 2,840 2,840 
  
Liabilities  
Deposits  (1,496,470) 605  (1,495,865)  (1,225,191)  (1,224,975)  (1,496,470)  (1,495,865)
  
Consolidated obligations  
Discount notes  (20,061,271)  (80,016)  (20,141,287)  (9,417,182)  (9,417,818)  (20,061,271)  (20,141,287)
Bonds  (42,722,473)  (1,517,362)  (44,239,835)
Bonds (includes $5,997,867 at fair value under the fair value option at December 31, 2009)  (50,494,474)  (51,544,919)  (42,722,473)  (44,239,835)
                
Consolidated obligations, net  (62,783,744)  (1,597,378)  (64,381,122)  (59,911,656)  (60,962,737)  (62,783,744)  (64,381,122)
                
  
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (10,907)   (10,907)  (8,346)  (8,346)  (10,907)  (10,907)
Accrued interest payable  (320,271)   (320,271)  (243,693)  (243,693)  (320,271)  (320,271)
Derivative liabilities  (435,015)   (435,015)  (280,384)  (280,384)  (435,015)  (435,015)
  
Other  
Standby letters of credit  (1,945)   (1,945)  (1,443)  (1,443)  (1,945)  (1,945)
Commitments to extend credit for mortgage loans  (1,406)  (20)  (1,426)    (1,406)  (1,426)
Standby bond purchase agreements 482  (219) 263   6,477 482 263 

 

S-70S-81


The carrying values and estimated fair values of the Bank’s financial instruments at December 31, 2007 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
2007 FAIR VALUE SUMMARY TABLE
             
      Net    
  Carrying  Unrealized  Estimated 
Financial Instruments Value  Gains (Losses)  Fair Value 
Assets            
Cash and due from banks $58,675  $  $58,675 
Interest-bearing deposits  136      136 
Federal funds sold  1,805,000      1,805,000 
Available-for-sale securities  3,433,640      3,433,640 
Held-to-maturity securities  4,005,017   (4,302)  4,000,715 
Advances  40,411,688   121,866   40,533,554 
Mortgage loans held for portfolio, net  10,801,695   (130,595)  10,671,100 
Accrued interest receivable  129,758      129,758 
Derivative assets  60,468      60,468 
             
Liabilities            
Deposits  (862,513)  2   (862,511)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase  (200,000)  (347)  (200,347)
             
Consolidated obligations            
Discount notes  (21,500,946)  767   (21,500,179)
Bonds  (34,564,226)  (450,582)  (35,014,808)
          
Consolidated obligations, net  (56,065,172)  (449,815)  (56,514,987)
          
             
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock  (46,039)     (46,039)
Accrued interest payable  (300,907)     (300,907)
Derivative liabilities  (138,252)     (138,252)
             
Other            
Standby letters of credit  (765)     (765)
SFAS 157 established a fair value hierarchy to prioritize the inputs of valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The inputs are evaluated and an overall level for the measurement is determined. This overall level is an indication of how market observable the fair value measurement is and defines the level of disclosure. The following outlines the application of the fair value hierarchy established by SFAS 157 to the Banks’ financial assets and financial liabilities that are carried at fair value in the Statements of Condition.

S-71


Level 1— inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. An active market for the asset or liability is a market in which the transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. The types of assets and liabilities carried at Level 1 fair value include certain derivative contracts such as forward settlement agreements that are highly liquid and actively traded in over-the-counter markets.
Level 2— inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument. The types of assets and liabilities carried at Level 2 fair value include the Bank’s investment securities such as commercial paper, state or local housing agency obligations, TLGP debt, and MBS, including U.S. government agency and certain derivative contracts.
Level 3— inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. Unobservable inputs supported by little or no market activity or by the entity’s own assumptions. The Bank does not currently have any assets and liabilities carried at Level 3 fair value.
The Bank utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Fair value is first determined based on quoted market prices or market-based prices, where available. If quoted market prices or market-based prices are not available, fair value is determined based on valuation models that use market-based information available to the Bank as inputs to the models.
SFAS 157 clarified that the valuation of derivative assets and liabilities must reflect the value of the instrument including the values associated with counterparty risk and must also take into account the company’s own credit standing. The Bank has collateral agreements with all its derivative counterparties and enforces collateral exchanges. The Bank and each derivative counterparty have bilateral collateral thresholds that take into account both the Bank’s and counterparty’s credit ratings. As a result of these practices and agreements, the Bank has concluded that the impact of the credit differential between the Bank and its derivative counterparties was sufficiently mitigated to an immaterial level and no further adjustments for credit were deemed necessary to the recorded fair values of derivative assets and liabilities in the Statements of Condition at December 31, 2008 and 2007.

S-72


The following tables present for each SFAS 157 hierarchy level, the FHLBanks’ assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on its Statements of Condition (in thousands):
                     
  Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2008 Using: 
              Netting    
  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Adjustment1  Total 
Assets                    
Trading investments $  $2,151  $  $  $2,151 
Available-for-sale investments     3,840         3,840 
Derivative assets     404      (401)  3 
                
                     
Total assets at fair value $  $6,395  $  $(401) $5,994 
                
                     
Liabilities                    
Derivative liabilities $(3) $(1,101) $  $669  $(435)
                
                     
Total liabilities at fair value $(3) $(1,101) $  $669  $(435)
                
1Amounts represent the effect of legally enforceable master netting agreements that allow the Bank to settle positive and negative positions and also cash collateral held or placed with the same counterparties. Net cash collateral plus accrued interest totaled $267,921 at December 31, 2008.
For instruments carried at fair value in the Statements of Condition, the Bank reviews the fair value hierarchy classifications on a quarterly basis. Changes in the observability of the valuation attributes may result in a reclassification to the hierarchy level for certain financial assets or liabilities.
Note 20—19—Commitments and Contingencies
As previously described in Note 13,“Note 12 — Consolidated Obligations”, the 12 FHLBanks have joint and several liability for all consolidated obligations issued. Accordingly, should one or more of the FHLBanks be unable to repay its participation in the consolidated obligations, each of the other FHLBanks could be called upon by the Finance Agency to repay all or part of such obligations, as determined or approved by the Finance Agency.obligations. No FHLBank has ever hadbeen asked or required to assumerepay the principal or pay theinterest on any consolidated obligation on behalf of another FHLBank.

S-73


The Bank considered the guidance under FIN 45 and determined it was not necessary to recognize a liability for the fair value of the Bank’sits joint and several liability for all the consolidated obligations. The joint and several obligations are mandated by Finance Agency regulations and are not the result of arms-length transactions among the FHLBanks. The FHLBanks have no control over the amount of the guaranty or the determination of how each FHLBank would perform under the joint and several obligations. Because the FHLBanks are subject to the authority of the Finance Agency as it relates to decisions involving the allocation of the joint and several liability for the FHLBanks’ consolidated obligations, the Bank’s joint and several obligation is excluded from the initial recognition and measurement provisions of FIN 45. Accordingly, the Bank has not recognized a liability for its joint and several obligations related to other FHLBanks’ consolidated obligations at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008. The par amountsvalues of the FHLBanks’ outstanding consolidated obligations for which the Bank is jointly and severally liable were approximately $1,189.1$870.8 billion and $1,133.7$1,189.1 billion at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008.
During the third quarter of 2008, the Bank entered into a Lending Agreement with the U.S. Treasury in connection with the U.S. Treasury’s establishment of the Government Sponsored Enterprise Credit Facility (GSECF), as authorized by the Housing Act. The GSECF iswas designed to serve as a contingent source of liquidity for the housing GSEs,government-sponsored enterprises, including each of the 12 FHLBanks. Any borrowings by one or more of the FHLBanks under the GSECF arewould have been considered consolidated obligations with the same joint and several liability as all other consolidated obligations. The terms of any borrowings arewould have been agreed to at the time of issuance. Loans under the Lending Agreement arewere to be secured by collateral acceptable to the U.S. Treasury, which consistsconsisted of FHLBank advances to members that have been collateralized in accordance with regulatory standards and MBS issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. The Bank iswas required to submit to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, acting as fiscal agent of the U.S. Treasury, a list of eligible collateral, updated on a weekly basis. As of December 31, 2008 the Bank had provided the U.S. Treasury with a listing of advance collateral amounting to $6.9 billion, which provides for maximum borrowings of $6.0 billion. The amount of collateral can be increasedwas subject to an increase or decreaseddecrease (subject to the approval of the U.S. Treasury) at any time through the delivery of an updated listing of collateral. As ofThe GSECF expired on December 31, 2008 the2009. The Bank hasdid not drawndraw on this available source of liquidity.liquidity prior to expiration.

 

S-74S-82


There were no commitments that legally bind and unconditionally obligate the Bank for additional advances at December 31, 20082009 or 2007. Advance commitments are fully collateralized throughout the life of the agreements (see Note 8).2008. Standby letters of credit are executed for members for a fee. A standby letter of credit is a short-term financing arrangement between the Bank and a member. If the Bank is required to make payment for a beneficiary’s draw, these amounts arethe payment is withdrawn from the member’s demand account. Any resulting overdraft is converted into a collateralized advance to the member. Outstanding standby letters of credit were approximately $3.5 billion at December 31, 2009 and had original terms of 5 days to 13 years with a final expiration in 2020. Outstanding standby letters of credit were approximately $3.4 billion at December 31, 2008 and had original terms of 4 days to 13 years with a final expiration in 2020. Outstanding standby letters of credit were approximately $1.8 billion at December 31, 2007 and had original terms of 9 days to 13 years with a final expiration in 2020. Unearned fees are recorded in other liabilities“other liabilities” in the Statements of Condition and amountamounted to $1.9$1.4 million and $0.8$1.9 million at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008. Based on management’s credit analyses and collateral requirements, the Bank does not deem it necessary to have any provision for credit losses on these commitments.standby letters of credit. The estimated fair value of commitmentsstandby letters of credit at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 is reported in Note 19.“Note 18 — Estimated Fair Values.”
Commitments that unconditionally obligate the Bank to fund/fund or purchase mortgage loans from members in the MPF program totaled $289.6$26.7 million and $23.4$289.6 million at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.2008. Commitments are generally for periods not to exceed forty-five45 business days. Commitments that obligate the Bank to purchase closed mortgage loans from its members are considered derivatives, under SFAS 149, and their estimated fair value at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 is reported in Note“Note 10 — Derivatives and Hedging Activities” as mortgage delivery commitments. Commitments that obligate the Bank to table fund mortgage loans are not considered derivatives, under SFAS 149, and thetheir estimated fair value at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 is reported in Note 19“Note 18 — Estimated Fair Values” as commitments to extend credit for mortgage loans.
As described in Note“Note 9 — Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio”, for managing the inherent credit risk in the MPF program, participating members receive base and performance based credit enhancement fees from the Bank. When the Bank incurs losses for certain MPF products, it reduces base and performance based credit enhancement fee payments to applicable members until the amount of the loss is recovered up to the limit of the FLA. The FLA is an indicator of the potential losses for which the Bank is liable (before the member’s credit enhancement is used to cover losses). The FLA amounted to $105.9$116.4 million and $96.8$105.9 million at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.
The Bank entered into $1.0 billion and $49.8 million par value traded but not settled bonds at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Bank entered into derivatives with a notional value of $1.0 billion and $0.5 billion that had traded but not settled at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Bank had $267.9 million of cash pledged as collateral to broker-dealers at December 31, 2008 and had no cash pledged as collateral at December 31, 2007. The Bank generally executes derivatives with large highly rated banks and broker-dealers and enters into bilateral collateral agreements.2008.

 

S-75S-83


In conjunction with its sale of certain mortgage loans to the FHLBank of Chicago, whereby the mortgage loans were immediately resold by the FHLBank of Chicago to Fannie Mae, the Bank entered into an agreement with the FHLBank of Chicago on June 11, 2009 to indemnify the FHLBank of Chicago for potential losses on mortgage loans remaining in four master commitments from which the mortgage loans were sold. The Bank chargedand the FHLBank of Chicago each hold certain participation interests in the four master commitments and therefore share, on a proportionate basis, any losses incurred after considering PFI credit enhancement provisions. The sale of mortgage loans under these master commitments reduced the amount of future credit enhancement fees available for recapture by the FHLBank of Chicago and the Bank. Therefore, under the agreement, the Bank agreed to operating expenses net rental costsindemnify the FHLBank of approximately $1.3Chicago for any losses not otherwise recovered through credit enhancement fees, subject to an indemnification cap of $2.1 million $1.3 million, and $1.1 million for the years endingby December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006. Future minimum rentals for premises and equipment at2010, $1.2 million by December 31, 2008 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
     
Year Amount 
     
2009 $1,116 
2010  946 
2011  906 
2012  869 
2013  869 
Thereafter  12,167 
    
     
Total $16,873 
    
Lease agreements for2012, $0.8 million by December 31, 2015, and $0.3 million by December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2009, the Bank premises generally provide for increases inwas not aware of any losses incurred by the basic rentals resulting from increases in property taxes and maintenance expenses. Such increases areFHLBank of Chicago that would not expected to have a material effect on the Bank.otherwise be recovered through credit enhancement fees.
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank had executed nine24 and 9 standby bond purchase agreements with housing associates within its district whereby the Bank would be required to purchase bonds under circumstances defined in each agreement. The Bank would hold investments in the bonds until the designated remarketing agent could find a suitable investor or the housing associate repurchases the bonds according to a schedule established by the standby bond purchase agreement. The nine24 outstanding standby bond purchase agreements at December 31, 2009 total $711.1 million and expire seven years after execution, with a final expiration in 2016. The 9 outstanding standby bond purchase agreements at December 31, 2008 totaled $259.7 million and expireexpired seven years after execution, with a final expiration in 2015. The Bank received fees for the guarantees that amounted to $1.1 million and $0.2 million for the yearyears ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. As ofAt December 31, 20082009, the Bank washad not been required to purchase $79.6 million of HFAany bonds under three of thesethe executed standby bond purchase agreements. $79.0 millionThe estimated fair value of these HFA bonds were remarketedstandby bond purchase agreements at December 31, 2009 and sold during 2008. The remaining $0.6 million of HFA bonds are classified as available-for-sale investments on the Statements of Condition. See2008 is reported in “Note 618Available-for-Sale Securities” at page S-30 for further information.Estimated Fair Values.”
In September 2008,On March 31, 2009, the Bank entered into a Bond Purchase Contractan agreement with the Missouri Housing Development Commission (the Commission). The contract obligates the Bank to purchase up to $75 million of taxable single family mortgage revenue bonds within six monthsbonds. The agreement was set to expire November 6, 2009 however, was extended 60 days through January 6, 2010. As of the contract date. The bonds will be purchased in up to ten subseries and will be purchased at par without any accrued interest. When the Commission wishes to sell the bonds, it will provideDecember 31, 2009, the Bank notification on the day they wish to sell. Bonds will be settled fourteen days after that date and will mature on November 1, 2039. At December 31, 2008 the Bank had purchased $20.0$15 million in mortgage revenue bonds fromunder this agreement. These bonds are recorded as held-to-maturity investments at December 31, 2009.
On September 25, 2009, the Commission and had received no notification fromBank entered into an agreement with the CommissionIowa Finance Authority to purchase additionalup to $100 million of taxable single family mortgage revenue bonds. The agreement expires on September 24, 2010. As of December 31, 2009, the Bank had not purchased any mortgage revenue bonds in 2009.under this agreement.

 

S-76S-84


The Bank is subjectentered into $0.2 billion and $1.0 billion par value traded but not settled bonds at December 31, 2009 and 2008. The Bank did not enter into any traded but not settled discount notes at December 31, 2009 and 2008.
The Bank generally executes derivatives with large banks and major broker-dealers and enters into bilateral collateral agreements. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank had $56.0 million and $267.9 million of cash pledged as collateral to legal proceedings arisingbroker-dealers.
The Bank charged to operating expenses net rental costs of approximately $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007. Future minimum rentals for premises and equipment at December 31, 2009 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
     
Year Amount 
     
2010 $1,047 
2011  936 
2012  869 
2013  869 
2014  869 
Thereafter  11,298 
    
     
Total $15,888 
    
Lease agreements for Bank premises generally provide for increases in the normal course of business. After consultation with legal counsel, management doesbasic rentals resulting from increases in property taxes and maintenance expenses. Such increases are not anticipate that the ultimate liability, if any, arising out of these matters willexpected to have a material effect on the Bank’s financial conditionBank.
The Bank is not currently aware of any material pending legal proceedings other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, to which the Bank is a party or results of operations.which any of its property is the subject.

S-85


Note 21—20—Activities with Stockholders and Housing Associates
Under the Bank’s Capital Plan, voting rights conferred upon the Bank’s members are for the election of member directors and independent directors. Since the passage of the Housing Act, and pursuant to Finance Agency regulations, members now elect all directors that will serve on the Bank’s Board of Directors for terms beginning January 1, 2009. Member directorships are designated to one of the five states in the Bank’s district and a member is entitled to nominate and vote for candidates for the state in which the member’s principal place of business is located. A member is entitled to cast, for each applicable member directorship, one vote for each share of capital stock that the member is required to hold, subject to a statutory limitation. Under this limitation, the total number of votes that a member may cast is limited to the average number of shares of the Bank’s capital stock that were required to be held by all members in that state as of the record date for voting. The remaining independent directors are nominated by the Bank’s Board of Directors after consultation with the FHLBank’s Affordable Housing Advisory Council, and then voted upon by all members within the Bank’s five-state district. Non-member stockholders are not entitled to cast votes for the election of directors. At December 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, no member owned more than 10 percent of the voting interests of the Bank due to statutory limits on members’ voting rights as discussedmentioned above.
Transactions with Stockholders.The Bank is a cooperative, which means that current members own nearly all of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank and may receive dividends on their investment. Former members own the remaining capital stock to support business transactions still carried onin the Bank’s Statements of Condition. All advances are issued to members and former members and all mortgage loans held for portfolio are purchased from members. The Bank also maintains demand deposit accounts for members primarily to facilitate settlement activities that are directly related to advances and mortgage loan purchases. The Bank may not invest in any equity securities issued by its stockholders. The Bank extends credit to members in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral that must be pledged to us, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other members unless otherwise discussed. These extensions of credit do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility and do not present other unfavorable features.

 

S-77S-86


The following table shows transactions with members and their affiliates, former members and their affiliates, and housing associates at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (dollars in thousands):
                
 2008 2007  2009 2008 
  
Assets:  
Deposits $18,839 $568 
Cash $1,470 $18,839 
Interest-bearing deposits1
 10,406  
Federal funds sold 1,110,000 135,000  340,000 1,110,000 
Available-for-sale securities1
 580  
Held-to-maturity securities1
 377,619 73,960 
Trading securities2
 130,819  
Available-for-sale securities2
  580 
Held-to-maturity securities2
 124,858 377,619 
Advances 41,897,479 40,411,688  35,720,398 41,897,479 
Accrued interest receivable 21,555 48,622  6,675 21,555 
Derivative assets 2,655 9,608  6,216 2,655 
Other assets 615 77  389 615 
          
  
Total $43,429,342 $40,679,523  $36,341,231 $43,429,342 
          
  
Liabilities:  
Deposits $1,394,198 $845,127  $1,147,469 $1,394,198 
Mandatorily redeemable capital stock 10,907 46,039  8,346 10,907 
Accrued interest payable 853 779  118 853 
Derivative liabilities 57,519 27,698  27,631 57,519 
Other liabilities 1,945 765  1,894 1,945 
          
  
Total $1,465,422 $920,408  $1,185,458 $1,465,422 
          
  
Capital: 
Capital stock — Class B putable $2,460,419 $2,780,927 
     
 
Notional amount of derivatives $939,650 $2,912,091  $5,255,246 $939,650 
Notional amount of standby letters of credit 3,400,001 1,760,006  $3,502,477 $3,400,001 
Notional amount of standby bond purchase agreements 259,677   $711,135 $259,677 
   
1 Available-for-saleInterest-bearing deposits consist of non-negotiable certificates of deposit purchased by the Bank from its members.
2Trading securities, available-for-sale securities and held-to-maturity securities consist of state or local housing agency obligations, commercial paper, and commercial paper.TLGP debt purchased by the Bank from its members or eligible housing associates.

 

S-78S-87


Transactions with Directors’ Financial Institutions.In the normal course of business, the Bank extends credit to its members whose directors and officers serve as its directors (Directors’ Financial Institutions). Finance Agency regulations require that transactions with Directors’ Financial Institutions be subject to the same eligibility and credit criteria, as well as the same terms and conditions, as all other transactions. At December 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, advances outstanding to the Bank Directors’ Financial Institutions aggregated $684.4 million and $561.6 million, and $207.1 million, representing 1.42.0 percent and 0.51.4 percent of the Bank’s total outstanding advances. During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006,2007, the Bank acquired approximately $45.5 million, $3.8 million, and $1.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, of mortgage loans that were originated by the Bank Directors’ Financial Institutions. At December 31, 20082009 and 2007,2008, capital stock outstanding to the Bank Directors’ Financial Institutions aggregated $44.4 million and $33.0 million, and $21.4 million, representing 1.21.8 percent and 0.81.2 percent of the Bank’s total outstanding capital stock. The Bank did not have any investment or derivative transactions with Directors’ Financial Institutions during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006.2007.
Business Concentrations. The Bank has business concentrations with stockholders whose capital stock outstanding wasis in excess of 10 percent of the Bank’s total capital stock outstanding. Significant transactions, including but not limited to, advances and mortgage loans, may occur between the Bank and these stockholders.
Capital Stock — The following tables present members and their affiliates holding 10 percent or more of outstanding capital stock (including stock classified as mandatorily redeemable) at December 31, 20082009 and 20072008 (shares in thousands):
                            
 Shares at Percent of  Shares at Percent of 
 December 31, Total Capital  December 31, Total Capital 
Name City State 2008 Stock  City State 2009 Stock 
      
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company1
 Minneapolis MN 4,499  16.2% Minneapolis MN 2,693  10.9%
Transamerica Life Insurance Company2
 Cedar Rapids IA 2,525 10.2 
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.1
 Sioux Falls SD 412 1.7 
Monumental Life Insurance Company2
 Cedar Rapids IA 278 1.1 
              
     5,908  23.9%
         
                            
 Shares at Percent of  Shares at Percent of 
 December 31, Total Capital  December 31, Total Capital 
Name City State 2007 Stock  City State 2008 Stock 
      
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company1
 Minneapolis MN 4,499  16.2%
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.1
 Sioux Falls SD 5,129  18.6% Sioux Falls SD 189 0.6 
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company1
 Minneapolis MN 4,474 16.2 
              
      4,688  16.8%
 9,603  34.8%         
     
   
1 Superior Guaranty Insurance Company (Superior) is an affiliate of Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
2Monumental Life Insurance Company is an affiliate of Transamerica Life Insurance Company.
In the normal course of business, the Bank invested in overnight Federal funds from Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (Wells Fargo) during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

S-79S-88


Advances — The Bank hadfollowing table presents advances outstanding with Wells Fargostockholders and their affiliates whose capital stock outstanding is in excess of $0.2 billion and $11.3 billion10 percent of the Bank’s total capital stock outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008 (dollars in thousands):
         
Stockholder 2009  2008 
         
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company $1,625,000  $2,250,000 
Transamerica Life Insurance Company  5,450,000   * 
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.  700,000   200,000 
Monumental Life Insurance Company  400,000   * 
       
  $8,175,000  $2,450,000 
       
*Transamerica Life Insurance Company and Monumental Life Insurance Company did not have capital stock outstanding in excess of 10 percent of the Bank’s total capital stock outstanding at December 31, 2008.
The following tables presents advances originated to stockholders and 2007 and advances with Superior Guaranty Insurance Company (Superior)their affiliates whose capital stock outstanding is in excess of $2.3 billion and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2008 and 2007. The Bank made $171.4 billion and $21.5 billion10 percent of advances with Wells Fargothe Bank’s total capital stock outstanding as well as interest income earned during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007. The Bank made $0.2 billion and $1.0 billion of advances with Superior during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.2007 (dollars in thousands):
Total interest income from Wells Fargo amounted to $275.8 million, $55.3 million, and $10.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006. Total interest income from Superior amounted to $39.9 million, $35.8 million, and $25.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006. The Bank held sufficient collateral to cover the members’ advances and expected to incur no credit losses as a result of them. The Bank did not receive any prepayment fees from Wells Fargo or Superior during 2008, 2007, or 2006.
         
  2009 
  Advances  Interest 
Stockholder Originated  Income 
         
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company $625,000  $8,443 
Transamerica Life Insurance Company     38,353 
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.  500,000   17,758 
Monumental Life Insurance Company     3,039 
       
  $1,125,000  $67,593 
       
         
  2008 
  Advances  Interest 
Stockholder Originated  Income 
         
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company $1,500,000  $39,857 
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.  179,146,000   275,793 
       
  $180,646,000  $315,650 
       
         
  2007 
  Advances  Interest 
Stockholder Originated  Income 
         
Superior Guaranty Insurance Company $1,000,000  $35,784 
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.  21,450,000   55,286 
       
  $22,450,000  $91,070 
       

S-89


Mortgage Loans — At December 31, 2009 and 2008, and 2007, 7457 percent and 8374 percent, respectively, of the Bank’s loans outstanding were from Superior.
Other The Bank has a 20 year leasedecrease in percent of mortgage loans outstanding with an affiliate of Wells Fargo for space in a building for the Bank’s headquarters that commenced on January 2, 2007. Future minimum rentalsSuperior at December 31, 2009 when compared to December 31, 2008 was due to the Wells Fargo affiliate are as follows (dollars in thousands):mortgage loans sale transaction that took place during the second quarter of 2009.
     
Year Amount 
     
2009 $869 
2010  869 
2011  869 
2012  869 
2013  869 
Thereafter  12,167 
    
     
Total $16,512 
    

S-80


Note 22—21—Activities With Other FHLBanks
The Bank may invest in other FHLBank consolidated obligations, for which the other FHLBanks are the primary obligor, for liquidity purposes. If made, these investments in other FHLBank consolidated obligations would be purchased in the secondary market from third parties and would be accounted for as available-for-sale securities. The Bank did not have any investments in other FHLBank consolidated obligations at December 31, 20082009 and 2007.
The Bank purchased MPF shared funding certificates from the FHLBank of Chicago. See “Note 7 — Held to Maturity Securities” at page S-33 for balances at December 31, 2008 and 2007.
In July 2008, the Bank entered into a participation agreement with the FHLBank of Chicago whereby the Bank agreed to purchase 100 percent participation interests from the FHLBank Chicago in new MPF loans. The participation interests were limited to $150.0 million over the period beginning July 2, 2008 through October 31, 2008. The participation agreement provided that no mortgage delivery commitments would be issued after October 31, 2008 but loan fundings could occur after October 31, 2008 based on the expiration date of the existing mortgage delivery commitments. The MPF loan participations were subject to the same credit risk sharing arrangements as those MPF loans purchased from our PFIs. As of December 31, 2008 the Bank had purchased $115.2 million of MPF loans and had executed all mortgage delivery commitments with the FHLBank of Chicago.
The Bank recorded service fee expense as an offset to other income (loss) income due to its relationship with the FHLBank of Chicago in the MPF program. The Bank recorded $1.4 million, $0.9 million, $0.7 million, and $0.5$0.7 million in service fee expense to the FHLBank of Chicago for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, and 2006 which was recorded as a reduction2007.
During the first quarter of other (loss) income.
The2009, the Bank signed agreements with the FHLBank of Chicago pays the Bankto participate in a monthly participation fee basedMPF loan product called MPF Xtra. For additional information on the aggregate amount of outstanding loans purchased under the MPF program. In December 2008, the Bank terminated its participationXtra agreement and received a lump sum payment of $2.2 million fromwith the FHLBank of Chicago. This payment satisfied all future participation fee obligationsChicago, refer to “Note 9 — Mortgage Loans Held for Portfolio.”
During the second quarter of 2009, the Bank sold $2.1 billion of mortgage loans to the Bank.FHLBank of Chicago, who immediately resold these loans to Fannie Mae. As a result of the mortgage loan sale, the Bank entered into an agreement with the FHLBank of Chicago to indemnify the FHLBank of Chicago for potential losses on mortgage loans remaining in four master commitments from which the mortgage loans were sold. For additional information on the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007,indemnification agreement, refer to “Note 19 — Commitments and 2006, participation fees recorded in other (loss) income amounted to $2.5 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million.
The Bank may sell or purchase unsecured overnight and term Federal funds at market rates to or from other FHLBanks.Contingencies.”

 

S-81S-90


The following tables show loan activity to other FHLBanks at December 31, 2008 (dollars in thousands). The Bank did not make any loans to other FHLBanks during 2007.2009. The following tables show loan activity to other FHLBanks during 2008 (dollars in thousands). All of these loans were overnight loans.
                                
 Principal    Principal   
 Beginning Payment Ending  Beginning Payment Ending 
Other FHLBank Balance Advance Received Balance  Balance Advance Received Balance 
  
2008     
Atlanta  176,000  (176,000)   $ $176,000 $(176,000) $ 
Boston  524,000  (524,000)    524,000  (524,000)  
Chicago  250,000  (250,000)    250,000  (250,000)  
San Francisco  1,150,000  (1,150,000)    1,150,000  (1,150,000)  
Topeka  201,000  (201,000)    201,000  (201,000)  
                  
 $ $2,301,000 $(2,301,000) $  $ $2,301,000 $(2,301,000) $ 
                  
The following table shows loan activity from other FHLBanks at December 31,during 2009 and 2008 and 2007 (dollars in thousands). All these loans were overnight loans.
                                
 Beginning Principal Ending  Beginning Principal Ending 
Other FHLBank Balance Borrowings Payment Balance  Balance Borrowings Payment Balance 
 
2009 
Cincinnati $ $75,000 $(75,000) $ 
San Francisco  6,104,000  (6,104,000)  
         
 $ $6,179,000 $(6,179,000) $ 
         
  
2008  
Chicago  305,000  (305,000)   $ $305,000 $(305,000) $ 
Cincinnati  63,000  (63,000)    63,000  (63,000)  
Topeka  200,000  (200,000)    200,000  (200,000)  
                  
 $ $568,000 $(568,000) $  $ $568,000 $(568,000) $ 
                  
 
2007 
Atlanta $ $86,700 $(86,700) $ 
Cincinnati  459,000  (459,000)  
San Francisco  370,000  (370,000)  
         
 $ $915,700 $(915,700) $ 
         

 

S-82S-91